Skip to main content

Full text of "Synopsis of the contents of the British Museum"

See other formats


LIHRAHY. 


44|I| 


fo/^  mv; 


m^m 

1^4  .-g^J 

liisJ 


:e3§i|'S^ 


'I 


THE  CONTENTS 

OF  THE 


BRITISH  MUSEUM, 

r* 


THIRTY-FIFTH  EDITION.  ' 

t.;./  mU  ‘  ^  ■  ■  .  . 

- — - 1  ^  ^  ^  Zp  ^  ^  7 

cat 

LONDON: 

,NTEI>  BY  G.  WOODFALL,  ANGEL  COURT,  SKINNER  STREET.  ^ 


The  Public  are  apprised  that  this  Synopsis  is  merely  intended  for  the 
use  of  Persons  who  take  a  cursory  view  of  the  Museum.  The  following 
is  a  List  of  the  more  ample  descriptions  of  several  parts  of  the  Collection, 
most  of  which  may  be  purchased  of  the  Book-binder  at  the  Museum,  and 
of  Messrs.  Longman  and  Co.,  Payne  and  Foss,  J.  and  A.  Arch,  W. 
Pickering,  and  D.  Colnaghi. 


Description  of  the  Ancient  Terracottas,  by  Taylor  Combe,  Esq.,  1810, 
4to.  £1  lls.6d. 

- - -  Marbles,  Part  1,  by  the  same,  1812,  4to. 

£  1  5s. 

- Part  2,  1815,  4to.  £2  12s.  6cZ. 

- Part  3,  1818,  4to.  £1  10s. 

- Part  4,  1820,  4to.  £2  2s. 

- Part  5,  by  E.  Hawkins,  Esq.,  1826,  4to. 

£1  Is. 

- Part  6,  by  C.  R.  Cockerell,  Esq.,  1830. 

£2  2s. 

- - - ^ - Part  7,  by  Edward  Hawkins,  Esq.,  1835. 

£3  3s. 

A  Catalogue  of  the  Greek  Coins,  by  Taylor  Combe,  Esq.,  1814, 4to.  £4  4s. 

- Anglo-Gallic  Coins,  by  Edward  Hawkins,  Esq.,  1826, 

4to.  £1  4s. 

- - -  Library  of  Printed  Books,  by  H.  Ellis,  and  Rev.  H. 

H.  Baber,  1813— .1819,  7  vol.  8vo.  £4  4s.  , 

- Cottonian  MSS.  by  J.  Planta,  Esq.  1802,  fol.  \ 

- - -  Harleian  MSS.  by  H.  Wanley  and  Rev.  R.  Nares, 

1808,  3  vol.  fol.  With  a  4th  Vol.  of  Index. 

- MSS.  of  the  King’s  Library,  by  David  Casley,  1734, 

4to. 

- -  MSS.  heretofore  undescribed,  by  Rev.  S.  Ayscough, 

1782,  2  vols.  4to. 

- -  Lansdown  MSS.  fol. by  F.  Douce,  Esq.,  and  H.  Ellis, 

1819.  fol. 

— - - - MSS.  formerly  F.  Hargrave’s,  Esq.,  by  H.  Ellis, 

1818,  4to.  12s. 

- -  Pac  Simile  of  the  Codex  Alexandrinus,  3  vol.  fol.  £18. 

- - -  Catalogue  of  the  Geographical  and  Topographical  Col¬ 
lection  attached  to  the  Library  of  King  George  III.  1829,  2  vol. 
8vo.  £l  4s. 

- Mr.  R.  P.  Knight’s  Catalogue  of  his  Greek  Coins, 

1830,  4to.  £1  15s. 

— - - Catalogue  of  the  Arundel  Manuscripts,  fol.  1834. 

£1  8s.;  or  with  coloured  Plates,  £4  14s.  6c?. 


CONTENTS. 


Rooms 
I— XVI. 


Page 


LOWER  ROOMS. 

Entrance  Hall,  and  Library  of  Printed  Books  . 
UPPER  FLOOR. 

I.  Artificial  Curiosities  from  different  Countries  .  3 

II.  III.  IV.  Sloane  and  Banksian  Collections  of  Dried  Plants  10 
V.  VI.  VII.  Sir  Joseph  Banks’s  Library  .  .  .10 

VIII.  Impressions  from  Ancient  Seals,  Vases,  Bronzes,  &c.  1 1 
SALOON.  General  Collection  of  Quadrupeds  .  .  16 

Room  IX.  Continuation  of  Quadrupeds,  Amphibia,  Crusta¬ 
cea,  &c.  .  .  .  .  .23 

X.  Reptiles  in  Spirits,  Sea-Eggs,  and  Star-Fish  .  29 

XI.  General  Collection  of  Fish  and  Corals  .  .  45 

XII.  British  Birds  and  British  Shells  .  .  .60 

XIIL  General  Collection  of  Birds  and  Shells  .  .  73 

LONG  GALLERY.  Mineralogy  and  Geology,  including  Se¬ 
condary  Fossils  .  .  .  ,93 

ROYAL  LIBRARY  .....  131 


Room  I. 

GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES. 

Terracottas  .... 

.  135 

II. 

Greek  and  Roman  Sculptures  . 

.  141 

HI. 

Ditto  .  .  ... 

.  142 

IV. 

Ditto  .  .  .  .  . 

.  146 

V. 

Roman  Sepulchral  Antiquities 

Sir  T.  Lawrence’s  Collection  of  Casts  . 

.  146 

.  149 

VI. 

Greek  and  Roman  Sculptures 

.  150 

VII. 

British  Antiquities 

.  155 

VIII. 

Egyptian  Antiquities 

.  157 

IX. 

Portland  Vase  . 

.  159 

X. 

Sir  William  Hamilton’s  Collection 

.  160 

XL 

Greek  and  Roman  Sculptures  .  • 

.  163 

XII. 

Ditto  .... 

.  168 

GRAND  CENTRAL  SALOON 
PHIGALIAN  SALOON 
ELGIN  SALOON  . 
EGYPTIAN  SALOON 
EGYPTIAN  ROOM  . 
ETRUSCAN  ROOM 
Medal  Room  . 

Print  Room  • 


173 

174 

175 
199 
211 
215 

215 

216 


SYNOPSIS 


OF  THE 

CONTENTS  OF  THE  BRITISH  MUSEUM. 


On  entering  the  gate  of  the  Museum,  a  spacious  quadran¬ 
gle  presents  itself,  with  an  Ionic  colonnade  on  the  south 
side,  and  the  main  building  *  on  the  north,  the  two  wings 
being  allotted  for  the  dwellings  of  the  officers.  The  ar¬ 
chitect,  Peter  Puget,  a  native  of  Marseilles,  and  an  artist 
of  the  first  eminence  in  his  time,  was  sent  over  from  Paris 
by  Ralph,  first  Duke  of  Montagu,  for  the  sole  purpose  of 
constructing  this  splendid  mansion.  It  was  the  repetition 
of  a  building  first  designed  in  1674  by  Dr.  Hooke,  which 
was  destroyed  by  fire  in  1686, 

GROUND  FLOOR. 

This  floor,  consisting  of  sixteen  rooms,  contains  the  Old 
Library  of  Printed  Books.  Strangers  are  not  admitted 
into  these  apartments,  as  the  mere  sight  of  the  outside  of 
books  cannot  convey  either  instruction  or  amusement  f . 

The  Entrance  Hall  contains, 

A  statue  in  Marble  of  Shakspeare,  by  Roubilliac.  Be« 
queathed  to  the  British  Museum,  after  the  death  his 
Widoxio,  hy  David  Garrick,  Esq* 

A  statue  of  the  Hon.  Anne  Seymour  Darner,  holding  in 
her  hands  a  small  figure  of  the  Genius  of  the  Thames, 
Presented  by  Lord  Fredo  Campbell. 

A  gilt  figure  of  Gaudma,  a  Burmese  idol;  and  the  sym- 

*  The  building  measures  216  feet  in  length,  and  57  in  height,  to  the 
top  of  the  cornice. 

t  An  Alphabetical  Catalogue  of  this  Library  was  printed  in  the  year 
1787,  in  two  volumes  folio ;  and  another  published,  in  seven  volumes’ 
8vo,  1813 — 1819,  containing,  as  far  as  possible,  the  accessions  to  the 
latter  year.  A  Catalogue  of  the  Royal  Library,  given  to  the  Museum  in 
1823,  was  printed  in  five  volumes  folio,  and  privately  distributed,  by  order 
of  his  late  Majesty  King  George  the  Fourth. 

B 


2 


GROUND  FLOOR. 


bolical  representation  of  his  foot.  Both  presented  by  Capt, 
Marry  at,  R.N. 

Against  the  pier  between  the  iron  Gates  which  lead  to 
the  great  staircase,  is  a  statue  of  the  late  Sir  Joseph 
Banks,  by  Chantrey.  It  represents  the  great  naturalist, 
not  as  he  was  in  his  latter  days,  feeble  and  lame,  but 
hale  and  vigorous ;  he  is  seated  in  an  arm-chair,  holding 
a  scroll  in  his  left  hand.  The  figure  is  raised  upon  a 
marble  pedestal.  Presented  by  the  personal  Friends,  at 
whose  expense  the  statue  was  made. 

On  the  other  side  of  the  pier,  is  a  specimen  of  Hindoo 
sculpture,  discovered  in  1809,  near  the  banks  of  the 
sacred  river  Nerbudda ;  a  fragment,  probably,  of  an 
ancient  temple.  Presented  by  D,  D.  Inglis,  Esq, 

Before  the  window  on  the  left,  adjoining  the  messenger’s 
small  room,  is  a  fine  Hippopotamus,  and  another  stands 
by  the  side  of  the  staircase,  in  the  passage  leading  to 
the  Gallery  of  Antiquities.  The  former  was  presented 
by  the  Trustees  of  the  Hunterian  Collection  of  the  Royal 
College  of  Surgeons, 

The  decorations  of  the  great  staircase  were  restored  a 
few  years  ago  by  Rigaud.  The  paintings  on  the  ceiling, 
representing  Phaeton  petitioning  Apollo  for  leave  to  drive 
his  chariot,  are  by  Charles  de  la  Fosse,  who,  in  his  time, 
was  deemed  one  of  the  best  colourists  of  the  French  school, 
and  of  whom  there  are  many  valuable  performances  in 
France  ;  among  which  are  the  paintings  on  the  cupola  of 
the  dome  of  the  invalids,  which  are  ranked  among  the 
admiranda  of  Paris.,  The  landscapes  and  architectural 
decorations  are  by  James  Rousseau,  whose  particular 
skill  in  perspective  has  at  all  times  been  held  in  high 
estimation. 

On  the  first  landing  place,  is  a  Llama  from  South 
America,  where  it  is  used  as  a  beast  of  burthen  ;  pre* 
sented  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Hunterian  Collection, 

Above  the  Llama  is  a  specimen  of  the  Stag  {Cervus 
elephas,  Linn.). 

On  the  second  landing-place  are  a  Musk  Ox,  from 
Melville  Island,  and  a  Polar  Bear  ;  procured  in  the  late 
Arctic  expeditions  ;  and  presented  by  the  Lords  of  the 
Admiralty, 

Over  the  Musk  Ox  is  a 


specimen  of  the  Striped  An- 


GROUND  FLOOR. 


3 


telope  of  Pennant,  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope;  and 
on  the  Polar  Bear’s  case,  the  Elk  from  Sweden.  Both 
presented  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Hunterian  Collection, 
Between  these  animals  is  placed  the  trunk  of  an  arbo¬ 
rescent  Fern  {Alsophila  Brunoniana  of  Wallich)  forty-five 
feet  in  height,  from  the  mountains  to  the  eastward  of 
Silhet  in  Bengal.  Bresented  by  the  East  India  Company* 
Also  a  specimen  of  a  species  of  Palm  [Euterpe  oleracea^ 
Mart.),  native  of  South  America.  Cultimted  and  pre- 
sented  by  Messrs.  Loddiges. 

On  the  upper  landing-place  are  a  male  and  female 
Giraffe,  or  Camelopard,  from  South  Africa,  presented  by 
W.J.BurchelU  Esq.;  another  Giraffe,  presented  by  the 
Trustees  of  the  Hunterian  Collection;  a  young  Indian 
Elephant,  and  an  Indian  Tapir.  The  last  mentioned 
Giraffe  was  brought  to  England  by  Mr.  Paterson,  and  is 
the  first  ever  seen  in  this  country. 

H.  Ellis. 


UPPER  FLOOR. 

FIRST  ROOM. 

The  ceiling  of  this  room,  representing  the  fall  of 
Phaeton,  was  painted  by  Charles  de  la  Fosse. 

The  upright  cases  round  the  room  contain  a  series  of  ar¬ 
tificial  Curiosities  from  the  less  civilized  parts  of  the  world. 

Case  1.  Esquimaux  dresses,  from  Winter  Island  ;  a 
whalebone  net,  used  by  the  Esquimaux  for  laying  under 
their  beds  ;  a  wooden  bowl;  a  cup  and  spoon  made  of 
the  horns  of  the  musk  ox  ;  a  bone  ornament,  from  Sa¬ 
vage  Island  ;  some  Esquimaux  arms ;  a  small  basket ;  a 
pair  of  eye-shades  formed  of  bone  ;  a  bow-string  ;  a  cu¬ 
linary  vessel  and  lamp,  cut  out  of  stone.  Over  the  Cases 
is  placed  a  sledge  from  Baffin’s  Bay,  which,  together  wdth 
the  rest  of  these  articles,  was  brought  to  England  by 
Capt.  Sir  Edward  Parry,  in  1822. 

Case  2.  Esquimaux  dresses  from  Point  Hope:  a  steers¬ 
man’s  cap,  from  West  Georgia ;  men’s  boots,  and  an  Es¬ 
quimaux  landing  net,  formed  of  whalebone,  from  Kotzebue 
Sound;  a  band,  worn  as  a  maro,  from  Egmont  Island;  a 
pair  of  woman’s  boots,  from  Cape  Thomson  ;  a  dart 

B  2 


4  MISCELLANEOUS  [UFPER  FLOOE. 

thrower,  from  Point  Barrow ;  and  a  richly  carved  paddle, 
from  Tahiti. 

Case  S,  Various  specimens  of  cloth,  formed  of  the 
Paper  Mulberry, from  the  Sandwich  Islands,  some  of  them 
with  stamped  patterns  ;  a  harpoon  line,  made  of  the  skin 
of  a  Wallruss,  and  a  sail  of  the  intestines  of  the  same  ani¬ 
mal  from  Kotzebue  Sound  ;  two  large  teeth  of  the  Wall¬ 
russ,  from  Behring's  Straits;  a  stone  club  used  for  bruis¬ 
ing  nuts,  and  three  fine  mats,  from  Egmont  Island  ;  a  cap, 
ornamented  with  tufts  of  feather  and  hair  ;  several  bows 
and  arrows,  some  of  the  latter  tipped  with  obsidian  and 
bone,  from  California ;  and  a  small  harpoon,  with  a  move- 
able  tip,  for  spearing  fish,  from  Point  Barrow. 

On  the  sides  of  these  Cases,  near  the  door,  are  placed 
three  spears  from  Tonga  taboo,  a  spear  from  the  interior 
of  Chili,  and  a  paddle  from  Egmont  Island.  Over  these 
cases  are  several  other  spears,  arrows,  and  harpoons, 
from  the  Pacific  Ocean.  These  articles  and  those  in 
Cases  No.  2  and  3,  were  collected  during  Capt.  Beechey's 
voyage  of  discovery,  a.d.  1825 — 1828. 

Case  4.  A  seal-skin  dress  ;  a  dog’s  harness  for  a  sledge, 
and  the  handle  of  an  instrument  for  throwing  bird-darts, 
from  the  coast  of  Labrador  ;  a  pair  of  boots  ornamented 
wdth  leather  of  different  colours,  with  divided  toes ;  a 
leathern  whip,  and  some  arrows  from  the  interior  of  Peru. 

Case  5.  A  quiver  formed  of  palm  leaves,  containing 
small  poisoned  arrows ;  a  bag  of  netted  twine,  with  bom- 
oax  and  some  poisoned  arrows  from  the  Indians  of  the 
Mar  anon.  Presented  hy  Lieut,  Henry  Lister  Mntv^  R,N, 
Various  wampum  belts,  and  a  pair  of  eyeshades,  formed  of 
wood.  From  the  Sloane  Collection, 

A  straw  hat,  a  poncho,  or  cloak,  leggings,  shoes,  spurs, 

and  stirrups.  From  Chili,  Presented  by - Sinclair^ 

Esqc 

A  hammock,  from  Africa, presented  by  H,  Bright,  Esq,; 
and  a  pair  of  sandals,  from  Ashantee,  presented  hy  Mr, 
Fenton. 

Case  6.  A  piece  of  cloth,  feet  long  by  feet  wide, 

decorated  with  borders  and  various  stellated  patterns,  pro¬ 
duced  by  discharging  the  deep  colour  of  the  indigo ;  it  is 
woven  in  narrow  strips,  each  three  inches  wdde.  Another 
piece  of  clpth,  formed  of  similar  strips,  but  the  check  pat- 


ROOM  I.]  ARTICLES.  5 

tern  produced  in  the  weaving.  A  piece  of  very  narrow 
cloth,  of  the  original  width  before  it  is  made  up  for  use. 
Froyn  Africa.  Presented  hy  Major  Denham  and  Captain 
Clapperton, 

A  Foulah  cloak,  formed  of  very  narrow  strips  of  cloth  ; 
a  cap,  and  a  musical  instrument,  from  the  neighbourhood 
of  Sierra  Leone.  Presented  hy  J.  Whitfield^  Esq. 

A  cap,  made  of  a  fine  mat,  from  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope.  Presented  by  Capt.  Duncan,  1780. 

Several  pieces  of  cloth  formed  of  narrow  strips  on  a 
white  ground  ;  a  white  cloth,  painted  with  black  patterns; 
two  others  made  of  different  coloured  stripes ;  and  a  single 
stripe  formed  of  three  different  colours  ;  a  piece  of  very 
fine  matting ;  a  child’s  umbrella,  or  sunshade,  covered 
with  various  coloured  and  printed  cottons,  and  stripes  of 
woollen  cloth,  with  a  carved  wooden  top;  an  iron  padlock 
and  keys;  four  variously  shaped  earthenware  tobacco-pipe 
heads  ;  a  small  earthen  pan,  with  a  deeply  notched  edge ; 
a  small  basket ;  a  string  of  beads  resembling  spangles, 
formed  from  shells ;  a  fly-flapper,  made  from  hair ;  a 
shuttle  and  reel  of  thread  belonging  to  the  loom  ;  a  mu¬ 
sical  instrument ;  a  leather  pouch,  surrounded  by  Stripes 
of  leather,  and  worked  with  leather  and  cloth  in  different 
patterns ;  a  short  dagger,  and  a  wooden  handle  and  sheath, 
ornamented  with  brass ;  a  pair  of  worked  sandals ;  two 
arrows  with  steel  heads ;  a  large  leathern  cushion,  and  a 
stool  of  carved  zesso  wood.  On  the  top  of  the  Case  is  a 
loom  for  weaving  the  narrow  cloth,  used  by  the  Africans. 
Ail  from  Ashantee.  Presented  hy  T.  E.  Bowdich,  Esq., 
and  described  in  his  Tra^vels,  p.  307,  Sj;c, 

Case  7.  Two  baskets  made  of  a  species  of  juncus  ; 
two  water-baskets  made  of  the  bark  of  a  birch  ;  a  bladder, 
containing  a  pigment  used  by  the  natives  ;  a  quiver,  some 
arrows,  and  a  bow ;  the  rope  of  a  canoe  ;  a  necklace  formed 
of  shells ;  and  an  axe,  the  iron  of  which  was  probably  ob¬ 
tained  from  an  English  or  American  ship,  from  Terra  del 
Fuego. 

Case  8.  A  coat  of  mail  formed  of  seven  folds  of  horse 
skin,  used  by  the  Araucarian  Indians  on  the  west  coast  of 
South  America,  taken  from  the  body  of  an  Indian  who 
was  shot  by  a  party  of  Chilian  Indians,  sent  to  disperse  an 
incursion  of  the  native  tribes  ;  a  pair  of  spurs ;  a  couple  of 


6 


MISCELLANEOUS  [uPPER  FLOOR, 

balls,  united  by  a  cord,  which  are  used  to  destroy  the 
wild  animals,  and  a  pair  of  rattles  ;  all  from  the  coast  of 
Patagonia. 

Over  these  Cases  are  two  fishing  spears  from  Terra 
del  Fuego  ;  a  spear  from  the  west  coast  of  Australasia ;  a 
fish-gig  from  the  South  Sea  islands.  Also  a  canoe,  with 
its  paddles,  from  Behring’s  Straits.  Presented  by  Capt. 
Beechey^  R,N. 

The  whole  of  the  contents  of  the  Cases  7  and  8,  and  , 
the  spears  over  them,  were  collected  by  Capt.  P.  P.  King, 
in  his  late  voyage,  and  presented  by  him  to  the  British 
Museum. 

Case  9.  Shelves  1  and  2.  Vessels  in  various  forms, 
from  tombs  of  the  aboriginal  Peruvians.  Chiejiyfrom  the 
Sloane  and  Towneley  Collections. 

Shelves  3,  4,  5.  Various  objects,  chiefly  collected  in 
Mexico,  and  purchased,  at  the  sale  of  the  Mexican  Mu¬ 
seum  belonging  to  Mr.  Bullock ;  they  consist  of  small 
statues  formed  of  various  stones,  and  of  rude  workman¬ 
ship  ;  a  mask  of  stone ;  two  statues  and  five  fragments 
of  terracotta,  found  on  the  mountains  of  Tezeossingo,  the 
pyramids  of  St.  Taun  de  Toetiutican  ;  an  adze ;  a  heart- 
shaped  ornament  of  serpentine,  with  engraved  characters 
resembling  hieroglyphics;  two  vases  of  alabaster,  one  with 
the  head  and  arms  of  a  monkey  sculptured  on  it,  the  other 
with  the  head,  tail,  and  wings  of  a  cock ;  a  small  terra¬ 
cotta  statue  of  a  sitting  figure,  similar  to  an  Egyptian 
sphynx  ;  a  head  of  a  boy  in  basalt ;  a  small  vase-shaped 
statue ;  an  Azteek  mirror,  made  of  a  large  plate  of  obsidian, 
polished  on  both  sides ;  a  large  double  bottle  of  black 
earthenware,  one  of  the  bottles  with  the  head  of  a  dog, 
the  other  with  that  of  a  bird ;  a  small  earthen  vessel  in 
the  form  of  a  dog ;  several  knives  formed  of  obsidian,  with 
two  of  the  larger  pieces  from  which  they  have  been  split; 
an  incense  burner  in  the  form  of  an  owl ;  a  bust  of  a  fe¬ 
male  sculptured  in  lava,  with  a  turretted  head-dress,  hav¬ 
ing  some  resemblance  to  the  Isis  of  the  Egyptians  ;  ano¬ 
ther  of  a  priest  with  a  mitre-shaped  cap  decorated  with 
jewels  and  a  feather,  and  with  long  pendant  ear-rings  ;  the 
greater  part  of  the  body  is  covered  by  a  large  snake,  its 
head  being  on  the  right  side  of  the  figure  ;  the  eyes  of  this 
bust  were  probably  supplied  by  jewels;  a  statue  of  an  Az- 


ARTICLES. 


7 


ROOM  I.] 

teek  princess  in  a  sitting  posture  ;  her  feet  are  bent  under 
her,  and  her  hands  rest  upon  her  knees ;  a  small  serpent 
idol,  probably  one  of  the  Penates,  or  household  gods  '^. 

Case  10.  Shelf  1.  Cloth  which  enveloped  the  dead 
bodies  of  ancient  Peruvians ;  cups,  a  harpoon,  sling,  fish¬ 
ing-line,  fishes’  eyes,  basket,  and  Indian  corn  ;  from  the 
tombs  of  children  of  the  ancient  Peruvians.  The  globular 
vessels  were  placed,  with  Indian  corn,  under  the  breasts 
of  the  dead  bodies.  Presented  by  the  Rev.  W.  V.  Hennahy 
1828. 

Shelves  3  and  4.  Three  mortars,  silver  images,  and 
vessels ;  from  the  tombs  of  aboriginal  Peruvians  in  the 
island  of  Titicaca.  Collected  by  J»  Pentland,  Esq.<,  and 
presented  by  the  Right  Hon.  the  Earl  Dudley.  Five 
earthen  images,  from  tombs  in  Vera  Cruz.  Presented  by 
G.  A.  Princep,  Esq.,  1821. 

Shelf  2.  Seven  vessels  from  tombs  of  aboriginal  Peru¬ 
vians  of  maritime  provinces  on  the  coast  of  the  Pacific. 
One  vase  from  Tiaquauco.  Presented  by  the  Earl  Dudley, 
from  Mr*  Pentland's  Collection. 

Shelf  5.  Stone  basin,  ornamented  with  serpents;  a 
smaller  basin  ornamented  in  the  angles,  at  the  outside,  by 
four  animals  ;  a  small  vessel  in  the  form  of  a  Llama :  from 
the  Temple  of  the  Sun  at  Cusco.  Presented  by  the  Earl 
Dudley,  from  Mr.  Pentland's  Collection.  A  vessel  in  the 
form  of  a  human  figure.  From  the  Sloane  Collection^ 
No.  404. 

The  remaining  Cases  contain  articles  from  the  west 
coast  of  North  America  and  the  South  Seas,  chiefly  pre¬ 
sented  by  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Captain  James  Cook,  R.N., 
and  Archibald  Menzies,  Esq.  Many  of  them  are  figured 
in  Captain  Cook’s  Voyages. 

Case  11.  Fishing  implements  from  Nootka  Sound  and 
Oonalashka  ;  harpoons  ;  lines  made  of  sinews,  and  of  sea¬ 
weed  (a  species  of  Fucus),  &c.  Models  of  fishing-boats, 
&c. ;  waterproof  fishing-jackets,  made  of  the  intestines  of 
the  whale,  from  Nootka  Sound. — Several  caps  of  wood, 
representing  heads  of  beasts ;  a  bird’s  head  of  wood,  orna¬ 
mented  with  feathers,  &c. ;  a  wooden  coat  of  armour  ; 

^  There  are  some  other  Mexican  sculptures  at  present  in  the  Ante 
Room,  next  the'  Elgin  Marbles,  which  are  too  heavy  to  be  exhibited 
here. 


8  MISCELLANEOUS  [UPFER  FLOOR, 

birds  made  of  wood,  hollow,  and  containing  stones^  used 
as  rattles  ;  from  Nootka  and  Oonalashka. 

Case  12.  Warlike  implements,  and  various  tools, 
clubs,  adzes,  &c. ;  Patoo-patoos  of  wood  and  bone^  &c. 
Various  domestic  utensils  from  the  same  part  of  the  coast. 
A  screen  made  of  the  feathers  of  an  eagle  ;  knives ; 
spoons ;  eating-bowls ;  bread  made  of  the  root  of  the 
Casada  tree  (a  species  of  Jatropha),  with  an  unprepared 
piece  of  the  latter. — Caps  of  various  shapes  and  colours, 
some  with  representations  of  the  whale  fishery ;  combs, 
&c. ;  from  Nootka  and  Oonalashka. 

Case  13.  Baskets  made  in  various  parts  of  the  west 
coast  of  North  America. — Mattings,  &c.  The  inner  bark 
of  a  species  of  cypress  (Cupressus  thuyoides)  in  its  dif¬ 
ferent  stages  of  preparation,  for  making  mats,  articles  of 
dress,  &c. ;  a  garment  made  of  this  bark  by  the  natives  of 
Banks’s  Island. 

Case  14.  Specimens  of  sculpture  ;  imitations  of  the 
human  form  ;  masks,  &c. 

.Cases  15  and  16.  Otaheite  winter  and  summer  cloths, 
made  of  the  bark  of  the  paper  mulberry  [Broussonetia)^ 
and  variously  dyed. — A  mourning  dress;  a  breast-plate 
made  of  feathers,  &c.,  used  in  war. 

Case  17.  Coarse  mats  for  sails,  &c.  Basket-work 
and  cordage. — Ornamental  mats  made  of  a  kind  of  flag ; 
a  dancing  apron,  &c.,  from  Otaheite. 

Case  18.  Fishing  implements.  Various  utensils  made 
of  a  basaltic  stone  ;  rasps  made  of  shagreen  ;  wooden  pil¬ 
lows  ;  adzes  of  a  kind  of  jade  called  axe-stone,  &c. — Orna¬ 
mental  carvings  ;  cloth-beater  ;  plaited  hair ;  tatooing  in¬ 
struments  ;  a  planting  spade  made  of  a  fragment  of  a 
shield  ;  nose  flutes  ;  a  bread  fruit. — Various  stone  adzes, 
hatchets,  &c. 

Cases  19  and  20.  Large  cloaks  ;  aprons  ;  helmets  ; 
hats ;  distorted  human  figures,  &c.,  made  of  feathers. 
From  the  Sandwich  Islands. 

Case  21.  Various  specimens  of  mats  and  cloths  ;  gor¬ 
gets  made  of  red  seeds,  &c.  Cordage  ;  slings  ;  cloth  beat¬ 
ers  ;  hair  for  ornamental  head-dresses.  Fishing-hooks 
made  of  bones  and  shells ;  saws  made  of  sharks’  teeth  ;  and 
other  tools.  From  the  Sandwich  Islands. 

Case  22.  Articles  of  ornament ;  bracelets  made  of 


ARTICLES. 


9 


ROOM  I.] 

boars’  tusks^  and  of  tortoise-shell;  assortment  of  shells  and 
seeds,  &c.  Necklaces,  and  other  ornaments.  Coverings 
for  the  legs,  composed  of  shells,  seeds,  and  teeth,  used 
in  dancing ;  round  mirrors  made  of  a  black  slaty 
stone,  which  is  wetted  when  used  ;  quoits,  weights,  &c. 
From  the  Sandwich  Islands.  Small  cloaks,  a  head-dress, 
and  other  ornaments  made  of  feathers  ;  a  specimen  of  the 
species  of  creeper  [Certhia  vestiaria)  which  supplies  the 
red  feathers.  Fans  ;  wooden  bowls  supported  by  grotesque 
figures  for  ornament.  Mostly  from  the  Marquesas. 

Case  23.  Specimens  of  cloth,  matting,  and  cordage. 
Basket-work,  plain  and  ornamented  ;  sun-screens. — Orna¬ 
mental  basket-work  ;  various  pouches  ;  a  dancing-dress 
made  of  the  fibres  of  the  bark  of  cocoa-nuts.— From  the 
Friendly  Islands. 

Case  24.  Fishing  implements,  hooks,  and  various 
nets ;  models  of  canoes  ;  adzes  made  of  shelves  ;  tatooing 
instruments ;  rasps,  &c.  Various  articles  of  ornament ; 
necklaces  made  of  shells,  seeds,  &c. ;  combs  ;  bracelets  ; 
kernels  of  a  nut  which,  when  burnt,  yields  a  strong  light. 
Aprons  and  other  ornaments,  made  of  the  thigh-bones  of  a 
small  bird  ;  nasal  flutes ;  fly-flaps,  a  shuttle,  &c.  Various 
Cava  bowls  of  wood,  curiously  carved  ;  some  earthen  ves¬ 
sels,  &c.  From  the  Friendly  Islands. 

Case  25.  Various  specimens  of  matting  and  cordage, 
mostly  made  of  the  New  Zealand  hemp  {Phormium  tenax). 
Sundry  woven  articles;  belts,  &c.  Fishing-nets;  hooks, 
cordage,  &c.  From  New  Zealand. 

Case  26.  Articles  of  ornament ;  combs  ;  necklaces, 
&c.  Specimens  of  carving  in  wood  and  bone  ;  pipes,  and 
other  musical  wind  instruments.  Warlike  instruments  ; 
conchs  used  in  war ;  clubs ;  saws  made  of  sharks’  teeth 
for  dissecting  the  bodies  of  slain  enemies  ;  two  human 
hands,  being  parts  of  the  body  of  a  slain  enemy.  Tools  of 
various  kinds,  &c.  Various  wooden  boxes  ornamented 
with  carvings.  Boat  scoops,  &c.  From  New  Zealand. 

Over  the  Cases  II  to  14.  Various  missile  weapons 
from  different  parts  of  the  west  coast  of  North  America 
and  the  islands  of  the  South  Sea;  harpoons,  javelins, 
spears ;  a  wooden  shield ;  also  various  calabashes,  some 
inclosed  in  wickerwork. 

B  3 


10  MISCELLANEOUS  []UPPER  FLOOR. 

Over  the  Casesi  18  to  20.  Bows,  arrows,  quivers, 
drums,  &c. 

Round  the  door  opposite  the  Entrance.  Vari¬ 
ous  sorts  of  plain  and  carved  clubs,  maces,  &c. 

Over  Case  21.  A  large  Cava  bowl ;  w^ooden  pillows. 

Over  Case  23.  A  canoe  composed  of  many  pieces 
of  wood  sewed  together,  from  Queen  Charlotte’s  Island  ; 
various  kinds  of  paddles,  &c. 

Over  the  Cases  25  and  26.  A  large  wooden  drum 
with  lateral  opening,  made  of  the  trunk  of  a  tree ;  a  wooden 
box,  &c. 

In  the  Window  near  the  entrance-door,  are  a 
pacuntti  or  tube  for  blowing  the  small  poisoned  arrows  in 
Case  5 ;  a  bow  of  the  Indians  of  the  banks  of  the  Ucayali ; 
some  spears  made  of  palm  wood  and  some  of  bow  wood, 
and  a  bow  from  the  Indians  of  the  Marahon  ;  and  a  wooden 
spear  from  the  Napo.  Presented  by  Lieut.  Henry  Lister 
Maw,  R.N. 

In  the  centre  of  the  Room,  within  a  glazed  frame,  is  one 
of  the  originals  of  Magna  Charta,  belonging  to  the  Cot¬ 
tonian  Library;  at  the  side,  there  is  an  Engraving  of 
it  in  fac-simile  by  Pine. 

SECOND  ROOM ; 

THIRD  ROOM  ; 

FOURTH  ROOM. 

These  apartments  are  devoted  to  Sir  Joseph  Banks’s^ 
together  with  Sir  Hans  Sloane’s  and  other  collections  of 
dried  plants. 

FIFTH  ROOM; 

SIXTH  ROOM; 

SEVENTH  ROOM. 

These  apartments  are  at  present  occupied  by  Sir  Joseph 
Banks’s  Library. 

In  the  centre  of  the  Sixth  Room  the  general  collection 
of  insects  is  preserved  in  cabinets. 

In  the  Seventh  Room,  near  the  third  window  hang  three 
specimens  of  minute  writing,  forming  the  portraits  of 


11 


ROOMS  II. - VIII.]  ARTICLES. 

Queen  Anne,  Prince  George  of  Denmark,  and  the  Duke 
of  Gloucester  their  son,  with  a  portrait  of  Sir  Isaac  Newton 
in  bas-relief. 

Near  the  door  of  entrance  from  the  sixth  room  is  pre¬ 
served  a  specimen  of  the  [CyperusPapy7''us  or)  Papyrus  reed. 

J.  G.  Children. 

EIGHTH  ROOM. 

The  Cases  No.  1  and  %  together  with  a  table  Case, 
contain  a  collection  of  impressions  from  ancient  seals, 
royal,  baronial,  monastic,  ecclesiastical  (not  monastic), 
municipal,  and  private,  recently  made  for  and  presented 
to  the  Museum  by  Mr.  John  Doubleday. 

The  Case  No.  3  contains  a  large  collection  of  bronze 
and  flint  Celts,  Spear-heads,  and  Arrow-heads;  the  greater 
part  of  the  flint  arrow-heads  and  celts  found  in  Ireland. 

Case  4  contains  a  collection  of  Hindoo  Bronzes,  and  an 
assemblage  of  ancient  Chess-men  found  in  the  sands  upon 
the  coast  of  one  of  the  Western  Islands  of  Scotland. 

Case  5. 

Various  South  Sea  objects,  not  yet  arranged. 

Case  6. 

Div.  A.  Portrait  of  Bion,  broken  from  a  bust  or  statue. 
Portrait,  supposed  of  Diomede,  also  broken  from  a  statue. 
Mutilated  figure  of  Bacchus. 

Div.  B.  ^sculapius  between  two 'Gryphons.  Two 
Aliptes  or  Anointers  ;  they  have  been  handles  or  stands 
for  Mirrors.  Head  of  an  Amazon.  Three  heads  of 
Ammon ;  two  have  been  weights,  one,  part  of  a  vase  handle. 
Anubis.  Ten  figures  or  heads  of  Apollo  ;  the  one  to  the 
right  hand,  as  in  the  act  of  bending  his  bow,  being  pro¬ 
bably  the  most  excellent  specimen  of  Grecian  art  existing ; 
it  was  found  in  1792  near  Janina  in  Epirus. 

Div.  C.  Various  representations  of  Bacchus.  Among 
them  is  a  remarkable  Pantheic  Bust,  7^  inches  high,  of 
very  good  workmanship  ;  it  has  goat’s  dewlaps,  bull’s  ears, 
fish  issuing  from  the  temples,  crab’s  claws  in  the  place  of 
horns,  and  the  leaves  of  an  aquatic  plant  forming  upon 
every  part  of  the  face,  neck,  and  breast. 


J2 


MISCELLANEOUS  |^UPPER  FLOORo 

Div«  D.  Three  heads  of  Asses,  originally  decorations 
of  seats  or  beds.  Bust  of  Astarte.  Bust  and  two  figures 
of  Atis.  Various  glass  Beads.  Two  Bells.  Head  and 
two  figures  of  Boars,  one  decorated  for  sacrifice,  the  other 
bearing  a  mutilated  and  consequently  unascertained  female 
figure.  Nine  representations  gf  Bulls,  or  parts  thereof. 

Div.  E.  Three  painted  Greek  Earthen  Vases,  and  two 
Lamps. 

Div.  F.  An  Egyptian  Cat,  sitting,  decorated  on  the 
breast  with  the  badge  of  consecration.  Figure  of  Castor. 
Two  heads  of  Gryphons ;  the  larger  was  probably  the 
handle  of  some  vessel, 

Div.  G.  Three  figures  of  Bellona.  Two  Cats,  and  two 
Pedestals  in  form  of  Cats’  heads,  decorated  with  wings, 
A  singular  Group,  consisting  of  a  Centaur  between  Her¬ 
cules  and  iEsculapius.  Ceres  seated.  Two  Cocks.  An 
Upupa  sacred  to  Horus  and  Harpocrates. 

Div.  H.  Twenty  figures  of  Cupid,  Eight  figures  of 
Fauns. 

Div.  I.  Cybele,  the  mother  of  the  Gods,  bearing,  upon 
a  crescent  supported  by  the  tips  of  her  wings,  the  busts  of 
Saturn,  Sol,  Luna,  Mars,  Mercury,  Jupiter,  Venus,  ar¬ 
ranged  according  to  the  days  of  the  week  over  which  they 
respectively  preside ;  over  the  points  of  the  pinions  are 
busts  of  the  Dioscuri,  and  issuing  from  a  double  cornuco¬ 
pia,  those  of  Apollo  and  Diana.  A  dead  Fawn  s  the  hind 
leg  of  a  Deer ;  a  Doe  worried  by  a  Leopard.  Five  Statues 
or  portions  of  Statues  of  Diana,  Head  of  Diomede,  which 
has  been  a  weight,  Dione,  the  wife  of  Dodonsean  Jupiter, 
Pollux.  Two  Dogs  ;  head  of  a  Greyhound  ;  head  of  a 
Mastiff,  once  the  end  of  a  spout.  Dolphin.  Eagle,  for¬ 
merly  attached  to  a  Roman  standard. 

Div.  K.  Three  painted  Greek  Earthen  Vases  and  two 
Lamps.  On  the  top  of  this  Case  is  a  statue  of  Bacchus, 

Case 

Div.  A.  Vizor  of  a  Helmet  found  in  a  tomb  upon  the 
face  of  a  skeleton.  Mars,  completely  accoutred  in  Ho¬ 
meric  armour.  Hercules. 

Div.  B.  Four  figures  of  Fortune.  A  pair  of  Frogs, 
Three  figures  of  Ganymede,  Two  Genii.  Three  orna- 


HOOM  VIII.]  ARTICLES.  13 

ments  decorated  with  Goats’  heads  ;  a  figure  of  the  single-* 
horned  symbolical  Goat  of  the  Persians.  Hand  broken 
from  some  fine  statue.  A  mystic  Hand  covered  with 
numerous  symbols.  Two  Horses ;  two  heads  of  Ditto  ;  a 
fetlock  joint  broken  from  some  large  statue. 

Div.  C.  Eight  figures  of  Harpocrates.  Two  Harpies; 
to  the  pedestal  of  one  is  affixed  a  figure  of  Harmony. 
Hawks.  Twenty  figures^  &c.  of  Hercules. 

Div.  D,  Hermaphrodite.  Hygeia.  Iphicles,  starting 
at  the  sight  of  the  serpents,  which  originally  formed  part 
of  the  group.  Three  figures  of  Isis.  Two  figures,  and  a 
bust  of  Latona.  Two  Ornaments  decorated  with  Leopards’ 
heads.  Five  figures  or  portions  of  Lions.  Two  Lizards 
in  silver,  one  of  bronze,  cast  from  nature.  Pedestal  deco¬ 
rated  with  the  head  of  Lunus.  Three  figures  of  Mars. 
Three  faces  or  masks  of  Medusa,  Three  figures  of  Mi¬ 
nerva. 

Div.  E.  Painted  Greek  earthen  VaseS;,  &c.  Glass 
Bottle,  Lachrymatories,  &c. 

Div.  F.  Armour.  Celts  ;  Mace-heads  ;  Helmets,  on 
the  edge  of  one  of  which  are  inscribed  Greek  characters. 

Div.  G.  Seven  statues  or  busts  of  Juno,  ten  of  Jupi¬ 
ter  ;  a  Group  of  Jupiter  and  Juno,  of  fine  Etruscan 
workmanship. 

Div.  H.  Twenty-one  statues,  busts,  &c.  of  Mercury. 

Div.  I.  Mask  of  Omphale.  Two  statues  and  a  bust  of 
Osiris.  Pan:  an  Etruscan  figure  reclining ;  a  standing, 
and  a  sitting  Figure  ;  a  Bust ;  and  a  Mask  in  ancient  tes¬ 
sellated  work.  Two  statues  of  Paris.  Head  of  Perseus. 
Two  heads  of  Pluto.  A  Poppy  seed-vessel.  Portraits  ; 
Alexander,  Cicero,  Otho.  Bust  of  an  Egyptian  mendicant 
Priest.  Boy,  and  a  horseman  unknown. 

Div.  K.  Articles  found  in  a  tomb  in  Campania. 
They  were  probably  used  in  the  sacred  mysteries  of 
Ceres  and  Bacchus. 

On  the  top  of  the  Case  is  an  Etruscan  Head  of  some 
unknown  person,  attached  to  a  bust  of  modern  work¬ 
manship. 


Case  8. 

Div.  a.  Nineteen  Armillae  ;  military  Zones  ;  Spear 
and  Arrow  Heads. 


14  MISCELLANEOUS  [[uPPER  FLOOR. 

Div.  B.  A  cylindrical  Lock.  Three  Mirrors  ;  two  Mir¬ 
ror  Stands,  each  composed  of  a  figure  resting  on  the  back 
of  a  monkey,  or  a  tortoise.  Proserpine.  Four  figures,  of 
which  three  have  been  stands  for  mirrors  or  paterae.  Three 
Rams,  under  one  of  which  is  Ulysses  clinging  to  the  body 
to  escape  from  the  cave  of  Polyphemus.  Small  silver  statue 
of  Saturn  devouring  an  infant.  An  infant  Satyr  seated 
upon  a  Ram’s  head.  Nine  Scenic  figures;  a  Mask;  a 
Ticket  of  admission  to  a  theatre,  inscribed,  AHMOSION 
OrAOON. 

Div.  C.  Two  figures  of  Serapis,  and  a  Head  in  terra¬ 
cotta.  A  small  Serpent,  and  a  portion  of  one  twining 
round  a  staff,  formerly  attached  to  a  statue  of  iFsculapius. 
Eleven  statues,  busts,  &c.,  of  Silenus.  Four  Thuribula, 
or  incense  vessels,  in  the  form  of  human  heads.  A  Triton. 
Six  weights,  one  in  the  form  of  a  head. 

Div.  D.  Blanh. 

Div.  E.  Two  large  Dishes,  found  with  the  articles  in 
Division  K. 

Div.  F.  Rings  of  various  dimensions ;  the  centre  one, 
upon  which  eighteen  smaller  ones  are  strung,  has  been 
supposed  to  have  been  the  ear-ring  of  some  colossal  statue. 

Div.  G.  Nine  figures  or  busts  of  Venus,  Vesta. 
F'our  figures,  a  bust,  and  a  wing  of  Victory.  Two  figures 
of  Ulysses.  Two  figures  of  Phthas,  or  the  Egyptian  Vul¬ 
can.  Two  figures  of  armed  Soldiers  ;  one  has  formed  part 
of  a  group  ;  he  is  wounded,  and  falling  into  the  arms  of  a 
comrade,  of  whom  the  hand  and  arm  only  remain. 

Div.  FI.  Two  Legs  of  Tripods  ;  one  composed  of  parts 
of  a  lion  and  goat  winged.  Tortoise.  Miscellaneous  figures 
which,  being  without  symbols  or  distinct  peculiarities, 
cannot  be  named  wdth  certainty. 

Div.  I.  Lamps. 

Div.  K.  Paterae,  Dishes,  Cista  Mystica,  found  with 
the  large  dishes  in  Division  E,  under  a  stone  in  a  field  near 
the  village  of  Caubiac,  about  six  leagues  from  Toulouse. 

On  the  top  of  the  Case  is  a  sitting  figure  of  Ammon, 
of  early  Egyptian  workmanship. 

Case  9. 

Div.  a.  Three  Simpula;  three  Strigils;  End  of  a 
Chariot  Pole.  Volutes  of  wire. 


ARTICLES. 


15 


ROOM  VIII.] 

Div.  B.  Fibulae.  Sacrificial  Shovel,  elegantly  orna¬ 
mented  with  a  figure  of  Mercury  seated  upon  a  ram's  head, 
and  other  decorations.  A  Sistrum.  Handle  of  some  ves¬ 
sel,  decorated  with  the  heads  of  a  Gryphon  and  a  Bull. 
A  Loop  and  Hooks  terminating  in  the  heads  of  some  chi¬ 
merical  animal.  Another  set,  decorated  with  the  figure 
of  an  animal,  and  with  an  inlaid  scroll  pattern. 

Div.  C.  Paterae,  or  Mirrors. 

Div.  D.  Vases. 

Div.  E.  Vases. 

Div.  F.  Three  figures  of  Gaudma,  a  Burmese  Idol. 
A  figure  of  Siva  trampling  upon  the  prostrate  Ganesa. 
An  emaciated  Chinese  Devotee.  A  Chinese  Cup,  of 
bronze,  in  form  of  a  leaf.  A  Knife  with  an  agate  handle 
ornamented  with  gold. 

Div.  G.  Surgical  and  other  Instruments.  Four  frag¬ 
ments  of  Ornaments  of  a  votive  chariot,  of  old  Etruscan 
workmanship  ;  they  are  formed  of  very  thin  plates  of  silver 
decorated  with  gold.  When  discovered  in  1812,  between 
Perugia  and  Cortona,  the  whole  was  nearly  complete,  but 
was  speedily  cut  in  pieces,  and  the  greater  part  melted. 
A  Silver  Cup  exquisitely  embossed  and  chased  in  the  finest 
style  of  Italian  workmanship  of  the  sixteenth  century. 

Div.  H.  Dishes,  Cups,  Handles  of  Vases  variously 
formed  and  decorated. 

Div.  I.  Vases. 

Div.  K.  Vases  ;  to  the  largest  of  which  are  attached 
as  handles,  two  figures  of  Neptune,  of  fine  Greek  work¬ 
manship. 

On  the  top  of  the  Case  is  a  figure  of  Osiris,  of  old 
Egyptian  sculpture. 

On  a  Shelf  between  the  windows : 

No.  1.  Figure  of  Siva,  with  four  arms;  in  one  hand 
is  the  Gadha  or  Parasha,  a  warlike  weapon ;  in  another  is 
an  Antelope. 

No.  2.  Figure  of  Kamala,  or  Lakshmi,  the  consort  of 
Vishnu,  bearing  the  Lotus  flower  in  her  hand. 

No.  3.  Figure  of  Ganesa  with  four  hands,  holding 
some  article  of  food,  his  broken  tooth,  the  Chank  of  Vishnu, 
and  a  club. 

No.  4.  Siva,  or  Mahadeva,  trampling  upon  and  de¬ 
stroying  Tripurasura. 


16  MISCELLANEOUS  ARTICLES.  [uPPER  FLOOR. 

No.  5.  A  circular  Plate^  over  which^  supported  by  four 
lions^  is  a  platform^j  from  which  rises  a  highly  decorated 
arch_,  on  one  side  of  which  is  Krishna  playing  upon  a  pipe, 
attended  by  four  females  and  six  bulls.  On  the  other  side 
is  Devi  seated,  holding  two  Lotus  flowers,  attended  by  four 
persons,  and  two  elephants,  who  with  their  trunks  form  a 
canopy  over  her  head. 

No.  6.  A  similar  article,  ornamented  on  one  side  by 
Rama,  and  perhaps  Lakshmi,  bearing  bows,  with  Hanuman 
and  another  ape  in  a  submissive  attitude ;  on  the  other  side 
is  Vishnu,  reclining  upon  Sesha,  the  mythological  serpent, 
with  a  Lotus  issuing  from  his  navel,  on  which  is  seated 
Brahma  accomplishing  the  work  of  creation. 

No.  7-  A  circular  Stand,  in  two  parts,  decorated  with 
twenty-two  figures  in  high  relief,  representing  some  of  the 
principal  personages  of  the  Hindoo  mythology. 

The  contents  of  Cases  6,  7,  8,  and  9,  with  the  Hindoo 
Bronzes  upon  the  shelf  between  the  windows,  were  be¬ 
queathed  to  the  British  Museum^  by  the  late  R.  P.  Knight, 
Esq, 

E.  Hawkins. 

THE  SALOON. 

The  Dome  of  this  apartment  was  painted  by  the  artist 
who  decorated  the  ceiling  over  the  great  staircase,  Charles 
de  la  Fosse.  The  design  has  generally  been  described  as 
representing  the  Apotheosis  of  Isis,  but  the  most  probable 
conjecture  is,  that  it  is  meant  to  exhibit  the  Birth  of  Mi¬ 
nerva.  The  landscape  and  architectural  Decorations  are, 
like  those  on  the  staircase,  by  Jacques  Rousseau,  and  the 
garlands  of  flowers  by  Jean  Baptiste  Monoyer.  Over  the 
fire  place  is  a  Hunting  Piece  by  Weenix. 

H.  Ellis. 

The  general  collection  of  Quadrupeds,  {Mammalia,) 
are  placed,  for  the  present,  in  this  apartment;  the  larger 
species  in  upright  glazed  Cases  round  the  room,  the  smaller 
in  those  between  the  windows,  and  the  Bats  in  shallow  Cases 
affixed  to  the  others. 

The  Quadrumana,  or  Monkeys,  Lemurs  and  Bats, 
which,  with  man,  formed  the  Order  Primates  of  Lin- 


SALOON.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  17 

naeus,  are  contained  in  the  Cases  No.  1 — 4^  and  in  some 
smaller  Cases  fixed  beside  them^  No.  25— "32.  Amongst 
the  Monkeys^  are  the  Ourang  Outang,  or  Man  of  the 
Woods  (Simia  satyrus^  Linn.)^  found  in  Malacca^  Co¬ 
chin  Ghina^  and  Borneo ;  also  the  Chimpanze,  or  J ocko 
{Simla  troglodytes^  Linn.)^  found  in  Guinea,  and  on  the 
Congo.  These  animals  are  considered  to  approach  nearest 
of  all  others  to  man,  in  the  form  of  the  head,  the  size  of 
the  forehead,  and  the  volume  of  the  braim;  and,  according 
to  Cuvier,  the  latter  constructs  huts  of  the  leaves  and 
branches  of  trees,  arms  itself  with  stones  and  clubs,  and 
employs  them  to  drive  men  and  elephants  from  its  dwell¬ 
ing. 

In  these  Cases  also  are,  amongst  others,  the  following 
species  belonging  to  the  Old  world  : — the  Long-armed  Ape 
{Hylohates  lar),  India;  Lesser  Long-armed  Ape  {H,  varie-- 
gatus),  Malacca;  the  Siamang  (iJ.  syndactylus),  Sumatra; 
the  Guereza  {Colohus  Guereza),  from  Abyssinia.  This  new 
species  was  discovered  and  named  by  Dr.  Riippell,  who 
says  that  the  skin  is  used  by  the  Abyssinian  warriors  to 
cover  their  shields ;  the  long  white  hair  on  the  sides  of  the 
animal  are  sufiPered  to  hang  down  loose,  and  form  an  elegant 
and  graceful  ornament  to  their  armour.  The  Negro  Mon¬ 
key  (^Semnopithecus  maurus')^  Java ;  the  White-eyelid 
Monkey  {S»  fuliginosus)^  Ethiopia ;  the  Entellus  {S,  En- 
tellus)^  Bengal ;  the  Simpai  {S.  melaloplius)^  Sumatra ; 
the  Golden  Guenon  {S,  Pyrrhus'),  India ;  the  Spotted 
Monkey  {Cercopithecus  Diana),  from  the  Congo ;  the  Lion¬ 
tailed  Monkey  {Macacus  Silenus),  Ceylon ;  the  Gelada 
{M,  Gelada),  Abyssinia — a  new  species,  also  discovered  by 
Dr.  Riippell ;  the  Chinese  Monkey  {M,  sinicus),  Bengal  ; 
the  Capped  Monkey  (Af.  radiatus),  India;  the  Brown 
Baboon  {Pithecus  nemestrinus) ,  Java ;  the  Innuus  (  P.  m- 
nuus),  Africa ;  the  Common  Baboon  {Cynocephalus  Papio), 
Guinea ;  the  Hog- faced  Baboon  (C.  porcarius),  Cape  of 
Good  Hope ;  the  Dog- faced  Baboon  (C.  hamadryas),  Africa ; 
the  Black  Baboon  (C.  niger),  India;  and  the  Mandrill 
{Papio  Mormon),  Africa. 

These  Cases  also  contain  the  following  species  of  Mon¬ 
keys  belonging  to  the  New  world: — theMarimonda(^f^to 
Beelzebub)',  the  Chuva  {A.  marginatus)  ;  the  Spider 
Monkey  {A.  arachnoides) ;  the  Silver-haired  Monkey 


18  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [^UPPER  FLOOR. 

[Lagothrix  canus) ;  the  Araguato  {Mycetes  ursinus) ;  the 
lled-handed  Howler  (ikf.  riifimanus) ;  the  Crowned  Sapajou 
{Cebus  cirrifer) ;  the  Hand-drinking Saki  [Pithecia  cheiro- 
potes) ;  and  the  Hairy  Monkey  (A  hirsuta).  The  last 
nine  species  are  all  from  the  American  continent,  and  in 
Case  No.  21,  are  some  others  from  the  same  locality  :  viz. 
the  Chamek  (^Ateles  pentadactylus) ;  the  Weeper  Monkey 
{Cebus  apella)  ;  the  Moloch  {C,  Moloch)  \  the  Yellow 
Sapajou  {C.  yiilvus)  \  the  Masked  Monkey  {Callithrix 
personatus) ;  the  Great-eared  Monkey  {Midas  rujimanus)\ 
the  Silky  Monkey  {M,  Rosalia) ;  the  Negro  Tamarin  (Af. 
Ursulas)  ;  and  the  Great-eared  lacchus  {lacchus  auritus). 
In  this  case  also  is  the  Senegal  Galago  (Galago  senegalen- 
sis)y  from  Africa.  The  American  Monkeys  differ  from 
those  of  the  old  world  by  having  four  additional  molar 
teeth,  or  grinders,  a  long  tail,  no  cheek  pouches,  nor 
callosities,  and  the  apertures  of  the  nostrils  on  the  sides 
of  the  nose,  and  not  beneath.  In  these  Cases  (Nos.  1 — 4) 
are  also  some  Lemurs,  from  Madagascar: — as,  the  Ruffed 
Lemur  {Lemur  Macaco) ;  the  Red  Lemur  (L.  rujus) ;  the 
Ring-tailed  Lemur  (L.  Catta) ;  and  the  Slow  Lemur 
(^Nycticebus  bengalerisis),  from  India.  Here  are  also  the 
following  Cheiroptera: — the  Javanese  Fruit-Bat 
javanicus)y  Jsiwa  ;  and  the  Flying  Colugo  (Galeopithecus 
volans),  from  the  Pellew  Islands.  Adjoining  Case  No.  1, 
are  two  glass  frames,  one  of  which  contains  thefrugivorous 
Bats,  the  other  the  so  called  Horse-shoe  Bats.  Over  these 
Cases,  is  a  specimen  of  the  American  Tapir,  and  of  the 
Cape  Ant-eater  {Orycteropus  capensis),  from  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope. 

The  Cases  No.  5 — 8  contain  various  carnivorous  ani¬ 
mals. — Amongst  those  called  Plantigrade,  from  their  ap¬ 
plying  the  whole  of  the  lower  surface  of  the  foot  to  the 
ground  in  walking,  are  the  Malay  Bear  (  Ursus  Malayanus, 
Horsf.  ),the  European  and  American  Badger  (  Ursus  metes, 
Linn.,  and  [7.  Labradoricus,  Gmel.),  the  Rattel,  or  Honey 
Weasel  {Viverra  mellivora,  Gmel.),  the  Glutton  (Ursus 
luscus,  Ltiim.),  the  Raccoon  {IJ Motor,  Linn.),  and  the 
Coati-mundi  (  Viverra  nasuia,  Linn.),  together  with  several 
specimens  of  the  common  Otter  {Mustela  Ultra,  Linn.),  and 
the  Sea  Otter  Linn.). — Amongst  the  Digitigrade, 

or  those  animals  which  in  walking  rest  principally  on  the 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


19 


SALOON.] 


extremities  of  their  toes,  are  several  varieties  of  the  Dog- 
kind,  as  the  Prairie  Wolf  (Canhlatrans^  Say.),  from  Ame¬ 
rica,  the  Arctic  Fox  {Canis  lagopus,  Linn.),  in  different 
states  ;  the  striped  Hyaena  (Canis  hymna^  Linn.)  ;  the 
Raccoon-Dog  (C.  procyonides,  Gray),  a  new  animal,  from 
China;  and  the  Fennee  [C.cerdo,  Linn.)  from  Egypt,  &c. 
On  the  top  of  these  Cases  is  a  specimen  of  the  Ethiopian 
Hog  {Sus  Mthiopicus^  Linn.),  the  Cape  Ant-eater,  and  the 
Abyssinian  Masked  Hog  (^Phascochceres  ^liani,  Cretzch- 
mar.) 

Cases  9—1 1 .  Carnivorous  animals  continued. — Amongst 
these  are  the  Wild  Cat  [Felis  catus^  Linn.),  and  several 
varieties  of  the  common  domestic  Cat ;  the  Puma  (F. 
concolor^  Linn.)  and  a  Mule-whelp  between  the  Lion  and 
Tiger,  born  in  Atkins’  travelling  menagerie,  at  Windsor. 
Here  are  also  several  Ichneumons, — as  Pennant’s  Mada¬ 
gascar  Weasel  (Mustela  galera^  Linn.) ;  the  Mangousteof 
idLV2i(Herpestesjavanicus^  Horsf.) ;  and  the  Zebra  Ichneu¬ 
mon  [H.Jasciata,  Desm.),  from  Abyssinia.  Likewise  the 
Zibet  ( Viverra  zibetha^  Linn.) ;  the  Tangalunda  (  V.  tanga- 
lundo\  from  India ;  the  Blotched  Cat  of  Pennant  ( ¥•  tigri- 
na^  Linn.) ;  Hamilton’s  Paradoxurus  (P.  Hamiltoni);  and 
other  species  of  that  genus.  In  smaller  Cases,  between 
Cases  11  and  12,  are  several  species  of  Bats;  and  over 
these  Cases  is  a  young  specimen  of  Weddell’s  Sea-Leopard 
{Leplonyx  Weddellii^  Gray),  presented  hy  Capt.  Filzroy^ 
R.N. 

Cases  12  and  IS  contain  the  Common  Seal  {Phoca  vitu^ 
lina^  Linn.),  also  various  animals  of  the  Order  Glires  of 
Linnaeus,  as  Marmots,  and  specimens  of  the  Common 
Beaver.  At  the  bottom  of  these  Cases,  are  placed  some 
of  the  Marsupial  animals,  which  Cuvier  has  classed  in  a 
separate  Order,  on  account  of  many  peculiarities  which 
they  possess  in  their  economy,  especially  as  regards  the  re¬ 
production  of  the  species,  and  the  reception  of  the  young 
in  a  very  early  stage  of  its  existence,  into  a  pouch  or  bag, 
situated  beneath  the  abdomen  of  the  mother.  To  support 
this  pouch,  a  corresponding  peculiarity  is  required  in  the 
skeleton  of  the  animal,  which  is  accordingly  provided  with 
two  processes,  called  the  marsupial  bones,  and  the  young, 
even  long  after  they  have  begun  to  run  about,  on  the  slight¬ 
est  apprehension  of  danger,  fly  to  this  natural  shelter  for 


20  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [uPPER  FLOOR. 

refuge  and  protection. — In  this  Case  is  the  first  Kangaroo 
ever  imported  into  Europe ;  it  was  captured  in  the  wild 
state,  and  was  brought  home  by  the  celebrated  circumna¬ 
vigator,  Captain  Cook :  also  the  white  Kangaroo  {Macro¬ 
pus  albus.  Gray). — All  the  Marsupial  animals,  except  the 
Opossums  {T>idelp}iis),  which  are  from  America,  come 
from  the  East,  particularly  New  Holland.  Here  is  also  a 
fine  specimen  of  the  Wombat  {Phascolomys  Wombat^  Peron 
and  Lesueur),  and  various  quadrupeds  belonging  to  the 
pachydermatous  and  ruminant  orders,  as  the  Pecary  (Dico- 
tyles  torquatiis,  Cuv.),  from  South  America,  an  animal 
closely  allied  to  the  Boar,  but  wanting  the  projecting 
canine  teeth,  or  tusks,  and  the  external  toe  of  the  hind 
feet  of  the  latter :  also  some  animals  belonging  to  the  Order 
Edentata  (Brut a,  Linn.),  amongst  which  are  several 
specimens  of  the  Sloths,  [Bradypus  tridactylus^  Linn., 
and  B.  torquatus, 

The  Cases  14 — 20  contain  other  animals  of  the  Orders 
Edentata,  Pachydermata,  and  Ruminantia, — as  the  Da¬ 
man,  or  Cape  Cavy  {Hyrax  capensis^  Linn.);  the  Great 
Ant-eater  [Myrmecophaga  jubata,  Linn.);  a  very  young 
Giraffe,  or  Camelopard,  brought  from  Africa  by  the  late 
Lieut.-Col.  Denham;  several  species  of  Antelope,  the 
Small,  and  the  Common  Musk,  and  the  Bouquetin  des 
Alpes,  or  Ibex.  Over  these  Cases  are  the  Ursine  Seal 
{Phoca  ursina^  Linn.),  an  adult  specimen  of  Weddell’s 
Sea-Leopard,  and  the  Long-bodied  Seal  of  Parsons 
[Halichcerus  gryphus). 

Case  21  contains,  besides  the  smaller  species  of  the 
Order  Primates,  (see  p.  18,)  principally  from  the  New 
world,  the  insectivorous  animals,  which  form  part  of  the 
order  Ferae  of  Linnaeus  ;  as  the  Shrew  Mice  {Sorices) ;  the 
Tanrec  ( Centetes  setosus,  lllig.),  from  Madagascar ;  the 
common  Hedgehog,  {Erinaceus  Europceus^  Linn.) ;  and 
the  Twpdim  {Tupaia  Javanica^  Horsf.),  from  Java.  Several 
of  the  Weasel  tribe  are  also  contained  in  this  Case,  as  the 
Polecat,  Martin,  Common  Weasel,  and  Stoat  [Mustela pu- 
torius,  martes,  vulgaris^  and  erminea^  Linn.)  The  latter 
animal  is  of  a  pale  chestnut-brown  colour  in  summer,  but 
becomes  white  in  winter,  and  in  that  dress  forms  unimport¬ 
ant  article  of  the  fur  trade,  under  the  well  known  name  of 
Ermine ;  the  tip  of  the  tail  is  black  at  all  seasons  of  the 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


SALOON.] 


21 


year.  These  animals  inhabit  the  northern  parts  both  of 
Europe  and  Asia,  and  are  very  abundant  in  Norway  and 
Siberia.  In  the  upper  part  of  this  Case  are  some  large 
Bats  {Fteroipi)^  from  India  and  New  Holland. 

Case  22  contains  the  small  digitigrade  carnivorous 
animals,  as  the  Paradoxuri,  from  India ;  also  some  of  the 
lesser  marsupial  animals,  as  the  Opossum,  [Didelphis 
virginianay  Linn.)  from  Brazil,  the  Spotted  Weasel 
{Dasyurus  macrourus)^  a  young  specimen  of  the  Wombat, 
[Phascolomys Jusca^  Desm.),  the  Pigmy  Opossum  [Didel- 
phis  pygmcea,  Shaw),  and  the  Flying  Opossum  (Didelphis 
petaurus,  Shaw),  all  from  New  Holland. 

Case  23  contains  the  minor  animals  belonging  to  the 
order  Glires,  as  the  Water  RaL  (Mus  amphihius,  Linn.), 
Dormice,  [M,  glis,  Linn.),  Pouched  Rat,  (M.  hursarius^ 
Shaw),  Chinchilla,  (Chinchilla  Lanigery  Gray),  valuable 
for  its  peculiarly  soft  fur  ;  and  a  series  of  Squirrels  from 
various  parts  of  the  world. 

Case  24  contains  other  Glires,  as  the  Flying  Squirrel, 
[Scuirus  volans,  Linn.),  Hare,  Rabbit,  (Lepus  timidusy  and 
L>  cuniculusy  Linn.),  and  the  prehensile-tailed  Porcupine 
[Hystrix  insidiosay  Illig.)  ;  also  some  of  the  smaller 
Edentata,  as  two  species  of  Armadillo  [Dasypus  duodecimo 
cinctusy  and  minuiuSy  Desm.),  from  South  America;  the 
long  and  the  short-tailed  Manis,  the  former  from  India, 
and  the  latter  from  Africa  (Manis  tetradactyla  and  penta- 
dactylay  Linn.), — very  young  specimens  of  the  two,  and  of 
the  three-toed  Sloth  {Bradypus  didactylus  and  tridactylusy 
Linn.)  ;  the  Small  Ant-eater  (Myrmecophaga  didactylay 
Linn.),  from  South  America ;  and  the  Ornithorhynchus, 
or  Duck-billed  Platypus  (0.  Faradoxusy  Blumenb.),  from 
New  Holland. 

The  forms  of  the  Armadillo  and  the  Manis,  and  the 
curious  shields  with  which  they  are  furnished  by  nature 
are  sufficiently  wonderful ;  but  the  structure  of  the  Orni¬ 
thorhynchus  is  so  anomalous,  that  Dr.  Shaw,  who  first 
described  this  most  extraordinary  genus  ’’  in  the  Natu¬ 
ralist's  Miscellany,  hesitated  whether  to  admit  it  into  his 
History  of  Quadrupeds,  in  the  first  volume  of  his  General 
Zoology, — for  as  the  original  description  was  given  from 
the  only  individual  at  that  time  known,  it  was,”  he 


22 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  [^UPPER  FLOOR. 

tells  US,  “  impossible  not  to  entertain  some  doubts  as 
to  the  genuine  nature  of  the  animal,  and  to  surmise, 
that  though  in  appearance  perfectly  natural,  there  might 
still  have  been  practised  some  arts  of  deception  in  its 
structure.”  An  animal,  ‘‘  exhibiting  the  perfect  resem¬ 
blance  of  the  beak  of  a  duck  engrafted  on  the  head  of 
a  quadruped,”  might  well  excite  suspicions  of  imposture, 
till  its  claim  to  be  received  as  a  genuine  production  of 
nature  was  confirmed  by  the  arrival  of  other  specimens 
from  the  same  locality. 

Case  25  contains  the  frugivorous  Bats  [Pteropi)^  as 
the  Egyptian  Bat  [Pteropus  M>gyptiacus),  the  Striped¬ 
eared  Bat  (P.  marginatus),  from  India,  and  the  Kiodote 
(P.  rostratus,  Horsf. ),  from  Java. 

Case  26  contains  the  Horse-shoe  Bats  {Rhinolophi) , 
peculiar  for  having  a  very  complicated  apparatus  over  the 
nostrils,  as  the  larger  and  smaller  Horse-shoe  Bat  of 
England,  and  several  foreign  species. 

Cases  27  and  28  contain  specimens  of  those  Bats  which 
are  distinguished  by  having  foliaceous,  membranous  ap¬ 
pendages  to  the  nose.  These  membranes  vary  considerably 
in  form  and  number,  and  the  individuals  which  are  fur¬ 
nished  with  them,  constitute,  according  to  modern  authors, 
several  distinct  genera.  In  this  Case  is  a  specimen  of 
the  Spectre,  or  Vampire  Bat  {Phyllodoma  spectrum),  and 
other  species  of  the  same  genus;  and  also  one  of  the  true 
Blood-sucking  Bats  i^Glossophaga  ecaudata,  from 

Brazil  ;  and  a  Rhinopoma,  from  India  [Rhinoponia  Hard- 
xjoicMl,  Gray). 

Case  29  contains  the  Nose-leaf  Bats  {Megadermata, 
Geoff.)  with  large  broad  wings,  as  M,  Lyra  of  Africa, 
and  M.Jrons  of  India. 

Case  30  contains  the  simple-nosed  insectivorous  Bats 
[Noctiliones),  as  the  Peruvian  Bat  [Noctilio  rujus,  Spix), 
and  various  species  of  the  Bull-dog  Bats  [Molossi,  Geoft'). 

In  Cases  31  and  32  is  a  continuation  of  the  simple¬ 
nosed  Bats,  comprehending  some  of  the  European  species 
of  true  Bats  (  Vespertiliones),  amongst  which  are  several 
English  specimens.  The  Kirivoula,  or  Striped  Bat  (  Ves- 
pertilio  pictus,  GmeL),  from  India,  is  remarkable  for  the 
beauty  of  its  coloured  wings.  In  this  Case  are  also  several 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


23 


ROOM  IX.] 

specimens  of  the  long-eared  Bats^  belonging  to  the  genus 
Plecotus. 

Over  the  Case  No.  21  in  this  room,  is  the  Gnu  {Antilope 
Gnu^  Zimm.),  over  No.  22  is  the  Dauw  {Equus  Burchelliiy 
Gra}^),  and  between  them  the  Caama  {Antilope  hiibalis, 
Licht.),  andj  in  front  of  the  latter,  the  Giant  Armadillo 
{Dasypus  ^igas,  Cuv.),  of  which  a  second  specimen  is 
over  the  adjoining  Cases.  Over  Case  23  is  the  Zebra 
{Equus  Zebra^  Linn.),  and  over  24  another  specimen  of 
the  Dauw.  All  the  above,  except  the  Armadillo,  which 
is  from  America,  are  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and 
were  brought  to  England,  and  presented  to  the  British 
Museum,  by  William  Burchell,  Esq.  Over  the  mantel¬ 
piece,  are  the  Long  and  the  Short-tailed  Manis. 

NINTH  ROOM. 

The  Mammalia  in  the  upper  Cases  in  this  apartment 
are  supplementary  to  those  in  the  Saloon,  and  a're  placed 
here  for  want  of  sufficient  space  in  that  room.  Amongst 
them  are  the  Nepaul  and  Egyptian  Goats,  hircus, 

Linn.,  var.  nepalensis,  and  C.  nuhiana^  F.  Cuv.),  a  spe¬ 
cimen  of  the  Musk  Deer  k^Moschus  moschiferus,  Linn.), 
the  Egyptian  Antelope  {A.  dorcas^  Linn.)  and  its  fawn, 
the  Persian  Bull  and  Cow,  {Bos  Taurus,  Linn.  var.  in- 
dicus,)  and  the  Broad-hoofed  Antelope,  {A.  nasomaculata, 
Pilainv.).  Above  these  Cases,  and  fixed  against  the  wall, 
is  the  tanned  skin  of  a  large  species  of  Boa,  killed  at  Minas 
Geraes,  in  South  America.  The  skins  of  these  enormous 
serpents,  when  prepared  in  this  manner,  are  used  by  the 
natives  for  making  boots,  &c.  Over  the  Case  No.  1,  is 
the  nest  of  a  species  of  Wasp,  from  India.  In  this  apart¬ 
ment  are  also  deposited  the  collections  of  Mammalia, 
Amphibious,  and  Invertebrate  animals,  preserved  in 
spirits  ;  some  Reptiles,  and  a  small  collection  of  Crusta- 
ceous  Animals,  Spiders,  and  Insects. 

The  upright  Cases  contain  Mammalia,  Amphibia,  and 
Invertebrated  animals,  in  spirits.  In  Cases  No.  1  and  2, 
are  the  various  species  of  Frogs  {Rana)y  some  of  a  large 
size.  Amongst  them  is  the  Jacky  {Rana  paradoxa),  the 
tadpole,  or  larva  of  which,  is  larger  than  the  perfect  animal, 
losing,  at  its  metamorphosis,  its  enormous  tail  and  external 


24 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  []UPPER  FLOOR, 

skin,  whence  the  older  naturalists  imagined  the  order  of 
nature  to  be  reversed  in  this  animal,  and  that  the  frog  be¬ 
came  a  tadpole,  or  as  they  called  it,  a  fish, — an  error  long 
since  exploded.  The  Tree  Frogs  {Hyla),  have  the  ends 
of  their  toes  dilated  into  a  roundish  disk,  by  which  thev 
climb.  The  Horne^d  Frogs  have  the  eyebrows  extended 
into  horns. 

In  Case  3  are  Toads  {Bufo),  some  of  them  exceedingly 
large.  The  Bombinatores,  or  Earless  Toads,  differ  from 
the  others,  merely  by  having  the  tympanum  concealed 
under  the  skin.  Some,  as  the  Rhinellae,  have  their  nose 
produced  to  a  point ;  and  one  (JPipa)  is  remarkable  for 
its  flattened  shape,  and  for  the  manner  in  which  the  female 
carries  her  young  in  cavities,  or  little  cells,  on  her  back. 
The  SalsimandeYs  (Salamandr a),  and  Efts  {Triton),  follow 
the  Toads:  amongst  them  are  the  European  species,  ab¬ 
surdly  supposed  formerly,  to  be  insensible  to  the  action  of 
fire ;  also  several  American  species,  as  the  Amphiuma, 
which  is  thought  never  to  have  any  gills,  though  it  pro¬ 
bably  loses  them  at  a  very  early  age.  At  the  end  of  these 
are  placed  the  curious  animals  which  Dr.  Shaw  called 
Dubious  Amphibia,  appearing  to  unite  the  amphibia  with 
the  fishes,  and  accordingly  they  have  been  placed  in  both 
classes  by  various  authors.  These  animals  retain  their 
gills  during  the  whole  of  their  life,  and  are  therefore  capa¬ 
ble  of  living  equally  well  on  land  or  in  water ;  amongst 
these  are  the  Axolotl  of  the  Mexicans,  which  in  all  respects 
resembles  the  larva  of  the  Common  Eft;  the  Menobranchus 
from  America,  and  the  Proteus  from  the  caverns  of  Car- 
niola,  an  animal  which  never  voluntarily  approaches  the  light 
of  day,  and  whose  very  small  eyes  are  so  hidden  by  the 
skin,  that  it  appears  to  be  absolutely  destitute  of  those  organs. 
A  wax  model,  from  a  living  healthy  specimen  of  this  ani¬ 
mal,  is  placed  near  it,  to  show  the  form  of  its  lungs  when 
not  contracted  by  immersion  in  spirits  of  wine.  In  this  Case 
also  is  the  Carolina  Siren,  first  described  by  Ellis,  which 
has  only  two  short  feet  in  front ;  and  lastly  the  Csecilia, 
or  blind  Worm,  whose  eyes,  always  very  small,  and 
nearly  concealed  under  the  skin,  are  sometimes  wholly 
wanting. 

Case  4  contains  specimens  of  Crustacea,  as  Crabs,  Lob¬ 
sters,  and  Woodlice,  in  spirits. 


ROOM  IX.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  25 

Case  5.  Arachnida ;  as  Tarantulae,  Scorpions,  Pha- 
langia,  and  Acari,  or  Mites; — Myriapoda,  as  Scolopen- 
drse  and  luli.  Also  several  mandibulated  insects,  such  as 
Beetles,  Dragon  Flies,  Wasps,  and  Ants ;  shewing  their 
metamorphoses,  or  the  changes  they  undergo  in  passing 
from  the  larva  to  the  perfect  state.  Amongst  them  is  the 
large  American  Prionus,  and  specimens  of  the  White  Ants 
(  Terjnes  fat  alts  y  and  bellicostisy,  in  different  states,  of  which 
an  interesting  account  is  given  by  Mr.  Smeathmann,  in  the 
seventy-first  volume  of  the  Philosophical  Transactions. 

Case  6.  The  Larvae  and  Pupae  of  Haustellated  in¬ 
sects,  or  those  which  in  their  perfect  state  live  by  suction  ; 
as  Butterflies,  Moths,  Flies,  &c. ;  amongst  which  are 
several  curious  larvae  of  exotic  Butterflies,  variously  armed 
with  spines,  &c.  ;  and  on  the  two  lower  shelves  are  a  col¬ 
lection  of  Cirrhipedes,  or  the  animals  which  inhabit  the 
Acorn  Shell  and  Barnacles,  preserved  in  spirits. 

Case  7  contains  the  Mammalia  in  spirits,  as  Bats,  Shrew 
Mice,  Opossums,  and  some  very  young  specimens  of  larger 
animals. 

Case  8  contains  a  series  of  Annelides,  including  Sea 
Worms,  Lob  Worms,  Leeches,  Planariae,  and  other  kinds  of 
Worms,  in  spirits. 

Cases  9 — 12  contain  the  Mollusca  in  spirits,  as  va¬ 
rious  kinds  of  Cephalopodous  Mollusca,  the  Cuttle  Fish, 
©r  Sepia,  the  animal  which  affords  the  pigment  so  called ; 
Octopus,  and  other  genera  of  the  order,  as  Cranchia,  and  the 
Ocythoe ;  the  latter  is  often  found  in  the  Paper  Nautilus,  and 
thought  by  some  to  be  its  original  inhabitant.  Here  also 
are  the  Pteropodous  Mollusca,  or  those  whose  wing-shaped 
feet  are  on  the  side  of  their  head,  as  the  genera  Hyalsea, 
Cleodora,  Clio,  Cymbulia,  and  Limacina.  Likewise 
Heteropodous  Mollusca,  as  the  animals  of  the  Cari- 
naria,  and  Pterotrachea ;  and  some  of  the  Gasteropo- 
dous  Mollusca,  which  ^valk  on  a  flat  expanded  disk,  in¬ 
cluding  the  Slugs,  and  the  animals  which  inhabit  spiral 
shells. 

Cases  10  and  11  contain  the  continuation  of  the  Gaste- 
ropodous  Mollusca. 

Case  12.  The  animals  of  Bivalve  Shells,  shewing  the 
various  forms  which  obtain  in  the  different  genera.  Those 
of  the  Pearl  Oyster,  from  the  Island  of  St.  Christopher, 

6 


26 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  [^UPPER  FLOOR. 

with  some  large  pearls  imbedded  in  their  bodies,  deserve 
particular  attention.  On  the  lower  shelves  are  the  tuni-* 
cated  animals,  as  the  genera  Biphora,  Ascidia,  &c. 

In  Case  13  are  Radiated  animals  preserved  in  spirits, 
as  Sea  Wigs  {Comatula),  Sea  Stars,  or  Star  Fish  {Aste^ 
rias),  and  Medusa’s  Head,  {Alecto),  with  their  finely- 
divided  arms,  with  which  they  filter  the  water,  to  separate 
the  small  mollusca  on  which  they  feed.  The  Lizard-tailed 
Star  Fish  {Ophmra)^  which  attach  themselves  to  coral 
by  their  flexible  arms  ;  the  Sea  Eggs  {Echinus),  and 
Sea  Hearts  (Spatangus),  the  Sea  Lemons,  Sea  Cucum¬ 
bers  {Holothuria),  some  of  which  are  much  sought  after 
by  the  Chinese,  as  delicacies  ;  and  lastly,  the  genus  Si- 
phunculus. 

Case  14  contains  the  soft  radiated  animals,  as  Medusae, 
Physalise,  Veleilae,  and  Actiniae,  and  the  animals  of  va¬ 
rious  kinds  of  Sea  Pens,  Corals,  and  Corallines,  and  also 
some  Coralloid  plants,  preserved  in  spirits. 

Cases  15  and  16,  between  the  windows,  contain  some 
preserved  Saurian  and  Ophidian  Reptiles  and  Amphibia ; 
as  several  species  of  Monitors ;  the  Guana,  used  as  food 
in  the  West  Indies ;  the  Frilled  Lizard  {Chlamydosaurus), 
from  New  Holland,  which  has  a  large  ruflf  on  each  side  of 
its  neck,  just  before  the  shoulders  ;  the  Sea  Snakes,  with 
flat  lanceolate  tails,  and  several  specimens  of  the  Cobra 
Capella,  one  of  the  most  venomous  of  the  serpent  tribe. 
Over  this  Case  is  a  large  Indian  Tortoise. 

The  Table  Cases  contain  a  selection  of  Crustacea  and 
Insects,  exhibited  merely  as  an  outline  of  the  arrangement 
of  those  subjects 

Nos.  1 — 8  contain  the  Brachiuri,  or  short-tailed  Crus¬ 
tacea,  of  which  Nos.  1 — 5  are  Crabs.  Amongst  these  are 
specimens  of  the  Swimm.ing  Crabs  of  the  genera  Polybius, 
Portunus,  Podophthalmus,  &c.  These  animals  have  the 
posterior  leg  terminated  by  very  flat  joints,  of  an  oval  or 

*  The  principal  collections  of  Crustacea,  Spiders,  and  Insects,  are 
preserved  in  proper  cabinets  in  a  separate  room,  and  may  be  seen  by  per¬ 
sons  who  wish  to  consult  them  for  the  purposes  of  study,  (by  application 
to  the  Keeper  of  the  Zoology,)  every  Tuesday  and  Thurs^y.  In  order 
to  prevent  disappointment,  it  is  requested  that  individuals  or  parties 
wishing  to  see  those  collections,  will  apply  two  days  previous  to  their  in¬ 
tended  visit,  as  only  a  certain  number  of  persons  can  be  admitted  at  the 
same  time. 


ROOM  IX.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  27 

orbicular  form,  and  calculated  to  act  as  fins  in  swimming. 
The  last  pair  of  legs  in  all  the  Swimming  Crabs,  is  con¬ 
stantly  furnished  with  these  flattened  joihts,  and  in  some 
species  the  preceding  pairs  have  them  also,  but  never  so 
broad  as  those  of  the  hind  legs.  The  eyes  of  the  Telescope 
Crab  {Podophthalmus  sphwsus),  are  supported  on  very 
long  slender  pedicles,  reaching  from  the  middle  of  the  an¬ 
terior  margin  of  the  shell  to  the  lateral  angles,  and  lodged, 
when  at  rest,  in  a  groove  on  the  edge:  this  is  the  only 
known  recent  species  belonging  to  this  genus.  Here  are 
also  specimens  of  the  Freshwater  Crabs  {Thelphnsce),  which 
live  in  the  rivers  and  streams  of  Italy,  and  the  south  of 
Europe,  and  are  likewise  found  in  Asia  and  America ; 
they  are  capable  of  existing  a  considerable  time  out  of  the 
water.  One  species,  peculiar  to  the  south  of  Europe  and 
the  Levant,  {Le  Cancre  de  riviere  of  Rondeletius,)  enjoyed 
great  celebrity  amongst  the  Greeks,  for  its  supposed  me¬ 
dicinal  virtues,  and  is  frequently  represented  on  the  coins 
of  Agrigentum  with  the  utmost  accuracy.  In  this  Case 
are  likewise  some  Crabs  peculiar  to  hot  countries,  which 
are  remarkable  for  the  rapidity  of  their  motions,  and  other 
peculiarities.  They  live  in  holes,  usually  near  the  sea¬ 
shore  or  in  the  neighbourhood  of  water  ;  these  holes  are  of 
a  cylindrical  form,  oblique,  and  very  deep,  and  several  of 
them  are  generally  found  near  together,  but  each  hole  con¬ 
tains  only  one  inhabitant.  When  the  animal  of  one  of  the 
genera  belonging  to  this  family  {Gelasimus)  is  in  its  hole, 
it  closes  the  entrance  with  its  claw,  one  of  which,  some¬ 
times  the  right,  sometimes  the  left,  is  commonly  much 
larger  than  the  other.  These  Crustacea  have  also  a 
singular  habit  of  holding  up  the  large  claw  in  front  of  the 
body,  as  if  they  were  beckoning  to  some  one  at  a  distance, 
whence  they  have  acquired  the  name  of  Calling  Crabs 
{Cancer  vocans,  Linn.).  What  has  been  said  of  the  rapid¬ 
ity  of  the  motions  of  these  Crustacea,  is  particularly  ap¬ 
plicable  to  those  of  the  genus  Ocypode,  which  hide  in  holes 
in  the  sand  on  the  sea-shore  during  the  day,  and  leave 
them  at  sun-set.  This  case  also  contains  specimens  of  the 
genus  Pinnotheres,  a  very  small  race  of  Crustacea,  inhabit¬ 
ing  bivalve  shells,  and  supposed  by  some  of  the  ancients 
to  be  consentaneous  inmates  with  the  molluscous  animal, 
and  attached  to  it  by  mutual  interest.  The  Painted  or 

c  2 


28  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [uPPER  FLOOR. 

Land  Crabs  ( Gecarcinus),  live  in  holes  *in  the  earth,  espe¬ 
cially  near  burying- grounds,  and  only  go  to  the  sea  during 
the  breeding  season ;  their  flesh  is  considered  a  delicacy,  but 
it  sometimes  proves  deleterious.  Besides  the  preceding, 
there  are  specimens  of  the  Globular  Crabs  {Leiicosid)  ;  Sea 
Spiders  {Leptopodid)^  with  their  very  long  legs  ;  Crested 
Crabs  (Calappd)^  having  the  front  part  of  the  claws  raised 
into  a  crest,  and  the  hinder  part  of  the  shell  projecting  so 
as  to  cover  the  legs  ,•  and  lastly,  those  Crabs  which  have 
the  two  hinder  pairs  of  legs  placed  on  their  back,  {Dorippe), 
and  the  Death's-head  Crabs  {Dorima), 

'  Cases  5,  6,  and  7  contain  the  Exochnata,  or  Long¬ 
tailed  Crustacea,  as  the  Lobsters  and  Shrimps ;  amongst 
which,  those  of  the  genus  Hippa  have  the  extremity  of 
the  tail  simple.  The  Soldier  Crabs  live  principally  in 
the  cavities  of  sponges,  and  also  in  the  mouth  of  spiral 
shells,  occasionally  altering  the  texture  of  the  latter,  by 
some  unknown  process,  to  such  a  degree  as  to  render 
them  quite  soft,  and  easily  penetrable  by  a  common  pin. 
Amongst  these  is  a  fine  Cancer  latro,  said  to  live  on  the 
nuts  of  palm  trees.  Also  specimens  of  the  Sea  Locust 
(Scyllarus),  the  Rock  Lobsters  (Palinurus)j  the  Plated 
Lobster  (Galathea),  and  the  Crab  Lobster  {Porcellana)., 
which,  from  the  shortness  of  their  tails,  generally  resemble 
crabs  in  appearance  j  the  Scorpion  Lobster  {Thalassina^i 
which  lives  great  part  of  its  life  on  land,  and  destroys  the 
new  made  roads  in  India  by  the  excavations  it  forms  under 
them  ;  Lobsters  {Astacus),  one  specimen  exhibited  was 
pale  red,  nearly  of  its  present  colour  when  alive ;  Shrimps 
(  Falemon),  varying  greatly  in  size.  Then  follow,  (Case  8,) 
the  Sea  Mantes  {Sqiiilla)^  the  glass-like  Alima,  and  the  Phyl- 
losoma,  with  its  shell  scarcely  thicker  than  a  piece  of  paper. 

The  rest  of  this  Table  is  filled  with  the  Crustacea  which 
have  sessile,  immovable  eyes,  as,  the  fresh  water  Shrimps 
(Gammarus),  the  Whale  Lice  {Cyamus),  the  Wood  Lice 
{Oniscus),  Sea  Bulls  {Cymotima),  and  the  King  Crab, 
whose  style  at  the  end  of  the  body  serves  the  animal  as  a 
means  of  defence,  and  is  used  by  the  natives  of  America 
to  form  points  to  their  arrows.  On  the  Wall,  over  the 
mantel  piece,  is  a  large  King  Crab  from  China, 
hy  J.  Reeves^  Esq,,  and  a  Lobster  from  the  mouth  of  the 
Thames,  prese?ited  by  W,  Yarrel,  Esq, 


jaOOM  IX,  X.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  29 


The  SECOND  Table  in  this  room  contains  a  few  insects, 
selected  from  the  duplicates  of  the  general  collection  (see 
p.  26,  note),  illustrative  of  the  orders  and  genera  of  the 
class. 

The  coloured  line  immediately  beneath  the  name  of  the 
insect,  denotes  the  country  where  it  is  found,  thus : 


Yellow  .  S.  America. 
Orange  .  West  Indies. 
Brown  .  New  Holland. 
DarkBlue,  England. 


Light  Blue  .  Europe. 

Red  .  .  Asia. 

Black  .  .  Africa. 

Green  .  .  N.America. 

In  the  table  case,  in  the  window,  are  the  Corallines, 
which  were  formerly  considered  as  animals,  but  are  now 
generally  regarded  as  sea-weeds,  having  a  large  quantity 
of  calcareous  matter  in  their  composition.  Most  of  them  are 
furnished  with  small  tubercles  similar  to  the  organs  of 
fructification  of  Marine  Confervae,  but  are  destitute  of  those 
cells  on  the  surface,  which  are  always  found  in  the  corals. 
These  substances  constitute  the  Pseudozoa  of  De  Blain- 
ville,  and  are  contained  in  the  Table  Case  No.  22, — namely : 
Cymopolia  —  Corallina  —  Jania — Flabellaria  —  Amphiroa 
— Penicillus —  Galaxaura  —  Acetabulum  —  Polyphysa  — 
Udotea — Dichotomaria— Liagopora— and  Nullipora,  Lamck. 

TENTH  ROOM. 


The  upright  Cases  round  the  room  contain  the  general 
collection  of  Reptiles  in  spirits. 

Case  I  contains  the  shielded  Reptiles,  Cataphracta, 
which  have  the  body  covered  with  two  shields,  sometimes 
formed  of  bones,  and  at  others  of  bony  plates  imbedded  in 
the  skin  ;  as  the  Tortoises  {Testudo,  Lin.)  and  Crocodiles 
[Crocodilus,  Cuv.). 

The  feet  of  the  Tortoises  differ  in  form  according  to  the 
habits  of  the  animals.  Those  which  live  on  land  ( Testudd) 
have  club-shaped  feet,  and  very  solid,  convex  shells. 
Amongst  these  are  the  common  Tortoise  [Testudo graeca')^ 
frequent  in  the  north  of  Africa  and  the  south  of  Europe ; 
and  the  Tabular  Tortoise  (Test-  tahulata),  from  the  Bra¬ 
zils.  These  live  chiefly  on  vegetable  substances,  and  bury 
themselves  in  the  ground  during  the  winter  :  their  eggs, 
some  of  which  are  exhibited,  are  of  a  globular  form.  The 
American  sailors  often  use  these  animals  as  food  ;  they  are 
found  in  great  abundance  in  the  Gallipagos. 


30 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  [uPPER  FLOOR. 

Those  Tortoises  which  live  in  water  have  more  depressed 
shells  than  the  Land  Tortoises ;  their  feet  are  expanded  and 
webbed  between  the  toes^  and  the  latter  are  furnished  with 
sharp  claws.  They  are  divided  into  three  groups,  viz.  the 
Terrapins  {Ernys),  which  have  twelve  horny  plates  on  the 
chest-bone  or  sternum,  and  withdraw  the  head  and  neck 
between  the  shells  ;  as  the  Dhor  Terrapin  {Emys  dentata), 
from  India ;  the  Banded  Terrapin  [Emysvittata),  and  Lake 
Erie  Terrapin  {Emys  Lesueuri),  from  America.  These  are 
much  used  as  food  by  the  Americans.  Amongst  these  is  a 
monstrosity  with  two  heads. 

Those  of  the  second  group  ( Chelys)  have  an  additional 
horny  plate  on  the  front  of  the  sternum,  and  bend  the  neck 
back  under  the  side  margin  of  the  shell ;  as  the  Radiated 
Chelys  {Hydraspis  radiolata). 

The  fresh- water  Tortoises  of  the  third  group  (Trionyx)^ 
are  peculiar  from  having  the  shell  covered  with  a  naked 
skin,  and  only  three  toes  of  each  foot  provided  with  claws. 
They,  like  the  rest,  are  strictly  carnivorous,  and  eat  their 
food  in  the  water.  Many  large  specimens  of  this  genus 
are  found  in  the  East  Indies,  and  are  frequently  seen  prey¬ 
ing  on  human  bodies  as  they  float  down  tho  Ganges. 
There  are  in  this  Case  young  specimens  of  two  of  the;  e 
species,  the  Hurum  Trionyx  {Trionyx  hurum),  and  the 
Punctated  Trionyx  (Trionyx  punctatus).  The  latter  is 
peculiar  for  the  leg,  when  drawn  up,  being  covered  by  a 
moveable  flap  placed  on  the  sides  of  the  chest. 

The  Marine  Tortoises  or  Turtles  (Chelonim),  are  distin¬ 
guished  by  their  feet  being  compressed  and  fin-shaped ; 
they  live  principally  on  fuci  and  sea-weeds.  These  are 
the  Tortoises  most  commonly  used  as  food,  and  great 
quantitiesi^^^fbf  one  species  (Test.  Midas)  are  annually 
brought  England  for  that  purpose.  The  horny 
plates  of4lie  Imbricated  Turtle  (Test,  imhricata)  afford  the 
best  sort  of  tortoise-shell.  Over  the  mantel-piece  is  a 
large  specimen  of  the  Coriaceous  Turtle,  caught  on  the 
coast  of  Dorsetshire. 

The  Alligators  are  peculiar  to  America,  and  are  dis¬ 
tinguished  from  the  Crocodiles,  which  are  found  both  in 
the  Old  and  New  world,  by  their  feet  having  the  toes  free, 
that  is,  unconnected  by  webs,  and  by  the  canine  teeth  of  the 
lower  jaw  being  received  in  pits  in  the  upper;  whereas,  in 
the  Crocodiles,  they  are  received  in  a  notch  on  its  margin. 


ROOM  X.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  31 

The  Gavials  agree  with  the  Crocodiles  in  regard  to  their 
teeth,  but  differ  by  the  muzzle  being  very  long  and  slender. 
Specimens  of  all  the  three  genera  are  in  the  Collection. 
The  upper  jaw  of  these  animals  is  generally,  but  erroneously, 
said  to  be  moveable ;  the  mistake  having  arisen  from  the 
lower  jaw  being  much  produced  posteriorly. 

Case  2  contains  those  Saurian  Reptiles  which  have  the 
tongue  long  and  deeply  forked ;  namely,  the  Monitors  of 
the  Old  world  and  its  islands.  Among  these  are  the  Two- 
banded  Monitor  (Mon.  hivittatiis),  from  India ;  the  Laced 
Monitor  {Mon.  varius),  from  New  Holland ;  the  Orna¬ 
mented  Monitor  (Mon.  ornatus),  from  the  Cape ;  and  the 
Grey  Ouran  (Mon^  scincus),  from  Egypt.  All  these  speci¬ 
mens  live  near  the  water’s  edge,  and  are  venerated  by  the 
natives,  who  assert  that  they  give  notice  of  the  approach 
of  the  Crocodiles,  by  hissing  when  they  perceive  one  of 
those  animals.  Whether  this  be  fact  or  fiction,  the  name. 
Monitor,  is  probably  to  be  traced  to  that  origin.  The 
Americans  have  a  similar  idea  with  regard  to  the  Safe¬ 
guards  (Teius^  of  the  New  world.  In  the  Collection  are 
the  Double-crested  Ada  (Telus  hicarinatus),  very  like  the 
Crocodile  in  shape;  the  Variegated  Safeguard  (Telus 
monitor) ;  various  species  of  Ameiva  (Lacerta  amelva, 
Lin.) ;  and  the  Intermediate  Centropyx(Tem5  Intermedins)^ 
remarkable  for  its  lanceolate  abdominal  plates,  besides  which, 
the  male  has  two  spiniform  scales  on  each  side  of  the  base  of 
the  tail.  Next  follow  the  True  Lizards,  which,  like  the  Mo¬ 
nitors,  are  peculiar  to  the  Old  world  ;  but  they  are  at  once 
distinguished  from  them  by  the  tongue  being,  like  those 
of  the  Safeguards,  simply  contractile,  whereas  that  of  the 
Monitor  is  withdrawn  into  a  sheath  under  the  gullet  when 
at  rest,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  tongue  of  snakes.  The 
Collection  contains  several  specimens  of  this  genus,  most  of 
which  are  found  in  Europe  ;  as  the  Ocellated  Lizard  (Lac. 
ocellata),  Green  Lizard  (Lac.  vlrldls),  and  the  Wall 
Lizard  (Lac.  muralls),  found  on  heaths  near  London. 
This  animal  is  said  to  be  both  oviparous  and  viviparous, 
and  has  been  confounded  by  authors  with  another  species 
(Lacerta  agllls),  not  a  native  of  Britain.  Lastly,  the 
Swift  Lizards  (  Tachydromus),  which  very  much  resemble 
the  true  Lizards,  but  have  an  exceedingly  long  body  and 
tail,  with  their  fore  and  hind  legs  very  far  apart,  and  the 
back  covered  with  shields  somewhat  like  those  on  the  ab-^ 


32  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [^UPPER  FLOOR. 

domen.  They  are  found  in  China  and  Java^  and  are  said  to 
run  with  amazing  velocity.  Most  of  these  animals  have  the 
faculty  of  reproducing  their  tails  when  broken  off,  an  ac¬ 
cident  which  often  happens  in  the  mere  exertion  of  the 
animal  to  escape.  The  reproduced  part  has  only  a  central 
cartilage  in  the  place  of  the  bones,  and  is  often  covered 
with  scales,  different  from  those  of  the  rest  of  the  tail.  If 
the  tail  be  cracked  only  on  one  side,  and  not  thrown  off,  a 
new  tail  often  springs  out  of  the  crack,  so  that  the  mem¬ 
ber  becomes  forked.  A  specimen  of  a  Lizard  with  such  a 
tail,  may  be  seen  in  this  Case. 

Cases  3  and  4  contain  those  Saurian  Reptiles  which 
have  short  contractile  tongues,  slightly  notched  at  the  end. 

The  first  of  these  are  the  Guanas,  which  have  their  teeth 
attached  to  the  inner  edge  of  the  jaw-bone,  and  most  fre¬ 
quently  lobed  and  indented.  They  are  all  found  in  America, 

Some  of  the  Guanas  have  a  compressed  dewlap  under 
the  throat,  and  the  back  crested ;  among  which  are  the 
common  Guana  {Iguana  tuherculata),  which  is  used  both 
for  food  and  medicine  in  the  West  Indies,  and  the  banded 
{Iguana  fasciata). 

Other  species  of  this  genus  have  only  a  fold  across  the 
throat,  as  the  Spiny-tailed  Guana  {Iguana  acanthura). 
Clouded  Guana  {Iguana  nuhila),  Sword-tailed  Ophyessa 
{Ophyessa  mperciliosa),  Umber  Ophyessa  (0.  plicd)^ 
Collared  Tropidurus  ( Tropidurus  torquatus'),  Keeled  Leio- 
cephalus  {Leiocephalus  carinatus),  Northern  Tropidolepis 
(Tropidolepis  undulatus),  Collared  Tropidolepis  {T,  torqua^ 
tus),  Douglass’s  Toad-Lizard  {Phrynosoma  Douglassii), 
and  Blainville’s  Toad-Lizard  (P.  Blainvillii),  These  ani¬ 
mals  are  very  quarrelsome,  and  fight  with  great  ardour 
when  they  meet. 

In  other  species  of  Guanas,  the  false  ribs,  or  those  which 
are  not  united  to  the  sternum,  meet  underneath,  so  as  to 
inclose  the  abdomen  in  a  complete  circle,  like  those  of  the 
Chameleon,  and,  like  that  animal,  these  have  the  faculty  of 
changing  their  colour  with  great  rapidity.  Three  of  the 
genera  belonging  to  this  division  of  the  Guanas  are  marked 
with  very  striking  characters ;  the  first,  the  Basilisk  {Basi^ 
liscus),  has  a  compressed  hood  on  the  back  of  the  head,  and 
a  fin-shaped  crest  down  the  back;  the  second,  {Cka^ 
mceleopsis,)  from  Mexico,  has  a  compressed  ridge  on  the 
back  of  the  head,  but  only  a  slight  dorsal  crest ;  both  these 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


33 


ROOM  X.] 

have  simple  toes :  the  third  (Afiolis)  has  a  simple  flat  head^ 
but  the  penultimate  joint  of  the  toes  is  dilated  on  the  sides 
into  a  pear-shaped  disk,  so  as  to  enable  these  animals  to 
walk  on  smooth  and  nearly  perpendicular  surfaces ;  of  this 
genus  there  are  many  species. — Lastly,  the  marbled  Lizards 
{Polychrus)  have  neither  dilated  toes  nor  any  dorsal 
crest. 

In  the  lower  part  of  this  Case  (No.  3)  are  the  GeckoSj*^ 
nocturnal  Lizards,  of  a  dull,  lurid  appearance,  with 
depressed  heads,  and  large  round  eyes.  Their  body 
is  usually  covered  with  small  scales,  amongst  which  are 
frequently  larger  tubercles ;  and  the  under  side  of  their 
toes  is  generally  furnished  with  variously  shaped,  imbri¬ 
cated  scales,  or  folds  of  the  skin,  which  enable  the  animal 
to  crawl  up  glass,  and  even  to  run  with  facility,  the  back 
downwards,  on  the  ceiling  of  a  room,  like  a  fly.  They  are 
found  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  are  divided  into  many 
groups,  according  to  the  form  of  their  toes.  Some  of  the 
most  peculiar  are  the  Common  Gecko  {Gecko  gnltatus)y 
from  India;  the  Chinese  Gecko  {Gecko  Revesii),  from 
China ;  and  the  Ornamented  Gecko  ( Gecko  ornatus),  from 
the  Isle  of  France.  All  these  have  only  a  single  trans¬ 
verse  series  of  scales,  on  the  under  side  of  each  toe.  Hard- 
wicke's  Gecko  {Euhlepharis  Hardwickii)  differs  from  the 
former,  by  the  toes  being  more  slender,  and  less  dilated; 
one  of  the  species,  Horsfield’s  Gecko  {Pteropleura  Hors-- 
fieldii)  which  lives  in  the  ponds  in  Java,  has  the  skin  on 
the  side  of  the  chin,  body,  limbs  and  tail  dilated  into  a 
kind  of  fin. 

Many  of  the  species  of  these  Lizards,  from  their  lurid 
appearance,  are  considered  as  poisonous  by  the  natives  of 
India,  and  some  even  assert  that  they  infect  every  sub¬ 
stance  which  they  walk  over,  but  this  is,  at  least,  ex¬ 
tremely  doubtful. 

Other  species  have  the  scales  under  the  toes  divided  by 
a  central  groove,  into  which  the  claws  are  retractile  {The^ 
cadactyli).  One  of  these,  the  Smooth  Sheath-claw  {Gecko 
loevis),  has  many  scales  under  the  toes,  and  on  being 
caught,  the  animal,  in  its  exertion  to  escape,  often  casts  of 
its  tail.  It  does  the  same  if  thrown  alive  into  spirits,  in 
which  case  the  separated  tail  contracts,  and  assumes  an 
almost  globular  shape,  and  is  most  usually  found  in  this 

c  3 


34  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [uPPER,  FLOOR. 

state  in  collections^  whence  this  species  has  been  generally 
called  the  Turnip-tail  Gecko  {Gecko  rapicaudd).  The 
Seautiful  {Vhyllodactylus  pulchellus)  has  only 

two  or  three  transverse  scales  on  each  side  of  the  clawSj,  so 
that  the  ends  of  the  toes  very  nearly  resemble  the  tips  of 
the  feet  of  the  common  fly.  In  another  species,  the 
Egyptian  Sheath-claw  {Gecko  lohatus),  the  scales  under 
the  toes  radiate  from  a  centre,  like  the  sticks  of  a  fan ; 
and  the  Imbricated  Gecko,  a  species  from  Madagascar, 
which  has  the  scales  under  the  toes  very  like  the  former, 
has  the  edge  of  its  body  and  tail  dilated  into  fins. 

Another  group  {Hemidaclylus)  has  only  the  base  of  the 
toes  dilated,  the  ends  being  compressed  and  free.  These 
are  common  about  dwellings  in  India,  Egypt,  South  Ame¬ 
rica,  and  other  warm  countries,  and  are  therefore  usually 
called  House  Lizards.  Their  food  consists  principally  of 
insects,  especially  flies,  for  destroying  which  they  are  pro¬ 
tected  by  the  inhabitants. 

The  last  group  {Cyrtodactylus)  has  the  form  and  habits 
of  the  Gecko,  but  differs  in  the  toes  being  very  thin,  slen¬ 
der,  versatile,  and  peculiarly  arched,  so  as  to  give  them  the 
power  of  grasping  very  strongly.  Of  these,  the  Beautiful 
Cyrtodactyle  {Cyrtodactylus  pulchellus),  from  India,  and 
the  Ocellated  Cyrtodactyle  {Cyrt,  ocellatus),  have  the  tail 
slender  and  round,  while  the  Flat-tailed  Cyrtodactyle 
{Lacerta  platura)  of  New  Holland  has  a  cordiform,  ex¬ 
panded  tail. 

Case  4  contains  those  Lizards  which  have  their  teeth 
placed  on  the  edge  of  the  jaws,  and  so  firmly  fixed  to  them 
as  to  appear  part  of  the  jaws  themselves ;  as  the  Chame¬ 
leons  and  Agamse. 

The  Agamse  {Agamo)  are  placed  in  the  upper  part  of 
this  Case  (No.  4):  they  present  several  peculiarities  of 
form,  and  have  therefore  been  separated  into  many  groups. 
Some  have  the  head  Lyre-shaped,  and  the  back  and  tail 
crested  {Gonyocephalus),  as  the  Tiger  Agama  {Agama  ti- 
grina) :  other  species  have  the  head  armed  with  spines  over 
the  back  of  the  ears,  and  the  scales  large  and  directed  up¬ 
wards  {Calotes),  as  the  Common  Calotes  {Lacerta  Calotes), 
of  a  fine  blue  colour,  and  the  Indian  Calotes  {Agama  in^ 
dica).  These  animals  lay  fusiform  eggs. 

TheBronchoceles  differ  from  the  Calotes,  by  the  scales  of 


BOOM  X.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  35 

the  back  being  small  and  horizontal;  as  the  Blue  Broncho- 
cele  (^Agama  cristatella),  and  the  Long-legged  Bronchocele 
{Agctma  vultuosa) ;  one  species,  the  Armed  Bronchocele 
(^Agama  armata),  has  a  square  head  and  long  subulate 
spines  over  the  eyes  {Acanthosaura), 

The  true  Agamse  {Agamd)  have  often  bundles  of  spines 
on  the  sides  of  the  neck^  as  the  Occipital  Agama  {Agama 
occipitalis),  the  Common  Agama  {Agama  spinosa).  The 
male  of  the  Pondicherry  Agama  {Agama  pondiceria7ia) 
has  so  large  a  pouch  under  the  throat,  (which  is  quite 
wanting  in  the  female,)  that  it  has  been  separated  as  a 
genus  under  the  name  of  Sitaiia, 

,  The  Common  Stellio  {Lac.  stelUo)^  which  was  formerly 
tnuch  esteemed  for  its  medicinal  qualities,  has  bands  of  large 
spines  round  its  tail.  The  Trapeli  or  Mutable  Agamse,  so 
called  from  the  rapidity  with  which  they  change  the  colour 
of  their  skin,  are  generally  armed  with  irregular,  spine¬ 
like  scales  ;  as  the  Cape  Agama  ( IVapelus  hispidus),  the 
Yellow-striped  Agama  {Agama  atra),  and  the  Mutable 
Agama  (Agama  ruder ata). 

The  Earless  Agamse  {PhrynocepJiali)  have  the  same 
irregular  scales  as  the  Mutable  Agamse,  but  they  differ 
from  them  all,  by  their  ears  being  hid  under  the  skin,  a^ 
in  the  Chameleons :  one  of  the  Phrynocephali  {Phrynoce^ 
phalus  auritus)  has  the  margin  of  the  lips  produced  and 
fringed,  and  the  claws  very  long,  differing  in  that  respect 
from  the  others,  as  Pallas’s  Phrynocephalus  {Laceria  cau- 
divolvula),  and  the  Ocellated  Phrynocephalus  {Agama 
ocellata). 

The  Dragons  differ  from  all  these  by  the  skin 

of  the  sides  being  extended  into  the  form  of  wings,  and 
supported  by  the  end  of  the  ribs.  The  wings,  when 
the  animal  is  at  rest,  are  folded  together  on  the  sides  of 
the  body,  but  when  it  leaps  from  branch  to  branch 
they  are  expanded,  and  act  as  a  parachute ;  there 
are  several  species,  differing  from  one  another  in  the 
length  of  the  throat-pouches,  and  in  the  colour  of  the  wings. 

The  rest  of  the  Agamse  are  furnished  with  a  series  of 
minute  glands  on  the  under  side  of  the  hind  legs.  Some 
of  the  species,  peculiar  to  New  Holland  {Gemmatophorce), 
have  rough  scales  like  the  Mutable  Lizards;  as  the  Muri- 
cated  Agama  {Lacerta  muricata). 

The  Lophyri  have  a  crest  of  large  scales  on  the  back  j 


36  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [uPPER  FLOOR. 

as  the  Amboina  Lophyrus  {l^acerta  amholnensis),  which  has 
been  confounded  with  the  Basilisk. 

The  last  group  of  Agamae  are  peculiar  for  the  tail  being 
surrounded  with  verticillate  bands  of  scales.  In  some  of 
these  (Uromastyx),  the  caudal  scales  are  large  and  spinous; 
as  the  Common  Uromastyx  {Stellio  spinipes),  from  Egypt, 
and  Hardwicke’s  Uromastyx  {Uromastyx  HardwicMi), 
from  India ;  while  in  the  Chinese  Uromastyx  {Uromastyx 
Revest)  they  are  small  and  smooth. 

In  the  lower  part  of  the  Case  are  the  Chameleons,  ani¬ 
mals  long  celebrated  on  account  of  the  rapidity  with  which 
they  change  their  colour ;  but  most  of  the  other  Saurian 
Reptiles  have  the  same  faculty,  and  many  in  as  great  a 
degree.  They  are  remarkable  for  the  great  distance  to 
which  they  can  protrude  the  tongue,  in  order  to  catch  in¬ 
sects,  which  form  their  principal  food.  Chameleons  are 
only  found  in  the  warm  parts  of  the  Old  world,  and  the 
species  are  chiefly  distinguished  from  each  other  by  the 
form  of  the  head.  In  the  common  Chameleon,  the  occiput 
is  arched  and  compressed,  whilst,  in  the  Senegal  species, 
it  is  flat ;  some  of  the  species,  as  the  Eared  and  Hooded 
Chameleons,  have  the  back  part  of  the  occiput  furnished 
with  two  fleshy  lobes  ;  whilst  the  Panther  and  Cape  Cha¬ 
meleon  have  the  front  of  the  chin  furnished  with  fleshy 
processes.  Others  have  the  head  armed  with  horns,  which 
in  some  are  placed  over  the  eye-brow,  as  in  Brookes’s  Cha¬ 
meleon,  and  in  others  on  the  tip  of  the  nose,  as  in  the  Two¬ 
horned  Chameleon. 

Case  5  contains  the  Ophisauri,  or  Snake- Lizards,  reptiles 
which  much  resemble  snakes  in  appearance,  and  are  covered 
with  regular  and  uniform  scales.  These  are  divided  into 
two  sections,  according  to  the  form  of  the  scales  on  the 
sides,  which  in  some  (Ptygopleurce)  are  small,  making  a 
fold  which  is  dilated  when  the  animal  has  eaten  a  full 
meal ;  and  in  others  the  scales  of  the  sides  are  similar  to 
those  on  the  body. 

The  Zonuri  {Zonuri)  have  four  distinct,  moderately 
long  legs,  and  exposed  ears. 

The  African  Lizards  of  this  group  are  distinguished  by 
their  thighs  being  marked  with  a  line  of  pores  on  the 
under  side.  In  some  of  these,  as  the  common  Zonurus, 
the  tail  is  furnished  with  armed  scales,  whilst  in  others,  as 
the  common  Cicigna,  the  caudal  scales  are  unarmed. 


ROOM  X.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  37 

The  American  species,  on  the  contrary,  have  no  gland 
under  the  thighs,  and  the  scales  of  the  tail  are  not  armed  ; 
there  are  several  species  of  this  genus,  as,  Burnett’s  Ger- 
rhonotus  ( Gerrhonotus  Burnettii),  and  the  Imbricated 
Gerrhonotus  {Gerrhonotus  imbricatus\ 

The  Scheltopusiks  {Pseudopi)  have  only  rudiments  of 
legs,  in  the  form  of  undivided  lobes,  placed  on  the  side  of 
the  vent;  as  in  Durville’s  Pseudopus  {Pseudopus 
villii). — The  Glass  Snakes  {Ophisauri)  are  quite  destitute 
of  legs ;  as  the  Common  Glass  Snake  {Ophisaurus  ven^ 
trails)  :  all  the  species  of  these  genera  have  the  tympantim 
of  the  ear  exposed. 

The  Bimanse  {Chirotes)  of  Mexico  are  subcylindrical, 
with  small  square  scales,  and  only  two  short  feeble  legs 
placed  in  the  fore  part  of  the  body.  The  Amphisbsenae 
diifer  from  the  Bimanse  in  having  no  legs.  The  anterior 
and  posterior  extremities  are  equally  blunt,  and  somewhat 
similar,  which  has  led  to  the  idea  that  they  crawl  back¬ 
wards  or  forwards  with  equal  facility — whence  their  name. 

Those  ophisaurian  reptiles  which  are  destitute  of  any 
impressed  lateral  line,  have  been  divided  into  several  groups, 
as  the  True  Seines  [Scinci),  having  four  legs,  with  small 
margined  toes,  and  a  sharp  edged  muzzle,  which  enable 
them  to  bury  themselves  with  facility  in  the  sand  of  the 
deserts  they  inhabit. 

Others  have  blunt  noses,  thin  smooth  scales,  and  long 
conical  tails  ;  as  the  New  Holland  Tiliqua  {Lacerta  scin-- 
coides) ;  the  Ribbon  Galley- Wasp  {Lac,  tceniolata)  from 
New  Holland  ; — one  of  the  New  Holland  kind,  however, 
{Trachydosaurus  rugosus,)  has  large  rugose  bony  scales, 
and  a  short  depressed  tail. 

Some  of  the  Seines  {Lygoso7nata)  have  very  long  slender 
bodies,  and  very  small,  weak  feet ;  as  the  Short-footed 
Lygosoma  {Semeus  hrachypus),  and  the  dotted  Lygosoma 
(  L.  punctatum). 

The  common  Seps  (aS'.  chalcides),  from  the  South  of 
Europe,  the  form  of  whose  body  is  nearly  similar  to  that  of 
the  Seines,  has  only  three  toes  on  each  foot ;  in  the  Lacer- 
tine  Siaphos  {S.  cequalis)  the  ears  are  concealed  under 
the  skin. 

The  Bipes  are  peculiar  for  having  only  two  oblong  lobes 
in  the  place  of  legs^  One  of  the  species,  the  Brazilian 


38  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [uPPER  FLOOR. 

Bipes  {Pygopus  cariococcd)^  has  the  tympanum  hid  under 
the  skin^  whilst  in  the  New  Holland  species^  Fraser’s  Bipes 
{Delma),  the  ears  are  as  distinct  as  in  the  Seines. 

The  Blind- worms  (Angues)  have  scales  like  the  Scincs> 
but  only  rudiments  of  legs  concealed  beneath  the  skin. 

Cases  6 — 13  contain  the  Serpents^  animals  without 
legSj  but  with  mouths  capable  of  such  extraordinary  dilata-- 
tion^  in  consequence  of  the  peculiar  mode  by  which  the 
lower  jaw  is  attached  to  the  cranium^  that  they  are  able  to 
swallow  very  large  bodies,  entire. 

Case  6  contains  the  pre-eminently  poisonous  serpents, 
whose  upper  jaws  are  furnished  with  large,  moveable  fangs, 
having  a  small  groove  on  the  convex  edge,  for  conveying 
the  poison,  secreted  by  a  large  gland  situated  under  the 
eye,  into  the  wound  occasioned  by  the  bite  of  the  reptile. 
The  fangs,  when  at  rest,  are  concealed  by  a  fold  in  the 
gums,  and  behind  them  are  the  rudiments  of  other  fangs,  to 
replace  the  former,  if  lost.  The  maxillary  bones  are  small 
and  carry  only  the  fangs,  but  there  are  two  rows  of  pala¬ 
tine  teeth,  in  the  upper  part  of  the  mouth.  The  poisonous 
snakes  are  distinguished  by  the  size  of  the  head,  which  in 
general  is  large,  and  often  covered  with  small  scales ;  by 
the  scales  of  the  body  being  usually  rough  and  carinated, 
and  by  the  tail  being  very  short,  and,  in  most  instances, 
thin  in  comparison  with  the  body. 

The  most  deadly  of  these  serpents  have  a  large  pit  like 
a  second  nostril  on  the  cheek,  just  before  the  eye.  They 
are  divided  into  several  groups  according  to  the  structure 
of  the  tail,  which,  in  the  True  Rattle- Snakes  (CroiaVi) 
ends  in  a  rattle,  formed  by  a  series  of  horny  joints,  fitting 
one  into  the  other,  which  the  animal  can  shake  at  pleasure. 
There  are  in  the  Collection  several  species  of  this  genus, 
and  some  detached  rattles,  to  shew  their  structure.  The 
Tisiphone  {Tisiphone)  is  much  like  the  Battle- Snake,  but 
the  tail  ends  in  a  small  recurved  spine  :  these  are  all  pe¬ 
culiar  to  America. 

Most  of  the  Snakes  of  this  division  have  the  tail  simple 
at  the  end,  and  are  found  both  in  the  Old  and  New  world. 
Some  of  these  {Cophias),  have  the  head  covered  with  scales 
like  those  on  the  back,  as  the  Fer  de  Lance  of  the  French 
American  Colonists  {Cophias  lanceolatus),  from  the  West 
India  Islands ;  and  the  Green  Cophias  (Cophias  viridis), 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


39 


ROOM  X.] 

the  Purple-spotted  Cophias  {Cophias purpureo-maculatus^, 
and  the  Beautiful  Cophias  {Cophias  ornatus).  The  last 
three  are  the  most  beautiful^,  and  the  most  poisonous 
snakes  of  India, 

Other  species  with  simple  tails;  have  the  head  covered 
with  large  shield-like  plates  {Trigonocephali), 

The  Vipers  have  the  same  broad  head  as  the  Rattle- 
Snakes,  but  have  no  pit  before  the  eyes.  Amongst 
these  the  True  Vipers  {Viper ce)  are  distinguished  by  the 
head  being  covered  with  scales  like  those  on  the  back, 
and  by  the  nostrils  being  very  large.  Amongst  these  there 
are  the  Nose-horn  Viper  {Coluber  nasicornis)^  peculiar  for 
two  horns  on  the  end  of  the  nose ;  the  Cerastes  {Coluber 
cerastes),  the  male  of  which  has  a  long  horn-like  scale 
over  each  eye,  which  being  absent  in  the  female,  has  caused 
the  latter  to  be  erroneously  described  as  a  distinct  species ; 
the  Puff  Adder,  or  Short-tailed  Viper  {Vipera  injiata), 
the  most  deadly  snake  of  the  Cape ;  and  Russel's  Viper 
{Coluber  Russell). 

The  Adders  {Beri)  have  the  head  covered  with  granular 
scales,  and  the  nostrils  moderate ;  as  the  Black  Adder 
{Coluber  berus),  and  the  Ammodyte  Adder  {Coluber  am- 
modytes)  from  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean,  very  pecu¬ 
liar  for  the  end  of  the  nose  being  lengthened  into  a  flexible 
horn. 

The  Common  Adder  {Coluber  chersed)  differs  from  these, 
by  the  crown  of  the  head  having  three  larger  scales  in¬ 
serted  amongst  the  smaller  ones ;  this  is  the  only  reptile 
found  in  Great  Britain  possessed  of  dangerously  poisonous 
qualities. 

The  Cylindrical  Snakes  differ  from  the  other  venomous 
reptiles,  by  the  head  being  much  smaller,  scarcely  so  broad 
as  the  body,  covered  with  large  regular  plates,  and  without 
any  pit  on  the  cheek.  Some  of  these,  as  the  Spectacle  Snake 
or  Naja,  have  the  faculty  of  dilating  the  skin  of  the  neck, 
so  as  to  form  a  kind  of  hood  over  the  head;  they  are  also 
peculiar  from  the  body  being  covered  with  very  narrow 
scales. 

The  Indian  species  have  usually  a  yellow  spot  on  the  back 
of  the  neck,  somewhat  resembling  a  pair  of  spectacles.  These 
snakes  are  used  by  the  native  jugglers  in  their  exhibitions. 

The  Coral  Snakes  {Flaps)  are  very  similar  in  form,  but 


40 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  [^UPPRR  FLOOR. 

the  neck  is  not  dilatable,  and  the  dorsal  scales  are  broad; 
many  of  these  are  marked  with  black  and  bright  coloured 
bands,  as  Flaps  corallinus. 

The  Flat-tailed  Coral  Snake  {Platiiriis)  found  in  the 
Indian  Seas,  differs  from  the  other  Coral  Snakes,  by  its 
tail  being  flattened  like  the  Sea-Snakes. 

Cases  7 — 13  contain  those  snakes  which  have  a  regular 
row  of  teeth  on  the  edge  of  the  upper  jaw ;  most  of  them 
have  long  conical  tails,  and  broad  plates  under  the  ab¬ 
domen.  These  species  are,  in  general,  innocent ;  a  few 
have  some  of  the  upper  lateral  teeth  rather  larger  than  the 
rest,  and  grooved  on  the  hinder  edge,  the  groove  communi¬ 
cating  with  a  gland  placed  on  the  side  of  the  face,  but 
their  bite  is  seldom  so  dangerous  as  that  of  the  eminently 
poisonous  snakes.  The  species  of  this  division  are  ex¬ 
ceedingly  numerous  and  difficult  to  determine,  and  they 
have  lately  been  divided  into  many  genera,  which  it 
would  be  tedious  to  characterize  in  this  sketch.  Such 
of  them  as  live  on  the  ground  and  take  to  the  water 
for  protection,  or  to  catch  their  food,  have  generally  a 
cylindrical  form,  and  a  tail  scarcely  as  long  as  the  body ; 
while  those  which  live  the  greater  part  of  their  life  on 
trees,  and  are  thence  called  Tree-Snakes  [Dendrophis),  are 
long  and  slender,  and  generally  have  the  scales  on  the  sides 
of  the  back  narrow,  and  longer  than  those  on  the  dorsal 
line  :  in  some  of  the  Tree-Snakes  the  end  of  the  muzzle  is 
lengthened  out  into  an  acute  appendage  (Passerita), 

The  Bull-headed  Snakes  {Dipsas)  resemble  the  Tree- 
Snakes  in  form,  but  the  head  is  short  and  broad,  the  body 
compressed,  and  the  latter  has  a  series  of  larger  scales  down 
the  back.  In  this  group  the  fangs  are  most  commonly 
found  intermingled  with  the  teeth,  in  which  character  they 
agree  with  the  Cerberi  {Homolop sis^,  which  are  easily  dis¬ 
tinguished  from  all  the  other  snakes  by  the  head  being 
scaly,  with  a  few  small  plates  over  the  face  and  between 
the  eyes. 

The  Boas  have  usually  a  short  body,  with  narrow  plates 
on  the  abdomen,  and  a  short  conical  tail,  furnished  with 
two  short  crooked  spurs  at  its  base.  These  spurs  have 
lately  been  shewn  to  be  analogous  to  the  hinder  legs  of 
other  reptiles.  The  Boas  are  not  venomous ;  they  kill 
their  prey  by  crushing  it  between  the  folds  of  the  body. 


ROOM  X.] 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


41 


generally,  at  the  same  time,  twisting  the  end  of  the  tail  round 
a  tree,  in  order  to  increase  their  power. 

The  American  species  [Bod)  have  only  a  single  row  of 
plates  beneath  the  tail ;  they  vary  greatly  in  respect  to  the 
structure  of  the  scales  on  the  head  and  lips. 

Some  of  the  Indian  species,  as  the  Netted  Boa  {Boa 
regia)^  have  a  single  series  of  plates,  whilst  most  of  the 
other  species  have  two  rows  {Python) ;  as  the  Javan  Boa 
{Coluber  javanicus),  and  the  Tiger  Boa  {Coluber  boce-- 
Jbrmis),  The  Eryx  differs  from  the  other  Boas  in  having 
a  cylindrical  body,  a  very  short  tail,  and  the  head  covered 
with  scales  similar  to  those  of  the  back.  Cuvier  says  that 
this  genus  has  no  spurs,  but  the  specimen  in  the  British 
Museum  shews  them  distinctly. 

The  Sea-Snakes  {Hydrus)  are  easily  known  by  their 
compressed  form,  narrow  ventral  shields,  and  vertically 
flattened  tail.  These  reptiles,  which  are  peculiar  to  the 
seas  of  Asia  and  New  Holland,  are  in  some  degree  poisonous, 
many  of  the  species  having  small  fangs,  dispersed  amongst 
the  true  teeth.  Some  have  a  small  head,  and  the  body 
covered  with  scales,  as  the  larger  Sea-Snake  {Hydrus 
major)  ;  the  others  have  a  large  head  and  broad  neck,  and 
the  body  covered  with  embedded  square  plates,  placed  in 
longitudinal  series,*  as  the  Banded  Sea-Snake  {Pelamis  fas^ 
ciatiis),  and  the  Two-coloured  Sea-Snake  {Pelamis  bicolor). 

The  Achrochordus  has  the  habits  and  many  of  the  cha¬ 
racters  of  the  Sea-Snakes ;  but  its  body  and  head  are 
covered  with  rough  granular  scales,  and  its  tail  is  conical. 
It  is  found  in  the  rice-fields  of  India.  The  Chersydrus 
has  the  scales  of  the  Achrochordus,  but  the  tail  is  com¬ 
pressed,  as  in  the  other  Sea-Snakes. 

The  Cases  14  and  15,  between  the  windows,  contain 
dry  specimens  of  Reptiles. 

On  the  upper  Shelves  are  specimens  of  the  Indian  and 
"African  Crocodiles,  and  the  Gavial,  or  Long-beaked  Croco¬ 
dile  of  the  Ganges. 

On  the  lower  Shelves  are  a  series  of  Tortoises,  arranged 
after  the  same  order  as  the  specimens  in  spirits  in  Case  No.  1. 
Among  them  are  the  Serpentine  Tortoises  (  Testudo  serpen* 
tina),  which  unite  with  the  form  of  the  Tortoises,  several 
of  the  characters  of  the  Crocodiles,  as  the  large  head,  and 
the  long  tail  with  elevated  ridges  ,*  also  species  of  Land 


42  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [^UPPER  FLOOR. 

Tortoises^  as  the  Indian  Tortoise  {Testudo  indicd)  and  the 
’Rd.^mtedi  TortohQ  {Testudo  radiatd)  ;  the  American  Box 
Tortoise  {Testudo  clausa) ;  many  species  of  Terrapin 
(Emys)  from  America  and  India  ;  some  very  young  Tur¬ 
tles  ;  and  the  head  of  a  very  large  specimen, 

from  the  Indian  Ocean. 

In  one  of  the  Windows  are  placed  some  large  specimens  of 
Snakes,  as  the  Indian  Rock  Snake  {Python)^  a  large 
Rattle-Snake  {Crotalm)^  the  Mourning  Snake  {Coluber 
pullatus)  and  the  Crimson-sided  Snake  {Coluber  por^ 
phyriacus) :  in  the  other  is  a  skeleton  of  the  Rock  Snake, 
(Python  boceformis). 

In  the  Table  Cases,  in  the  centre  of  the  room,  are 
arranged  the  general  collection  of  Radiated  Animals. 

The  Sea-Eggs  are  at  once  known  from  the  Star-Fish 
by  the  body  being  covered  with  a  hard  shell,  formed  of 
numerous  small  pieces,  placed  on  bands,  and  by  their  not 
possessing  a  radiated  or  stellar  form.  The  shell  is  covered 
with  moveable  spines,  which  serve  as  organs  of  locomo¬ 
tion,  and  also  enable  the  animals  to  bury  themselves  in  the 
sand  when  left  on  the  beach  by  the  retreating  tide  ;  it  is 
likewise  pierced  with  rows  of  minute  pores,  through 
which  are  emitted  small  tentacula  with  dilated  ends,  by 
which  they  attaeh  themselves  to  rocks  and  other  ma¬ 
rine  bodies.  The  Sea-Eggs  are  divided  into  several  groups, 
according  to  the  shape  of  the  body,  and  the  position  of 
the  mouth  and  anal  orifice. 

In  the  first  group>  Spatangus,  (Case  1,)  the  shell  is 
nearly  heart-shaped,  with  an  oval  compressed  mouth 
placed  in  the  front  part  on  the  under  side,  and  the  other 
orifice  on  the  hinder  margin.  The  upper  part  of  the  shell 
has  the  pores  arranged  in  five  short  bands,  resembling 
the  petals  of  a  flower.  The  shells  of  this  group  are  thin 
and  brittle,  and  the  mouth  of  the  animal,  destitute  of 
teeth,  is  often  surrounded  by  a  series  of  tentacula. 

In  the  second  group,  the  mouth  is  in  the  centre  of  the 
under  part,  and  the  other  orifice  placed  in  or  beneath  the 
hinder  margin.  In  some  of  these  the  shells  are  thin,  and 
the  series  of  pores  arranged  in  vertical  bands,  extending 
from  the  top  of  the  shell  to  the  mouth  ;  as  in  the  genus 
Echinolampas  (Case  1).  The  genus  Galerites  (Case  3), 
is  only  found  in  the  fossil  state. 


ROOM  X.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  43 

In  the  Shield  Echini  the  shell  is  very  solid  and  thick, 
and  supported,  internally,  by  perpendicular  columns,  so 
that  they  are  capable  o£  resisting  the  action  of  the  waves 
for  a  considerable  time.  The  mouth  is  armed  with  jaws, 
inserted  in  five  triangular  spongy  bones,  and  the  pores  are 
placed  in  five  arched  pairs  of  bands,  forming  a  star  on  the 
upper  part  of  the  shells.  Some  of  the  species  of  this 
group,  as  the  Clypeasters  (Case  2),  are  convex  and  shield- 
shaped  ;  the  others,  as  the  Echinodisci  and  Scutellae  (Cases 
2  and  3),  are  so  flat  and  depressed,  that  it  is  difficult  to 
conceive  how  the  animal  can  exist  in  so  narrow  a  cavity. 
Many  of  the  species  of  this  genus  are  pierced  with  holes 
through  the  disk,  {Scutella  quinquifora,  Scutella  hifora^ 
&C,  Others  are  lobed  on  the  margin,  as  the  Eight-rayed 
Scutella  {Scutdla  octodactyld)  and  Toothed  Scutella 
{^Scutella  dentata). 

In  the  third  group,  the  bodies  are  orbicular,  more  or  less 
depressed,  with  the  two  openings  of  the  alimentary  canal 
placed  opposite  each  other  in  the  axis  of  the  shell,  one  at 
the  vertex,  the  other  at  the  base,  and  the  series  of  pores 
forming  bands,  extending  from  the  one  to  the  other.  These 
shells  are  generally  covered  with  larger  spines  and  tuber¬ 
cles.  In  many  species  of  this  division  (Cases  3 — 6)  the 
spines  are  of  nearly  equal  size,  and  the  tubercles  oh  which 
they  are  placed  not  pitted  in  the  centre  {Echini)  ;  as  the 
common  Sea-Egg  of  the  English  coast  (EcAiww^  esculentus), 
much  sought  after  as  food  during  a  part  of  the  summer 
season,  at  which  time  the  shell  is  almost  entirely  filled 
with  eggs.  Other  species,  in  which  the  tubercles  are  of  the 
same  form,  have  some  spines  much  longer  than  the  rest 
{Echinomelrm)  ;  as  the  Spiniferous  Sea-Egg  {Echinus  lu-- 
cunter)^  the  Triangular-spined  Sea-Egg  {Echinus  trigona* 
rius),  and  the  Artichoke,  or  Black  Sea-Egg  {Echinus 
atratus),  peculiar  for  the  larger  spines  being  very  short 
and  truncated,  forming  a  smooth  surface,  somewhat  re¬ 
sembling  a  tessellated  pavement.  In  some  species  with 
spines  of  unequal  size,  the  tubercles  to  which  they  are 
attached  are  pierced  in  the  centre  {Cidaris),  Those  called 
Turbans  are  of  a  spherical  form,  and  have  very  narrow 
wavy  rows  of  pores,  as  the  Imperial  Turban  {Cidaris  im- 
perialis)  and  the  Porcupine  Turban  {Cidaris  hystfix) ; 
while  those  which  are  depressed,  and  have  narrow  separate 


44  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [UPPER  FLOOR. 

rows  of  pores,  are  called  Diadems.  These  often  have 
tubular  spines,  as  the  common  Diadem  {Echinus  diademci). 

Several  of  the  species  of  the  orbicular  kind  live  in  holes 
in  rocks,  and  are  believed,  by  some  authors,  to  have  the 
faculty,  like  the  Piddock  ( Pholas),  of  boring  into  their 
substance. 

The  Star- Fish  {Asterice)  (Cases  9 — 16)  have  the  body 
depressed  and  more  or  less  divided  into  rays,  and  the  sto¬ 
mach  furnished  with  only  a  single  aperture.  They  have 
been  separated  into  several  groups,  the  first  containing 
those  with  a  small  orbicular  body  and  long,  subcylindrical 
arms,  as  the  Medusa’s  Heads  {Euryale),  which  have  the 
arms  very  long,  with  complex  ramifications,  so  as  to  end  in 
an  immense  multitude  of  small  threads.  In  most  of  the 
species  the  arms  are  branched  at  the  base,  but  in  one 
{Euryale  palmifera)  the  base  of  the  arms  is  simple,  and 
the  tip  repeatedly  ramified. 

The  Ophiurae  have  also  very  long  and  slender  arms,  but 
they  are  always  simple.  In  many  of  the  species  the  arms 
are  furnished  on  each  side  with  several  series  of  minute, 
moveable  spines. 

The  arms  of  the  true  Star-Fish  {Asterias')  are  a  mere 
extension  of  the  substance  of  the  body,  and  of  an  uniform 
structure  with  it.  Most  of  the  species  have  the  faculty  of 
reproducing  the  arms,  or  such  parts  of  them  as  may  be  ac¬ 
cidentally  broken  off ;  and  if  an  entire  arm  be  separated, 
provided  a  part  of  the  body  be  attached  to  it,  other  arms 
are  reproduced,  and  a  fresh,  perfect  animal  is  formed. 
Some  specimens  illustrative  of  these  facts  are  in  the 
Case  10. 

The  Asteriae  differ  greatly  from  one  another  both  in 
texture  and  form.  Most  of  the  species  have  five  rays,  but 
varieties  are  sometimes  met  with  which  have  only  four  rays, 
one  of  which  is  in  Case  17.  Some  species  have  eight, 
others  nine,  and  others  again  from  twelve  to  thirty  rays. 

The  Comatulae  (Case  16)  have  their  arms  fringed  on 
each  side  with  a  series  of  simple  rays,  and  the  under  part 
of  the  body  furnished  with  a  tuft  of  simple  indexed  fibres, 
ending  in  an  incurved  hook,  by  which  they  attach  them¬ 
selves  to  sea-weeds  and  other  marine  bodies. 

One  species  of  Comatula  is  found  on  the  English  coast ; 
the  largest  {Comatula  glacialis)  is  from  the  Arctic  Seas. 
The  Fringed  Comsituh  {Comatula  Jimhriata)  is  from  India. 


NATUEAL  HISTORY, 


ROOM  XI,] 


45 


On  the  wall>  between  the  windows,  are  the  horns  of  some 
species  of  Rhinoceros,  and  round  the  Room,  over  the 
Cases,  are  suspended  a  series  of  the  horns  of  various  species^ 
of  Deer  {Cervus)^  as  the  Elk,  the  Roe-buck,  the  Virginian 
and  Mexican  Deer,  the  Rein-Deer,  the  Indian  Deer  (Cer- 
bus  kippelaphus),  and  its  varieties ;  the  common  Stag  and 
the  Wapiti.  On  the  top  of  the  Cases  are  the  Skulls  of  a 
Rhinoceros  from  India,  two  Giralfes,  a  Babirousa,  and  of 
several  species  of  Dolphin  {Delphinus), 

The  Elephant’s  Tusks  presented  by  H.  R.  H.  the 
Duke  of  Sussex,  which  were  lately  over  the  Case  on  the 
South  side  of  the  room,  have  been  adapted,  with  His  Royal 
Highness’s  sanction,  to  the  Skeleton  in  the  centre  of  this 
room,  in  order  to  replace  the  original  tusks,  which  had 
been  sawn  off  near  their  insertion  into  the  skull. — The  basal 
portions  of  the  tusks,  which  remained  in  the  head,  are  placed 
on  the  mantel-piece,  on  the  East  side  of  this  apartment. 

The  Skeleton  of  the  Elephant  was  presented  to  the 
British  Museum  by  General  Sir  Jasper  Nicolls,  and  Ma¬ 
jor-General  Hardwicke.  It  is  from  India.  With  it  is 
the  Skeleton  of  the  Virginian  Deer,  presented  by  the  Earl 
of  Derby,  and  another  of  the  Arctic  Wolf,  presented  by 
Richard  King,  Esq. 


ELEVENTH  ROOM. 

This  Room  contains  the  general  collection  of  Fish  and 
Corals. 

In  the  upright  Cases  round  the  Room  are  the  Fish. 

The  Cases  No.  24  and  Nos.  1 — 8  contain  the  series 
of  dried  Fish. 

Cases  24, 1  and  2  contain  the  Acanthopterygian  Fishes, 
or  those  which  have  spinous  rays  to  the  dorsal  fins. 

In  Case  24  are  the  Perch  tribe,  most  of  which,  as  the 
Common  and  Sea  Perch,  have  the  ventral  fins  placed  on 
the  thorax,  before  the  pectoral.  All  these  have  seven 
branchiostegous  rays.  Others  (Cirrhites)  have  less  than 
seven;  and  some  few  {Holocentrum,  Trachichthys)  have 
more.  The  Weavers,  or  Otter-Pike,  {Trachini,)  and  the 
Star-gazer  (Uranoscopus),  have  the  ventral  fins  just  be¬ 
hind  the  pectoral.  The  Paradise  Fish  (Polynemus)  and  the 
Mullet  (Mullus)  have  the  ventral  fins  placed  on  the  hinder 
part  of  the  body. 


46 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  []UPPER  FLOOR. 

The  Gurnards  (  Triglce)  are  distinguished  from  the  other 
Fercoid  Fish,  by  the  bones  of  the  face  being  very  large,  so 
as  to  cover  the  cheeks.  Some  of  these  have  the  pectoral 
fins  so  large,  that  the  fish  can  support  themselves  for  some 
time  in  the  air,  and  are  therefore  called  Flying  Gurnards 
(Dactyloptero), 

Cases  1  and  2.  The  Scienoid  and  the  Sparoid  Fish 
differ  from  the  Perches,  in  the  palate  being  without  teeth. 
Some  of  these,  as  the  Sargi  (Sargus),  have  large  teeth  on 
the  side  of  the  jaw  {Chrysophrys  and  Dentex), 

The  Mflenoid  Fish  differ  from  those  of  the  two  former 
families,  by  the  jaws  being  protractile  and  retractile. 

The  Cheetodons  are  known  by  their  compressed  form, 
and  by  their  dorsal,  and  often  their  other  fins  being  covered 
with  scales  like  the  rest  of  the  body.  The  teeth  are 
usually  very  small  and  numerous,  resembling  bristles,  from 
whence  the  name.  The  common  Cheetodons  {Chcetodon) 
have  their  opercular  bones  finely  ciliated,  while  the  horny 
Chsetodons  have  the  lower  part  of  the  operculum  ending 
in  a  large  spine.  These  fish  are  very  numerous  on  the 
rocky  shores  of  the  seas  of  warm  climates.  They  are 
generally  beautifully  and  variously  coloured,  and  good  for 
food.  Many  are  rejected  from-  prejudice,  though  the  Sea 
Bream  (Brama)  has  many  of  the  characters  of  the  Chseto- 
dons,  except  that  the  palate  is  not  toothed. 

The  Scomberoid  Fish  have  a  smooth  skin  covered  with 
a  multitude  of  small  scales,  and  a  large  caudal  fin.  They 
are  much  used  as  food,  and  afford  great  employment  to  the 
fishermen. 

The  Mackrel  (^Scomber)  has  two  dorsal  fins :  the  hinder 
rays  of  the  posterior  are  separated  from  each  other,  form¬ 
ing,  as  it  were,  a  series  of  small  fins,  as  in  the  common  Mack¬ 
rel  (^Scomber  scombus).  Some  of  the  species  have  a  ridge 
of  cartilaginous  spines  on  the  side  of  the  tail. 

The  Sword  Fish  (Xiphias)  is  very  like  the  Tunny,  but 
the  front  part  of  its  upper  jaw  is  produced  into  a  long 
beak,  with  which  it  attacks  the  larger  sea  animals.  It  swims 
with  excessive  rapidity,  and  its  flesh  is  much  praised.  The 
common  Sword  Fish  (Xiphias  gladius)  has  no  ventral  fins. 
The  Flying  Sword  Fish  (Notistium)  has  distinct  ventral  fins, 
and  the  dorsal  very  high  and  long,  which  enables  it  to  swim 
with  such  velocity  that  it  can  drive  its  beak  through  the 


ROOM  XI.”]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  47 

stout  oak  planking  of  a  ship.  A  fine  specimen  of  this  fish 
is  in  a  Case  over,  the  Fire-place,  and  by  the  side  of  it  a 
piece  of  oak  plank  pierced  by  the  beak  of  a  larger  fish  of 
this  species.  The  fish  itself  is  very  rare,  yet  several  Well 
recorded  instances  of  similar  occurrences  are  known.  In 
many  genera  of  the  Scomberoid  family,  the  spines,  which 
in  most  fishes  support  the  front  dorsal  fin,  instead  of  being 
united  together,  are  separate  and  free.  This  is  the  case 
with  the  Pilot  Fish  (Gasterostcus  ductory,  and  the  Lichm 
{^Scomber  glaucusy 

The  next  family  of  spinous  fishes,  the  Taenioids,  resemble 
the  Scombers  in  general  appearance,  but  their  bodies  are 
very  long  and  compressed  on  the  sides,  from  whence  they 
are  called  Riband  Fish.  One  of  these,  the  Garter  Fish 
{Lepidopus),  has  the  mouth  long,  and  well  armed  with 
teeth,  and  the  ventral  fins  reduced  to  small  scales.  This 
is  the  Zipolkeca  tetradens  of  Colonel  Montague,  who  found 
it  on  the  English  coast.  The  Riband  Fish  {Cepola)  differs 
in  having  a  small  oblique  mouth  and  short  muzzle,  with 
the  dorsal  and  anal  fin  united  into  a  point  at  the  tail.  Over 
the  Mantel-piece  is  also  another  fish  of  this  family  (Zo- 
photes),  from  the  Mediterranean  ;  its  short  head  is  sur¬ 
mounted  by  an  elevated  bony  crest,  from  the  top  of  which 
springs  a  long  spinous  ray,  fringed  behind  by  a  broad  mem¬ 
brane,  and  having  the  appearance  of  a  feather. 

The  family  of  Theutides  combine  with  the  small 
scales  of  the  Scomberoid  Fish  the  form  and  small  mouth 
of  the  Chaetodon,  but  are  furnished  with  a  single  rpw  of 
teeth  with  cutting  edges,  and  their  fins  are  not  scaly. 
They  live  on  fuci  and  other  marine  vegetables.  Several  of 
the  genera  have  sharp,  retractile  spines  on  the  sides  of  the 
tail,  which  when  drawn  back  are  received  in  a  groove,  and 
from  the  wound  they  inflict  they  are  often  called  Lancet 
Fish,  or  Surgeons.  The  Monoceros  {Naseus)  has  the 
spines  on  the  sides  of  the  tail  fixed  and  blunt,  and  the 
front  part  of  the  head  produced  into  a  horn. 

The  Sea  Mullets  (MugU),  from  the  peculiarity  of  their 
form,  have  been  separated  into  a  distinct  family,  character¬ 
ized  by  having  two  dorsal  fins,  large  scales,  and  a  very 
broad  flat  head. 

The  Blennies  (Blennius)  dififer  from  the  other  spinout 
fishes,  in  their  skin  being  slimy,  from  whence  their  name, 


48  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [UPPER  FLOOR. 

and  from  the  spines  of  their  dorsal  fin  being  very  thin  and 
flexible^  but  not  jointed  as  in  all  the  soft  finned  fishes. 
Many  species  of  this  family  are  viviparous. 

The  Wolf  Fish  {Anarrhichas^  differs  from  the  other  Blen- 
nies  by  the  jaws  and  palate  being  armed  with  large  tuber¬ 
cular  teeth^  to  which  the  fossil  Bufonites  were  formerly  re¬ 
ferred.  The  gall  of  this  fish  is  used  as  soap  by  the  Ice- 
landersj  who  compare  its  flesh  to  that  of  the  eel. 

The  Anglers  {Lophius^  have  the  bones  of  the  carpus  or 
wrist  elongated,  so  that  the  pectoral  fin  appears  to  be  placed 
on  an  arm.  Their  skeleton  is  very  soft,  nearly  cartilaginous, 
and  their  skin  destitute  of  scales.  They  are  very  vora¬ 
cious,  and  from  the  small  size  of  the  opening  of  the  gills, 
can  live  a  long  time  out  of  the  water.  The  common  An¬ 
gler  {Lophins  piscalorius)  has  an  enormous,  flattened  head, 
forming  the  chief  bulk  of  the  fish,  and  a  tail  so  compressed 
on  each  side  that  the  creature  seems  composed  of  little  else 
than  head  and  tail.  On  the  former,  before  the  eyes,  are 
two  long  rays,  or  filaments,  of  a  horny  substance,  and  four 
others,  of  a  similar  nature,  but  shorter,  on  the  back,  and 
the  lower  jaw  is  furnished  with  numerous  vermicular  ap¬ 
pendages,  or  tentacula.  This  animal,  according  to  Bloch, 
conceals  itself  amongst  marine  plants,  or  behind  hillocks 
of  sand,  rocks  and  stones,  when  it  opens  its  great  mouth, 
and  attracts  the  fish  as  they  swim  by,  by  wriggling  the 
long  filaments  on  its  head,  which  they  mistake  for  worms, 
and  attempting  to  seize  them,  fall  an  easy  prey  to  their 
voracious  and  subtle  enemy.  The  hideous  appearance  of 
its  monstrous,  and  almost  constantly  open  month,  well 
armed  with  teeth,  has  probably  gained  for  the  Angler  the 
vulgar  name  of  Sea  Devil. 

The  Hand  Fish  {Chironectes)  has  a  compressed  head 
and  body,  a  smaller  mouth,  and  the  first  dorsal  fin  placed 
between  the  eyes.  The  first  ray  of  that  fin  is  often  free, 
and  terminates  in  a  series  of  small  tentacula  which  the  fish 
uses  as  a  bait  for  taking  its  prey,  after  the  manner  of  the 
Angler.  It  has  the  faculty  of  inflating  its  large  stomach 
with  air  and  giving  itself  the  form  of  a  balloon,  like 
several  of  the  Gymnodontes  * ;  and  by  means  of  its  pedi- 
celled  pectoral  fins  can  crawl  on  land ;  it  can  exist  two  or 
three  days  out  of  the  water. 

*  See  p.  54. 


ROOM  XI.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  49 

The  Beaked  Angler  (Malthe)  has  its  head  flattened,  and 
the  muzzle  produced  into  a  short  horn. 

Cases  3  and  4.  The  Labroid  fish,  so  called  from  the 
large  size  of  the  fleshy  lips  which  cover  their  teeth,  have 
the  general  form  of  the  Percoid,  the  body  being  covered  with 
large  scales,  and  having  only  a  single  dorsal  fin,  which  is 
spinous  in  front.  Their  colours  are  generally  exceedingly 
brilliant,  and  from  usually  living  on  rocky  shores  they  are 
commonly  called  Rock  Fish. 

The  Parrot  Fish  {Scarus)  is  peculiar  in  this  family, 
for  the  bones  of  the  jaws  being  very  large,  and  convex 
externally.  The  jaws  are  covered  on  the  front  part  with 
teeth  placed  one  over  the  other  like  scales  ;  and  as  fast 
as  those  at  the  edge  are  worn  away,  they  are  succeeded 
by  a  new  set. 

The  last  family  of  the  x4canthopterygians  are  the  tubu¬ 
lar-mouthed  fishes,  so  called  from  the  mouth  being  elon¬ 
gated  into  a  tube.  It  consists  of  only  two  genera,  distin¬ 
guished  by  the  shape  of  the  body,  which  in  tl^e  Tobacco- 
pipe  Fish  (Fistidaria)  is  cylindrical,  and  in  the  Sea  Snipes 
(  Centriscus)  compressed. 

The  Malacopterygians,  or  soft-finned  fish,  which  form 
the  second  division  of  this  Class,  are  characterized  by  all 
the  rays  of  the  fins  (except  the  first  of  the  dorsal  and 
pectoral  fins)  being  soft,  jointed,  and  usually  divided  at 
the  end  into  several  branches.  This  division  has  been 
separated  into  orders,  according  to  the  position  of  the 
ventral  fin. 

Those  of  the  first  group,  containing  most  of  the  fresh 
water  fish,  have  the  ventral  fins  situated  behind  the  pee- 
t  orals. 

The  first  family  {Cy'prinidce)  have  a  small  mouth,  feeble 
and  generally  toothless  jaws,  whose  margin  is  formed  by 
the  intermaxillary  bones  ;  a  sti’ongly-toothed  pharynx,  and 
a  soft,  false  fin  on  the  back,  but  no  adipose  dorsal  fin. 
These  fish  mostly  feed  on  water-plants.  Amongst  them 
are  the  Carp  [Cyprinus  carpio),  Tench  {Cyprinus  tinea) ^ 
Bream  {Cyprinus  hr  ama)^  Barbel  (Cyprinus  bar  bus)  ^  Loach 
(Cobitis),  and  the  Anableps,  which  is  peculiar  for  the  eye 
being  divided  across,  so  that  it  appears  to  have  four  eyes, 
similar  to  the  Gyrini  among  the  water-insects.  The  fe¬ 
male  is  viviparous. 


50 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  []UPPER  FLOOR. 

The  family  of  Pikes  {Esocidce),  also  are  without  any 
adipose  dorsal  fin,  and  the  upper  jaws  are  edged  by  the 
intermaxillairies.  In  most  of  the  genera,  the  dorsal  fin  is 
placed  opposite  the  anal.  They  are  generally  voracious, 
and  prey  on  smaller  fish. 

In  many  of  these  the  jaws  and  palate  are  full  of  teeth, 
as  in  the  common  pike  (Esox  lucius) ;  in  others,  as  the 
Gar-Fish  {Esox  belone) ^  the  jaws  are  slender,  and  very 
much  elongated.  In  one  genus,  the  Half-Beak  [Hemi- 
ramphus)^ihe  lower  jaw  alone  is  elongated  and  the  mouth 
oblique,  and  placed  at  its  base.  The  Flying-Fish 
[Exocetus)  belong  to  this  family ;  they  inhabit  the  seas  of 
warm  and  temperate  climates,  and  are  peculiar  for  the 
great  length  of  the  pectoral  fins,  which  enables  them  to 
suspend  themselves  in  the  air  as  long  as  the  fins  continue 
moist.  On  leaving  the  water,  to  escape  from  the  pursuit 
of  their  enemies  in  that  element,  they  often  become  the 
prey  of  birds  which  are  continually  on  the  watch  to  attack 
them.  The  Mormyri  [Morinyrus)  are  fresh  water  fish  of 
Africa,  which  have  a  small  mouth,  and  the  gill-flap  hid 
under  the  skin. 

The  Siluroid  Fish  (SiluridcE)  have  a  naked  skin,  in 
which  large  bony  plates  are  frequently  imbedded.  They 
have  often  an  adipose  dorsal  fin,  and  their  intermaxiilaries 
form  the  margin  of  the  upper  jaw,  their  maxillaries  being 
reduced  to  mere  vestiges,  or  elongated  into  little  beards. 

Many  of  these  have  the  first  ray  of  the  pectoral  fin  very 
strong  and  bony,  and  the  animal  has  the  power  of  fixing 
it  immoveably,  so  that  it  forms  a  dangerous  weapon,  and 
the  wound  inflicted  by  it  is  said  to  be  venomous  ;  but  this, 
perhaps,  greatly  depends  on  the  liability  of  persons  in 
warm  climates  to  tetanus  or  locked  jaw  from  penetrating 
wounds.  They  live  chiefly  on  vegetable  food,  especially 
seeds.  Their  flesh  is  very  fat,  and  much  used  as  food; 
but  that  of  some  species,  as  the  Shals  {Synodontes)  of 
Senegal,  is  reputed  to  be  dangerous.  The  skin  of  some 
of  the  genera,  as  the  Callichtes  [Callichtes),  is  covered 
with  four  rows  of  large  imbricated  scales,  which  protect 
the  body,  like  scale-armour  ;  and  others,  as  the  Loricaria 
{Loricance)f  have  the  body  entirely  covered  with  a  hard 
coat,  formed  of  angular  scales. 

The  Salmons  [Salmonidce)  have,  like  most  of  the 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


51 


ROOM  XI.] 

Siluri,  an  adipose,  hinder  dorsal  fin,  but  the  body  is 
covered  with  regular  scales.  They  principally  ascend 
rivers  to  spawn.  They  are  voracious,  and  prey  on  insects 
and  small  animals.  This  family  has  been  divided  into 
several  genera,  according  to  the  form  and  presence  of  the 
teeth,  and  the  position  of  the  fins. 

Cases  5  and  6.  The  Herrings  {Clupeidoe)  have  a 
scaly  body  like  the  Salmons,  but  no  adipose  dorsal  fin,  and 
their  upper  jaw  is  formed  in  the  middle  by  the  inter¬ 
maxillary,  and  on  the  sides  by  the  maxillary  bones. 

With  the  Herrings  are  placed  the  Bony  Pike  {Lepisos- 
tens),  which  has  many  of  the  characters  of  the  Pike,  with 
the  structure  of  the  head  of  the  Herring.  The  body  is 
covered  with  a  case  formed  of  very  hard  square  scales,  and 
the  two  outer  rays  of  the  tail  and  of  the  other  fins,  are 
fringed  with  similar  scales.  They  live  in  the  warm  parts 
of  South  America,  and  afford  good  food. 

The  second  division  of  this  order  contains  those  fishes 
whose  ventral  fins  lie  immediately  under  the  pectorals. 
It  contains  three  families,  distinguished  by  the  shape  of 
the  body. 

The  Cod-Fish  [Gadidos)  have  a  lance-shaped  body, 
covered  with  small  scales.  The  head  is  without  scales, 
and  the  back  has  generally  two  or  three  dorsal  fins  ; 
the  ventral  fins  are  always  slender.  They  generally  live 
in  the  seas  of  cold  and  temperate  climates,  and  by  their 
abundance  are  important  as  objects  of  commerce.  They 
are  divided  into  several  genera,  according  to  the  number 
of  the  fins.  The  true  Cod  {Morrhua)  has  three  dorsal 
fins  and  a  small  beard;  the  Coal-Fish  (Merlangus)  has  also 
three  dorsal  fins,  but  no  beard  ;  while  the  Stock-Fish 
{Merluccicts)  has  only  two  dorsal  and  one  anal  fin.  The 
Ling  [Lota)  differs  from  the  latter  in  having  a  beard, 
while  the  Torsk  [Brosmius)  has  only  a  single  long  dorsal  fin. 

The  Flat-Fish  [Bleuronectidce)  are  peculiar  amongst 
all  the  vertebrated  animals,  in  having  both  eyes  placed  on 
one  side  of  the  head,  which  side  is  always  uppermost  when 
the  fish  swims,  and  strongly  coloured,  whilst  the  other  Is 
white.  The  body  is  compressed,  fringed  above  by  a  long 
dorsal,  and  below  by  an  anal  fin.  They  live  constantly  in 
shallow  water,  near  the  shore.  They  are  liable  to  varieties  ; 

D  2 


52 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  [ UPPER  FLOOR. 


sometimes  both  the  upper  and  under  side  are  dark-coloured, 
and  at  others  both  are  pale  rosy  white.  When  both  the 
sides  are  brown,  the  fins  are  interrupted  over  the  forehead, 
and  the  eyes  are  placed  one  on  each  side  of  the  head  of  the 
fish.  These  fish  have  been  divided  into  several  genera, 
according  to  the  length  of  the  dorsal,  and  the  distinctness 
of  the  pectoral  fins.  Some,  as  the  Zebra  Sole  {Plagusia)^ 
are  entirely  without  pectoral  fins,  and  have  the  anal, 
caudal,  and  dorsal  united  into  one. 

The  third  family  of  this  division  are  the  Suckers  (Cz/- 
clopterldce),  so  called  from  the  pectoral  fins  being  united 
together  into  a  disc,  by  which  they  attach  themselves  to 
marine  bodies.  Their  skin  is  slimy  and  naked,  or  with 
hard  grains  embedded  in  it.  The  pectoral  fins  are  large. 
They  live  in  shallow  water,  near  coasts,  and  swim  with 
great  vivacity. 

The  Remorse  {Echeneisidce)  form  the  last  family  of  the 
soft»finned,  subbrachian  fishes.  They  are  known  by  the 
top  of  the  head  being  flattened,  and  furnished  with  trans¬ 
verse  series  of  cartilaginous  plates,  (somewhat  similar 
to  the  plates  under  the  toes  of  the  Gecko,)  by  which  these 
fish  attach  themselves  to  ships,  rocks,  and  marine  bodies. 

The  second  group  of  soft-finned  fish  consists  of  those 
which  have  no  ventral  {Apoda),  The  first  family  of 
these  are  the  Eels  [Murcenidce),  which  have  a  long  slender 
body,  covered  with  small  scales  sunk  into  a  thick  slimy 
skin.  Their  gill-flaps  are  small,  surrounded  by  the  gill- 
rays,  and  covered  with  the  skin,  leaving  merely  a  small 
tubular  opening  for  the  emission  of  the  water.  This  struc¬ 
ture  enables  the  fish  to  live  a  long  time  out  of  water. 
They  have  been  divided  into  several  genera,  according  to 
the  teeth  and  the  proportion  of  the  fins.  In  most  of  the 
species,  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins  are  long  and  united  toge¬ 
ther ;  in  others  they  are  short  and  quite  separate  (Monzz- 
guo) ;  and  in  some  they  are  entirely  wanting.  In 
one  genus  {Synbranchus\  the  gill-flaps  only  open  by  a 
single  aperture  in  the  under  side  of  the  neck. 

*The  Ophidium  {Ophidium')  is  very  like  the  Eel,  but  its 
body  is  more  compressed,  and  the  gill-flap,  formed  as  in 
the  generality  of  fish,  has  a  wide  opening  beneath.  The 
rays  of  the  dorsal  fin  are  simple. 


ROOM  XI.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  53 

The  Gymnoti  {Gymnotidoe)  have  the  gill-flap  covered 
with  a  membrane,  like  the  Eels ;  but  this  membrane  is 
open  behind  the  pectoral  fins.  These  fishes  have  no  dorsal, 
but  a  long  anal  fin.  In  some  the  body  is  eel-shaped  and 
naked,  as  in  the  electric  Gymnotus  (Gymnotus  electricus). 

In  the  Carapi  {Carapi)  the  body  is  compressed  and 
covered  with  scales.  The  Gymnarchi  {Gymnarchi)  differ 
from  the  Carapi,  merely  in  having  a  long  dorsal,  and  no 
anal  fin. 

The  Morris  {Leptocephalus)  is  very  peculiar  for  the  ex¬ 
ceeding  thinness  of  its  body,  which  resembles  a  riband, 
and  is  nearly  as  transparent  as  glass  ;  its  fins  are  scarcely 
visible,  and  its  intestines  occupy  merely  a  very  narrow  line 
along  the  lower  edge  of  the  body. 

The  Launces  (Ammodytes)  have  elongated,  compressed 
bodies,  covered  with  scales  placed  in  transverse  series,  and 
the  dorsal,  caudal  and  anal  fin  separate  from  each  other. 
The  jaws  are  acute  and  extensile  :  they  bury  in  the  sand 
and  live  on  the  worms  which  they  find  in  it. 

The  Pipe  Fish  {Syngnathidce)  form  the  next  group. 
They  have  the  jaws,  and  the  fibrous,  bony  skeleton  of 
other  fishes,  but  their  gills  are  divided  into  little  tufts, 
placed  by  pairs  on  the  bony  branchial  arches,  instead  of 
being  formed  of  regular,  pectinated  plates.  Their  body  is 
also  covered  with  shields,  which  give  it  an  angular  appear¬ 
ance.  In  the  true  Pipe  Fish  (Syngnatkus)  the  mouth  is 
situated  at  the  end  of  a  tubular  beak.  The  eggs  in  some 
species  are  hatched  in  a  sort  of  bag,  formed  by  a  puffing  up 
of  the  skin  under  the  abdomen,  or  at  the  base  of  the  tail, 
which  splits  asunder  to  allow  the  escape  of  the  young. 
Many  of  the  species  are  straight,  but  some  contract  after 
death,  so  as  to  form  a  grotesque  resemblance  to  a  horse  in 
miniature,  whence  they  are  called  Sea  Horses  {Hippocampi), 
The  Pegasi  (Pegasus)  differ  from  them  by  the  mouth  being 
placed  at  the  base  of  a  prominent  muzzle.  The  ventral  fin 
of  some  of  the  species  of  this  genus  is  very  large  and  ex¬ 
panded,  whence  their  name. 

The  following  fishes  differ  from  all  the  former  by  ..the 
jaws  being  formed  of  the  maxillary  and  intermaxillary 
bones  united  together  into  one  body;  and  by  the  pala¬ 
tine  arch  being  connected  with  the  cranium  by  a  suture. 


54  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [UPPER  FLOOR, 

and  consequently  immoveable.  Their  skeleton  is  soft^  but 
fibrous. 

Cases  7  and  8.  The  first  of  these,  the  GymnodonteS;, 
have  the  jaws  shaped  like  the  beak  of  a  parrot,  and  com¬ 
posed  of  parallel  laminae  united  together.  They  live  on 
Crustacea,  shells,  and  sea-weeds,  and  their  flesh,  which 
has  usually  a  musky  odour,  is  said  to  be  deleterious  at 
particular  seasons.  Several  of  these  fishes  have  the  faculty 
of  dilating  their  stomach  with  air,  giving  the  body  the 
appearance  of  a  balloon.  When  this  iakes  place  they  float 
along  the  surface  of  the  water,  in  an  inverted  position. 
The  Diodons  (Diodon)  have  both  jaws  undivided,  and 
the  skin  armed  with  large  spines.  The  skin  of  some 
species  of  this  genus  is  said  to  be  used  as  a  kind  of  helmet 
by  the  natives  of  the  north-west  coast  of  America.  The 
Tetrodons  {Tetraodo7i),  have  the  jaws  divided  in  the 
centre  by  a  perpendicular  suture,  and  the  skin  covered  with 
small,  slightly  prominent  spines.  The  Triodons  ( Triodoii), 
have  the  skin  of  the  Tetrodons,  but  the  upper  jaw  alone 
is  divided,  so  that  they  appear  to  have  three  teeth. 

The  Moon  Fish,  or  Molae  ( Orthagonsciis),  have  the 
same  kind  of  jaws  as  the  Diodons,  but  the  body  is  com¬ 
pressed  and  without  spines,  and  not  susceptible  of  being 
inflated,  and  the  tail  is  so  short  and  high,  that  they  have  the 
appearance  of  being  merely  the  head  of  a  larger  fish. 

The  File  Fishes  {Balistidce)  have  their  jaws  armed 
with  a  small  number  of  distinct  teeth ;  their  skin  is 
hard,  and  their  head  produced,  ending  in  a  small  mouth. 
They  are  divided  into  several  genera,  according  to 
the  structure  of  their  outer  covering.  The  true  File 
Fish  {Batistes)  has  a  compressed  body,  covered  with  hard 
scales,  and  the  first  dorsal  fin  has  spinous  rays ;  its 
colours  are  brilliant,  but  its  flesh  is  said  to  be  unwholesome. 
It  is  chiefly  found  in  the  Torrid  Zone,  living  upon  sea¬ 
weeds.  Others,  as  the  Unicorn  File  Fish  (Monacanthus), 
^  ave  the  skin  covered  with  small,  hairy  scales,  and  the 
first  dorsal  fin  has  only  one  spine.  The  Three-spined  File 
Fish  {Triacanthus)  has  a  silvery  skin  covered  with  small 
scales,  and  a  ventral  fin,  consisting  of  a  single  spine,  on 
each  side. 

The  Trunk  Fish  {Ostracion)  has  the  same  elongated 


ROOM  XI.] 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


55 


form  as  the  Three-spined  File  Fish,  and  the  body  covered 
with  an  inflexible  case,  formed  of  regular  bony  compart¬ 
ments.  It  has  a  very  large  liver,  which  yields  a  con¬ 
siderable  quantity  of  oil ;  but  very  little  flesh.  The  body 
is  often  armed  with  spines,  and  according  to  its  form, 
and  the  position  of  the  latter,  the  species  have  been 
distinguished. 

The  cartilaginous  fishes  are  entirely  without  any  maxil¬ 
lary  or  intermaxillary  bones,  their  teeth  being  inserted  on 
the  palate  and  vomer.  Their  skeleton  is  essentially  carti¬ 
laginous,  the  calcareous  matter  being  deposited  in  the 
cartilage,  in  a  granular  form,  and  not  in  threads  or  fila¬ 
ments  ;  their  skull  is  composed  of  a  single  piece,  without 
any  suture. 

The  Sturgeons  (Acipenser)  have  the  gill- flap  open  like 
the  other  fishes.  Their  body  is  protected  by  bony  plates 
implanted  in  the  skin,  and  arranged  in  longitudinal  rows ; 
their  mouth  is  small,  destitute  of  teeth,  and  placed  at  the 
base  of  an  elongated  muzzle.  They  ascend  large  rivers  to 
spawn,  and  furnish  one  of  the  most  profitable  fisheries. 
Their  flesh  is  excellent ;  their  roe,  dried  and  salted,  forms 
caviar,  and  their  swimming  bladder,  merely  washed  and 
dried,  is  the  common  isinglass  of  commerce. 

The  Spatulariae  (Pol^odon)  have  a  free  gill-flap,  like 
the  Sturgeons,  but  their  beak  is  long  and  spatula-shaped, 
and  the  mouth  large  and  armed  with  teeth. 

The  Chimerae  (Chimczrd)  have  great  afl^nity  to  the 
Sharks  both  in  external  form  and  the  position  of  their  fins, 
but  their  gill  cavity  opens  externally  by  a  single  hole  on 
each  side,  and  is  covered  by  the  rudiments  of  a  gill-flap. 
Between  their  eyes  they  have  a  fleshy  process  ending  in  a 
group  of  small  spines.  They  lay  very  large  eggs,  with  a 
coriaceous  shell,  of  an  ovate-lanceolate  shape. 

All  the  other  cartilaginous  fishes  have  their  gills  ad¬ 
herent  to  the  outer  side  of  the  gill  cavity,  allowing  the 
water  to  escape  through  a  series  of  holes  between  each  gill. 

In  most  of  these,  as  the  Sharks  and  Rays  {Squalidce), 
the  gills  are  laminar.  The  fish  are  furnished  with  large 
pectoral  and  ventral  fins ;  and  the  mouth,  which  is  usually 
placed  under  the  end  of  the  muzzle,  is  armed  with  teeth. 

The  Sharks  (Squalus)  are  distinguished  by  their  elon¬ 
gated  form,  and  large,  fleshy  tail,  and  by  the  gill  aperture 
being  placed  on  the  side  of  the  neck.  Many  of  them  are 


56 


NATURAL  HiSTORir.  [UPPRK  FLOOR. 

viviparous ;  others  produce  eggs  inclosed  in  a  hard,  horny 
shell.  They  have  been  divided  into  several  genera,  ac¬ 
cording  to  the  form  of  the  nostrils,  the  position  of  the  fins, 
and  the  absence  or  presence  of  the  aperture  behind  the 
eyes.  Some,  as  the  Cestrations  and  Spine  Sharks,  have  a 
large  bony  spine  in  the  front  of  the  dorsal  fin. 

The  Hammer-headed  Shark  {Zygcena)  is  peculiar  for 
the  head  being  flattened,  truncated  in  front,  and  extended 
horizontally  on  the  sides,  so  as  to  resemble  a  hammer. 

The  Sea  Angels  [Squatina)  have  a  depressed  body,  and 
the  mouth  placed  at  the  end,  and  not  beneath  the  muzzle. 

The  Saw  Fish  (Pristis)  have  with  the  long  body  of  the 
sharks,  the  branchial  opening  below,  and  the  muzzle  pro¬ 
duced  into  a  long  blade  armed  on  the  sides  with  implanted 
bony  spines.  This  instrument,  whence  they  derive  their 
name,  is  so  powerful,  th^t  they  do  not  fear  to  attack  the 
largest  cetaceous  animals. 

The  Rays  {Raiidm)  are  known  by  their  flattened  bodies, 
by  their  large  fleshy  and  expanded  pectoral  fins,  united  in 
front  to  the  muzzle,  and  behind  to  the  ventral  fin  and  the 
spine.  The  mouth  of  most  of  them  is  armed  with  tuber¬ 
cular  teeth  placed  in  close  quincunx  order  on  the  maxillae. 
Their  eggs  have  a  brown  coriaceous  shell,  of  a  qua¬ 
drangular  form,  with  the  angles  prolonged  into  points. 
The  tail  of  some,  as  the  Rhinobates  [Rhinohatus)  and 
Rhine  (Rhino),  is  thick,  like  hose  of  the  sharks ;  in 
others,  as  the  true  Ray  (Raia),  it  is  slender,  and  often 
armed  by  small  spines.  In  the  Sting  Ray  (Trygon)  it  is 
very  long  and  slender,  and  armed  with  a  long  bony  spine, 
serrated  on  both  its  edges.  The  teeth  and  caudal  spines  of 
these  fishes  are  often  found  in  a  fossil  state,  when  the 
former  have  been  called  palates. 

The  Sea  Eagles  [Myliohatis)  have  a  long  tail  like  the 
Sting  Rays,  but  their  pectoral  fins  are  very  broad,  so  that 
they  in  some  measure  resemble  a  bird  of  prey  with  its 
wings  extended.  The  teeth  of  the  Sea  Eagle  are  large  flat 
plates,  arranged  in  a  tessellated  form. 

The  Cephalopterse  (Cephaloptera)  very  much  resemble 
the  Sea  Eagles,  but  their  head  is  truncated  in  front,  and 
the  anterior  edge  of  the  pectoral  fin  expanded  like  two 
horns. 

The  Electric  Ray  {Torpedo)  is  peculiar  for  its  fiddle-- 
shaped  body. 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


57 


ROOM  XI.] 

The  last  family  of  fishes  is  that  of  the  lampreys  {Petro- 
myzidce),  whose  skeleton  is  the  most  imperfect  of  all  the 
vertebrated  animals.  Their  body  is  long^  slender,  and 
cylindrical,  ending  in  a  circular  mouth,  and  destitute  of 
pectoral  and  ventral  fins.  The  true  Lamprey  {Peiro7nyzo?i) 
has  seven  branchial  openings,  whence  their  vulgar  name 
Seven  Eyes,  and  the  skin  under  the  tail  forms  a  kind  of 
fin.  Their  mouth  is  armed  with  teeth. 

The  Gastrobranchus  ( Gasirobi^anchus)  differs  from  the 
Lamprey,  by  the  tongue  only  being  armed  with  teeth,  like 
the  Lobworms.  These  animals  emit  such  a  quantity  of 
mucus  through  the  pores  of  the  lateral  lines,  that  it  con¬ 
verts  the  water  in  which  it  is  placed  into  a  jelly. 

Cases  No.  9 — 23  contain  Fish  preserved  in  spirits. 

The  Table  Cases  in  the  centre  of  the  room  contain  the 
continuation  of  the  collection  of  Radiated  animals,  arranged 
according  toDe  Elainville*.  All  the  Sea  Jellies,  (Arack- 
nodermata,)  except  Velella  and  Porpita,  (Case  1,)  being 
soft,  and  destitute  of  any  hard  part,  are  incapable  of 
being  preserved  in  a  dry  state. 

The  stellated  corals,  which  the  Zoantharise,  or  Animal 
Flowers  form,  to  protect  their  soft  and  delicate  bodies,  are 
generally  attached  to  marine  substances,  but  some  of  the 
naked  species  have  the  power  of  locomotion. 

The  Sea  Anemones,  the  Lucernarise,  and  the  common 
fresh-water  Polypus  are  naked,  soft  and  very  contractile, 
and  for  that  reason  cannot  be  preserved  in  a  dry  state, — 
consequently  they  form  no  part  of  this  collection. 

The  Zoanthi  resemble  the  preceding,  but  the  body  is 
protected  by  a  hard,  coriaceous  case  into  which  it  contracts 
when  at  rest.  Most  of  these  sheaths  are  united  together 
by  a  common  base,  varying  in  form  in  the  dififerent  genera. 

Most  of  the  Zoantharise  form  a  calcareous  covering, 
called  coral,  into  which  they  can  withdraw  themselves 
from  external  danger.  This  coral  consists  of  a  congeries  of 
cells,  the  habitations  of  the  animals,  which  are  formed 
of  laminse  radiating  from  a  centre,  so  as  to  give  the  cavity 
a  stelliform  appearance.  Corals  are  generally  attached  to 
marine  bodies  during  the  whole  of  their  growth,  but  some 
few,  as  the  Sea  Mushroom  (^Fungid)^  and  the  Sea  Slug 

D  3 


*  Diet,  des  Sc.  Nat.  Art,  Zoophytes. 


58 


NATUBAL  HISTORY.  [uPPER  FLOOR. 

{PolyphylUa),  only  when  young,  and  by  a  short  stem ;  as 
the  coral  enlarges,  the  crown  separates  from  the  stem  by  a 
natural  absorption,  and,  at  length,  is  left  quite  free. 

The  reefs  and  islands,  which  are  constantly  forming  in 
certain  seas,  especially  the  Pacific  Ocean,  are  the  work  of 
the  minute  animals  which  inhabit  these  kinds  of  coral. 

Table  Case  No.  1,  contains  the  following  genera,  belong- 
ing  to  the  class  Zoantharia : — Cyclolites,  and  Fungia. 

No.  2.  Polyphyllia — Turbinolia — Caryophyllia  —  Sar- 
cinula — Catenipora — Dendrophyllia,  and  Lobophyllia. 

No.  3.  Meandrina^'  and  Agaricia — a  portion  of  the  latter 
are  in  No.  4. 

No.  4.  Tridacophyllia — Monticularia — and  Pavonia. 

No.  5.  Astrsea,  and  Echinastraea. 

No.  6.  Oculina—Dentipora-— Astreopora,  and  Gemmi- 
pora. 

No.  7  and  part  of  8,  Madrepora, 

No.  8.  Palmipora— -Heliopora — Alveopora  —  Goniopora 
—  Porites  —  Seriatopora  ~  Pocillopora,  and  Anthopora 
{Gray).  _  ...  - 

The  animals  of  the  class  Polypiaria,  differ  from  the  Sea 
Anemones,  and  the  Zoanthi,  by  the  mouth  being  provided 
with  only  a  single  series  of  long  tentacula,  by  the  body 
being  more  slender,  and  by  the  cells  which  they  form 
being  quite  simple,  or  without  any  radiating  laminae. 

The  genera  belonging  to  the  class  Polypiaria  are  distri¬ 
buted  as  follows 

Table  Case  No.  9,  contains  the  genera.  Alveolites- 
Frondipora — Lichenopora — Polytrema — -Orbitolites — Mar- 
ginopora  — Distichopora  — Hornera  — Idmonea — Cricopora 
— Obelia — Tubulipora — Myriapora — Eschara — Adeone— 
Mesenteripora— Retepora  —  Ovulites— Cellepora — Bereiii- 
eea — Discopora — Membranipora,  and  Lunulites. 

No.  10.  Electra — Flustra — Elzerina— t — Cel- 
laria — Canda — Caherea — Tricellaria — -Achamarchis — Bi- 
eellaria  —  Crisia — Gemicellaria  —  Unicellaria — Catenicella 
— Menipsea — Alecto — Anguinaria —  Tibiana — Neomeris — 

*  On  a  Table,  in  front  of  the  middle  window,  is  a  remarkably  fine  spe¬ 
cimen  of  the  Meandrina  cerebriformis,  from  Bermuda,  presented  by  the 
late  Dr.  Jarvis,  of  Margate. 

f  The  Museum  does  not  possess  specimens  of  the  genera  printed  in 
italics^ 


ROOM  XI.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  59 

Tubularia — Coryna  — Campanularia  — Laomedea — Seriola- 
ria — Plumularia^  and  Sertularia. 

No.  11.  Biseriaria — Idia — Dynamena — Tuliparia — An- 
tennularia — Cymodocea — Salacia  — Thoa  — Entalaphora — 
Cristatella — Plumatella — Alcyonella, 

The  true  Zoophytes,  are  so  called  from  the  general  re¬ 
semblance  which  their  corals  bear  to  plants :  some  of  them 
form  a  horny,  and  others  a  calcareous  coral.  They  con¬ 
stitute  the  class  Zoophytaria  of  De  Blainville,  and  are  con¬ 
tained  in  the  Table  Cases,  Nos.  11 — ^16. 

No.  11  (continued).  Cuscutaria — Telesio — Cormilaria 
—  Clavularia--—Tvi\)i^Qm — Corallium — Isis,  and  part  of 
Melitoea. 

No.  12.  Melitoea,  and  part  of  Gorgonia. 

No.  13.  Gorgonia. 

No.  14.  Gorgonia — Eunicea,  and  Funiculinu. 

No.  15.  Plexaura — Muricea,  and  Antipathes. 

No.  16.  Antipathes  —  Cirrhipathes  —  tlyalonema 
( Gray) — Virgularia — Pavonaria — Pennatula  —  Veretilluiu 
— Renilla —  Briareum — ^-Lobularia — Ammothea — Xenia — 
Neptoea — Anthelia — Alcyonium  —  Cydonium  —  PnhnoneU 
lu  m — Massarium — Cliona . 

The  sponges  resemble  the  corals  of  the  last  family  in 
various  particulars,  but  their  animal  nature  is  not  distinctly 
made  out ;  those  found  in  collections  are  merely  the  skele¬ 
tons  of  the  living  mass,  entirely  destitute  of  the  gelatinous 
portion  which  constitutes  the  animal,  if  it  be  really  of  that 
nature.  Some  naturalists  have  considered  these  skeletons, 
or  Sponges,  as  analogous  to  the  stems  of  Antipathes,  or 
Black  Coral,  and  consequently  the  axes  of  zoophytes ;  and 
have  fancied  that,  when  alive,  they  were  covered  like  the 
Antipathes,  with  a  perishable  ^  crust,  in  which  they  sup¬ 
posed  the  polypes  to  be  situated.  But  recent  observations 
on  them  in  their  living  state  have  not  verified  this  theory ; 
for  they  have  been  found  to  be  entirely  destitute  of  any 
polypi,  and  mere  living  masses,  covered  with  a  gelatinous 

*  The  axis  of  this  extraordinary  production,  which  Mr.  Gray  has 
named  Hyalonema,  or  Glass  Rope,  is  formed  of  numerous  transparent 
siliceous  fibres,  slightly  twisted  together  so  as  to  look  like  a  rope  of  sjpun 
glass ;  the  fibres  appear  to  be  somewhat  similar  to  the  calcareous  spicula  of 
the  Pennatula,  These  corals  are  found  with  their  tapering  base  inserted 
in  a  sponge,  on  the  coast  of  Japan.  No  animal,  hitherto  discovered, 
except  the  inhabitant  of  this  curious  and  beautiful  substance,  is  known  to 
secrete  pure  silica. 


60  NATURAL  HISTORS".  [UPPRR  FLOOR. 

coat,  and  absorbing  water  through  the  small  pores  spread 
over  their  surface,  and  emitting  it  by  the  larger  scattered 
holes  called  oscula ;  and  though  the  fibres  of  many  of  the 
sponges  greatly  resemble  the  axes  of  the  Gorgoniee,  in 
their  chemical  composition  and  organic  structure,  they 
nevertheless  cannot  be  confidently  pronounced  to  belong 
to  the  animal,  rather  than  to  the  vegetable  kingdom. 
The  sponges  are  contained  in  the  Table  Cases,  Nos. 
17—21. 

On  the  Walls  over  the  Cases  round  the  Room, 
are  placed  a  series  of  the  horns  of  mammalia  belonging  to 
the  family  Bovidae.  Amongst  them  are 

The  Arnee  {Bos  Arne)  of  India ;  the  African  Bufifalo ; 
the  Gour  (Bos  Gour)  of  India ;  the  Musk  Ox  (Bos  Mos- 
chains),  and  some  Horns  of  domestic  cattle.  Amongst  the 
latter  is  a  pair  of  horns  of  the  African  Ox  of  very  large 
size,  but  exceedingly  light,  the  core  being  very  cellular ; 
the  Ibex  {Capra  Ibex),  from  Egypt;  the  Wild  Goat; 
the  Jemlah  Goat ;  varieties  of  Sheep,  especially  the  Four 
Horned  Sheep;  the  Koba  {Antilope  Senegalensis),  from 
the  interior  of  Africa  ;  the  Gazelle  {Antilope  Dorcas)  ; 
Indian  Antelope  {Antilope  Cervicapra);  Saiga  {Antilope 
Saiga) ;  Impoofo;  CafFrarian  Oryx ;  Roan  Antelope  ;  Blue¬ 
faced  Antelope ;  White-faced  Antelope,  &e. 

Between  the  Windows  are  the  Spike  of  a  large  Saw- 
Fish,  and  a  large  Rhinobates,  from  India ;  and,  on  the 
SIDES  of  the  Door,  a  Shark,  and  a  large  specimen  of  a 
Torpedo,  found  on  the  coast  of  England. 

Over  the  Cases  — 12,  on  the  right  hand  of  the  fire¬ 
place,  is  a 'fine  specimen  of  the  Tetrapturus  HerschelUi^ 
Gray,  from  the  Cape  of  Good  IT ope.  The  Tetrapturi 
differ  from  the  Common  Sword  Fish  {Xiphias)  by  having 
ventral  fins,  and  two  small  crests,  parallel  to  one  another, 
on  each  side  of  the  tail ;  whilst  the  Xiphiee  have  no  ventral 
fin,  and  only  one  caudal  crest. 

TWELFTH  ROOM. 

In  this  apartment  are  the  collections  of  British  Birds, 
arranged  according  to  Jenyns  (Manual  of  British  Verte¬ 
brate  Animals,  Cambridge,  1835,  8vo) ;  British  Shells ;  a 
small  collection  of  Birds'  Eggs,  and  two  tables  with  cards 
containing  a  series  of  the  External  Organs  of  Insects, 


BOOM  XII.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  61 

illustrative  of  tlie  characters  of  the  principal  groups :  this 
collection  is  in  progress. 

Cases  1  to  7  contain  the  first  Order;,  Raptores,  which 
are  characterized  by  their  strong  bills;,  covered  with  a  cere 
at  the  base^  and  hooked  at  the  end ;  their  legs  are  strong, 
and  their  toes  are  armed  with  sharp  claws.  Cases  1 — 3, 
the  family  of  Falcons  {Falconidcs),  as  the  Eagles  (Aqiiila), 
with  their  long  bills,  Fishing  Eagles  (Halicetus),  and  the 
Osprey  {Fandioii),  The  latter  is  peculiar  for  having 
the  under  sides  of  the  claws  rounded  like  the  upper. 
The  Noble  Falcons  {Falcon),  Case  4,  are  characterized  by 
their  short  bills,  with  a  deep  notch  near  the  tip  of  the 
upper  mandible.  This  genus  includes  all  the  birds  that 
are  used  in  Falconry.  The  Sparrow-Hawks  {Accipiter), 
Case  5,  have  the  same  short  bills  as  the  Falcons,  but 
without  the  notch,  and  their  legs  are  slender  and  shielded  as 
the  Goshawks  and  the  Sparrow-Hawk;  the  Kites  {Milvus) 
are  peculiar  for  their  weak  bills,  and  long  forked  tails ; 
lastly,  the  Buzzards  {Buteo),  Cases  6  and  T,  have  long 
wings  and  a  square  tail ;  as  the  Common  Buzzard,  the 
Honey  Buzzard  {Fernis),  and  the  Hen  Hurrier  {Circus). 
The  latter  have  some  resemblance  to  Owls.  All  these  birds 
vary  greatly  in  the  colour  of  their  plumage  before  they  arrive 
at  the  adult  state.  The  females  are  generally  one-third 
larger  than  the  males ;  their  eggs  usually  white  and  spotless. 

The  Owls  [Sti'igidce) ,  or  Nocturnal  Birds  of  Prey,  have 
large  heads,  and  their  eyes  surrounded  with  a  circle  of  ra¬ 
diating  feathers.  Their  plumage  is  very  soft,  their  ears 
large,  and  placed  just  at  the  back  of  the  disk  of  feathers 
which  surrounds  their  eyes,  and  this  development  of  the 
organs  of  hearing  probably  compensates  for  the  imperfection 
of  their  sight,  at  least  in  full  daylight.  The  Owls,  Case  8, 
have  been  divided  into  many  genera,  as  the  Eagle  Owjs 
{Bubo),  Short“horned  Owls  {Olus),  the  Earless  Owls 
{Stricc,  Syrnia,  and  Noctua).  The  species  of  the  last 
genus  are  said  to  fly  much  more  by  day  than  the  rest  of  the 
Owls,  and  the  disk  of  feathers  round  their  eyes  is  not  so 
distinctly  marked  as  in  the  other  genera. 

Cases  9 — -15,  contain  the  Perching  Birds,  Insessores  : 
they  are  generally  smaller  than  the  Raptores,  their  bills 
are  weaker,  and  their  claws  slender  and  acute;  like  them, 
they  have  the  hind  toes  articulated  on  the  same  plane  with 
the  front  ones,  which  enables  them  to  grasp  the  perch  with 


62 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  []UPPER  FLOOR. 


ease  and  security.  They  are  separated  into  three  divisions;, 
according  to  the  form  of  the  bill,  each  division  containing 
several  families  and  genera. 

The  first  division  comprehends  the  Toothed  Billed  Birds 
Dentirostres)^  which,  like  the  Noble  Birds  of  Prey,  have  a 
notch  on  each  side  of  the  tip  of  the  upper  mandible.  Their 
gape  is  often  armed  with  bristles.  They  generally  live  on 
insects,  worms,  &c.  The  Butcher  Birds  (^Lanius),  have  a 
strong  compressed  bill ;  they  are  the  most  carnivorous  of  the 
family,  for  the  larger  species  frequently  kill  small  or  weak 
birds,  and  sticking  them  on  thorns,  pull  them  to  pieces. 

The  Fly-Catchers  {Muscicapa),  are  known  at  first  sight 
by  their  broad  depressed  beaks,  and  the  strong  bristles  on 
each  side  of  the  gape.  These  birds  live  on  insects,  which 
they  generally  catch  on  the  wing.  The  Thrushes  {Meru^ 
lidcB)  have  rather  strong  slender  beaks,  as  the  Dipper, 
or  Water  Ouzel  (Cinclus),  Case  No.  10,  which  chiefly 
lives  on  the  banks  of  rapid  rivers  in  mountainous  parts  of 
the  country,  where  they  may  he  often  seen  flying  down 
and  diving  under  the  stream  in  search  of  their  food.  The 
Thrushes  ( Turdus)  are  in  the  same  Case,  and  the  Orioles 
{Oriolus)  ;  the  latter,  which  are  peculiar  for  the  brilliant 
golden  colour  of  their  plumage,  are  only  occasional  visitants 
to  this  country. 

The  family  of  Warblers  {Sylviadcs'),  Cases  Nos.  11  and 
12,  have  rather  long  but  slender,  weak  bills. 

This  family  contains  many  genera  and  sub-genera,  as 
the  Accentor  (^Accentor),  the  Warblers  {Sylvia),  the 
Dartford  Warbler  {Melizophihis),  the  Crested  Wrens  {Re- 
^gulus),  and  the  Wagtails  {Motacilla) ;  the  Pipits  {Anthus), 
which  have  much  the  appearance  of  Larks,  but  a  more 
slender  bill,  and  live  chiefly  on  insects,  like  the  rest  of  this 
family ;  the  Wheat  Ears  [Saxicola),  and  Titmice  {Parus), 
amongst  which  is  to  be  seen  the  Long-tailed  Titmouse, 
or  as  it  is  commonly  called,  the  Bottle  Tit,  because  it  forms 
a  beautiful  oval  nest,  arched  over  at  the  top,  and  having 
only  a  small  hole  in  the  sides ;  it  is  constructed  principally 
of  moss  and  wool,  and  studded  externally  with  Lichens. 
Like  the  rest  of  the  Titmice,  these  birds  have  a  numerous 
brood,  and  the  young  of  this  species,  unlike  most  other 
birds,  follow  their  parent  until  the  ensuing  spring.  The 
Bearded  Titmouse  (Calamophilus),  lives  in  fenny  places, 
and  builds  its  nest  near  the  ground  amongst  reeds. 


NATURAL  HISTORIC. 


63 


ROOM  XII.] 

But  one  genus  of  the  family  of  the  Chatterers  (Arnpe-- 
lidcB),  (same  Cases,)  is  found  in  Britain  ;  it  is  called 
the  Wax  Wing  (Bombycilla),  because  it  has  a  hard  ap¬ 
pendage  at  the  end  of  each  of  the  secondaries  of  the  wing, 
which  have  a  great  resemblance  to  a  drop  of  sealing-waXo 
They  chiefly  feed  on  berries,  and  only  rarely  visit  this 
country. 

The  Conirostral  Birds  (Conirostres)  have  a  strong  conical 
bill.  They  are  divided  into  three  families.  The  Finches 
{Fringillidce),  Cases  Nos.  11  and  12,  have  short  conical 
bills,  and  generally  feed  on  seeds  or  fruits,  as  the  Larks 
[Alauda),  which  have  a  long,  straight  claw. 

The  Buntings  {Emberiza),  have  a  narrow  upper  jaw, 
furnished  with  a  hard  knob  in  the  centre  of  the  palate. 
Case  No.  13,  the  Finches  (Fringilla),  the  Bullfinches 
{Pyrrhula),  and  the  Cross  beaks  (Lojcia). 

The  Starlings  [Sturnidce),  Case  No.  14,  have  a  longer 
beak,  somewhat  like  the  Thrushes,  but  more  conical, 
as  the  Starling  [Sturnus),  and  the  Pastor  {Pastor) ;  they 
both  live  principally  on  insects  and  worms. 

The  Crows  {Corvidce),  Cases  Nos.  13  and  14,  are  gene¬ 
rally  of  a  larger  size,  and  have  the  base  of  their  bills 
covered  with  rigid,  hair-like  feathers,  as  the  Chough 
{Fregilus),  the  Crow  {Corvus),  the  Jay  {Garrulus),  Case 
No.  14,  and  the  Nut-cracker  {Nucifraga). 

The  third  group,  or  the  Scansorial  Birds  {Scansores), 
have  short  feet,  fitted  for  climbing ;  they  consist  of  three 
families. 

The  Woodpeckers  {Picidce),  Case  No.  15,  have  a  straight 
robust  bill,  and  the  toes  placed  in  pairs,  two  before  and 
two  behind;  as  the  Woodpecker  {Picus),  and  the  Wry¬ 
neck  {Yunx), 

The  Creepers  {Certhiadce),  in  the  same  Case,  on  the 
contrary,  have  the  toes  placed  as  in  the  majority  of  perch¬ 
ing  birds,  and  a  slender  bill ;  as  the  Creeper  {Certhia), 
Wren  {Troglodytes),  the  Hoopoe  {Upupa),  and  the  Nut¬ 
hatch  (Sitta), 

The  family  of  Cuckoos  {Cuculidce),  in  this  Case,  have 
the  same  kind  of  feet  as  the  Woodpeckers,  but  the  bill  is 
more  or  less  curved ;  as  the  Cuckoo  {Cuculus),  and  the 
Coccyzus, 

Lastly.  The  Fissirostral  Birds  (Fissirostres),  in 


64 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  [UPPER  FLOOR. 


the  same  Case,  have  a  broad  bill  with  a  wide  gape,  long 
wing,  and  short  weak  legs. 

The  Bee-eaters  {Meropidce)^  have  elongated,  rather 
strong  bills ;  as  the  Boiler  {Coracias),  and  the  Bee-eaters 
(^Meropis). 

The  Kingfishers  {Hdlcionidce),  of  which  only  one  species 
is  known  in  this  country^  have  a  long  four-sided  beak,  and 
their  toes  united  at  the  base. 

The  two  remaining  families  have  very  short  weak  bills, 
and  a  very  wide  gape,  which  enables  them  to  catch  the 
insects  on  which  they  feed  whilst  on  the  wing ;  as  Swallows 
{Hirundinidoe),  which  fly  by  day,  viz.  the  true  Swallows 
[Hirwido),  and  Swifts  {Cypsehis),  and  the  Goat-suckers 
{Caprimulgus)y  which  only  fly  in  the  evening ;  the  last  have 
the  soft  feathers,  and  much  of  the  habits  of  the  Owl. 

The  third  order,  or  Rasorial  Birds  (  Rasores),  have  long 
muscular  legs,  well  adapted  to  walking,  short  wings,  and 
blunt  claws.  They  live  chiefly  on  the  ground,  and  are 
divided  into  four  families. 

The  family  of  Pigeons  {Columhidoe)^  Cases  Nos.  16  and 
17.  consists  of  only  one  genus  {Columha) ;  their  feet  and 
tail  are  formed  like  the  perching  birds,  but  the  base  of  the 
upper  mandible  is  covered  with  a  soft,  tumid  membrane,  in 
which  the  nostril  is  pierced. 

The  Pheasants  {Phasianidce)^  have  the  tarsi  usually 
armed  with  spurs,  and  the  head  more  or  less  naked;  as  the 
Pheasant  (^Phasianus)» 

The  Grouse  ( Tetraonidce),  have  most  of  the  characters 
of  the  preceding  group,  but  their  tail  is  short,  and  head 
less  naked;  as  the  Grouse  (Tetrad),  and  the  Partridge 
(Perdix). 

The  Ostriches  (Strut hionidw),  of  which  we  have  only  one 
representative  in  this  country,  the  Bustard  (Otis),  are  pe¬ 
culiar  for  having  long  legs  without  spurs,  and  short  wings. 

The  Wading  Birds  (Grallatores)  have  long  slender 
legs,  and  the  lower  part  of  the  thigh  naked.  They  are 
divided  into  five  families. 

The  Plovers  (Charadriidce),  Cases  Nos.  18  and  19,  have 
short  bills  and  moderate  legs,  and  generally  only  three 
toes,  all  directed  forwards ;  rarely  the  rudiment  of  a  fourth 
toe.  They  usually  inhabit  sandy  places,  and  run  very  fast  ; 
as  the  Courser  ( Cursorius),  Plover  ( Charadrius),  Lapwing 


ROOM  XII.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  65 

(Vanellus),  Turnstone  (Strepsilas),  Sanderling  (Calidris), 
and  Oyster-catcher  {Hcematopus), 

The  Herons  {Ardeid(^),  Cases  Nos.  18  and  19,  have  the 
bill  and  legs  long,  and  the  hind  toes,  which  are  also  elon¬ 
gated,  are  placed  nearly  on  a  level  with  the  others.  They 
are  the  largest  birds  of  this  order ;  as  the  Heron  (Ardea)^ 
the  Stork  {Ciconia)^  the  Spoonbill  {Platalea),  and  the 
Ibis  {Ihis). 

Cases  Nos.  20  and  21.  The  Snipes  (Scolopacidce),  are 
small  birds,  with  long  slender  bills,  and  an  elevated  hind 
toe.  They  generally  live  in  marshy  places,  or  on  the  sea¬ 
shore  and  f^d  on  w'orms ;  as  the  Curlew  (Numenius)^ 
Sandpiper  ( Totanus)^  the  Avocet  (JRecurvirostra),  the 
God  wit  {Totanus),  the  Snipe  {Scolopax),  Case  No.  22,  the 
Dunlin  {Tringa),  the  Lobe  Foot  (Lobipes),  Cases  Nos.  23 
and  24,  and  the  Phalarope  {Phalaropus), 

The  Rails  {RalUdoe),  are  known  by  their  shorter  legs 
and  long  toes,  often  fringed  on  the  sides,  and  by  the  com¬ 
pressed  form  of  their  body ;  as  the  Pratincole  ( Glareold), 
Rail  (^Rallus),  Corn  Crake  (Crex),  Gallinule,  or  Water  Hen 
(Gallinula),  and  the  Coot  (Fulica), 

The  last  order,  or  Natatorial  Birds  (Naiatores),  have 
short  legs  placed  on  the  hinder  part  of  the  body,  and  the 
toes  united  by  a  web.  It  includes  several  families ;  viz.  the 
Ducks  {Anatidce),  Cases  No.  25 — 31,  which  have  the  edge 
of  the  jaws  furnished  with  a  series  of  plates,  through  which 
they  filter  the  water,  and  thus  separate  their  food  ;  as  the 
Goose  (Anser),  Swan  (C^gnus)^  Shieldrake  {Tadorna), 
Duck  (Anas),  Widgeon  (Mareca),  Eider  Duck  (Soinaterid), 
Scoter  [Oidemia),  Pochard  (Fuligula),  Garrot  {Clangula), 
Hareld  (Harelda),  Cases  Nos.  32 — 34,  and  Merganser 
{Mergus), 

The  Divers  {Colymhidce),  have  the  legs  set  very  far  back, 
the  bills  compressed,  and  the  hind  toes  free  ;  as  the  Grebes 
{Podiceps),  which  have  a  silky  plumage,  and  the  toes  se¬ 
parated  from  each  other  by  a  "deep  notch ;  and  the  Divers 
\Colymhus),  with  the  toes  entirely  webbed. 

The  family  of  Auks  {Alcidce),  Case  No.  34,  have,  like 
the  Divers,  very  short  wings,  and  the  legs  placed  far  behind 
the  centre  of  the  body,  which  enables  them  to  stand  nearly 
erect,  but  they  have  only  three  toes,  all  united  by  a  web  ; 
as  the  Guillemot  (Uria),  the  Rotche  Puffin 


66  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [[uPPER  FLOOR. 

{Fratercula),  and  the  Auk  (Alca),  Cases  Nos.  35 — 

38. 

The  Pelicans  {Pelicanidce')  have,  on  the  contrary,  long 
and  powerful  wings,  very  short  legs,  and  four  toes,  all 
united  by  a  continuous  web ;  as  the  Cornaorant  (P^a/a- 
erocoy'ax),  and  the  Gannet  {Suld), 

The  Gulls  (Laridce),  Cases  Nos.  39 — 42,  have  equally 
long  wings,  but  the  hind  toe  is  free,  and  sometimes  very 
short  and  rudimentary;  as  the  Terns  {Sterna),  the 
Gulls  (Larus),  the  Skua  {Lestris),  and  the  Petrel  {ProceU 
laria). 

Cases  19 — 22.  These  two  tables  contain  a  small 
collection  of  Birds’  Eggs,  chiefly  British,  arranged  and 
named  according  to  Temminck, — The  following  Eggs  are 
in  the  Tables.  Falco.  Hobby — Kestrel — Golden  Eagle 
—  Sparrow-Hawk  —  Kite  —  Buzzard  —  Harpy.  Strix. 
Brown  Owl — White  Owl.  Corvus.  Raven— Carrion 
Crow — Hooded  Crow — Rook — Jackdaw — Magpie  —  Jay. 
Pyrrhocorax.  Red-legged  Crow.  Sturnus.  Starling. 
Lanius.  Great  cinereous  Shrike — Wood-chat — Red- 
backed  Shrike.  Muscicapa.  Spotted  Fly-catcher — Pied 
Fly-catcher.  Turdus.  Missel  Thrush — Song  Thrush 
— Blackbird.  Cinclus.  Water  Ouzel.  Sylvia.  Grass¬ 
hopper  Warbler — Sedge  Warbler — Reed  Wren — Nightin¬ 
gale — Blackcap — Petty  chaps — White  Throat — Babbling 
Warbler— DartfordWarbler— Redbreast— Redstart — Les¬ 
ser  Petty  chaps — Wood  Wren — Yellow  Wren — Golden 
crested  Wren — Wren.  Saxtcola.  Wheat-ear — Whin- 
chat — Stonechat.  Accentor.  Hedge  Sparrow.  Mo- 
tacilla.  White  Wagtail — Grey  Wagtail — Yellow  Wag¬ 
tail.  Anthus.  Meadow  Lark — Titlark — Field  Lark — 
Dusky  Lark.  Alauda.  Sky  Lark — Wood  Lark — Crested 
Lark.  Parus.  Great  Titmouse — Colemouse — Blue  Tit¬ 
mouse — Blackcap  Titmouse — Long-tailed  Titmouse.  Em- 
BERizA.  Yellow  Bunting — Common  Bunting — Reed 
Bunting — Cirl  Bunting.  Pyrrhula.  Bulllinch.  Frin- 
GiLLA.  Greenfinch — House  Sparrow — Mountain  Finch 
—Chaffinch  —  Common  Linnet  —  Redpole  —  Goldfinch — 
Canary.  Picus.  Green  Woodpecker— Great  spotted 
Woodpecker ^ — Lesser  spotted  Woodpecker.  Yunx.  Wry¬ 
neck.  Sitta.  Nuthatch.  Certhia.  Common  Creeper. 
Alcedo.  King’s-fisher.  Hirundo.  Chimney  Swallow — 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


ROOM  XII.] 


67 


Martin™ Sand  Martin.  Cypsel^.  White-bellied  Swift — 
Swift.  Caprimulgus.  Goat-suciter.  Columba.  Ring  Pi¬ 
geon — Stock  Dove — Turtle  Dove.  Phasianus.  Common 
Pheasant — Gold  Pheasant — Pencilled  Pheasant.  Tetrao. 
Black  Grouse — Ptarmigan.  Perdix.  Partridge — Quail. 
Otis.  Bustard.  GEdicnemus.  Thick- kneed  Bustard.  HiE- 
MATOPUs.  Oyster-catcher.  Charahrius.  Ringed  Plover. 
Vanellus.  Lapwing.  Strepsilas.  Turnstone.  Ci- 
CONIA.  White  Stork.  Ardea.  Heron — Purple  Heron. 
Recurvirostra.  Avoset.  Platalea.  Spoonbill.  Nu- 
MENius.  Curlew.  Tringa.  Dunlin — Selninger  Sand¬ 
piper — Knot — Reeve.  Totanus.  Red-shank — Com¬ 
mon  Sandpiper — Greenshank.  Limosa.  God  wit.  Sco- 
LOPAX.  Snipe.  Gallinula.  Crake  Gallinule — Spotted 
Gallinule — Common  Gallinule.  Fulica.  Coot.  Pha- 
LAROPUS.  Red  Phalarope.  Podiceps.  Crested  Grebe 
—Little  Grebe.  Sterna.  Sandwich  Tern  —  Greater 
Tern — Black  Tern— Lesser  Tern.  Larus.  Black-backed 
Gull — Silvery  Gull — Herring  Gull — Common  Gull— Kit- 
tiwake — Red-legged  Gull.  Lestris.  Skua  Gull — Arc¬ 
tic  Gull.  Procellaria.  Fulmar  Petrel — Stormy  Petrel. 
Diomedea.  Albatross.  Anas.  Grey-lag  Goose — Bean 
Goose — Wild  Swan — Shieldrake — Wild  Duck — Shoveler 
— Eider  Duck — King  Duck — Long-tailed  Duck.  Carbo. 
Cormorant — Shag — ^  Crested  Shag.  Sul  a.  Gannet.  Co- 
LYMBUS.  Northern  Diver— Rei- throated  Diver.  Uria. 
Foolish  Guillemot — Black  Guillemot.  Alga.  Razor  Bill 
— Great  Auk. 

The  double  Table  Cases  in  this  Room  contain  the  Col¬ 
lection  of  British  Shells^  and  clay  models  of  some  of  the 
larger  molluscous  animals. 

Case  1.  The  first  part  of  the  case  contains  some  of 
the  more  solid  substances  found  in  the  bodies  of  certain 
Cephalopodous  Mollusca, — as  the  shell  of  the  Sepia,  or 
Cuttle-fish — the  horny  laminse  of  the  Loligo  and  Sepiola, 
commonly  called  Sea-pens ;  together  with  specimens  of 
the  jaws  of  those  animals,  (resembling  in  form,  a  parrot's 
bill,)  and  of  the  cartilaginous  rings  by  means  of  which 
the  muscular  disks  on  their  arms  are  extended.  Following 
these  are  the  minute  shells,  which,  from  their  being  formed 
of  numerous  chambers,  have  been  generally  associated  with 
the  Nautili,  but  they  differ  essentially  from  them  in  their 


ee 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  [UPTER  FLOOR. 


construction^  which  consists  of  a  number  of  cells  piled  one 
on  the  other ;  and  in  having  no  terminal  cavity  for  the 
reception  of  the  body  of  the  animal. 

The  remainder  of  the  Table  is  occupied  by  the  shells  of 
those  Mollusca  which  live  on  animal  food^  and  have  their 
branchiae  placed  on  the  internal  part  of  the  mantle^,  over 
the  front  of  the  back  of  the  neck. 

These  shells  are  always  provided  with  a  canal  in  front  of 
the  mouth,  which  covers  the  syphon  of  the  mantle,  as  in 
the  Pelican’s  foot  {Aporrhais)  and  the  various  species  of 
Murices  and  Buccina.  The  larger  species  are  used  as  food 
by  the  natives  of  the  sea-coast,  and  by  the  fishermen  as 
bait.  In  Scotland  the  shell  of  the  large  Fusus  despectus 
is  used  as  a  lamp.  The  animal  of  Purpura  Lapillus  yields 
a  beautiful  purple  colour,  which  has  been  considered  as  the 
Tyrian  dye  of  the  ancients ;  but  there  is  little  doubt  that 
this  colour  was  obtained  from  various  species.  The  eggs 
of  these  animals  are  contained  in  coriaceous  cases,  and  the 
cases  of  the  Buccinum  undatum,  and  Fusus  despectus  have 
been  mistaken  for  the  eggs  of  the  oyster,  and  called  oyster-- 
spat.  This  error  is  the  more  remarkable,  as  oysters  are 
viviparous,  the  young  being  found  in  the  branchiae  of  the 
parent  in  the  month  of  J uly  :  the  egg  of  Purpura  Lapillus 
has,  by  a  similar  error,  been  described  as  a  species  of  Tu- 
bularia.  All  these  egg-cases  are  in  the  collection  ;  they 
contain  many  eggs,  of  which  only  a  few  gradually 
enlarge  and  come  to  perfection. 

The  larger  species  of  the  preceding  shells  are  extremely 
apt  to  vary  according  to  the  roughness  or  smoothness  of  the 
sea  they  live  in ;  thus,  some  of  the  common  Whelks  are 
thick  and  rugose,  others  very  thin,  even,  and  finely 
coloured.  Rarely  the  whorls  of  these  shells  turn  contrary 
to  the  common  direction,  from  left  to  right,  and  sometimes 
when  the  shell  has  been  injured  in  its  growth,  the  succeed¬ 
ing  whorls  are  turned  out  of  their  usual  course,  and  the 
shell  becomes  very  much  elongated.  Most  of  the  speci¬ 
mens  of  Fusus  despectus  are  smooth,  but  some  are  spirally 
keeled ;  the  smaller  species  vary  in  a  similar  manner,  but 
the  differences  are  not  so  striking.  The  cowries {Cyprcea), 
and  the  Tear-Shell  {Erato),  are  remarkable  for  the  young 
shells  being  very  thin  and  exposed,  whereas  the  adults  are 
covered  with  a  thick  coat,  deposited  over  their  back  by  the 


ROOM  XII.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  69 

mantle^  which^  as  the  animal  grows  towards  maturity,  is 
spread  out,  so  as  to  cover  the  back  of  the  shell  with  two 
large  lobes.  These  lobes  the  animal  is  capable  of  contract¬ 
ing  into  the  cavity  of  the  shell  at  will,  by  which  it  differs 
from  the  genus  Coriocella,  the  latter  having  a  thin  earlike 
shell,  which  is  embedded  in  the  back  of  the  mantle  of  the 
animal. 

Cases  3  and  4  contain  the  shells  of  those  Gasteropodous 
Mollusca,  that  have  the  branchise  similar  to  the  former, 
but  no  syphon  on  the  front  of  the  mantle,  and  consequently 
no  canal  in  front  of  the  shell.  Many  of  them  have  a  spiral 
operculum  or  lid,  which  is  attached  to  the  back  of  the 
hinder  part  of  the  animal :  this  operculum  turns  round  on 
the  apex  of  its  spire  as  it  increases  in  size. 

Some  have  the  eyes  placed  on  short  pedicles  at  the  back 
of  the  tentacula,  and  the  heart  surrounding  the  rectum. 
They  generally  have  a  fringe  on  each  side  of  their  body,  as 
the  genera  Trochus,  Monodonta^  and  Haliotis,  These  have 
a  pearly  appearance  on  the  inner  surface :  the  two  former 
are  furnished  with  spiral  opercula,  and  the  latter  is  provided 
with  a  series  of  holes,  by  which  the  water  is  introduced  into 
the  branchise.  The  genera  Fissiirella  and  Emargimila, 
are  not  pearly,  but  the  former  has  a  hole  near  the  apex, 
and  the  other  in  the  front  margin  of  the  shell,  for  the 
passage  of  the  water  to  the  branchise,  and  the  expulsion  of 
the  fseces.  The  Neritina  are  not  pearly,  and  have  no 
fringe,  they  have  the  operculum  articulated  to  the  pillar 
lip.  Lastly  the  genus  Lottia  has  a  shell  exactly  like 
Patella  in  shape,  while  the  animal  very  nearly  resembles 
those  of  the  two  latter  genera,  except  that  it  has  only  one 
branchia  placed  obliquely  across  the  back  of  the  neck, 
which  is  exerted  when  the  animal  walks. 

Others  have  the  eyes  sessile  at  the  base  of  the 
tentacula,  and  the  heart  separate  from  the  rectum.  This 
division  includes  the  genera  Natica,  Littorma,  Odon~ 
tostoma^  Turritella^  Scalaria,  Eulhna,  Pissoa,  Ceri- 
thium,  and  Triostoma,  all  of  which  live  in  the  sea, 
or  at  least  in  brackish  water,  and  Valvata,  which  is  found 
in  rivulets,  and  is  peculiar  for  its  branchiee  being  pro¬ 
truded  beyond  the  shell  when  the  animal  walks,  and 
formed  of  spiral  plates.  The  other  genera  which  live  also 
in  rivers,  as  Paludina  and  Bithinia,  have  the  opercula 


70 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  [uPPER  FLOOR: 

formed  of  concentric  rings.  The  young  of  the  former  are 
born  alive,  being  then  covered  with  bands  of  cilia.  Then  fol¬ 
low  the  Foolscap  Limpet,  {Capulus,)  which  is  attached,  by 
the  back  of  its  foot,  to  shells  and  other  marine  bodies,  on 
which  it  forms  a  smooth  disc,  either  by  dissolving  the  sur¬ 
face,  or  by  depositing  on  it  a  shelly  plate.  Lastly,  succeed 
the  genera  Velutina,  Crepidula,  and  Calypirea  which  have 
no  opercula.  The  branchiae  of  the  animals  of  the  last 
two  genera  are  formed  of  long  filiform  processes,  placed 
at  a  very  oblique  angle  across  the  back  of  the  neck. 

The  larger  species  of  these  animals  are  eaten,  and  also 
used  as  bait.  The  eggs  of  some,  as  the  Neritm,  are  ovate, 
covered  with  a  horny  skin  and  attached  to  other  shells,  and 
those  of  the  Naticce  have  been  described  as  a  coral  under 
the  name  of  Flustra  arenaria. 

Case  5  contains  the  shells  of  those  animals  which  have 
their  branchiae  placed  on  the  side  of  their  back,  under  a 
kind  of  lid,  as  the  Bulla  and  Bullcea,  which  have  the  body 
divided  into  two  portions,  and  no  tentacula.  Some  of  the 
animals  are  very  voracious,  and  prey  on  shell-fish,  for  which 
purpose  they  are  furnished  wdth  a  gizzard  covered  with 
three  shelly  plates,  by  which  they  can  crack  the  shells  in 
the  stomach,  after  having  swallowed  them  whole.  Others, 
as  the  Aplysia,  have  tentacula  ;  and  emit  a  great  quantity 
of  a  purple  fluid.  In  this  Case  are  also  the  shells  of  those 
animals  which  have  their  branchiae  placed  on  the  right 
side,  in  a  groove  between  the  body  and  the  foot,  as  the 
Pleiirohranchus ;  and  lastly,  those  in  which  the  branchiae 
are  placed  along  both  sides  on  the  inner  edge  of  the  man¬ 
tle,  as  the  Patella,  which  has  a  simple  conical  shell,  with 
its  apex  bent  toward  the  head  of  the  animal,  and  Chiton, 
which  has  the  body  covered  by  a  hard  cartilaginous  shield, 
into  which  eight  valves,  laid  one  over  the  other,  like  plate 
armour,  are  inserted. 

Cases  6  and  7  contain  the  shells  of  Mollusca  that  breathe 
free  air,  for  which  purpose  they  are  furnished  with  a  cavity 
over  the  back  of  the  neck,  which  cavity  is  internally  lined 
with  a  quantity  of  vessels.  Those  which  live  on  land,  have 
cylindrical,  retractile  tentacula,  as  the  Slugs  (^Limax),  which 
have  no  shell  or  only  a  small  internal  one ;  the  Testacellce, 
w^hich  have  a  small  shell  on  the  end  of  the  body,  and  the 
Snails  {Helix),  Bulimiis,  Pupa,Clausilia,  Succinea,  and  Vitrl- 

which  have  large  shells,  differing  from  each  other  in  form. 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


71 


ROOM  XII.] 

The  animals  of  the  last  two  genera  are  so  large^,  as  scarcely 
to  admit  of  their  being  withdrawn  into  their  shells,  and  that 
of  the  last  has  a  fleshy  collar  spread  over  the  neck  before 
the  shell.  Those  which  live  in  water  have  compressed  con¬ 
tractile  tentacula,  the  eyes  of  some,  as  in  the  genera  Auri¬ 
cula  or  Carychium,  being  placed  on  the  inner  part,  and  of 
others,  as  in  the  genera  Lymnea,  Physa,  Planorbis,  and 
Ancylus,  on  the  outer  side  of  their  base.  The  Clausilice  and 
the  three  last-named  genera  have  their  whorls  always  turned 
to  the  left,  and  the  Ancylus  much  resembles  a  Patella  in 
shape,  but  has  a  notch  in  the  muscular  scar  on  the  left  side, 
where  the  hole  is  placed  that  leads  to  the  lungs.  Cyclos- 
toma  diflPers  from  all  the  other  land  mollusca,  in  having  an 
operculum,  and  in  the  breathing  cavity  being  open  in  front. 

Case  8  contains  the  Bivalve  shells,  the  animals  of  which 
are'  compressed,  with  a  variously  shaped  foot  inclosed  be¬ 
tween  the  two  leaved  mantles,  and  have  their  two  laminar 
branchiae  placed  on  each  side  between  the  mantle  and  the 
foot. 

In  some,  the  two  leaves  of  the  mantle  are  united  toge¬ 
ther  behind,  and  extended  into  more  or  less  elongated  tubes, 
as  in  the  genera  Artemis,  Cytlierea,  Venus,  and  V enerupis  ; 
these  have  three  teeth  in  each  valve,  and  an  external  car¬ 
tilage.  Cyprina,  Crassina,  Pisidium  and  Cyclas,  differ  from 
the  former,  in  having  no  syphonal  inflection,  bearing  a 
thick  periostracum  ;  the  two  last  are  only  found  in  fresh 
water.  Isocardia  is  peculiar  for  its  strongly  incurved  um- 
bones,  and  very  oblique  teeth. 

Case  10  contains  the  genera  Lucina  and  Loripes,  which 
have  an  opaque  white  internal  surface  to  their  valves,  and 
no  syphonal  scar  ;  the  former  has  an  external  and  the  lat¬ 
ter  an  internal  cartilage :  also  the  Solens,  Psammohia,  and 
Tellma,vAnc\\  are  elongated  and  gaping  at  one  or  both  ends, 
the  last  having  the  hinder  extremity  obliquely  twisted. 

Case  1 1  contains  the  genera  Cardium  and  Donax,  called 
also,  from  their  shape,  wedge-shells,  which  have  only  two 
teeth  in  each  valve,  forming  a  kind  of  cross.  Then  follow 
the  bivalve  shells  which  have  no  cartilage,  the  valves  being 
separated  from  each  other  by  means  of  muscles,  placed 
over  the  umbones,  and  covered  with  a  thin  skin.  In 
Teredo,  this  skin  is  simple,  and  the  animals  line  the  holes 
made  by  them  with  shelly  matter,  forming  a  tube ;  in  the 
genus  Pholas,  this  skin  is  protected  by  one  or  more  shelly 


72  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [uPPER  FLOOR. 

plates.  The  Linnean  conchologists  considered  the  Teredo 
as  a  univalve;,  having  mistaken  the  tubes  for  the  shell  of  the 
animal ;  and  the  Pholas  they  called  a  multi  valve  shell. 

Case  12  contains  the  genera  which  have  the-lobes  of 
the  mantle  united,  and  are  peculiar  for  having  the  carti¬ 
lage  of  the  hinge  inserted  in  an  internal  cavity^  as  the 
genera  Mactra  and  Lutraria,  which  are  equivalve,  and 
have  cardinal  teeth ;  M^a,  Corhula,  and  Pandora,  which 
are  inequi valve  ;  and  Anatma  and  Mygdala,  which  have  a 
peculiar  piece  of  shell  placed  on  the  side  of  their  cartilage. 
The  rest  of  the  animals  of  the  Bivalve  shells  have  the 
lobes  of  the  mantle  separate  from  each  other  all  the  way 
round,  and  no  syphons.  Some  of  these  animals  have  one 
very  large  adductor  muscle  near  the  centre  of  the  shell,  as 
the  Oysters,  which  are  irregular  and  laminar,  and  the 
Pectens,  and  Hasps,  which  are  regular,  with  a  process 
called  an  ear,  placed  on  each  side  of  the  hinge ;  most  of 
these,  in  their  young  state,  are  attached  by  a  beard,  which 
passes  out  of  the  notch  under  the  front  ear  of  the  right 
valve.  Next  follow  the  genera  Hinnites,  which  is  like  the 
Pectens  when  young,  but  becomes  attached  and  irregular 
in  its  adult  state ;  and  Anomia,  which  is  peculiar  for  its 
shell  being  pearly,  and  having  the  right  valve  deeply 
notched  near  the  hinge,  for  the  passage  of  a  cartilaginous 
band  by  means  of  which  it  is  attached  to  rocks  and  shells, 
its  own  form  becoming  gradually  moulded  to  the  surface  it 
rests  on.  Thus,  if  the  shell  is  found  on  a  Pecten,  it  is 
ribbed,  and  if  on  the  spine  of  an  Echinus  or  the  stem  of  a 
sea-weed,  it  is  compressed  and  subcylindrical.  The  other 
Bivalves  have  two  subequal  adductor  muscles. 

Cases  14,  15,  16  contain  those  shells  which  are  found 
in  fresh  water,  as  the  Unios.  They  are  peculiar  for 
being  pearly  internally,  and  covered  with  a  thick  hard  pe- 
riostracum.  They  often  yield  pearls,  which  are  caused  by 
a  disease  that  induces  them  to  deposit  the  matter  of  which 
the  inner  coat  is  constructed,  in  a  more  or  less  globular 
form.  The  species  of  these  genera  vary  exceedingly  in 
size,  structure,  and  colour,  according  to  the  clearness,  ra¬ 
pidity,  or  stillness  of  the  water  in  Avhich  they  are  found. 
Tliose  that  are  found  in  ponds  are  large  and  bright-coloured, 
if  the  water  be  clear ;  and  those  that  live  in  rapid  rivers 
are  thick  and  dark,  and  often  eroded  at  the  beaks :  the 
beaks  of  all  are  rugose  and  plaited  when  young. 


73 


mOOM  XU.,  Xin.2  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

Cases  17  and  18  contain  tlie  Muscles^  {Mytili,')  Horse 
Muscles^  (Modiolu,  Pinna,  and  Avicula,)  the  animals  of 
which  are  peculiar  for  the  foot  being  smalh  and  fur¬ 
nished  with  a  tuft  of  fibres  at  its  base  in  fronts  by  which 
the  animal  fixes  itself  to  rocks^,  &c.  This  beard,  as  it  is 
tjalled  in  the  last  genus,  issues  out  of  a  groove  in  the  front 
of  the  right  valve.  The  Pinnae,  like  the  Pond  Muscles, 
difiPer  according  to  the  place  they  inhabit.  Those  which 
live  in  smooth  water  are  thin  and  covered  with  rows  of 
small  scales,  while  those  that  are  found  in  rough  water  are 
thick  and  rugose. 

Then  follow  the  genera  Area,  Pectwnculus  and  Nucula, 
the  animals  of  which  have  a  large  foot  divided  at  the  end, 
and  the  hinge  formed  of  many  interlocking  teeth.  In  Area 
the  end  of  the  foot  forms  a  glutinous  secretion,  which  at 
length  hardens,  by  which  the  animals  attach  themselves  to 
rocks,  &c.  and  the  shell  is  rhombic.  In  Peetuneulus,  the® 
shell  is  orbicular,  and  the  hinge  line  curved,  while  in  Nuenla, 
the  hinge  line  is  angular,  with  the  cartilage  placed  in  a 
pit  at  the  angle. 

Lastly,  follow  the  shells  of  the  Branchiopodous  Mol- 
lusca,  which  have  two  ciliated  arms,  one  placed  on  each 
side  of  the  mouth.  Of  these,  only  two  genera  are  found 
in  Britain,  viz.  Terehratula  and  Criopus ;  the  first  is 
affixed  by  a  tendon  passing  out  through  a  hole  in  the  upper 
valve ;  the  latter  is  attached  by  the  outer  surface  of  its 
ander  valve. 

THIRTEENTH  ROOM. 

The  upright  glazed  Cases  round  the  room  contain 
the  general  collection  of  Birds. 

Cases  1  to  12  contain  the  Raptorial  or  Birds  of  Prey, 
the  Accipitres  of  Linnseus,  which  constitute  the  first  Order. 
They  are  characterized  by  strong  feet  with  sharp  claws, 
and  a  powerful  bill,  the  latter  covered  at  the  base  by  a 
naked  skin,  or  cere  ;  their  stomach  is  almost  entirely  mem¬ 
branous,  and  sternum  broad,  giving  attachment  to  the 
muscles  of  their  long  wings.  Some  of  them  feed  chiefly 
by  day ;  their  eyes  are  placed  on  the  side  of  their  head, 
and  the  nostrils  exposed,  as  in  the  family  of  Condom, 
(Cases  1  and  2,)  found  principally  in  America,  whieh 
have  naked  heads  and  longitudinal  nostrils :  as  the  Condor, 
or  Great  Vulture  of  the  Andes  ;  the  Californian  Vulture, 


K 


74 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  [uPPER  FLOOR. 

presented  hy  Archibald  Menzies,  Esq.;  the  Turkey  Buz¬ 
zard  of  North  America;  and  the  Monk  and  Common 
Neophron  from  Africa. 

The  family  of  Vultures  (Cases  2  to  4)  have  naked  heads 
like  the  former^  but  their  nostrils  are  perpendicular;  as 
the  Pondicherry  Vulture^  Egyptian  Vulture^,  Fulvous 
Vulture^  White-backed  Vulture;,  and  the  Angola  Vulture; 
these  are  all  from  the  warm  parts  of  the  Old  world. 

The  family  of  Griffons,  (at  the  bottom  of  Case  4,) 
have  rather  small  heads  and  long  bills,  surrounded  at  the 
base  by  tufts  of  bristles.  The  Bearded  Vultures  of  the 
Alps  and  Himalaya  Mountains  are  amongst  the  largest  of 
the  Raptorial  Birds,  and  their  quill  feathers  often  more 
than  two  feet  and  a  half  long.  These  are  probably  the 
Rock  or  Condor  of  the  Indians,  the  true  Condor  being 
only  found  in  America ;  they  are  the  Lammergeier,  or 
Vulture  of  the  Alps. 

The  family  of  Falcons  (Cases  5  to  12)  have  their  heads 
covered  with  feathers,  and  the  eyebrows  prominent,  giving 
the  eye  the  appearance  of  being  set  deep  in  the  head,  and 
imparting  a  character  to  these  birds,  very  different  from 
that  of  the  Vultures.  The  Noble  Falcons  are  the  birds 
used  in  falconry ;  the  Ignoble  Falcons  have  simple  nostrils ; 
some,  as  the  Hawks,  have  ovate  rather  longitudinal  nostrils, 
whilst  the  Honey  Buzzard  and  Osprey  Kites  have  an 
oblique  slit  covered  with  a  valve  behind,  and  the  Eagles 
and  Sea  Eagles  have  an  oblong  exposed  nostril  placed 
perpendicularly  across  the  front  of  the  cere.  Among 
the  Hawks,  the  most  remarkable  bird,  is  the  Secretary, 
(Case  10,)  found  at  the  Cape,  called  also  the  Serpent 
Eater,  from  its  preying  on  those  reptiles.  The  French 
attempted  to  naturalize  this  bird  in  Martinique,  in  order 
to  destroy  the  lance-headed  serpent,  which  abounds  in  that 
island. 

Cases  13  and  14  contain  the  Nocturnal  Birds  of 
Prey,  or  the  family  of  Owls  ;  some  of  which,  as  the 
Eared  Owls,  have  a  tuft  of  long  feathers  over  the  eye¬ 
brows,  capable  of  being  erected  at  the  pleasure  of  the  ani¬ 
mal,  whence  they  are  also  called  Horned  owls.  The  most 
nocturnal  birds  of  this  family  have  very  large  ears,  and 
those  that  fly  both  in  the  day  and  the  night  have  them 
small  like  the  hawks. 


KOOM  XIII.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  7^ 

The  Perching  Birds  are  divided  into  several  groups, 
each  containing  four  or  five  families.  The  Omnivorous 
Birds  include  the  family  of  Crows,  (Cases  15  and  19,) 
which  have  the  nostrils  covered  with  a  tuft  of  bristles:  the 
Titmice  differ  in  point  of  character  from  the  crows,  chiefly  in 
their  diminutive  size.  The  family  of  Paradise  Birds  (same 
Cases)  have  the  front  of  the  head  covered  with  velvety  fea¬ 
thers,  and  generally  a  tuft  of  more  or  less  elongated  feathers 
on  each  side  of  the  chest,  which  gives  them  the  appearance  of 
having  four  wings.  It  was  formerly  erroneously  supposed 
that  these  birds  had  no  feet,  though  in  fact  they  are  rather 
large  and  strong ;  their  habits  are  perfectly  those  of  the 
crows,  and  though  omnivorous,  their  favourite  food  is 
cockroaches  and  crickets.  They  are  natives  of  New  Guinea 
and  the  neighbouring  islands,  where  the  natives  collect 
them  to  make  plumes,  and  generally  cut  off  their  wings 
and  feet  to  prevent  those  rigid  parts  from  injuring  the 
feathers,  which  gave  rise  to  the  error  alluded  to  above. 

The  family  of  Starlings  (Cases  18  and  19)  differs  from 
the  former  in  the  bill  being  conical,  slender,  and  naked,  or 
only  slightly  bristled  at  the  base,  as  the  Starlings,  Pastors, 
and  Orioles,  many  of  which  build  very  artificial  nests,  and 
some,  especially  the- Beef  Eater,  follow  cattle  and  pick  the 
insects  from  their  skin. 

Cases  18 — <25  contain  the  Insectivorous  Birds. 

The  family  of  Butcher  Birds  (Cases  18  and  25)  are  the 
giants  of  the  group.  They  have  strong  compressed  bills, 
and  destroy  great  quantities  of  insects,  and  some  of  the 
larger  kind  even  kill  small  birds,  and  young  frogs,  which 
they  impale  on  thorns  and  devour  at  their  leisure. 
Amongst  the  Butcher  Birds  are  the  genera  Lanius,  Tham- 
nophilus  and  Platyrhynchus. 

The  family  of  Fly  Catchers  (Cases  20  and  21)  have  very 
weak  depressed  bills,  with  long  bristles  at  the  gape  ;  they 
live  chiefly  on  flies,  which  they  catch  on  the  wing,  as  the 
Ply  Catcher,  Fly  Eater,  &c. 

The  family  of  Chatterers  (Cases  22  and  23)  are  peculiar 
for  the  two  outer  toes  of  their  feet  being  united  together 
to  the  second  joint,  and  they  have  depressed  bills,  as  the 
common  Chatterer,  Berry  Eaters,  and  Manakins. 

The  family  of  Thrushes  (same  Cases)  have  rather  strong, 
subulate  bills,  as  the  Thrushes,  Ant  Eaters,  (Cases  24  and 

E  2 


76 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  [uPPER  FLOOR. 

25j)  &c. :  while  the  family  of  Warblers  (same  Cases)  only 
differ  from  the  Thrushes  by  their  beaks  being  weaker 
and  more  slender;  as  the  true  Warblers,  Wrens,  Wagtails, 
and  Pippits. 

The  Granivorous  Birds  live  chiefly  on  grain,  seeds, 
and  fruits,  as  the  family  of  theTanagers  (Cases  26  and  27), 
which  are  peculiar  to  America ;  and  the  Finches  (Case  28), 
which  are  found  in  all  parts  of  the  globe.  The  Finches, 
which  are  eminently  perching  birds,  have  the  claw  of  the 
hind  toe  curved ;  whilst  the  Larks  (Cases  26  and  27), 
which  are  chiefly  found  on  the  ground,  have  it  straight. 

The  Tenuirostral  Birds  have  the  feet  like  the  two 
former  groups,  but  the  hind  toes  and  claws  are  generally 
much  larger  than  the  rest ;  their  bills  are  slender,  com¬ 
pressed,  and  frequently  arched,  and  their  tongue  is  often 
divided  at  the  tip  into  numerous  filaments,  and  is  used  for 
sucking  up  the  honey  from  the  nectaries  of  flowers.  They 
are  chiefly  confined  to  warm  climates,  as  the  family  of 
Honey  suckers  (Cases  29  and  30),  which  are  peculiar  to 
New  Holland  and  the  neighbouring  islands.  They  are 
generally  of  a  dull  black  or  olive  colour,  with  compressed, 
subulate  beaks. 

The  family  of  Sun  Birds  (same  Cases),  from  Africa  and 
India,  have  the  bill  arched  and  finely  toothed  on  the  edge  : 
the  Hook-bill  derives  its  name  from  the  singularly  curved 
form  of  its  beak.  In  these  Cases  are  also  the  Wall-Creeper, 
the  Pomatorhine,  and  Scaler,  and  several  species  of  the 
beautiful  genera  of  Guit-Guit,  and  Promerops ;  and  the 
Hoopoe. 

The  family  of  Bendrocolaptes  (Cases  31  and  32),  from 
South  America,  are  generally  of  a  dull  brown  colour,  and 
agree  in  many  characters  with  the  Insectivorous  Birds, 
especially  the  Thrushes.  Some  have  rounded  tails,  as  the 
Anabates,  others  have  the  ends  of  the  tail  feathers  and  the 
webs  on  each  side  of  them  rigid  like  the  Woodpeckers,  and 
use  them  in  the  same  manner  to  support  their  bodies  while 
they  peck  at  the  insects  on  the  bark  of  trees.  The  Hum-- 
ming  Birds  (same  Cases),  have  long,  very  slender  bills, 
and  long  tongues,  which  they  have  the  power  of  darting 
forward,  like  the  Woodpeckers,  with  great  force.  They 
prey  chiefly  on  insects,  and  one  genus  (the  Spider-Eaters), 
almost  exclusively  on  spiders. 


77 


ROOM  XIII.]  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

The  Fissirostral  Birds^  or  those  which  feed  chiefly  on 
the  wing,  have  generally  very  short  weak  feet,  and  large 
gaping  mouths ;  they  live  principally  on  insects,  though  a 
few  of  the  larger  kinds  catch  fish.  Some  have  very  short 
beaks,  as  the  family  of  Swallows  (Cases  33  and  34),  with  a 
close  plumage,  and  extremely  long  wings,  which  enable  them 
to  fly  with  great  rapidity ;  they  are  generally  birds  of 
passage,  and  often  live  in  flocks,  as  the  Swifts,  which  have 
all  the  toes  in  front ;  some  have  the  end  of  the  tail  feather 
rigid  like  the  Woodpeckers  ;  the  Esculent  Swallow  forms  a 
nest  of  sea- weed,  which  is  used  as  food  in  China,  and  forms 
no  unimportant  article  in  the  commerce  of  that  country. 

The  family  of  Goatsuckers  (same  Cases)  are  nocturnal 
birds,  and  have  the  soft  downy  plumage,  and  dingy  colours 
of  that  tribe.  They  are  generally  solitary,  living  on  moths, 
and  laying  their  eggs  on  the  ground  without  any  nest. 
The  Leona  Goat-sucker,  a  species  from  Africa,  is  peculiar 
for  having  a  very  long  feather  arising  from  the  middle  of 
each  of  its  wings.  The  New  Holland  and  South  Ame¬ 
rican  Podargi,  are  much  larger  than  any  of  the  individuals 
belonging  to  the  family  of  the  true  Goat-suckers.  The 
family  of  Bee  Eaters  (same  Cases),  which  are  generally  of 
a  green  colour,  have  long,  slightly  arched  beaks,  and  long 
pointed  wings ;  they  associate  in  flocks,  and  fly  like  swal¬ 
lows,  pursuing  bees  and  wasps,  which  they  prey  on  with 
impunity.  They  are  only  found  in  the  Old  world  and 
Australia.  The  King-fishers  (same  Cases)  are  generally 
of  a  brilliant  blue,  or  green  colour  :  they  live  on  flsh, 
which  they  catch  by  diving. 

Cases  35 — 44  contain  the  Zygodactylous,  or  Climb¬ 
ing  Birds.  The  Parrots  (Cases  35 — 37)  are  known  to 
every  one  by  their  domestic  habits ;  they  are  characterised 
by  their  short,  hard  beak,  which  is  surrounded  at  the  base 
by  a  naked  skin,  like  the  Falcon’s ;  and  they  have  a  short 
tongue,  which  is  usually  fleshy,  but  in  a  few,  as  the  Black 
Cockatoo,  it  is  hard  and  tubular.  They  are  a  very  numerous 
group,  and  have  been  divided  into  many  genera ;  they  live 
chiefly  on  fruit. 

The  family  of  Woodpeckers  (Cases  38  and  39)  are  cha¬ 
racterized  by  their  wedge-shaped  beak  with  hard  points, 
by  their  exsertile  tongue,  and  by  the  tips  of  their  tail  fea¬ 
thers  being  produced  and  rigid. 


78  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [UPRER  FLOOR. 

The  family  of  (Cases  40  and  41)  have  a  slightly 

arched^  compressed  beak,  and  long  rounded  tail ;  they  live 
chiefly  on  insects,  and  many  of  the  species  are  birds  of 
passage.  In  the  Coucals,  the  claws  of  the  hind  toes  are 
elongated,  resembling  those  of  the  Larks.  The  Indicators 
live  chiefly  on  the  wild  bees  of  Africa,  and  serve  to  point 
out  their  nests  to  the  natives,  whence  their  name.  They 
are  furnished  with  a  very  hard  skin,  but  the  bees  attack 
their  eyes. 

The  family  of  Barbels  (Case  42)  have  large  conical 
beaks,  swollen  out  at  the  sides,  and  surrounded  at  the  base 
by  bristles  ,*  they  live  chiefly  on  fruit,  but  some  eat  in¬ 
sects,  and  even  attack  small  birds  r  some  species  have  large 
teeth  on  the  side  of  the  bill.  The  Curucuis  differ  only 
in  having  shorter  beaks,  and  by  being  covered  with  very 
fine,  soft  feathers ;  many  of  them  are  beautifully  coloured ; 
they  live  chiefly  in  low  damp  woods,  flying  in  the  evening. 

The  Toucans  (Cases  43  and  44)  are  known  by  their 
enormous,  light,  cellular  beaks,  which  are  irregularly 
notched  on  the  edge,  and  by  their  peculiar,  long,  feather¬ 
like  tongues ;  they  live  on  fruit  and  small  birds ;  they  are 
only  found  in  tropical  America, 

The  family  of  HornhUls  (same  Cases),  which  come  from 
India  and  Africa,  have  a  large  beak,  like  the  Toucans, 
but  heavier,  and  varying  greatly  in  shape  according  to  the 
age  of  the  bird ;  they  feed  on  fruit,  mice,  small  birds 
and  reptiles. 

The  Gallinaceous  Birds  (Cases  45—57)  usually  lay 
their  eggs  on  the  earth  ;  the  males  are  generally  poly¬ 
gamous.  The  Pheasants  and  Grous,  which  constitute  the 
first  group,  have  the  hind  toes  placed  higher  on  the  tarsus 
than  the  rest,  so  that  only  the  tip  touches  the  ground  j  the 
former  have  the  nostrils  covered  by  a  naked,  horny  scale, 
the  legs  not  feathered,  and  those  of  the  male  generally 
furnished  with  spurs ;  in  the  latter  the  scale  covering  the 
nostrils  is  always  feathered,  and  the  legs  generally  so.  In 
these  Cases  there  is  a  great  variety  of  Birds  of  this  tribe, 
amongst  which  may  be  seen,  in  Case  45,  Jungle  and  Javan 
Cock,  Fire-backed  Pheasant,  and  Pencilled  Pheasant.  In 
Cases  46  and  47^  the  Peacock,  both  wild  and  domesticatedo 
In  Cases  48  and  49,  various  Pheasants,  such  as  Reeves's 
Pheasant,  from  China;  Nepanl  and  Wallick's  Pheasants 


ROOM  XIII.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  7^ 

from  the  Himalaya  Mountains,  also  the  wild  Turkey  from 
North  America.  In  Case  50,  the  Horned  Pheasant  from 
the  Himalaya  Mountains,  also  the  Chinese  Horned  Phea¬ 
sant  from  China ;  the  Impeyan  Pheasant ;  and  the  Argus 
Pheasant  from  Singapore. 

In  Cases  51  and  52  are  several  species  of  Partridge, 
Quails,  and  Tinamus ;  and  also  NigelFs  Grous- 
Pheasant,  from  the  Himalaya  Mountains ;  and  in  Cases 
53  and  54,  a  great  variety  of  Grous.  With  these  is  asso¬ 
ciated  the  new  genus  Thinocorus,  which  greatly  resembles 
them  in  its  plumage,  whilst  it  is  also  closely  allied  to  the 
Sheathbill,  (Case  51,)  having  the  base  of  the  bill  covered 
by  a  sort  of  sheath,  as  in  that  bird,  and  resembling  it  in 
its  habits  of  life.  Cuvier  has  placed  the  Sheathbill  at  the 
end  of  his  fifth  order,  les  Echassiers,  or  Waders  (Grallcej 
Linn.)  ;  but  it  appears  better  to  place  it  here,  as  the  gene¬ 
ral  form  of  its  bill  and  feet  rather  resembles  that  of  the 
Grous,  than  of  any  other  tribe — whilst  the  Thinocorus  ap¬ 
pears  like  a  connecting  link  between  the  two.  In  Cases 
55  and  56  are  several  species  of  Pigeons ;  and  in  Case  57? 
specimens  of  the  Menura  and  Curassow. 

Cases  58 — 60  contain  the  Running  Birds,  {Cursor es,) 
peculiar  for  their  short  wings  and  long  legs,  and  inhabit¬ 
ing  plains — as  the  Ostrich  and  Bustard.  Here  also  is  the 
foot  of  the  Dodo,  and  a  cast  of  the  head  of  that  extraordi¬ 
nary  bird  (see  p.  82), — also  the  Courser  and  Pratincole. 

The  Wading  Birds  generally  have  long  wings,  and  fiy 
well ;  many  of  them  make  periodical  migrations,  and  are 
thus  distributed  over  great  part  of  the  globe ;  they  usually 
extend  their  legs  behind  them  when  they  fiy. 

The  family  of  Storks  (Case  61)  have  larger  and  more 
exposed  nostrils  than  the  Herons,  the  hind  toe  is  placed 
rather  higher,  and  the  middle  claw  entire.  The  form  and 
size  of  the  bill  vary  greatly  in  the  birds  of  this  family.  In 
the  Adjutants  it  is  large,  and  furnished  with  a  sort  of 
throat-pouch;  in  the  Wood  Ibis  it  is  slightly  curved,  and 
in  the  Spoonbill  the  extremity  of  the  beak  is  fiat  and 
rounded.  Many  of  these  birds  have  a  tuft  of  very  soft 
feathers  on  the  under  side  of  the  tail ;  the  Adjutants  fur¬ 
nish  the  celebrated  Cornacauly  feathers. 

The  family  of  Cranes  (Cases  62 — 64)  have  a  rather  short 
hind  toe,  much  higher  on  the  leg  than  the  front  one,  and  a 


80 


NATUKAL  HISTORY.  [uPPRR  FLOOR, 

strongs  hard,  rather  long  and  oval  beak.  The  Balearic 
Cranes  have  large  open  nostrils,  naked  cheeks,  and  throat- 
wattles.  The  Cariama  and  Trumpeters  have  short  beaks  ” 
the  former  has  much  the  air  of  a  raptorial  bird,  and  the 
latter  is  peculiar  for  the  metallic  brilliancy  of  its  plumage. 

The  Herons  have  the  nostrils  linear  and  covered  with  a 
thin  skin,  situated  at  the  base  of  an  indistinct,  narrow 
groove  (Cases  62 — 66) ;  the  bill  is  hard,  the  hind  toe  low 
down,  and  the  middle  claw  toothed  on  the  edge  ;  as  in  the 
genera  Heron,  Night  Heron,  and  Crab-eater,  which  only 
differ  from  each  other  by  the  size  of  the  beak. 

The  Snipes  (Cases  67  and  68)  have  a  long,  soft  bill,  and  na 
hind  toe,  or  only  a  very  short  one.  Some  have  the  end  of 
the  bill  covered  with  a  leathery  skin,  and  the  nasal  grooves 
extended  to  the  end  of  the  beak,  as  the  Ibis  and  Sand¬ 
piper,  the  former  having  a  long,  curved  bill,  the  latter  a 
short  and  straight  one  j  from  these  the  Sanderlings  differ 
merely  in  having  three  toes.  The  true  Snipes  have  the 
end  of  the  beak  sensible  and  spongy,  and  furnished  with  a 
central  longitudinal  groove  :  in  others  the  nasal  groove  ex» 
tends  only  half  the  length  of  the  beak,  as  in  the  Long¬ 
shanks,  which  have  very  long  legs  and  three  toes :  the 
Avocets  have  the  bill  curved  upwards  and  the  feet  half 
webbed,  whilst  in  the  Chevaliers  it  is  slender,  rounded, 
and  slightly  recurved.  Others  have  the  base  of  the  beak 
flexible,  and  the  end  hard  and  covered  with  a  horny  sheath, 
as  the  Plovers  (Case  69),  which  have  three,  and  the  Lap¬ 
wing,  which  has  four  toes.  The  Turnstones  differ  from  the 
Lapwings  by  the  end  of  the  beak  being  compressed,  so  as 
to  enable  them  to  find  their  food  under  stones.  The  Oyster- 
catcher  has  a  strong  leg,  and  the  beak,  like  the  former,- 
compressed  on  the  sides. 

The  family  of  Rails  (Cases  70  and  71)?  whose  habits  are,, 
of  all  these  birds,  the  most  aquatic,  have  many  characters 
of  the  next  order ;  their  toes  are  long  and  slender,  and 
the  hind  one  is  placed  on  a  level  with  the  others.  The 
Jacana  has  the  claws  long  and  straight,  and  the  bend  of 
the  wing  armed  with  a  spine  ,*  the  Screamers  are  remark¬ 
able  for  the  horn  on  the  centre  of  the  head.  Others,  as 
the  Coot,  have  short  claws  and  unarmed  wings,  and  the 
edge  of  the  toes  fringed  with  a  lobed  membrane ;  the  Gal- 
iinules,  Taleves,  and  Rails,  have  the  toes  simple. 


KOOM  XIII.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  81 

The  Web-footed  Birds  (Cases  72—88)  have  their  feet 
placed  on  the  hinder  part  of  the  body,  with  short  compress¬ 
ed  tarsi,  and  the  toes  united  together  by  a  web  ;  their  plu¬ 
mage  is  close,  shining,  and  oily,  and  they  live  chiefly  on 
flsh,  mollusca,  and  insects.  Some  have  short  or  moderate 
wings,  as  the  family  of  Ducks,  (Cases  — 78^)  which  have 
their  bill  covered  with  a  soft  skin,  and  its  edge  serrated. 
The  Merganser  has  a  slender,  serrated  bill ;  and  the  Hydro- 
bates  the  hind  toe  large,  and  webbed  beneath.  The  Swans 
and  Geese  have  beautifully  formed,  long  necks ;  the  Core¬ 
opsis  has  the  base  of  the  beak  covered  by  a  yellow  skin, 
and  the  Flamingo  combines  the  long  legs  of  the  Waders 
with  the  shining  velvet  plumage,  compressed  legs,  and  ser¬ 
rated  bill  of  the  Ducks. 

The  Divers  (Cases  79  and -80)  have  very  short  wings, 
and  the  legs  placed  so  far  back  on  the  body,  that  they  can 
assume  an  erect  position.  They  live  constantly  on  the  sur¬ 
face  of  the  water,  and  dive  for  their  food.  In  some,  the 
wings  are  moderately  feathered,  and  the  bill  is  compressed 
at  the  tip,  and  smooth,  as  in  the  Grebes,  which  have  the 
toes  separate,  and  fringed  on  the  side  by  a  membrane. 
These  birds  live  on  lakes,  and  are  said  to  carry  their  young 
under  their  wings  when  alarmed.  The  Finfoot  has  the 
feet  of  the  Grebes,  but  the  tail  is  longer,  and  the  claws 
sharp  ;  the  Divers  have  completely  webbed  feet,  and  live 
on  the  sea-coast.  Others  have  the  wings  very  short  and 
covered  with  feathers,  but  no  hind  toe,  as  (same  Cases)  the 
Guillemots,  Penguins,  and  Puffins ;  while  the  Manchots 
ave  very  short  wings,  covered  with  small  scale-like  fea¬ 
thers,  and  all  the  toes  directed  forwards. 

The  Birds  of  the  second  group  have  very  long  wings, 
which  enable  them  to  suspend  themselves  in  the  air  for  a 
great  length  of  time,  so  that  it  almost  appears  to  be  their 
proper  sphere,  as  they  are  seldom  seen  on  the  ground  ex¬ 
cept  in  the  breeding  season. 

The  family  of  Pelicans  (Cases  81  and  82)  is  at  once  dis¬ 
tinguished  by  the  hind  toes  being  united  to  the  others  by 
a  web ;  their  legs  are  short ;  they  are  excellent  swimmers, 
and  often  perch  on  trees  ;  the  edge  of  their  beak  is  gene¬ 
rally  toothed,  and  their  throat  dilated  into  a  bag,  in  which 
they  keep  the  fish  as  they  catch  them,  to  feed  their  young: 
the  true  Pelican  (Case  88)  has  a  broad  beak  and  enormom 

E  3 


82 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  []UPPER  FLOOR. 

poucli ;  the  Cormorant  (Cases  81  and  82)  has  a  slender 
bill  and  rounded  taib  while  the  tail  of  the  Frigate-bird  is 
forked ;  the  Booby,  so  called  from  its  excessive  stupidity, 
has  a  broad  bill ;  and  the  Darter  is  peculiar  for  the  small 
size  of  its  body  and  the  length  of  its  neck;  the  Tropic 
Bird,  which  resembles  the  Gulls  in  form,  has  two  long  fea¬ 
thers  in  the  middle  of  its  tail. 

The  Petrels  (Cases  83 — 85)  have  compressed  bills, 
strongly  hooked  at  the  end  ;  their  hind  claw  is  placed  im¬ 
mediately  on  the  tarsus,  without  any  toe.  Of  all  the  Wa¬ 
ter  birds,  these  keep  more  especially  out  at  sea ;  they 
often  fly  so  far  from  land  that  during  tempests  they  are 
obliged  to  take  refuge  on  board  the  vessels  they  may  happen 
to  fall  in  with.  They  build  in  holes  on  rocks,  and  when 
attacked,  squirt  out  a  quantity  of  acrid  oil  from  their  sto¬ 
machs.  Some  have  the  nostrils  placed  on  the  top  of  the 
beak,  forming  a  single  tube,  as  in  the  Petrels,  and  others 
have  them  formed  of  two  tubes  placed  on  the  side  of  the 
beak,  as  the  Albatrosses,  peculiar  for  their  very  long  wings, 
furnished  with  long  quills  only  at  the  top. 

The  Gulls  (Cases  86  and  87)  have  a  single  compressed 
bill,  pointed  at  the  end,  with  moderate  sized,  longitudinal 
nostrils.  They  live  on  the  sea- shore,  and  eat  flsh,  and 
carrion  of  all  kinds.  The  young  are  generally  of  a  dark, 
speckled-gray  colour ;  the  adult,  gray  or  white.  The  true 
Gulls  have  rounded  tails ;  from  them  the  Razor-bill  only 
differs  in  the  under  jaw  being  longest,  and  much  com¬ 
pressed.  The  Lestris,  or  Skua  Gull,  diflers  from  the 
common  Gull  by  having  the  two  middle  tail  feathers  longer 
than  the  rest.  Their  habits  are  disgusting,  subsisting 
chiefly  on  food  rejected  from  the  stomach  of  the  common 
Gull,  in  its  alarm  when  chased  by  the  Skua,  and  which  the 
latter  catches  before  it  falls  into  the  water.  The  Terns 
(Case  88)  have  forked  tails,  and  the  Boobies  square  tails 
and  very  long  wings,. 

Over  the  door  adjoining  the  Twelfth  Room,  is  an 
original  painting  of  the  Dodo,  presented  to  the  Museum 
by  George  Edwards,  Esq.,  the  celebrated  ornithological 
artist,  and  copied  in  his  works,  plate  No.  294,  who  says  it 
was  drawn  in  Holland,  from  a  living  bird  brought  from 
St.  Maurice’s  Island  in  the  East  Indies.”  The  only  re¬ 
mains  of  this  bird  at  present  known  are  a  foot  (Case  65)  in 


ROOM  XIII.] 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


83 


this  collection^  (presented  by  the  Royal  Society,)  and  a 
head  *  and  foot,  said  to  have  belonged  to  a  specimen  which 
was  formerly  in  Tradescant’s  Museum,  but  is  now  in  the 
Ashmolean  Museum  at  Oxford.  The  cast  of  the  head 
above  mentioned,  (in  the  same  Case,)  was  presented  by 
P.  Duncan,  Esq.  The  bird,  in  the  shortness  of  the 
wings,  has  much  analogy  to  the  ostrich,  but  its  foot,  in 
general,  rather  resembles  that  of  the  common  fowl,  and 
the  beak,  from  the  position  of  its  nostrils,  is  most  nearly 
allied  to  the  Vultures ;  so  that  its  true  place  in  the  series 
of  birds,  if  indeed  such  a  bird  ever  really  existed,  is  not, 
as  yet,  satisfactorily  determined. 

The  Table  Cases  in  the  middle  of  the  Room  contain  the 
general  collection  of  Shells. 

Cases  1,  2  contain  the  shells  of  cephalopodous  Mol- 
lusca,  which  are  characterized  by  having  a  series  of  conical 
arms  radiating  round  the  mouth,  which  serve  as  organs  of 
motion  and  prehension  :  some  that  have  eight  arms  have 
no  shell,  as  Octopus,  Eledona,  and  Ocylhoe :  others  have 
ten  arms,  two  of  which  are  longer  than  the  rest.  These 
have  either  an  internal  bone,  as  the  Cuttle-fish,  {sepia, )  or 
a  horny  plate  called  the  Sea  Pen,  as  the  Loligo,  Sepiola, 
and  Cranchia.  Lastly,  some  have  many  short  tubular  re¬ 
tractile  arms,  and  these  inhabit  the  last  division  of  an  ex¬ 
ternal  many-chambered  shell,  as  the  Nautilus ;  to  these  are 
allied Ahe  genera  Orthocerites,  Ammonites,  Scaphites,  Tur- 
rilites,  and  also  probably  the  Eelemnites,  all  of  which  are 
fossil. 

In  Cases  3  and  4  are  placed  a  series  of  models  on  an 
enlarged  scale,  and  some  specimens  of  minute  bodies, 
which  have  been  regarded  as  analogous  to  the  Nautili,  but 
the  nature  of  the  animals  is  not  known ;  they  probably 
belong  to  several  different  orders.  Some  have  supposed 
them  to  be  internal  shells,  but  this  cannot  be  the  case 
with  all,  as  many  are  attached  by  their  outer  surface  to 
sea-weed  and  shells.  They  are  formed  of  cells,  furnished 
with  one  or  more  small  mouths,  placed  one  on  another  in 
different  directions,  some  forming  straight  lines,  as  Nodo~ 
saria,  and  others  spiral  ones,  as  Rotalia.  In  others  the 

*  The  late  Dr.  George  Shaw  has  given  a  figure  of  the  head  of  the 
Dodo,  in  the  Naturalist’s  Miscellany,  PL  166, 


84  NATUBAL  HISTORY.  [uPPER  FLOOR. 

cells  are  half  the  length  of  a  whorl,  so  that  each  new  cell 
changes  the  situation  of  the  mouth  from  one  to  the  other 
end  of  the  shell,  as  in  the  Miliolce  :  and  in  others  the  cells 
are  divided  into  numerous  longitudinal  tubes,  as  in  Alveo- 
lina  and  Fabularia, 

In  Cases  5  to  60  are  arranged  the  shells  of  the  Gaste« 
ropodous  Mollusca — which  walk  on  a  broad,  flat,  ventral 
disk.  All  these  animals  have  a  single  spiral  shell,  except 
those  belonging  to  the  genus  Chiton,  which  have  a  series 
of  valves  down  the  back.  The  Gasteropoda  are  divided 
into  orders  according  to  the  form  of  their  respiratory 
organs. 

The  greater  number  of  those  furnished  with  shells  have 
comb“like  gills  placed  over  the  back  of  the  neck.  They 
are  called  CtenO’-hranchiata. 

Cases  5  to  34  contain  the  shells  of  those  gasteropoda 
which  prey  almost  exclusively  on  dead  or  living  animal 
matter.  These  mollusca  occasion  the  round  holes  which 
are  often  found  in  bivalve  and  other  shells,  and  which  they 
perforate  for  the  purpose  of  extracting  the  inhabitant. 
Their  shells  are  always  provided  with  a  canal placed  in 
the  front  of  the  pillar,  which  is  formed  to  protect  the 
syphon  of  the  mantles,  which  conducts  the  water  to  their 
gills.  Their  eggs  have  a  coriaceous  envelope,  and  have 
often  been  mistaken  for  corals.  Their  operculum  is  always 
horny,  and  formed  of  irregular  concentric  plates :  this 
order  contains  several  families. 

Cases  5,  6,  7  contain  the  family  of  the  Stromhidce, 
which  are  peculiar  for  having  a  sinus  formed  by  the  head 
of  the  animal,  and  placed  on  the  side  of  the  canal,  as  the 
true  Stromhus,  Pteroceras,  Rostellaria,  Ajporrhais,  and 
Strut  hiolaria. 

Cases  8  to  19.  The  family  of  the  Murices,  (Muricidce,) 
which  have  a  more  or  less  elongated,  straight  canal,  and  a 
moderate  sized,  flat,  expanded  foot. 

/The  outer  lip  of  many  of  these  shells  is  thickened  ex¬ 
ternally,  forming  a  permanent  belt  across  the  whorls,  as  in 
the  genera  and  Tritofi,  which  also  have  the  inner 

lip  generally  granular ;  and  the  Mask  shell,  {Persona,) 
wdth  the  base  expanded  into  a  disk ;  others  have  the  inner 
lip  smooth  as  those  of  the  true  Murices,  or  Kock  shells. 
Some  have  only  indistinct  varices,  or  noneat  all,  as  the 


85' 


BOOM  XIII.]  NATURAL  HISTORT. 

genera  Pleurotoma^  Conus,  Fusus,  and  Pyrula,  wliich 
have  the  pillar  smooth ;  Turhinellus,  Fasciolaria,  and 
Cancellaria,  which  have  this  part  plaited  like  the  Volutes; 
amongst  these  may  be  observed  a  very  fine  specimen  o£ 
the  reversed  Chank  shelly  valued  by  the  Chinese. 

Cases  20  to  27  contain  the  family  of  the  Buccina, 
{Buccinidce,)  which  have  either  an  elongated  and  redexed;, 
or  shore  curved  canal  in  front  of  the  mouth  ;  and  include 
the  genera  Cassis,  Dolium  Harpa,  Puipura,  Magilus, 
Ricinula,  Oliva,  Ancillaria,  Columbella,  Nassa,  Terehra, 
and  Buccinum,  which  are  severally  distinguished  from  each 
other  by  the  form  of  the  mouth :  some  of  these^  which 
have  the  lips  much  dilated  over  the  base  of  the  last  whorls^, 
have  a  very  large  foot,  which  secretes  the  shelly  matter  of 
which  the  lips  are  formed.  In  the  Ancillaria;,  where  the 
shell  is  almost  sunk  in  the  foot,  its  surface  is  covered  with 
a  coat  of  shining  enamel.  There  is  also,  in  Case  27,  a 
specimen  of  Terehra,  which  has  had  the  outer  part  of  the 
shell  cut  away,  to  shew  the  form  of  the  pillar,  and  the 
mode  by  which  the  animal  renders  the  tip  of  the  shell 
solid,  by  filling  it  up  with  a  glassy  secretion. 

In  Cases  28—30  are  arranged  the  family  of  Cowries 
{Cypreeidoe),  These  shells,  when  young,  have  a  wide 
mouth  j  the  back  is  simple  and  covered  with  a  periostra- 
cum,  but  as  they  reach  the  adult  age,  the  mouth  is  con¬ 
tracted,  and  the  back  covered  with  a  coat  of  enamel,  de¬ 
posited  on  it  by  the  sides  of  the  mantle,  which  becomes  ex¬ 
panded  for  this  purpose  ;  as  in  the  genera  Cyprcea,  Algoa,. 
Cyprovula,  Trivia,  Erato,  and  Ovula,  which  differ  from 
each  other  in  the  teeth  on  the  lips,^  and  in  the  structure  of 
the  outer  surface. 

Cases  31 — 34.  The  family  of  Volutes  {Volutidee')  are 
peculiar  for  their  pillar  being  plaited.  Some  of  these 
shells  are  covered  with  a  periostracum,  and  when  living 
are  often  more  or  less  sunk  into  the  large  foot  of  the 
animal;  as  the  genera  Cymhium,  Voluta,  and  Mitral- 
others,  as  the  Marginellce,  have  the  back  of  the  shell 
covered  with  an  enamel  coat,  like  the  Cowries,  which  is 
deposited  by  an  expansion  of  the  mantle,  similar  to  what: 
takes  place  in  those  animals. 

The  next  order  of  Ctenohranchous  Gasteropodes  live 
chiefly  on  vegetable  food,  and  being  destitute  of  any  dis^ 


86  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [[uPPER  FLOOR. 

tinct  syphon  for  the  passage  of  water  to  the  branchial 
cavity^  have  no  canal  in  front  of  the  month  of  the  shell ; 
their  eggs  are  membranaceous^,  and  often  deposited  on 
the  surface  of  other  shells ;  but  many  of  the  animals  are 
viviparous. 

Case  35  contains  the  family  of  the  Naticce  {Naticidce), 
which  have  a  very  large  foot  expanded  in  front,  and  a 
spiral  operculum ;  as  the  genera  Naiica,  Nacca,  and 
Cryptostoma^  the  former  having  a  small  mouth  and  large 
operculum,  the  latter  a  very  large  mouth  and  very  small 
operculum. 

Cases  36  to  38.  The  family  of  Periwinkles  (^Litton- 
nidce)  have  a  roundish  entire  mouth,  a  concave  inner  lip, 
and  a  free  oval,  spiral  operculum  ;  as  the  genera  Littorina, 
Truneatella,  and  Valvata, 

The  MelanicB  differ  from  the  above  chiefly  by  the  end  of 
the  mouth  being  more  or  less  produced  into  a  slight  canal. 
Their  shells  are  generally  turrited ;  as  the  genera  Melania^ 
Turritella)  Rissoa,  Scalaria,  P^ramidella,  Cerithium, 
Melanopsis,  and  Pyrena,  Some  of  the  latter  have  a  canal 
like  the  Buccina ;  but  their  structure  and  mode  of  life, 
which  is  passed  in  fresh  water,  shew  that  they  belong  to 
this  family. 

Cases  39  and  40.  The  family  of  Ampullarim  differ 
from  all  the  foregoing  in  the  operculum  being  annular ; 
they  live  in  fresh  water,  and  are  covered  with  a  thick 
periostracum.  Some,  as  the  genera  Ampullaria  and  Cera- 
fades,  have  long  tentacula,  a  forked  forehead,  and  are 
oviparous ;  while  the  others  have  short  tentacula,  as  Palu- 
dma  and  Bithynia,  the  first  of  which  has  a  horny  opercu¬ 
lum,  and  is  viviparous ;  the  other  is  oviparous,  and  has  a 
shelly  operculum. 

The  family  of  Nerites  {Neritidce).  Their  shells  are 
semi-ovate,  with  a  small  semi-circular  mouth  furnished 
with  a  sharp  transverse  inner  lip  ;  as  the  genera  Nerita, 
Neritina,  and  Navicellus,  the  former  has  a  shelly  opercu¬ 
lum  grooved  on  the  edge,  and  the  two  latter,  a  thin  one 
with  a  flexible  margin. 

Case  41  contains  the  shells  of  those  Mollusca  of  this 
order,  which  are  peculiar  for  having  their  branchiae  formed 
of  very  long  filaments,  as  the  family  of  Worm  Shells, 

( Vermetidce,)  which  are  often  attached  by  the  outer  surface 


87 


ROOM  XIII.]  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

to  marine  bodies ;  being  thus  fixed,  the  foot  is  not  fur¬ 
nished  with  a  distinct  disc  for  walking,  but  its  end  is  ex¬ 
panded,  flat,  and  orbicular,  and  as  large  as  the  mouth  of 
the  shell,  which  is  generally  protected  by  a  horny  opercu¬ 
lum;  as  the  genera  Vermetus  and  Spiroglyphus.  The 
family  of  Capulidce  have  a  simple  conical  shell.  They  are 
always  attached  to  rocks  by  the  back  of  the  foot  of  the 
animal,  which  is  folded  on  itself  and  unfit  for  walking 
upon.  This  back  of  the  foot  either  secretes  a  shelly  plate 
like  an  operculum,  or  forms  a  depression  in  the  surface  of 
the  body  to  which  it  is  attached,  of  the  size  of  the  shell, 
and  marked  with  a  crescent-shaped  ridge,  shewing  the 
places  where  the  muscle  was  fixed ;  as  the  genera  Capiilus 
and  Hipponyx.  Lastly,  the  family  of  the  Crepidulce, 
{CrepidulidcB,)  which  have  a  very  large  and  expanded 
mouth,  and  the  inner  lip  very  small  and  thin  ;  the  latter 
is  even  sometimes  entirely  wanting ;  they  have  no  oper¬ 
culum,  and  their  gills  form  an  oblique  band  across  the 
front  of  the  neck,  as  in  the  genera  Crepidula,  Calyptrcea, 
Cremoria,  and  Dispotea  :  at  the  end  of  this  family  may  be 
placed,  till  the  animals  and  their  habits  are  better  known, 
the  genera  Velutina  and  Phorus,  The  latter  are  peculiar 
for  attaching  to  the  outer  surface  of  their  shell,  as  it  in¬ 
creases  in  size,  stones,  or  fragments  of  other  shells  and 
corals ;  from  whence  they  Have  been  called  respectively 
the  Conchologist  and  the  Mineralogist.  The  Phori  have 
a  subannular  operculum,  very  like  that  of  the  Buccinum. 

Cases  42 — 48  contain  the  third  order  of  Ctenobran- 
chons  Gasteropodes,  which  are  herbivorous,  and  have  an 
entire  mouth  to  their  shells  like  the  former,  but,  like 
the  snail,  they  are  hermaphrodite.  The  sides  of  the  body 
are  furnished  with  a  series  of  filaments.  Many  of  these 
have  spiral  shells,  which  are  of  a  pearly  lustre  internally  ; 
as  the  family  of  the  Turbines,  ( Tmhinidce,)  which  have  a 
rounded  mouth  and  a  shelly  operculum,  as  the  genera 
Turbo,  Imperaior,  and  Phasianella,  The  family  of  th« 
Trochi  ( Trochidce)  have  a  square  mouth  and  horny  spiral 
operculum  ;  as  Trochus,  Rotella,  Monodonta  and  Solarium^ 
The  family  of  the  Ear-shells  {Haliotidm)  are  allied  to  the 
former,  but  they  have  a  very  expanded  mouth,  and  ne 
operculum most  of  these  have  a  groove,  a  series  of  holes,. 


88  NATURAL  HISTORY.  ^UPPER  FLOOR.. 

or  a  canal  in  the  outer  lip  over  the  gills^  as  in  the  genera 
Fleur otomaria,  Scissurella^  Halioiisy  Stomatia  and  Sio- 
7natella, 

The  other  shells  of  this  order  are  simply  conicah  and 
not  pearly  ;  as  the  family  of  the  Keyhole  Limpets^  {Emar^ 
ginulidce,)  which  have  an  animal  very  like  the  Ear-shelly 
but  the  shell  is  depressed,  and  furnished  with  a  hole, 
placed  either  in  the  front  of  the  apex,  as  in  Fissurellay  or 
with  a  notch  in  the  front  of  its  edge,  as  in  Ernarginula  and 
ParmophoruSn  These  holes  or  grooves  afford  a  passage  for 
the  water  to  the  respiratory  organs.  Here  must  also  be 
placed  the  family  of  the  Tooth-shells,  which 

have  been,  till  lately,  regarded  as  the  tubes  of  worms,  but 
are  now  known  to  be  formed  by  true  Molliisca ;  as  the 
Tooth-shell,  Eenfalium  :  likewise  the  shells  of  the  genus 
Lottla,  which  are  so  similar  to  those  of  the  FatellcEy  that 
it  is  impossible  to  distinguish  them  from  each  other :  the 
animals,  however,  which  form  them  are  quite  different 
from  those  of  the  latter  shells,  whilst  they  are  closely 
allied  to  the  Fissurellce,  from  which  they  scarcely  differ,, 
except  in  having  only  one  gilL 

Case  49  contains  the  third  order  of  Gasteropodous  Mol- 
lusca.  They  have  their  gills  placed  on  the  right  side  of  the 
back,  and  covered  with  a  thin  mantle,  which  is  generally 
enclosed  or  protected  by  a  small  shell.  They  have  no  oper-> 
culum,  and  usually  swim  about,  aided  by  the  membrana¬ 
ceous  appendages  on  the  side  of  the  foot. 

In  some  Gasteropoda,  the  gills  are  on  the  side  of  the 
back,  and  covered  by  the  mantle,  as  in  the  family  of  Bui- 
lidce.  The  head  or  front  part  of  the  animals  belonging  to 
this  family  has  no  distinct  tentacula,  the  eyes  being  placed 
in  a  flat  shield,  as  in  the  genera  Bulla,  Bullcea,  Acera,  and 
Gasteropiera  ;  the  latter  has  no  shell,  and  the  sides  of  its 
head  are  dilated  into  large  wings,  by  means  of  which  it 
swims  about  in  every  direction.  The  Bullcece  are  peculiar 
for  being  provided  with  a  hard  shelly  gizzard.  The  family 
of  Sea  Hares,  (Aplysiadce,')  so  called  from  the  form  they 
assume  when  sitting  on  the  rocks,  have  an  elongated  head 
and  distinct  tentacula,  as  the  genera  Aplysia,  Dolabella, 
and  Notarchus  ;  the  latter  has  no  shell.  The  Syphonarlce 
have  an  external  conical  shell,  with  a  groove  in  the  side 


m 


ROOM  XIII.]  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

for  the  passage  of  the  water  to  the  gills^  as  those  of  the 
genus  Syphonaria*  The  genus  Gadinia  appears  to  be 
very  nearly  allied  to  the  preceding ;  but  the  grooves  are 
placed  in  the  front  of  the  muscular  scar,  whereas  in  the 
former  they  are  placed  in  the  side  of  it. 

The  other  animals  of  this  order  have  their  branchieg 
placed  on  the  right  side  of  the  body,  in  the  groove  between 
the  edge  of  the  mantle  and  the  foot,  as  in  the  family  of  the 
Fleur Sjranchidcje,  consisting  of  the  genera  Berthella  and 
PleurohrancJius,  which  have  a  very  thin  membranaceous 
shell  inclosed  in  the  mantle  :  the  family  of  the  Umbrellidce, 
Avhich  includes  only  the  genus  Umbrella,  has  a  suborbi- 
eular,  flat,  hard,  external  shell.  This  genus  was  for¬ 
merly  supposed  to  have  its  shell  placed  on  its  foot,  and 
was  called  Gastroplax,  but  this  has  been  proved  to  be  an 
error. 

Case  50  contains  the  fourth  order  of  Gasteropodous 
Mollusca,  which  have  their  gills  in  the  form  of  plates  on 
the  back,  or  placed  in  a  series  round  the  edge  of  the  mantle 
of  the  animal.  It  is  only  necessary  here  to  refer  to  those 
which  have  the  gills  of  the  latter  form,  as  they  alone  are 
provided  with  shells ;  as  the  family  of  Limpets,  {Patellidce,) 
which  have  a  simple  conical  shell,  with  the  apex  directed 
towards  the  head  of  the  animal,  contrary  to  what  prevails 
in  almost  all  other  shells  :  it  consists  of  the  genus  Patella 
also  the  family  of  Sea  Woodlice,  {Chitonidce^  as  anomalous 
as  the  above,  since  instead  of  having  a  single  shell,  it  has 
a  row  of  shelly  valves,  like  plate  armour,  arranged  in  re¬ 
gular  series  down  the  middle  of  the  back ;  as  in  the  genera 
Chiton^  Acardhochetes,  and  Chitonellus :  the  second  of 
these  is  peculiar  for  having  a  bundle  of  bristles  placed  on 
each  side  of  the  valves  ;  and  the  last,  for  the  valves  being 
nearly  hid  in  the  mantle  of  the  animals. 

Cases  53 — 60  contain  the  fifth  class  of  Gasteropodous 
Mollusca :  they  respire  free  air,  which  is  received  into  a 
cavity  between  the  mantle  and  the  back,  lined  internally 
with  numerous  reticulated  vessels.  They  are  mostly  ter¬ 
restrial,  and  when  aquatic,  they  come  to  the  surface  of 
the  water  to  respire ;  but  they  have  the  power  of  sus¬ 
pending  their  respiration,  for  a  considerable  time  dur¬ 
ing  the  cold  of  winter,  and  in  the  dry  season,  in  warm 
Qlimateso. 


90 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  [^UPPER  FLOOR, 

Tlie  tentacula  of  the  kinds  which  always  live  on  land, 
are  retractile  into  themselves,  like  the  finger  of  a  glove,  as 
in  the  family  of  the  Slugs  {Limacidce'),  Case  55  ;  which 
have  either  only  a  few  calcareous  grains  in  the  mantle,  as  in 
the  genus  Avion  ;  or  a  small  shell  imbedded  in  this  part, 
as  in  the  Limax  ;  or  a  small  ear-shaped  shell  placed  over 
the  mantle  at  the  end  of  the  body,  as  in  Testacella.  The 
family  of  Snails  {Helicidce)  have  a  large  shell,  into  which 
the  animal  can  withdraw  itself,  as  in  the  genera  HeliXj 
Bulimus,  Partula,  Pupa,  Vertigo,  and  Clausilia,  These  have 
the  edge  of  the  mouth  thickened,  and  often  toothed  ;  others, 
as  Succinia,  Achatina,  Zonites,  Namnia,  and  Vitrina,  have 
the  edge  of  the  mouth  thin :  the  last  two  have  the  front 
of  the  mantle  produced  beyond  the  mouth  of  the  shell, 
like  a  shield,  and  a  lobe  at  its  side,  which  partly  covers 
the  shell,  and  gives  it  the  polished  coat  for  which  they  are 
peculiar. 

Those  which  live  in  water,  have  subulate,  contractile 
tentacula,  with  the  eyes  on  their  inner  base,  as  in  the  family 
of  Aui'iculidce,  containing  the  genera  Auricula  and  Me- 
lampus,  and  others,  have  their  eyes  near  their  outer  base, 
as  in  the  family  of  Pond  Snails,  (^Lijmnceadce).  Some  of 
these,  as  the  Lymncea,  have  the  inner  lip  of  the  shell 
plaited ;  while  others,  as  the  Physce  and  Planorbes,  have 
the  shell  constantly  reversed,  or  with  the  whorls  turning 
from  the  left  to  the  right,  contrary  to  their  direction  in 
most  other  shells ; — the  Ancyli  have  simple  conical  shells, 
with  the  tip  bending  in  the  same  direction.  Many  of  these 
animals,  during  their  torpidity,  cover  the  mouths  of  their 
shells  with  a  membranaceous  or  calcareous  case,  which  is 
dissolved  or  thrown  off  when  they  revive. 

The  family  of  the  Cyclostomidce  differ  from  all  the  other 
Land  Mollusca,  in  having  the  respiratory  cavity  open  in 
front,  and  in  not  being  hermaphrodite :  they  have  subulate 
contractile  tentacula,  with  the  eyes  at  the  base,  like  the 
pond-snails.  They  are  the  only  land  shells  which  have  an 
operculum  ;  this  family  contains  the  genera  Cyclostoma 
and  Helicina. 

The  Cases  66  to  86  contain  the  second  class  of  Mollusca, 
which  have  bivalve  shells,  and  whose  animals  are  always 
covered  with  a  two-lobed  mantle,  each  protected  by  a 
shelly  valve,  and  they  have  within  the  mantle,  between  it 


ROOM  XIII.] 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


91 


and  the  compressed  body,  a  pair  of  laminar  branchise 
on  each  side.  The  lower  part  of  the  body  is  generally  di¬ 
lated  into  a  keeled  or  horn-shaped  foot,  by  which  they 
walk  along  the  sand  or  mud  of  the  shore,  or  a  flat  disk,  by 
which  they  attach  themselves  to  rocks  and  form  holes  in 
their  surface.  They  are  all  aquatic  and  are  divided  into 
orders,  according  to  the  structure  of  the  mantle.  In  some 
of  these,  the  elastic  cartilage  by  which  the  valves  are  se¬ 
parated  from  one  another  when  the  muscles  which  close 
them  are  relaxed,  forms  an  external  band  along  the  hinder 
edge  of  the  shell,  between  the  shell  and  the  ligament  by 
which  the  two  valves  are  fastened  together;  as  in  the 
genera  Venus,  Tellina,  Cardium,  and  Solen.  In  the  last 
genus,  the  cartilage  and  ligament  are  very  prominent,  and 
the  ridge  on  the  margin  of  the  shell  from  which  it  arises, 
and  against  which  the  cartilage  is  pressed  by  the  ligament 
when  the  valves  are  closed,  is  very  large  and  distinct.  In 
others,  as  the  Mactrce  and  Crassatellce,  the  cartilage  is 
placed  in  a  small  triangular  cavity,  situated  just  at  the 
back  of  the  teeth,  and  the  longitudinal  fibres,  of  which  it 
is  formed,  are  pressed  by  the  surface  of  the  valves  when 
they  are  closed  ;  these  shells  have  the  ligament  placed 
exactly  as  in  other  bivalves.  In  some  few,  as  the  Pid- 
docks  (Pholas)y  there  is  no  cartilage,  its  place  being  sup¬ 
plied  by  muscles,  which  are  attached  to  the  posterior  edge 
of  the  valves,  which  are  covered  by  a  thin  skin  instead  of 
a  ligament,  in  which  shelly  plates  are  usually  imbedded. 
The  animals  of  bivalve  shells  are  in  general  free,  and  walk 
about  by  means  of  their  compressed  foot,  forming  for  them¬ 
selves  holes  in  the  sand  or  mud  on  the  sea-coast,  in  which 
they  rest  with  their  syphons  near  the  surface,  and  their 
mouths  downwards.  Others,  as  the  Petricolce,  Liihodomi^ 
and  Pholades,  form  for  themselves  holes  in  calcareous 
rocks  or  old  shells,  in  which  they  constantly  remain  dur¬ 
ing  the  whole  of  their  lives.  Some  few  line  these  holes 
with  a  calcareous  secretion,  as  the  Gastrochcence  and  Tcre- 
dines.  The  Clavagella  and  Aspergillum  form  testaceous 
tubes,  to  which  the  former  fixes  one  of  its  valves,  leaving 
the  other  free  to  move  at  the  will  of  the  animal,  while  the 
latter  fixes  them  both,  so  that  the  valves  appear  to  form 
a  part  of  the  tube,  their  apices  only  being  visible  exter¬ 
nally.  Those  animals  which  fix  the  valves  to  their  tubes. 


92 


NATURAL  HISTORY.  [UPPER  FLOOR. 

have  the  ends  thereof  pierced  with  holes^  and  they  only 
appear  to  increase  it;,  at  its  upper  or  exposed  hinder  edge  ; 
while  in  those  in  which  the  valves  are  free,  the  case  is  ex¬ 
tended,  at  its  lower  part,  by  the  animals  boring  into  the 
substance  in  which  it  is  lodged.  Some  shells,  as  the  Arcce, 
Nuculce,  and  SolenomycE^  attach  themselves  to  rocks  and 
stones,  by  a  secretion  which  they  emit  from  the  ex¬ 
panded  end  of  the  foot :  this  secretion  often  hardens,  and 
is  calcareous.  Other  shells  are  attached  by  a  byssus, 
which  arises  from  a  sheath  at  the  base  of  the  front  part  of 
the  foot,  and  is  projected  either  from  the  gape  of  the  shell, 
as  in  the  MytiU,  Pinnce,  and  Tridacnce^  or  from  a  groove 
in  the  anterior  and  upper  part  of  the  edge  of  the  right 
valve,  as  in  the  Pectmes,  Aviculce^  and  Mallei. 

The  Anomice  differ  from  the  former,  in  being  fixed  by  a 
muscle  passing  out  of  a  deep  notch  in  the  under  valve, 
which  secretes  a  hard  disk  at  the  places  of  its  attachment 
to  the  rock :  others,  as  the  Chamce  jEtJierice,  Spondyli, 
and  Ostrece  are  attached  by  the  outer  surface  of  the  shell 
to  rocks,  dec.  These  shells,  or  those  which  inhabit  tubes, 
do  not  become  attached  until  some  time  after  they  are  ex¬ 
cluded  from  the  egg :  the  young  shells,  which  at  first  are 
not  distorted,  are  often  to  be  seen  on  the  outside  of  the 
umbones  of  the  parent  shells. 

The  lobes  of  the  mantle  of  these  animals  are  often  united 
behind,  and  extended  into  longer  or  shorter  syphons, 
through  which  the  water  passes  to  the  gills.  Most  of  the 
shells,  which  have  these  tubes  long  and  free,  are  marked 
with  a  deep  sinus  in  the  hinder  part  of  the  muscular  im¬ 
pression,  which  passes  round  the  inner  margin  of  the  shell. 
But  some  shells,  as  the  Cyclas,  Cardium,  and  Loripes,  with 
moderate  syphons,  have  no  such  sinus,  the  muscular  im¬ 
pression  continuing  parallel  to  the  edge,  as  in  those  animals 
which  have  the  lobes  of  their  mantle  quite  separate,  except 
on  the  dorsal  margin. 

The  animals  of  most  of  the  larger  species  of  these  shells 
are  used  for  food  in  various  parts  of  the  world.  Many  of 
them  are  liable  to  a  disease,  which  causes  them  to  form  cal¬ 
careous  pearly  secretions,  either  in  the  substance  of  their 
bodies  or  on  the  surface  of  their  shells ;  these  secretions  al¬ 
ways  agree  in  colour  with  that  of  the  inner  surface  of  the 
shell  to  which  the  animal  belongs.  Thus  those  of  the  Pinna, 


BOOM  XIII.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  93 

are  pale  brown  and  transparent ;  those  of  the  Oyster,  are 
white  and  opaque ;  and  those  of  the  Muscles  are  either 
white  or  purple ;  while  those  of  the  shells  which  have  a 
pearly  lustre,  as  the  Aviculce,  Uniones,  and  Anodons,  par¬ 
take  of  the  same  mild  brilliancy. 

As  the  peculiar  lustre  of  Pearls  greatly  depends  on  their 
more  or  less  globular  form,  the  Chinese  have  attempted, 
for  no  very  honest  purpose,  to  make  the  pearly  inside  coat 
of  some  of  the  pond-muscles  assume  that  shape,  by  placing 
hemispherical  pieces  of  mother  of  pearl,  between  the  animal 
and  the  shell,  which  it  eventually  covers  with  a  pearly 
coat  (see  Case  83).  In  other  countries,  spurious  Pearls 
have  been  produced,  for  an  equally  laudable  object,  by 
placing  pointed  pieces  of  wire  in  a  similar  situation. 

Case  88  contains  the  shells  of  Branchiopodous  Mollusca, 
which  are  inclosed  by  two  regular  shelly  valves.  They 
have  no  distinct  head,  but  the  mouth  is  placed  on  the 
hinder  part  of  the  cavity,  and  is  furnished  with  two  long 
spirally  twisted  arms,  by  which  they  reach  their  food; 
the  organs  of  respiration  are  placed  on  the  edge  of  the 
mantle.  All  these  shells  are  attached  to  marine  bodies: 
some  of  them  are  regular,  and  somewhat  like  a  Grecian 
lamp  in  form,  and  have  therefore  been  called  Lamp-shells. 
They  are  attached  by  means  of  a  tendinous  band,  which 
passes  out  of  the  hole  in  the  apex  of  the  upper  valve,  as  in 
the  Terehraiulce  and  Spiriferi :  others,  as  in  the  Lingula, 
are  attached  by  a  tendinous  tube,  resembling  the  stem  of 
the  Barnacles,  which  projects  between  the  apex  of  the 
gaping  valves.  The  JAiscinoe,  on  the  other  hand,  have 
the  tendon  passing  out  of  a  linear  slit  near  the  middle  of 
the  under  valve;  and  the  Cranice  are  immediately  at¬ 
tached  by  the  outer  surface  of  their  shells. 

J.  G.  Children. 

LONG  GALLERY. 

The  Long  Gallery  above  the  King’s  Library  is  appro¬ 
priated  to  the  collections  of  Mineralogy  and  Secondary  Fos¬ 
sils,  the  arrangement  of  the  latter  of  which  is  not  yet  com¬ 
pleted.  The  system  adopted  for  the  arrangement  of  the 
minerals,  with  occasional  slight  deviation,  is  that  of  the 
Baron  Berzelius,  founded  upon  the  electro-chemical  theory 
and  the  doctrine  of  definite  proportions,  as  developed  by 
him  in  a  memoir  read  before  the  Royal  Academy  of  Sciences 


94 


NA’TURAL  HISTORY. 


[lono 


at  Stockholm^  in  1824.  The  detail  of  this  arrangement 
cannot  here  be  entered  into  :  it  is^  however^  partly  supplied 
by  the  running  titles  at  the  outsides  of  the  glass  Cases,  and 
by  the  labels  within  them. 

The  first  two  Cases,  and  part  of  the  third,  contain  the 
electrO”positive  native  metals:  iron,  copper,  bismuth,  lead, 
silver,.mercury,  palladium,  platinum,  osmium  and  gold. 

Case  1.  Of  native  iron,  found  in  insulated  masses,  and 
disseminated  in  meteoric  stones,  the  following  specimens 
are  deposited ; — native  iron  from  Gross-Kamsdorf  in  Sax¬ 
ony  ; — two  small  polished  pieces  of  the  mass  found  in 
Southern  Africa,  which  weighed  about  250  pounds,  and  is 
now  in  the  cabinet  of  Haarlem fragment  of  the  iron 
from  Senegal ; — ^specimens  of  the  native  iron  from  Otumpa, 
in  the  Gran  Chaco  Gualamba,  in  South  America,  described 
by  Don  Rubin  de  Celis,  who  estimated  the  weight  of  the 
mass  to  be  about  300  quintals,  or  15  tons  ^ ; — a  large  piece 
detached  from  the  celebrated  mass  of  Siberian  native  iron, 
which  was  discovered  by  Pallas  on  the  summit  of  a  hill  be¬ 
tween  Abakansk  and  Belskoi  Ostrog  on  the  banks  of  the 
Jenisey,  where  it  was  considered  by  the  Tartars  as  a  sacred 
relic:  the  mass  originally  weighed  about  1680  pounds  ; — 
a  mass  of  iron  from  Atacama,  resembling  that  of  Siberia, 
and  also  containing  much  of  the  olivine-like  substance 
within  its  cells ; — a  piece  of  the  large  mass  from  Ellen- 
bogen,  in  Bohemia,  and  another  of  that  found  on  the  Col- 
lina  di  Brianza,  in  the  Milanese ; — two  specimens  of  the 
mass  of  iron  found  at  Lenarto  in  Hungary,  one  of  which 
(being  polished  and  treated  with  acid)  exhibits  the  outlines 
of  imperfect  crystals  ; — a  small  piece  of  the  large  mass  in 
the  Capitania  di  Bahia,  Brazil ; — another,  from  that  found 
in  the  province  of  Durango,  Mexico ; — a  specimen  detached 
from  the  large  mass  of  iron  preserved  at  Aix-la-Chapelle 
— an  Esquimaux  knife  and  harpoon  (from  Davis’s  Straits, 
Lat.  N.  Long.  66'^  W.),  the  iron  of  which  is  meteoric; 
— a  large  piece  of  the  problematical  mass  of  iron  lately 
found  at  Magdeburg,  and  which,  according  to  Stromeyer’s 
analysis,  contains  (besides  nickel  and  cobalt)  also  copper, 
molybdenum,  and  arsenik. — Of  ineteoric  stones  (classed 

*  The  large  mass  of  iron  placed  against  the  wall  on  the  left  of  the 
entrance,  was  sent  from  Buenos  Ayres,  by  Woodbine  Parish,  Esq. ;  it  is 
supposed  to  be  part  of  that  of  Otumpa  :  its  weight  1400  pounds. 


GALLERY.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  95 

with  native  iron,  because  they  all  contain  this  metal,  gene¬ 
rally  alloyed  with  nickel)  the  following  are  placed  in  chro¬ 
nological  order : — a  large  fragment  of  the  stone  which  fell 
at  Ensisheim,  in  Alsace,  Nov.  7th,  1492,  when  Em¬ 
peror  Maximilian,  then  king  of  the  Romans,  was  on  the 
point  of  engaging  with  the  French  army :  this  mass, 
which  weighed  270  pounds,  was  preserved  in  the  cathedral 
of  Ensisheim  till  the  beginning  of  the  French  revolu¬ 
tion,  when  it  was  conveyed  to  the  public  library  of  Col¬ 
mar; — one  of  the  many  stones  which  fell,  July  3d,  1753, 
at  Plaun,  in  the  circle  of  Bechin,  Bohemia,  and  which 
contain  a  great  proportion  of  attractable  iron ; — specimens 
of  those  that  were  seen  to  fall  at  Roquefort  and  at  J uliac, 
in  the  Landes  of  Gascony,  July  24th,  1790; — one  of  a 
dozen  of  stones  of  various  weights  and  dimensions  that 
fell  at  Sienna,  in  Tuscany,  Jan.  16th,  1794; — fragment  of 
the  meteoric  stone,  weighing  56  pounds,  which  fell  near 
Wold  Cottage,  in  Yorkshire,  Dec.  13th,  1795; — fragment 
of  a  stone  of  20  pounds,  which  fell  in  the  commune  of 
Sales,  near  Villefranche,  in  the  department  of  the  Rhone, 
March  12th,  1798; — specimens  of  stones  fallen  near  the 
city  of  Benares,  in  the  East  Indies,  Dec.  19th,  1798; — 
entire  and  broken  specimens  of  the  meteoric  stones  of  which 
a  shower  descended  at  Aigle,  in  the  department  of  the 
Orne,  April  26th,  1803 ;— fragment  of  that  of  Smolensk, 
June  27th,  1807  i — fragment  of  one  of  those  that  were 
seen  to  fall  at  Weston,  in  Connecticut,  Dec.  14th,  1807 ; — 
two  meteoric  stones  with  shining  black  surfaces,  fallen  May 
22d,  1808,  at  Stannern,  in  Moravia ; — two  fragments  of 
the  Tipperary  meteorite  which  fell  in  August,  1810  :  it 
contains  quartz  globules  of  a  green  colour,  owing  to  oxide 
of  nickel ; — a  fragment  of  that  of  Berlanguillas,  in  Cata¬ 
lonia,  July  8th,  1811 ; — a  fragment  of  one,  weighing  66 
pounds,  which  fell  August  5th,  1812,  near  Chantonnay,  in 
the  Vendee; — fragment  of  the  meteoric  stone  which  fell  at 
Adare,  in  the  county  of  Limerick,  Ireland,  in  1813 ; — frag¬ 
ment  of  one  of  those  which  fell  Sept.  5th,  1814,  at  Agen, 
in  the  Pyrenees,  and  another  of  that  which  descended  at 
Juvenas  (Ardeche),  on  June  15th,  1821. 

Among  the  specimens  of  native  copper  (which  presents 
a  great  variety  of  forms  besides  the  crystallized,  such  as 
dendritic,  filiform,  &c.)  may  be  specified  the  mass  frona 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


|[lonb 

Hudson’s  Bay,  found  by  Mr.  Hearne,  and  described  by 
him  in  his  journal. — Native  bismuth,  massive^  disseminated, 
and  dendritic,  in  jasper,  &c. :  to  which  are  added,  speci¬ 
mens  exhibiting  the  artificial  crystallization  of  the  same, 
produced  by  the  sudden  cooling  of  the  melted  metal. — iV«- 
iive  lead  in  lava :  to  which  is  added  a  medal  cast  in  the 
same  lead  which  was  ejected  by  Vesuvius  in  1631, 

Case  2.  Native  silver  :  among  its  varieties  may  be  par¬ 
ticularized  those  exhibiting  the  various  forms  in  which  it 
most  frequently  occurs,  such  as  tooth-shaped,  wire-shaped, 
dendritical,  mosslike,  &c.,  many  of  which  are  aggregations 
of  minute  crystals.— mercury,  and  hydrarguret  of 
silver  or  native  amalgam ;  the  former  chiefly  as  globules, 
disseminated  in  cinnabar,  sparry  limestone,  8zc. ;  the  latter 
crystallized  in  perfect  and  modified  rhombic  dodecahedrons, 
globular,  &c. :  to  which  are  added  figures  and  ornaments 
moulded  and  modelled  in  amalgam,  by  the  miners  of 
Mexico. 

Case  3.  Native  gold,  subdivided  into  pure  and  alloyed 
gold ;  the  former  chiefly  massive,  in  detached  crystals  and 
as  grains  (from  Bengal,  Guinea,  Sumatra,  Brazil),  and  in 
brown  iron-stone,  in  quartz,  with  needle-ore,  &c.,  from 
Siberia ;  the  alloyed  gold  (principally  from  Transylvania) 
crystallized  in  minute  cubes  and  octahedrons  variously 
aggregated,  in  reticular  plates,  &c.  With  these  are  placed 
a  few  specimens  of  the  alloys  known  by  the  names  of  au¬ 
riferous  silver  and  electrum,--^  Native  platinum,  massive  and 
as  grains :  rock  specimens  of  the  formation  in  which  it  occurs 
in  the  Ural,  Siberia. — Osm-iridium,  m  2i  wrought  state. 

In  this  Case  begin  (continued  to  Case  12)  the  electro¬ 
negative  metallic  substances  (metalloids),  and  their  not 
oxidized  combinations.  —  Tellurium  and  tellurets  :  the 
scarce  native  tellurium,  which  (like  sulphur  and  sele¬ 
nium,  &c.)  has  the  property  of  mineralizing  several  metals, 
combining  with  them  as  electro-negative  substance :  with 
bismuth  (formerly  called  molybdena-silver,  and  considered 
by  Esmark  as  native  tellurium) ;  with  lead  (foliated  tel¬ 
lurium,  or  nagyag  ore) ;  with  silver  and  lead  (white  and 
partly  yellow  tellurium) ;  with  silver  and  gold  (graphic 
tellurium  or  schrift-ertz  of  authors). — Native  antimony 
from  Dauphiny,  and  antimonial  silver  or  stibiuret  of  silver 
from  the  Hartz,  &c. 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


97 


GALLERY,] 

Case  4.  Native  arsenic  (formerly  called  testaceous  or 
scherben  cobalt)  in  reniform  and  botryoidal  shapes,  from 
Andreasberg,  &c.;  and  its  chemical  combinations  (arse- 
niurets)  :  with  nickel  (commonly  called  copper-nickel)  ; 
with  cobalty  comprising  the  grey  and  part  of  the  white 
cobalt  of  some  mineralogists,  &c. 

The  remainder  of  this  Case  contains  the  substances  be¬ 
longing  to  the  confined  orders  of  Carbon  and  of  Selenium, 
To  the  former  are  referred  the  diamond,  anthracite,  gra¬ 
phite  ;  to  the  latter  the  selenium  metals  or  seleniurets. 
Among  the  specimens  selected  to  illustrate  the  crystalline 
forms  of  the  diamond  are :  — the  primitive  regular  octahe¬ 
dron  I  the  same  with  solid  angles  truncated ;  with  edges 
truncated,  forming  the  passage  into  the  rhombic  dodeca¬ 
hedron  ,‘  varieties  of  the  latter,  giving  rise  to  the  six-sided 
prismatic  and  the  tetrahedral  forms  ;  cubes  with  truncated 
and  bevelled  edges ;  various  hemi tropic  crystals  or  macles 
of  diamonds ;  an  octahedral  diamond,  embedded  in  gold  ; 
another  in  its  usual  matrix ;  models  of  the  largest  diamonds 
known,  &c.  With  these  are  placed  specimens  of  the  al¬ 
luvial  rock  in  which  this  precious  substance  occurs  in 
the  East  Indies  and  in  Brazil. — Specimens  of  anthracite 
or  kohlenblende  (to  which  may  be  referred  the  Kilkenny 
coal),  with  native  silver  from  Kongsberg,  &c. ; — graphite 
(commonly  called  black-lead),  massive,  disseminated  in 
porcelain  earth,  &c. — Seleniurets, — only  those  of  copper 
and  silver  (eukairite),  those  of  lead  and  copper,  and  the 
selenium-sulphur,  are  at  present  in  the  collection. 

Case  5.  The  suite  of  specimens  of  sulphur  (crystallized, 
massive,  and  stalactic,  with  selenite,  sulphate  of  strontia, 
&c. ;  and  the  same  found  sublimed  near  the  craters  of  vol¬ 
canos,  &c.)  is  succeeded  by  the  Sulphur ets,  which  occupy 
half  of  this  and  seven  of  the  succeeding  glass-cases.  They 
begin  with  sulphuret  of  manganese  or  manganese-blende, 
from  Nagyag  in  Transylvania  and  from  Peru. — Among 
the  numerous  varieties  of  sulphuret  of  zinc,  or  zinc-blende, 
may  be  particularized  those  relative  to  colour,  viz.,  the 
yellow,  the  brown,  and  the  black  blende  of  Werner;  the 
first  of  which  is  generally  most  pure,  while  the  others  con¬ 
tain  a  portion  of  iron ;  the  fibrous  blende  of  Przbram  in 
Bohemia,  in  which  cadmium  was  discovered  by  Stromeyer ; 
the  variety  called  testaceous  or  schaalen  blende  (the  most 


98 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


[^LONG 


characteristic  specimens  of  which  are  from  Geroldseck  in 
the  Brisgau)  contains,  besides  iron,  a  portion  of  lead. 

Case  6. — Sulphiirets  of  iron,  or  iron-pyrites :  — common 
pyrites,  smooth  and  striated,  variously  crystallized,  from  se¬ 
veral  localities  ;  radiated  pyrites,  a  substance  very  subject  to 
decomposition,  and  to  which  belong  most  of  the  varieties 
of  what  is  commonly  called  lenticular  or  coxcomb -pyrites, 
as  also  the  globular  pyrites,  of  a  radiated  texture,  and  the 
hepatic  or  liver  pyrites  of  Werner,  (distinct  from  the  fer 
sulfur e  hepatique  of  some  French  mineralogists,  which  is 
both  radiated  and  common  iron-pyrites  converted  into 
brown  iron-stone) ; — magnetic  pyrites,  which  is  nearly 
allied  to  the  preceding  species:  massive  and  crystallized 
in  six-sided  prisms. — Sulphuret  of  cohalt,  from  Bastnaes 
in  Sweden.  —  Sulphuret  of  nickel,  formerly  called  capillary 
iron  pyrites,  and  afterwards  considered  as  native  nickel, 
till  its  real  composition  was  determined  by  Arfvedson. 

Case  7-  Sulphuret  of  copper,  or  vitreous  copper,  va¬ 
riously  crystallized,  foliated,  compact,  &c. ;  to  which  ai*ealso 
commonly  referred  the  vegetable  fossil  remains  known  by 
the  name  of  Frankenberg  corn-ears,  which  occur  in  the 
bituminous  marl-slate  of  Frankenberg  in  Hessia,  and  are 
principally  composed  of  vitreous  and  grey  copper. —  Te;2- 
nantite.  —  Sulphuret  of  copper  and  iron,  to  which  belongs 
the  yellow  copper  or  copper  pyrites,  including  the  pale- 
yollow  fine-grained  variety,  called  hematitiform  or  blistered 
copper  pyrites ;  and  the  variegated  copper  ore  (buntkupfer- 
erz),  differing  from  the  former  in  the  proportions  of  its 
constituent  parts,  and  easily  known  by  the  reddish  colour 
of  its  fractural  surfaces ;  crystallized,  massive,  and  foliated. 

Case  8  contains  a  suite  of  specimens  of  sulphuret  of  lead 
or  galena,  which  include  various  modifications  of  crystals, 
detached  and  grouped  together,  in  combination  with 
blende,  pyrites,  and  many  other  substances ;  galena  of 
various  grain,  massive  and  disseminated ;  galena  of  cor¬ 
roded  appearance,  decomposed  and  regenerated ;  the  com¬ 
pact  and  specular  variety,  called  slickenside  by  the  Derby¬ 
shire  miners. 

Case  9.  Sulphurets  continued:  sulphuret  of  bismuth, 
or  bismuth  glance,  in  acicular  crystals,  from  Riddarhyttan, 
&c. — Sulphuret  of  copper  and  bismuth,  called  copper -bis- 
ww/A.— The  needle-ore  of  Werner,  a  triple  sulphuret  of 


I^ALLERY.]]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  99 

bismuth^  lead,  and  copper. — Sulphuret  of  copper  and  tin^ 
or  tin  pyrites* — The  remainder  of  this  case  is  taken  up  hj 
a  considerable  suite  of  specimens  of  sulphuret  of  mercury 
or  cinnabars  divided  by  Werner  into  the  dark-red  (by  far 
the  most  common  variety),  and  the  bright-red  cinnabar 
(native  vermilion,  much  esteemed  by  painters) ;  the  hepatic 
mercurial  ore  or  liver  ores  a  mixture  of  cinnabar  with  bitu¬ 
minous  and  earthy  particles,  from  Idria,  compact  and  slaty  : 
the  same  with  testaceous  organic  remains  (coral  ore). 

Case  10.  Sulphuret  of  silver ^  vitreous  silver,  or  silver 
glances  massive,  crystallized,  and  in  other  external  forms, 
among  which  are  the  laminar  and  capillary:  the  black 
silver  ore  appears  to  be  a  pulverulent  variety  of  this  spe¬ 
cies  ; — flexible  silver  glance. — Sulphuret  of  antimony s  or 
grey  antimony,  compact,  foliated,  radiated,  and  plumose : 
the  more  remarkable  among  these  are  the  specimens  of 
crystallized  antimony  in  splendid  groups,  especially  from 
Transylvania  ;  radiated  grey  antimony  with  barytes,  real¬ 
gar,  &:c.,  plumose  antimony  (feather-ore),  some  varieties  of 
which,  appearing  like  delicate  wool  or  down,  display  a  fine 
iridescent  blue,  yellow,  and  red  tarnish  :  it  should,  how¬ 
ever,  be  observed  here,  that  several  of  the  plumose  varieties 
of  grey  antimony  are  referable  to  the  sulphur- salts  in  the 
next  glass  case. 

Case  11.  Part  of  this  Case  is  occupied  by  the  speci¬ 
mens  of  sulphuret  of  arsenics  viz.  the  yellorv  orpiments  mas¬ 
sive  and  in  striated,  transparent,  separable  laminae ;  and 
the  red  orpiment  or  realgars  perfectly  crystallized  and 
massive  — The  rest  of  this  and  part  of  the  next  Case  con¬ 
tain  the  simple  and  double  sulphur-salts  formed  by  the 
sulphurets  of  antimony  and  of  arsenic,  with  basic  sul- 
phurets  of  electro-positive  metals  ;  they  are  (besides  some 
varieties  of  the  plumose  antimony  or  feather-ore) — the 
jamesonite  or  axotomous  glance  antimony  j— the  zinkenite, 
nearly  related  to  plumose  antimony  ;■ — the  red  or  ruby 
silver  ore,  divided  into  the  dark  and  the  light  red,  both  of 
the  same  crystalline  forms,  but  in  the  latter  of  which  sul¬ 
phuret  of  arsenic  takes  the  place  of  the  sulphuret  of  anti¬ 
mony  of  the  former ; — the  miargyrite  of  H.  Rose,  first 
separated  by  Mohs  from  red  silver  under  the  name  of 
hemiprismatic  ruby-blende the  sulphur-salt  commonly 
called  brittle  vitreous  silver  (the  roschgewachs  of  the  Hun- 

F  2 


100 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


garian  miners)  *  appears  to  be  composed  of  the  same  con¬ 
stituent  elements  as  the  dark  and  the  bright  red  ruby- 
silver  ores,  but  in  different  proportions; — bournonite)  a 
sulphur-salt  known  also  by  the  names  of  endellion,  and 
triple  sulphuret  of  lead,  antimony,  and  copper  the 
scarce  polybasite  and  in  the  next  case. 

Case  12,  the  grey  copper  or  fahl-ore  (a  double  sulphur- 
salt,  on  the  chemical  constitution  of  which  some  light 
has  lately  been  thrown  by  the  researches  of  H.  Rose), 
crystallized,  massive,  and  disseminated  in  various  sub¬ 
stances. 

The  remaining  substances  in  this  Case  are  (besides  the 
sulphuret  of  molybdenum  or  molybdena-glance^  several  of 
the  arsenio-sulphurets,  such  as  the  arsenical  pyrites  or 
mispickel  (some  varieties  of  which,  containing  accidentally 
admixed  silver,  constitute  Werner's  neiss-ertz) ;  cobalt 
glance,  massive  and  crystallized  in  the  form  of  the  cube 
and  its  modifications,  &c. 

In  the  six  following  Cases  the  oxides  of  the  electro-posi¬ 
tive  metals  are  deposited. 

Case  13  contains  the  oxides  and  hydrous  oxides  ofman^ 
ganese,  for  the  present  only  arranged  according  to  their 
old  division  into  foliated,  compact,  and  earthy  grey  man¬ 
ganese  ;  a  remarkable  variety  of  the  latter  is  the  wad, 
which  has  the  property  of  inflaming  spontaneously  when 
mixed  with  linseed  oil. — Oxide  of  manganese,  zinc  and 
iron  {franklinite)  &c. 

Case  14.  This  and  the  two  following  Cases  contain 
the  oxides  of  iron.  Specular  oxide  of  iron  or  iron  glance, 
among  the  specimens  of  which  may  be  specified  those 
from  Elba,  remarkable  on  account  of  their  beautiful  iri¬ 
descence  and  play  of  colours ;  the  variety  in  large  laminar 
crystals  appearing  like  polished  steel,  from  Stromboli  and 
Vesuvius  ; — the  micaceous  iron  ore  of  Werner,  belonging 
partly  to  this  species,  partly  to  the  scaly  hydrous  oxide 
red  iron  ore,  divided  into  compact  red  iron  stone  and  red 
hematite. 

Case  15.  Oxydulated  iron  or  magnetic  iron-stone, 
massive  and  of  various  grain,  compact,  crystallized,  in  ser¬ 
pentine,  chlorite-slate,  &c. ;  ore  from  the  East  Indies, 
which  yields  the  wootz,  or  salam- steel,  remarkable  for  its 
*  It  is  placed  in  the  next  glass  case,  No.  12, 


GALLERY.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  101 

hardness ;  magnetic  iron-sand.  With  the  oxides  of  iron  is 
also  provisionally  placed  the  crucite  of  Thomson ;  and  the 
heudantite,  which  is  composed  of  the  oxides  of  iron  and  lead. 

Case  16.  Hydrous  oxide  of  iron  or  hr  own  iron-stone, 
among  the  most  remarkable  varieties  of  which  species  are, 
the  micaceous,  called  goethite,  in  delicate  transparent 
tables  of  a  blood  red  colour  ;  that  in  fine  scales  coating  the 
cells  of  lava ;  a  shining  brownish-black  variety  used  as  hair 
powder  by  the  Bootchuana  natives  beyond  the  Great  River 
in  South  Africa  ;  the  fibrous  brown  iron-stone  or  brown 
hematite  ;  the  compact  and  the  ochrey  brown  iron-stone — 
iand,  as  appendix  to  it,  the  argillaceous  or  clay  iron-stone, 
with  its  many  varieties,  such  as  the  columnar,  the  pisiform 
(pea  iron-ore),  the  reniform,  &c. 

Case  17^  Oxide  of  copper  :■ — red  or  ruby  copper  ore, 
compact,  foliated,  and  fibrous ;  one  of  the  more  remark¬ 
able  is  the  bright-red  capillary  variety  from  Rheinbreiten- 
bach  (in  which  selenium  has  been  discovered  by  Kersten), 
and  from  the  Bank  mines  in  Siberia; — the  ferruginous 
red  oxide  of  copper  or  tile-ore,  a  mixture  of  red  copper 
and  brown  iron  ochre ;  black  oxide  or  copper  black,  ge-^ 
nerally  mixed  with  the  oxides  of  iron  and  manganese. 
^Oxide  of  lead: — the  native  minium  ivom  Hessia  (first 
described  by  Mr.  Smithson),  from  Siberia,  &c.,  probably 
produced  by  the  decomposition  of  galena. — Oxide  of  bis¬ 
muth  or  bismuth  ochre,  from  Saxony  and  Bohemia. — Oxide 
of  zinc  ox  red  zinc  ore  from  New  Jersey.— diodi  yellow 
earthy  cobalt,  both  called  cobalt  ochre,  which  seem  to  be  hy¬ 
drates  of  the  oxides  of  cobalt  and  manganese,  frequently 
mixed  with  oxide  of  iron. — Oxide  of  uranium,  or  uran-ochre, 
and  the  hydrous  protoxide  of  the  same,  called  pitch  ore. 

Case  18.  Oxide  of  tin  or  tin-stone,  divided  by  Werner 
into  common  tin-stone  and  wood-tin ;  among  the  speci¬ 
mens  of  the  former  (chiefly  from  Cornwall,  Saxony,  and 
Bohemia)  may  be  specified  the  greyish-white  crystals  re¬ 
sembling  scheel-ore  or  tungstate  of  lime,  the  regular  and 
macled  crystals,  the  pebble-like  and  granular  tin-stone 
(shoad-tin,  stream-tin,  grain-tin,  &c.),  the  columbiferous 
oxide  of  tin  from  Finboin  Sweden  ;  fibrous  oxide  or  wood- 
tin,  a  variety  of  which,  composed  of  radiated-fibrous  small 
globules,  and  marked  with  concentrically  disposed  brown 
and  yellow  colours,  is  called  toad’s  eye  wood-tin. 


102  NATURAL  HISTORY,  [[lON© 

In  the  next  Case  begin  the  oxides  of  electro-negative 
bodies^  and  their  various  combinations. 

Case  19.  Alumina  and  Aluminates,  To  the  former 
belongs  the  corundum,  comprehending  the  precious  stones, 
commonly  called  oriental  gems  (the  sapphire,  ruby,  orien¬ 
tal  amethyst,  oriental  topaz,  oriental  emerald),  of  the  crys¬ 
tallized  forms  of  which  the  principal  modifications  are 
here  deposited ;  and  the  common  or  imperfect  corundum 
from  Bengal,  Mysore,  China,  the  Carnatic  (Werner's  dia¬ 
mond  spar),  Lapland,  Piedmont,  &c.  As  appendix  to 
these  are  added,  the  Jihrolite,  (bournonite  of  Lucas,)  one 
of  the  concomitant  substances  of  the  common  corundum  of 
the  Carnatic ; — the  indianite  of  Bournon,  being  one  of  the 
matrices  of  the  same  corundum ; — the  emery,  which  owes  its 
hardness  and  consequent  usefulness  in  polishing  to  an  ad¬ 
mixture  of  blue  corundum.— The  dia spore  and  the  gibb^ 
site :  both  hydrates  of  alumina. 

Aluminate  of  magnesia — the  spinel :  among  its  varieties 
is  the  blue  spinel  of  Aker  in  Siidermannia.  The  ceylon^ 
ite  or  pleonaste,  and  the  automolite  (also  called  gahnite), 
from  Fahlun  in  Sweden  and  from  Franklin  in  New  Jersey, 
are,  the  former  an  aluminate  of  protoxide  of  iron  and  mag¬ 
nesia,  the  latter  an  aluminate  of  zinc.  The  substance 
called  plomb  gomme,  from  Huelgoet  in  Brittany :  a 
hydrous  aluminate  of  lead. 

The  five  following  Cases  contain  the  acid  or  oxide  of 
silicium  (silica,  quartz),  the  numerous  varieties  of  which, 
formerly  considered  as  so  many  distinct  species,  are  mostly 
indebted  for  their  generally  very  striking  external  charac¬ 
ters  to  the  admixture  of  matter  foreign  to  the  species,  or 
to  other  casual  circumstances  that  prevailed  at  their  form¬ 
ation.  I 

Case  20.  Amethyst  quartz  of  various  tints,  in  grouped  | 
crystals,  6iC. — Rock  crystal :  various  modifications  of  crys-^ 
talline  forms :  small  dodecahedral  and  other  crystals,  i 
known  by  the  names  of  Gibraltar  diamonds,  Bristol  dia¬ 
monds,  &c. ;  varieties  of  colour,  according  to  which  this  | 
substance  obtains  the  familiar  denominations  of  smoky  | 
topaz  or  morion,  cairngorm,  citrine,  &c. ;  specimens  of  rock 
crystal  enclosing  various  substances,  such  as  rutile,  brown  ' 
iron-stone,  micaceous  iron,  needle  antimony,  actinote, 
asbest,  chlorite,  &:c. ;  groups  of  rock  crystal ;  some  speci¬ 
mens  of  rock  crystal  in  a  wrought  state  are  added,  among 


GALLERY.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  *103 

which  is  Dr.  Dee’s  show-stone  (see  Walter  Scott’s  Demon- 
ology),  &c. 

Case  21.  Common  quartz :  among  the  specimens  of  this 
widely  diffused  substance,  which  offers  such  great  variety 
in  its  external  aspect,  the  more  remarkable  are  the  hacked, 
corroded,  and  cellular  quartz  from  Schemnitz,  as  also  the 
pseudomorphous  or  supposititious  crystals,  principally 
derived  from  modifications  of  calcareous  and  fluor  spars ; 
and,  with  regard  to  colour,  the  blue  quartz,  called  siderite, 
from  Salzburg,  and  the  rose  or  milk  quartz,  which  are  both 
used  as  ornamental  stones  ; — -Jlhrous  quartz  ; — -flexible 
sandstone  from  Brazil; — fletid  quartz,  from  Nantes ; — iron 
flint.  In  this  Case  are  also  deposited  several  varieties  of 
stalagmitic  quartz  or  quartzsinter,  the  most  remarkable 
among  which  are  the  siliceous  concretions  deposited  by  the 
celebrated  hot  spring  in  Iceland,  the  Geyser;  another 
variety  of  it  is  the  pearl-sinter  from  Santa-Fiora  in  Tus¬ 
cany  (whence  it  has  obtained  the  name  of  Jiorite),  and 
from  the  island  of  Ischia.  With  these  are  placed  speci¬ 
mens  of  the  ceraunian  sinter  or  those  enigmatical  siliceous 
tubes  which  were  discovered  in  the  sands  of  the  Senner 
Heath  in  the  county  of  Lippe  (where,  on  account  of  their 
supposed  origin,  they  are  called  lightning  tubes,  from 
which  name  those  of  fulgurite,  ceraunian  sinter,  asiraphya- 
lite,  are  derived),  at  Drigg  on  the  coast  of  Cumberland, 
and  latterly,  by  the  late  Capt.  Clapperton,  near  Dibbla  in 
the  Tuarick  country,  Africa,  from  which  localities  speci¬ 
mens  are  here  deposited.  The  hyalite  is  placed  here  as 
-  a  mineral  related  both  to  stalagmitic  quartz  and  calcedony. 
— Haytorite,  a  substance  purely  sileceous,  but  presenting 
the  form  of  datholite. 

Case  22  contains  some  more  of  the  varieties  of  common 
quartz  :  prase,  which  appears  to  be  an  intimate  mixture  of 
this  substance  and  actinote  the  avanturino  quartz  ; — as 
also  some  varieties  of  the  cat*s  eye  (mostly  from  Ceylon), 
in  which  the  chatoyant  lustre  is  generally  produced  by 
nearly  invisible  fibres  of  amianth  lodged  in  the  quartzy 
mass. — Part  of  this  Case  is  occupied  by  the  siliceous  sub¬ 
stance  called  hornstone,  divided  into  the  conchoidal  and 
splintery  varieties ;  among  these  are  the  remarkable  pseu¬ 
domorphous  crystals  from  Schneeberg  in  Saxony,  derived 
from  various  modifications  of  calcareous  spar ;  also  beauti- 


104  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [^LONG 

ful  specimens  of  wood  converted  into  hornstone,  being  the 
wood-stone  of  Werner ;  hornstone  balls  from  Hannstadt  in 
Bavaria. — Of  flinty  a  well  known  substance,  some  interest¬ 
ing  varieties  are  deposited.  The  remainder  of  this  and 
the  whole  of  the  following  Case  are  occupied  bj  calcedonic 
substances.  Among  the  specimens  of  common  calcedon^^ 
the  most  remarkable  are,  the  smalt-blue  variety  from  Fel- 
sobanya  in  Transylvania,  crystallized  in  obtuse  rhombohe- 
drons ;  the  branched  and  stalactical  calcedony  from  Ice¬ 
land,  &c. ;  the  botryoidal,  from  Ferroe  ;  nodules,  includ¬ 
ing  water  (enhydrites),  from  Monte  Berico,  near  Vicenza, 
where  they  occur  in  volcanic  rocks. 

Case  23.  Calcedonic  substances  continued:  cut  and 
polished  pieces  of  calcedony  with  red  and  black  dendritic 
and  other  figures,  called  mocha  stones;  varieties  with 
white,  brown,  and  black,  straight  or  curved  lines,  some 
of  which  were  probably  among  the  substances  of  which 
the  costly  vasa  murrhma  of  the  ancients  were  made  ; 
red  and  yellowish  varieties  of  calcedony  called  carnelian 
' — Plasma. —  Heliotrope:,  an  intimate  mixture  of  calce¬ 
dony  and  green  earth,  which,  when  containing  disse¬ 
minated  particles  of  red  jasper,  is  commonly  termed 
blood-stone. — The  beautiful  and  much  esteemed  variety 
of  calcedony  called  chrysoprase,  hitherto  only  found  at 
Kosemiitz  in  Silesia,  and  which  owes  its  colour  to 
oxide  of  nickel,  as  does  the  green  siliceous  earthy  sub¬ 
stance,  named  pimelite,  which  accompanies  it.  To  these 
are  added  specimens  of  some  varieties  of  the  siliceous  com¬ 
pounds  called  agates,  in  which  either  common  calcedony^ 
carnelian,  or  heliotrope  generally  form  a  predominant  in¬ 
gredient. 

Case  24.  One  half  of  this  Case  is  occupied  by  the  dif¬ 
ferent  varieties  of  jasper,  such  as  they  are  enumerated  by 
Werner,  viz.  the  globular  or  Egyptian  jasper,  found  chiefly 
at  Cairo  in  rounded  pieces,  which  appear  not  to  owe  their 
form  to  rolling,  but  to  be  original,  and  produced  by  infil¬ 
tration  ; — the  riband  jasper  or  striped  jasper,  the  finest 
varieties  of  which  are  found  in  Siberia ; — the  variously- 
tinted  common  jasper  ; — the  agate-jasper,  found  only  in 
agate  veins,  and  the  porcelain  jasper, by  the  action 
of  subterraneous  fire  on  clay  slate.  The  other  half  of  this 
Case  contains  opaline  substances  (mostly  hydrates  of  silica). 


105 


GALLERY.]  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

viz.,  specimens  of  the  noble  opal,  which  owes  its  beautiful 
play  of  colours  to  a  multiplicity  of  imperceptible  fissures  in 
its  interior; — the  sim  or  ^ fire  opal; — the  common  opal,  a 
translucent  white  variety  of  which,  appearing  yellow  or  red 
when  held  between  the  eye  and  the  light,  is  called  girasol ; 
— the  semi“Opal,  agreeing  in  its  principal  characters  with  the 
common; — specimens  of  a  variety  which,  having  the  pro¬ 
perty  of  becoming  transparent  when  immersed  in  water,  is 
called  hydrophane,  and  vulgarly,  oculus  mundi ; — wood 
opal,  or  opalized  wood  ;—jasp~opal,  referred  by  some 
authors  to  jasper; — the  menilite,  called  also  liver  opal, 
found  at  Menil-Montant,  near  Paris,  in  a  bed  of  adhesive 
slate,  a  specimen  of  which  is  added. 

In  the  two  next  Cases  are  placed  the  Silicates  with  one 
base. 

Case  25  contains  the  silicates  of  lime  and  those  of  mag¬ 
nesia.  To  the  former  belongs  the  table  spar  or  wollasto- 
nite  from  Mount  Vesuvius,  Nagyag,  &c. to  the  latter, 
several  of  the  minerals  placed  by  Werner  in  the  talc  genus: 
— steatite,  the  more  remarkable  varieties  of  which  are,  that 
of  yellowish  green  colour  from  Greenland,  and  that  from 
Gopfersgriin  in  Bareuth,  with  small  crystals  of  other  mine¬ 
ral  substances,  especially  quartz,  converted  into,  and  form¬ 
ing  part  of  the  massive  steatite ;  variety  called  chalk  of 
Brian^on; — heffehil,  or  meerschaum,  from  Natolia,  of 
which  the  well-known  pipe-bowls  are  made,  and  that  from 
Valecas  in  Spain; — also  a  related  substance,  called 
Jiillite  by  Dr.  Fischer,  who  discovered  it  in  the  Crimea  ; — 
liihomarge,  the  more  remarkable  varieties  of  which  are, 
that  of  a  reddish  yellow  colour  in  porphyry  from  Rochlitz, 
and  the  fine  purplish  blue  variety  from  Planitz,  formerly 
called  terra  miraculosa  Saxonica,  &c. — serpentine,  the  purer 
varieties  of  which  (generally  hydrates)  are  called  noble 
serpentine :  they  constitute,  in  combination  with  primitive 
limestone,  the  verde  antico  and  some  other  fine  green  mar¬ 
bles ;  among  the  varieties  of  the  common  serpentine,  those 
from  Bareuth  and  from  Zoblitz  in  Saxony  are  best  known, 
where  they  are  manufactured  into  vases  and  various  other 
articles ;  serpentine  with  imbedded  garnets,  magnetic  iron¬ 
stone,  asbest,  &c. — the  marmolite  of  Hoboken  in  New 
Jersey  likewise  belongs  to  serpentine.— With  these  is  also 


106  NATURAL  history,  [^LONG 

placed  the  olimne^  which,  in  its  purer  state^  is  denomi¬ 
nated  chrysolite  or  peridot,  and  when  protoxide  of  iron  is 
predominant^  has,  by  some,  been  called  hyalosiderite. 

Case  26.  Silicate  of  zinc,  called  also  electric  or  sili¬ 
ceous  calamine,  the  finest  specimens  of  which  are  those 
from  Siberia  and  Hungary ;  the  variety  called  willemite, 
from  Aix-la-Chapelle. — Silicate  of  manganese,  of  which 
there  are  several  varieties  (some  of  them  only  mechanical 
mixtures  of  this  silicate,  of  carbonate  of  manganese,  and 
quartz),  which  have  received  particular  names,  such  as 
allagite,  rhodonite,  &c.  Silicate  of  cerium  or  cerite,  from 
Bastnas,  Sweden, — with  which  is  placed  the  rose-coloured 
substance  called  thulite,  found  with  blue  idocrase  in  Telle- 
marken,  Norway. — Silicate  of  iron,  to  which  belong  the 
hisingerite,  sideroschizolite,  chlorophceite,  and  stilpnomelane* 
—  Silicate  of  copper,  or  siliceous  malachite,  formerly  called 
chrysocolla  and  copper  green  ;  to  which  is  also  referred  the 
dioptase  or  copper  emerald,  a  scarce  substance  from  the 
Kirguise  country  in  Siberia — Silicate  of  bismuth,  also 
called  bismuth-blende,  a  rare  mineral  substance  in  hair- 
brown  globules  from  Schneeberg,  Saxony. — Silicate  of  zir^ 
conia,  to  which  belong  Werner*s  common  zircon,  and  some 
hyacinths,  from  Ceylon,  Auvergne,  Chili,  the  Lake  Ilmen 
in  Siberia ;  also  the  variety  called  zirconite  from  Fried- 
ricksvarn  in  Norway,  &c. ; — the  blue  zircon  from  Vesu¬ 
vius. — Silicate  qf  alumina:  to  this  belong  the  hy anile  or 
disthene,  and  its  varieties,  the  bucholzite  and  the  sillimanite; 
and  also  the  scarbroite,  halloysite,  lenzinite,  &c.;  together 
with  such  varieties  of  clay  as  are  chemical  combinations  of 
alumina  and  silica. 

For  the  subdivision  into  groups  of  the  Silicates  with 
several  bases,  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  tickets  in  the 
interior  of  the  following  ten  Cases,  which  contain  this  ex¬ 
tensive  class  of  mineral  species. 

Case  27  contains  the  following  zeolitic  substances : 
apophyllite,  or  ichthyophthalmite,  in  fine  crystals,  from 
Hesloe  in  Faroe;  with  stilbite;  with  tessellite  of  Brewster, 
with  poonahlite  of  Brooke,  &c. ;  a  variety  of  apophyllite, 
formerly  called  albine,  by  Werner; — chabasite  or  chabasie, 
in  groups  of  primitive  rhomboidal  and  modified  crystals  ; 
— the  variety  called  haidenite  from  Baltimore ; — mesotype 


GALLERY.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  107 

from  Auvergne^,  Faroe,  &c.,  to  which  are  also  referred  the 
natrolite  of  Klaproth,  the  needle-stone  of  Werner,  the 
scolicites  the  mesolite,  Icrokalite,  &c.  5 — thomsonite  ; — anal- 
cime^  among  the  crystallized  varieties  of  which  are  re¬ 
markably  large  specimens  of  the  trapezoidal  and  triepointe 
modifications  from  Fassa  in  Tyrol. 

Case  28.  Zeolitic  substances  continued ;  stilbite  and 
heulandile  ;  —  brewsterite; — laumontite  or  lomonite,  also 
called  efflorescent  zeolite,  because  some  of  its  varieties  are 
subject  to  decomposition  by  exposure  to  the  air ; — prehnite, 
the  grass-green  variety  of  which,  discovered  in  South 
Africa  by  the  Abbe  Rochon,  has  been  mistaken  for  chryso¬ 
lite,  chrysoprase,  and  even  emerald to  this  also  belongs 
the  koupholite  of  Vauquelin.  The  substance  known  by 
the  name  of  Chinese  jade  or  you-stone,  is  likewise  placed 
with  prehnite,  to  which  it  has  been  referred  by  Count 
Bournon ;  but  no  chemical  analysis  has  as  yet  been  given 
of  it. — A  suite  of  specimens  of  comptonite  from  Vesuvius, 
lining  the  cavities  of  a  pyroxenic  lava,  &c.,  accompanied 
by  gismondine  and  other  crystallized  substances ; — gmeli- 
nite  or  hydrolite  ; — levine,  and  some  other  new  species  of 
this  extensive  family  of  minerals. 

Case  29.  To  the  same  family  belongs  the  harmotome 
or  cross  stone,  divided  into  baryte-harmotome  and  potass- 
harmotome,  to  which  latter  are  to  be  referred  the  Vesuvian 
minerals  called  zeagonite,  gismondine,  abrazite,  and  also 
the  philipsite. 

The  remainder  of  this  Case  is  occupied  by  species  of  the 
feldspar  family, — Common  feldspar,  variously  crystallized 
and  massive :  among  the  specimens  here  deposited  may  be 
specified — the  fine  green  variety  from  Siberia,  called  ama¬ 
zon  stone ;  the  beautiful  large  crystals  from  Baveno  ;  feld¬ 
spar  with  embedded  crystals  and  fragments  of  quartz  (gra¬ 
phic  stone,  graphic  granite),  from  Siberia,  &c. ; — Labra¬ 
dor  feldspar  (also  called  opalescent  feldspar,  being  remark¬ 
able  for  its  beautiful  play  of  colours),  chiefly  from  the 
coast  of  Labrador  and  from  the  transition  syenite  of  Laur- 
wigin  Norway; — adularia  or  naker feldspar,  principally 
found  on  Mount  St,  Gothard,  but  not  in  the  valley  of 
Adula  from  which  its  name  is  derived :  the  fine  variety 
from  Ceylon,  when  cut  en  cahochon,  is  called  moon-stone  ; 
^nd  a  yellow  naker  feldspar  with  reddish  dots  has  obtained 


108  History.  [long 

the  name  of  sun-stone,  which  is  also  sometimes  given  to 
the  beautiful  avanturino  variety  of  common  feldspar  placed 
in  this  glass-case. 

Case  30.  Feldspathic substances  continued: — ice-spar 
and  sanidme  or  glassy  feldspar,  both  nearly  allied  to  com¬ 
mon  feldspar  ;  albite,  or  clear elandite,  the  finest  specimens 
of  which  are  those  from  Dauphine  and  Siberia,  and  peri- 
dine,  united  by  some  mineralogists  with  the  preceding 
species,  from  St.  Gothard,  Tyrol,  &c. ; — anorthite  from 
Vesuvius; — oligoclase,  also  called  natron-spodumen — to¬ 
gether  with  some  other  species  separated,  perhaps  unne¬ 
cessarily,  from  common  feldspar  and  cleavelandite ; — leu- 
cite  or  amphigene,  chiefly  from  Vesuvius,  in  separate  crys¬ 
tals  of  various  sizes  and  degrees  of  transparency,  massive, 
embedded  in  pyroxenic  and  other  lavas ; — triphane  or  spo- 
dumen  diui  petaUte:  substances  in  which  lithia,  or  the  oxide 
of  lithium,  was  first  discovered  by  Arfvedson. 

Case  31.  This  Case  contains — nepheVine,  from  Mount 
Vesuvius,  with  which  are  now  combined  several  varieties 
of  the  elceoVile  or  fettstein  of  Werner  ; — rvernerite,  under 
which  name,  formerly  confined  to  some  varieties  of  com¬ 
mon  and  compact  scapolite,  are  now  united  the  meionite  of 
Vesuvius,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  scapolite  of  Werner, 
the  paranthine  and  also  the  dipyre  ;  substances  which,  to¬ 
gether  with  several  others  provisionally  placed  in  this 
glass  Case,  stand  in  need  of  further  investigation  as  to  their 
chemical  and  cry st allograph! cal  characters. 

Case  32  contains  micaceous  and  ialcose  substances. 
Our  imperfect  knowledge  of  the  optical  properties  and 
chemical  constitution  of  many  varieties  of  the  former,  does 
not  admit  of  their  being  arranged  according  to  those  distinc¬ 
tive  characters ;  such  varieties  as  have  been  more  closely 
examined  in  this  respect,  may  be  divided  into  potassa-mica 
(by  far  the  most  common),  which  has  two  axes  ;  magnesia- 
mica  (from  Vesuvius,  Siberia,  and  Monroe,  in  New  York), 
which  has  but  one  axis;  — and  the  lithia-mica,  which,  be¬ 
sides  the  beautiful  peach  blossom,  red,  violet,  greenish- 
grey,  and  white  scaly  varieties  known  by  the  name  of  lepi- 
dolitCy  from  Rozna  in  Moravia,  likewise  comprises  several 
large-foliated  varieties  of  what  was  formerly  considered  as 
common  mica,  such  as  that  from  Zirinwald  in  Bohemia  and 
Altenberg,  accompanied  by  apatite,  tin-stone,  and  topaz. 


NATURAL  history. 


109 


<5ALLERY.] 

— The  species  and  varieties  of  the  talcose  substances  are 
likewise  very  imperfectly  understood.  Among  the  Speci¬ 
mens  talc  in  this  glass  Case  may  be  specified  the  com¬ 
mon  or  Venetian  (which  enters  into  the  composition  of  cos¬ 
metics),  and  the  indurated  talc ;  to  the  former  of  which 
may  he  referred  the  green  radiated  variety  from  Siberia, 
composed  of  distinct  groups  of  small  diverging  laminae, 
and  to  which  the  name  oi  pyrophyllite\id^%  lately  been  given ; 

agalmatolite,  (Werner’s  bildstein,  Haiiy's  talc  gla- 
phique),  employed  by  the  Chinese  for  carving  images, 
vessels,  &c. ; — chlorite,  crystallized  in  aggregated,  small, 
modified  rhombic  prisms ;  the  earthy  and  foliated  varieties, 
coating  crystals  of  octahedral  magnetic  iron-stone,  &c. ; — 
pinite,  crystallized  in  regular  hexagonal  prisms,  and  gie- 
seckite,  from  Greenland,  which  appears  to  be  a  variety  of 
this  species.  —  Fahlunite,  under  which  name  several  dis¬ 
tinct  substances  have  been  noticed  by  authors. 

Case  33.  This  and  part  of  the  following  Case  chiefly 
contain  substances  related  to  hornblende  or  amphibolic 
minerals,  among  which  may  be  specified  the  basaltic  and 
common  hornblende,  including  the  pargasite  ; — the  actino- 
lite  or  strahlstein  (divided  by  Werner  into  the  glassy, 
common,  and  fibrous  varieties)  —the  gramma  tile  or  tremo- 
lite  (so  called  from  Val  Tremola,  where,  however,  it  is 
not  found),  among  the  specimens  of  which  are  the  fine, 
fibrous  varieties,  resembling  asbest ;  the  glassy  tremolite, 
in  dolomite  and  granular  limestone,  &c. — Arfvedsonite — 
Anthophyllite, 

Case  34.  Part  of  this  Case  is  filled  Avith  the  mineral 
substances  called  asbestine,  many  of  which  appear  to  pass 
into  some  of  the  varieties  of  amphibole  in  the  preceding 
glass  Case.  Among  these  may  be  observed  specimens  illus¬ 
trative  of  the  transition  from  a  very  close  to  a  loose-fibrous 
structure ; — several  varieties  of  the  flexible  asbest  or 
amianth,  with  some  antique  incombustible  cloth,  paper, 
&c.,  made  of  it; — the  varieties  called  common  andschiller- 
asbest,  mountain  Avood,  mountain  cork,  or  nectic  asbest, 
&c.,  separate,  and  in  combination  with  other  substances ; 
— the  blue  and  yellow  asbest  from  South  Africa,  to  which 
the  name  of  krokydalite  has  been  given.  The  remainder  of 
this  Case  contains  pyroxenic  minerals : — augite,  in  separate 
crystals,  and  imbedded  in  lava  from  Vesuvius,  together  with 


110 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


[long 

groups  of  well-defined  crystals  from  Arendahl  in  Norway, 
where  this  substance  occurs  in  primitive  rocks  j— the  jef- 
fersomte  ; — the  granular  variety  called  coccolite  ; — the  va¬ 
rieties  of  diopside^  at  first  considered  as  a  distinct  species, 
including  the  mussite  and  alalite  from  Piedmont ; — the 
sahlite  or  malacolite,  to  which  also  belongs  the  haikalitei  of 
which  a  few  fine  specimens  are  here  deposited  j  the  pyrgome 
01  fassaite^  and  the  achmite.  The  metalloid  diallage  or 
diallagite,  also  called  schiller-spar,  from  the  Hartz,  Salz¬ 
burg,  &c.,  the  hronzite  and  the  hyper sthene  or  paulite  (La¬ 
brador  hornblende  of  Werner),  may  likewise  be  referred 
to  this  tribe  of  minerals. 

Case  35.  Among  its  contents  may  be  specified  the 
mineral  substances  which  have  been  described  under  the 
appellations  of  thallite,  arendalite,  acanticone,  delphinite, 
&c.;  most  of  these  are  Werner’s  pistacite  and  are  now  more 
generally  designated  by  the  name  of  epidote,  given  to  them 
by  Haiiy.  To  this  also  belongs  the  manga nesiferous  epi-^ 
dote^  considered  by  some  as  an  ore  of  manganese.— 
ionite, — Zoisite, — Among  the  specimens  of  idocrase  (vesu- 
vian  of  Werner),  the  more  conspicuous  are  the  large  beau¬ 
tiful  crystals  (the  unibinaire  of  Haiiy),  discovered  by 
Laxmann  on  the  banks  of  the  Vilui  in  Kamschatka,  em¬ 
bedded  in  a  steatitic  rock  |  those  from  Vesuvius,  where 
this  substance  occurs  accompanied  by  other  volcanic  ejec¬ 
tions,  have,  in  Italy,  obtained  the  name  of  Vesuvian  gems, 
hyacinths,  and  chrysolites ;  the  varieties  called  egerane, 
lohoite,  and  that  from  Tellemarken  in  Norway,  coloured 
blue  by  oxide  of  copper,  and  known  by  the  name  of  cy- 
prine  ; — essonite  {hessonite')  or  cinnamon-stone,  chiefly  from 
Ceylon,  which  was  supposed  to  contain  zirconia,  till  a 
more  accurate  analysis  proved  it  to  be  nearly  allied  to  vesu¬ 
vian:  most  of  the  hyacinths  of  commerce  are  cinnamon-stone. 

Case  36.  The  greater  part  of  this  Case  is  appropriated 
to  the  various  species  and  varieties  of  the  garnet  tribe, 
formerly  divided  into  noble  and  common  garnets.  Among 
the  more  distinct  chemical  species  now  established  are : — 
the  pyrope  or  chrome  garnet,  generally  called  Bohemian 
garnet,  which  occurs  in  rounded  grains,  and  also  embed¬ 
ded  in  serpentine,  &:c. the  colophonite,  so  called  from 
its  resemblance  to  rosin,  from  Norway  and  North  America ; 
— the  melaniie,  found  particularly  in  the  neighbourhood 


GALLERY.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  Ill 

of  Frascati ; — the  grossular  or  Wilui  garnet^  a  fine  light- 
green  species  from  Kamschatka^  so  called  from  the  fancied 
resemblance  which  its  separate  crystals  bear  to  a  goose¬ 
berry  ; — the  allochroitef  also  called  splintery  garnet,  from 
Drammen  in  Norway ; — the  romanzovite.  In  this  Case 
are  also  deposited — the  gehlenite,  from  the  Monzoni  in 
Tyrol,  to  which  species  the  melilite  from  Capo  di  Bove, 
near  Rome,  is  referred  by  some  mineralogists ; — the  loViU 
or  pelioma,  now  generally  called  dichroite  (from  its  exhi¬ 
biting  two  different  colours  when  viewed  in  different  posi¬ 
tions),  massive  and  crystallized,  from  Capo  di  Gate,  from 
Greenland,  Bodenmais  in  Bavaria,  and  Orayervi  in  Fin¬ 
land  {stemheilite) ; — the  sordawalite  from  Finland  j — the 
karpkoUte  from  Bohemia,  &c. 

Case  37.  This  Case  contains  the  following  substances  ; 
— staurolite,  a  bisilicate  of  alumina  and  of  oxide  of  iron, 
called  also  granatite  and  cross-stone,  among  the  specimens 
of  which  are  the  fine  macled  crystals  from  Brittany,  and 
the  modifications  of  the  simple  crystals  from  St.  Gothard, 
accompanied  by  prisms  of  disthene,  perfectly  similar  to 
those  of  the  staurolite,  and  sometimes  longitudinally 
grown  together  with  them. — Silicates  containing  yttria  and 
protoxide  of  cerium ;  viz.  the  gadolinite,  from  Ytterby 
and  Kararfvet  in  Sweden  ;  the  allanite  from  Greenland 
(to  which  may  be  referred  the  cerine  of  Bastnaes)  ;  the 
orthite  and  pyrorthite. 

Silicates  containing  glucina,  the  principal  species  of 
which  is  the  emerald,  or  beryl,  the  former  being  a  variety 
which  owes  its  fine  green  colour  to  oxide  of  chromium: 
from  Santa  Fe,  from  Mount  Zahara  in  Egypt,  and  from 
Heubachthal  in  Salzburg,  embedded  in  mica  slate ; — beryls 
of  various  colours,  the  more  common  of  which  is  the  variety 
called  aquamarine;  the  perfectly  white  and  limpid,  and 
hne  oil  green  varieties  from  Nerchinsk  and  Odontchelong 
in  Siberia ;  the  large  beryls  of  Limoges,  and  from  Ac- 
worth  in  New  Hampshire,  where  crystals  weighing  up¬ 
wards  of  fifty-nine  pounds  have  been  found,  (the  fragment 
of  a  prism  in  the  centre  of  the  Case  weighs  nearly  forty- 
three  pounds)  ; — the  euclase,  a  rare  crystallized  mineral 
substance,  discovered  by  Dombey  in  Peru,  but  since  only 
found,  as  loose  crystals,  at  Capao,  near  Villaricca,  in  Bra¬ 
zil,  and  in  the  chlorite  slate  of  that  neighbourhood ; — 


112 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


[long 

cJirysoheryl  or  cymophane^  among  the  specimens  of  which 
may  be  specified  those  in  a  matrix  of  quartz  and  feldspar 
wdth  garnets,  from  Haddarn  in  Connecticut,  and  also  those 
from  Saratoga  and  New  York ;  helvine,  a  substance  %vhich 
is  considered  by  some  as  a  triple  silicate  of  glucine,  iron 
and  manganese.  In  this  Case  are  also  placed  the  speci¬ 
mens  of  lazulite  or  lapis  lazuli,  (which  furnishes  the 
valuable  pigment  known  by  the  name  of  ultramarine,) 
massive  and  exhibiting  planes  of  the  rhomboidal  dodecahe¬ 
dron  ;  the  hauyne,  and  a  few  other  of  the  imperfectly 
known  silicates  of  alumina,  soda  and  lime  combined  with 
sulphates  :  such  as  the  spinellane,  &c. 

Case  38.  In  this  Case  are  provisionally  placed  (be¬ 
sides  sodaliie,  eudialyte,  and  jyyrmmalite,  substances  which, 
being  chloriferous,  may  perhaps  be  referred  to  the  chlo¬ 
rides,  Case  60)  the  suites  of  tourmaline  and  short,  many 
varieties  of  which  have  been  found  to  contain  boracic  acid. 
Among  those  here  deposited  are,  the  ruhellite,  also  called 
siberite  (tourmaline  apyre  of  Haiiy),  a  specimen  of  which, 
remarkable  both  for  size  and  form,  is  that  in  the  centre  of 
the  Case :  it  was  presented  by  the  king  of  Ava  to  the  late 
Colonel  Symes,  when  on  an  embassy  to  that  country,  and 
afterwards  placed  by  the  latter  in  the  Hon.  Charles  Greville’s 
collection  ;  other  red  and  blue  varieties,  chiefly  from  Siberia 
and  from  Massachusetts  in  North  America  ;  the  flesh- 
coloured  tourmaline,  from  Rozena  in  Moravia ;  the  dark 
green,  called  Brazilian  emerald ;  the  asparagus-green 
variety  in  dolomite,  from  Campo  Longo ;  varieties  of  com¬ 
mon  shorl ; — axinite,  in  most  beautiful  crystals,  from 
Bourg  d'Oisans  in  Dauphiny,  from  Norway,  &c. 

Case  39.  The  silicates  terminate  in  this  glass  Case, 
with  the  topaze  and  chondrodite,  two  species  which,  from 
their  chemical  composition,  might  be  classed  with  the 
fluorides  (in  Case  59) ; — among  the  specimens  of  topaz 
here  deposited  may  be  specified  a  series  of  crystals  of 
Saxon,  Brazilian,  and  Siberian  varieties,  among  which 
there  are  several  new  modifications ;  Saxon  varieties  im¬ 
bedded  in  the  topaz  rock,  an  aggregate  of  topaz,  shorl, 
quartz,  and  sometimes  mica  ;  fine  Brazilian  topazes,  yel¬ 
low  and  pink,  imbedded  in  rock  crystal,  &c. ; — also  the 
pyrophysalite  from  Fahlun  in  Sweden,  and  the  pycnite, 
formerly  considered  as  a  variety  of  beryl,  are  referable  to 


GALLERY.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  113 

topaz  ; — chondrodite  (maclurite^  brucite)  from  New  Jer¬ 
sey,  and  from  Pargas  in  Finland. 

The  rest  of  this  Case  is  occupied  by  oxide  of  titanium 
and  titanates ; — rutile^  also  called  titan-shorl^  massive, 
crystallized,  and  fibrous,  to  which  belongs  the  reticulated 
variety  with  golden  varnish,  from  Moutier  near  the  Mont- 
blanc ;  acicular  and  capillary  crystals  of  rutile  in  rock 
crystal,  from  Brazil,  &c. ; — the  anaiase,  or  octahedrite, 
from  Bourg  d’Oisans the  silico-titanate  of  lime,  called 
sphene  or  titanite,  among  the  varieties  of  which  are  those 
called  brown  and  yellow  menakan-ore,  in  large  crystals, 
from  Arendal  in  Norway,  and  that  from  St.  Gothard  de¬ 
nominated  rayonnante  en  gouttiere  by  Saussure,  on  feldspar 
with  chlorite,  &c. ; — titanate  of  lime  with  titanate  of  ura¬ 
nium,  &c.,  called  pyrochlore^  from  Fredriksvarn  in  Nor¬ 
way; — titanates  of  iron,  to  which  belong  the  nigrine,  ise^ 
rine,  ilmenite,  and  most  of  the  volcanic  and  other  specular 
iron  with  glassy  fracture; — crichtonite,  brookite,  polymig^ 
nite,  &c. 

Case  40.  Columbates  : — columhite  or  tantalite :  a  por¬ 
tion  of  the  specimen  from  North  America,  in  which  Mr. 
Hatchett  discovered  the  metal ;  variety  of  the  same  from 
Babenstein,  Bavaria,  accompanied  by  beryl  and  uranite ; 
— the  Finho-  and  the  Brodbo-tantalites  of  Berzelius ; — 
yttrotantalite,  from  Ytterby. 

Oxides  of  antimony  and  antimoniates  : — antimony -ochre 
on  native  and  grey  antimony  ; — white  antimony,  formerly 
considered  as  a  muriate:  on  galena,  quartz,  &c. ; — red 
antimony  (a  combination  of  oxide  and  sulphuret  of  this 
metal),  mostly  in  fine  capillary  crystals,  from  Braun sdorf 
in  Saxony,  Malazka  in  Hungary ;  and  an  argentiferous 
variety  from  the  Hartz,  in  fibrous  flakes  resembling  tinder, 
and  therefore  called  zunderertz  {tinder  ore). 

Tungstates : — tungstate  of  lime  (scheelin  calcaire  of 
Haiiy),  also  called  scheelite  and  tungsten  (heavy  stone), 
among  the  more  interesting  specimens  of  which  is  the  pri¬ 
mitive  acute  octahedron  from  Allemont  in  Dauphiny ; 
— tungstate  of  iron  and  manganese  or  wolfram,  massive 
and  crystallized,  from  Bohemia  and  other  countries ;  also 
as  octahedral  supposititious  crystals,  derived  from  tung¬ 
state  of  lime; — tungstate  (f  lead,,  or  scheeUlead  ore,  from 


NATURAL  JaiSTORir. 


114 


[[long 


Zinnwald  in  Bohemia^  formerly  confounded  with  the 
molybdate  of  this  metal. 

Molybdic  acid  and  molybdates  ; — ochry  molybdenum  or 
molyhdic  acid^  as  a  yellow  powder  on  the  sulphuret  of  this 
metal^  from  Sweden,  &c.  | — molybdate  of  lead^  or  yellow 
lead  ore,  massive,  lamelliform,  and  crystallized  in  splendid 
groups  on  compact  limestone,  &c. ;  chiefly  from  Bleiberg 
in  Carinthia. 

Case  41 .  Oxide  of  chromium  and  chromates  :  —  a  suite 
of  specimens  of  chromate  of  lead^  or  red  lead  ore,  from  the 
gold  mines  of  Beresof  in  Siberia,  w'here  it  chiefly  occurs  in 
a  kind  of  micaceous  rock,  mixed  with  particles  of  quartz 
and  brown  iron-stone  ; — chromate  of  lead  and  copper,  called 
imuquelimte,  a  concomitant  of  the  Siberian  red  lead  ore  j— 
chromate  of  iron,  from  the  department  of  Var  in  France, 
and  from  Baltimore  in  Maryland,  intermixed  with  talc 
stained  purple  by  chromic  acid. 

Vanadic  acid  and  vanadiates.  Vanadium  was  disco¬ 
vered  in  some  ores  of  iron  from  Taberg  in  Smaland,  by 
Sefstrom  :  by  Del  Rio  the  acid  of  this  metal,  which  he 
called  erythronium,  had  been  found,  combined  with  oxide 
of  lead,  in  the  brown  lead  ore  of  Zimapan  in  Mexico. 
For  the  discovery  of  the  vanadiate  of  lead  at  Wanlock- 
head,  and  the  analysis  of  this  mineral  substance,  science  is 
indebted  to  Mr.  Johnston,  of  Edinburgh ; — vanadiate  of 
lead  from  Beresof,  Siberia. 

Boracic  acid  (sassoline)  and  borates ; — borate  of  soda, 
the  salt  known  by  the  names  of  borax  and  tincal,  from 
Tibet,  Monte-rotondo,  Tuscany,  &c. — borate  of  magnesia 
or  boracite  in  separate  crystals,  and  the  same  embedded 
in  gypsum  — datolite,  being  a  borate  with  tri-silicate  of 
lime,  from  Arendahl  in  Norway  *  the  variety  from  Sont- 
hofen  (supposed  to  be  a  distinct  species,  called  humbold- 
tite  by  Levy) ;  and  the  globular-fibrous  variety  (which  has 
received  the  name  of  botryolite)  likewise  from  Arendahl. 

In  this  Case  begins  the  family  of  the  Carbonates. — Car- 
bonate  of  soda,  from  various  localities,  and  among  which  is 
the  African  trona.^ — Carbonate  of  strontia,  also  called 
strontianite,  in  prismatic  and  acicular  crystals,  which  latter 
have  sometimes  been  mistaken  for  arragonite. —  Carbonate 
of  baryta  or  witherite,  among  the  specimens  of  which  may 


GALLERY.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  115 

be  particularised  the  beautiful  groups  of  double  six-sided 
pyramids,  and  those  of  six-sided  prismatic  crystals. — Ba’* 
rytocalcite. 

Case  42.  Carbonate  of  lime.  The  whole  of  this  glass 
Case  is  appropriated  to  the  species  called  arragonite^ 
among  the  principal  specimens  of  which  are  the  groups  of 
prismatic  crystals  from  Kosel,  Bohemia,  Arragon,  &c. ; 
those  of  the  coralloid  variety  of  this  substance  from  Eisen- 
ertz  in  Stiria,  formerly  called  jios  ferri,  &c.  To  the 
massive  varieties  some  of  the  calcareous  deposits  of  Carls¬ 
bad  in  Bohemia  may  be  referred. 

Cases  43,  44,  and  45  contain  the  crystallized  varieties 
of  carbonate  of  lime  or  calcareous  spar.  Among  the  speci¬ 
mens  in  Case  43  may  be  specified  those  illustrative  of  the 
double  refraction,  cleavage,  supernumerary  joints,  colour, 
&:c. ;  likewise  the  various  secondary  obtuse  and  acute 
rhombohedrons  ;  among  the  former  of  which  the  most 
common,  but  not  the  least  striking,  is  the  inverse  variety 
of  Haiiy,  so  called  from  its  being  as  it  were  an  inversion 
of  the  primitive  rhombohedron  of  calcareous  spar  ;  and  the 
same  with  a  considerable  admixture  of  quartz,  commonly 
called  crystallized  sandstone  of  Fontainebleau,  &c.  In  the 
next  two  Cases  are  deposited  many  interesting  and  beautiful 
specimens,  from  the  Hartz,  Derbyshire,  &c.,  of  prismatic 
and  pyramidal  modifications  of  the  same  substance. 

Case  46  contains  various  specimens  of  stalactic  lime’- 
stone,  some  varieties  of  which  (such  as  those  here  deposited 
from  Egypt,  Shir  Amin  in  Persia,  &c.)  bear  the  name  of 
alabaster  in  common  with  the  finer  varieties  of  gypsum, 
and  have,  by  Werner  and  other  mineralogists,  been  re¬ 
ferred  to  fibrous  limestone ;  the  most  beautiful  modifica¬ 
tions  of  which  latter  are  those  from  Cumberland  and  Swe¬ 
den,  with  pearly  lustre  (which  has  obtained  for  the  former 
the  appellation  of  satin-spar),  and  that  in  coloured  layers 
from  Africa.  Also  some  specimens  of  granular  limestone 
(granular  marble)  are  placed  in  this  Case. 

Case  47  is  set  apart  for  such  compact  varieties  of  lime¬ 
stone  as  are  generally  called  Marbles  ;  for  the  present  it 
only  contains  some  varieties  of  shell  limestone,  the  most 
esteemed  of  which,  for  ornamental  purposes,  is  that  from 
Carinthia,  called  lumachella  or  fire  marble. 

Case  48  contains  the  remaining  varieties  of  carbonate 


116  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [[lONG 

of  lime^  ailiong  which  may  be  specified  the  well-known 
depositions  from  the  hot  springs  of  Carlsbad  in  Bohemia, 
particularly  the  pisiform  limestone,  or  jpea  stone,  as  also 
the  globular  variety  (considered  by  some  as  magnesian 
limestone)  found  in  the  bed  of  a  small  river  near  Tivoli, 
and  known  by  the  name  of  Confetti  di  Tivoli, — the 
ceous  limestone,  in  porous,  spongy,  cellular,  tubular  and 
other  imitative  forms,  as  incrustation  on  various  objects, 
siich  as  on  the  human  skull  here  deposited,  which  was 
found  in  the  Tiber  at  Rome ;  calcareous  deposition  formed 
in  a  square  pipe  in  a  coal  mine  in  Somersetshire ;  casts 
made  at  the  baths  of  San  Felippe,  where  moulds  of 
medals,  gems,  &c.,  are  placed  in  suitable  situations  to 
receive  the  spray  impregnated  with  calcareous  particles.* — 
Chalk. — Anthraconite  or  madreporite. — Marie,  &c. 

Case  49.  In  this  Case,  besides  some  specimens  of 
carbonate  of  magnesia,  or  magnesite,  from  Baudissero 
and  from  New  Jersey,  are  placed  those  substances  which, 
being  chiefly  composed  of  carbonate  of  lime  and  car¬ 
bonate  of  magnesia,  are  called  magnesian  limestone,  or 
dolomite,  comprising  Werner’s  rhomb-spar,  dolomite  and 
brown  spar.  Among  the  varieties  of  the  first  of  these 
subspecies  are  those  called  miemite,  tharandite,  and  some 
modifications  of  pearl  spar;  among  those  of  dolomite, 
a  remarkable  one  is  that  from  Pittsfield,  Massachusetts, 
North  America,  which  exhibits  a  considerable  degree  of 
flexibility :  and  another  having  the  same  property  will  be 
found  among  the  singular  varieties  of  magnesian  limestone 
from  the  vicinity  of  Sunderland.  Of  the  varieties  of 
Werner’s  brown  spar  or  pearl  spar,  which  in  some  cases 
is  with  difficulty  distinguishabie‘'*fhqm  rhomb  spar,  several 
interesting  specimens  for  figure,  colour  and  lustre,  are  de¬ 
posited  in  this  Case,  and  continued  in 

Case  50,  which  is  partly  occupied  by  those  fibrous 
varieties  of  brown  spar,  several  of  which  were  formerly 
referred  to  common  fibrous  limestone. — Carbonate  of  iron, 
or  sparry  iron  ore,  crystallized,  fibrous,  massive,  and  bo- 
tryoidal  {sphcerosiderite  of  Hausmann). — Carbonate  of 
manganese,  in  globular  and  botryoidal  shapes  of  various 
shades  of  rose  colour,  on  sulphuret  of  manganese,  &c. 

The  remainder  of  this  glass  Case  is  occupied  by  the 
several  varieties  of  carbonate  of  zinc,  (also  called  calamine. 


(JAI^LERY.]  natural  history.  117 

in  common  with  the  silicate  of  zinc  in  Case  26)  crystal¬ 
lized^  botryoidal,  and  in  other  formS;,  among  which  are  the 
pseudomorphous  crystals^  derived  from  modifications  of 
carbonate  of  lime. 

Case  51.  In  this  Case  are  deposited  the  specimens  of 
carhonate  of  lead,  or  white  lead  ore,  among  which  are  the 
delicately  acicular  varieties  from  the  Hartz^  accompanied 
and  partly  coloured  by  green  carbonate  of  copper;  the 
crystallized  varieties  from  Siberia,  Mies  in  Bohemia ;  the 
pulverulent  variety,  &:c.  It  also  contains  part  of  the 
specimens  of  carhonate  of  copper,  viz.  the  blue  copper,  or 
copper  azure,  the  more  remarkable  varieties  of  which  are 
those  from  Chessy,  and  from  the  Bannat,  combined  with 
various  substances ; — the  earthy  varieties,  some  of  which 
have  been  used  as  pigments  under  the  name  of  mountain- 
blue  ; — those  crystallized  varieties  which,  passing  from  the 
state  of  blue  into  that  of  green  carbonate,  have,  by  Haiiy, 
been  called  cuivre  carbonate  epigene. 

Case  52.  Carbonates  of  copper  continued  :  green  car¬ 
bonates  ;  among  which  are  the  fine  and  rare  varieties  of 
fibrous  malachite,  in  acicular  crystals,  and  massive  with 
fibrous  structure  and  velvety  appearance,  accompanied  by 
carbonate  of  lead,  &c. ;  and,  among  the  specimens  of  compact 
malachite,  those  characteristic  and  splendid  ones  from  the 
Gumashevsk  and  Turja  mines,  in  the  Uralian  mountains. 

Case  53.  Arsenious  acid  and  arseniates :  the  former 
(also  called  arsenic-bloom,  or  octahedral  oxide  of  arsenic) 
is  frequently  confounded  with  arseniate  of  lime,  and  the 
white  octahedral  crystals,  often  seen  in  collections,  on 
realgar  and  orpiment,  are  generally  artificially  produced  in 
the  interior  of  mines. — Of  arseniates  we  have  in  this  glass- 
case: — arseniate  of  lime,  called  pharmacolite,  chiefly  in 
white  acicular  crystals,  from  Wittichen  in  Suabia,  and 
Riegelsdorf  in  — Arseniate  of  iron  or  pharmacosu 

derite,  which  occurs  only  crystallized,  chiefly  in  cubes 
(whence  Werner’s  name  of  cube-ore),  from  Cornwall,  from 
San-Antonio“Pereira,  Brazil,  on  hydrous  oxide  of  iron, 
&c. ; — skorodite,  a  substance  which  appears  to  be  closely 
allied  to  Bournon’s  martial  arseniate  of  copper. — Arse¬ 
niates  of  copper,  consisting  of  the  foliated  arseniate  or 
copper  mica,  the  lenticular  arseniate  or  lentil  ore,  and  the 
olive  ore  of  Werner,  which  are  formed  into  five  species  by 


118  NATUBAL  HISTORY.  [lONG 

Bournon^  and  probably  admit  of  further  subdivision.  To 
these  also  belongs  the  Jcupferschaum  of  Werner^  at  least 
that  from  Falkenstein  in  Tyrol :  for  some  other  varieties 
appear  to  be  referable  to  carbonate  of  zinc. — Arsen iate  of 
mhalt^  or  red  cobalt  ore^  comprising  the  earthy  [cobalt- 
crust)  and  the  radiated  {cobalt-bloom)  varieties^  from  Sal- 
feld^  Allemont^  &c. — Arsemate  of  lead  horn  CornwalhNert- 
chinsk  in  Siberia^  Johanngeorgenstadt  in  Saxony^  &c. 

Case  54.  Thisj  and  part  of  the  next  Case^  contain  the 
phosphates  :  among  the  phosphates  of  lime  may  be  speci¬ 
fied  several  very  scarce  and  interesting  crystallizations  of 
Werner's  apatite^  such  as  the  large  violet-coloured  crystals 
from  St.  Petersburg ;  the  groups  from  Ehrenfrieders- 
dorh  Maggia  on  St.  Gothard^,  Traversella  in  Piedmont, 
&:c. ;  the  variety  called  asparagus  stone ^  particularly  the 
specimens  from  Jumilla  in  Murcia;  the  Norwegian  apatite 
lulled  moroxite ;  also  the  phosphorite  or  fibrous  and  com¬ 
pact  phosphates  of  lime^  and  the  pulverulent  variety, 
known  by  the  name  of  earth  of  Marmorosh,  and  which 
was  formerly  considered  as  a  variety  of  fluoride  of  calcium 
(fluate  of  lime). — Phosphate  of  lead,  or  pyromorphite,  gene¬ 
rally  divided  into  brown  lead  ore  and  green  lead  ore : 
among  the  varieties  of  the  former,  the  more  remarkable 
are  the  large  six-sided  prisms  from  Huelgoet  in  Brittany ; 
of  the  latter  we  have  the  massive  botryoidal  {trauben- 
ertz),  the  spicular,  and  crystallized  varieties,  of  various 
shades  of  green  passing  into  greenish- white,  into  yellow 
and  orange. — Phosphate  of  yttria,  or  phosphyttrite ,  a  very 
scarce  mineral  substance,  first  found  in  the  granite  of  Lin- 
denas  in  Norway,  and  subsequently  in  equally  small  quan¬ 
tities  at  Ytterby  in  Sweden. — Phosphate  of  iron,  Werner's 
mvianite,  in  variously  grouped  crystals  (from  Bodenmais 
in  Bavaria,  from  Cornwall,  and  from  Fernando  Po),  mas¬ 
sive  and  pulverulent :  among  the  specimens  of  the  latter  are 
the  massive  variety  of  New  Jersey,  and  several  earthy  blue 
varieties  in  clay,  peat,  wood,  &c. :  the  chalcosiderite  of  Ull- 
mann,  Werner's  green  iron  earth,  and  Thomson’s  mullicite, 
are  likewise  phosphates  of  imn.— Phosphate  of  manganese 
or  triplite,  from  Chanteloube,  near  Limoges,  in  the  depart¬ 
ment  of  Haute  Vienne  in  France,  where  several  other  mineral 
substances  have  lately  been  found,  the  essential  component 
parts  of  which  are  iron,  manganese,  and  phosphoric  acid. 


GALLERY.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  119 

^Triphyline,  a  phosphate  of  iron,  manganese  and  lithia. 
— Phosphate  of  copper,  of  which  the  best  characterised 
Species  are — the  octahedral,  also  called  olive  malachite, 
from  Lebethen  in  Hungary ;  and  the  prismatic,  called 
pseudomalachite,  from  Rheinbreitenbach,  where  it  occurs 
with  quartz  which  sometimes  passes  into  calcedony. 

Case  55.  Part  of  this  case  is  occupied  by  the  remaining 
phosphates.  Phosphates  of  alumina,  to  which  belong — the 
wavellite,  a  substance  which  was  originally  mistaken  for  a 
hydrate  of  pure  alumina,  and  therefore  called  hy  dr  argillite, 
from  Devonshire,  Ireland,  Brazil,  Greenland,  from  Amberg 
in  Bavaria  (called  lasionite),  from  Aussig  in  Bohemia,  on 
sand  stone,  &c. — the  klaprothite,  called  also  blue  spar,  and 
lazulite,  and  therefore  sometimes  confounded  with  the  lapis 
lazuli  in  Case  37  ; — together  with  some  other  substances 
of  which  no  exact  analyses  have  as  yet  been  published, 
though  they  are  known  to  be  chiefly  composed  of  alumina, 
in  combination  with  phosphoric  acid,  such  as — the  calaite, 
or  real  turqiiois  {Jiruzah  in  Persian ),  an  opaque  gem  found 
chiefly  at  Nishapur,  in  the  province  of  Khorasan,  Persia, 
in  nodules  or  as  small  veins  traversing  a  ferrugino-argil- 
laceous  rock,  and  greatly  esteemed  on  account  of  its  beau¬ 
tiful  blue  colour,  which  will  in  most  cases  be  sufficient  to 
distinguish  it  both  from  the  blui  silicate  of  copper  (Case 
26)  and  from  fossil  bones  (particularly  teeth)  impregnated 
with  blue  phosphate  of  iron  or  carbonate  of  copper  (the 
occidental  turquoises  of  lapidaries).  The  kakoxene,  a  rare 
substance  of  a  crystalline  diverging-fibrous  structure  and 
yellow  colour,  found  in  the  Assures  of  argillaceous  iron¬ 
stone,  near  Zbirow  in  Bohemia  ; — and  the  childrenite  from 
Tavistock,  in  Devonshire  :  both  which  mineral  substances 
contain  alumina  and  oxide  of  iron  combined  with  phos¬ 
phoric  acid,  but  require  to  be  subjected  to  closer  chemical 
examination. — Phosphate  of  uranium  : — to  these  belong 
the  yelhrv  uranite  or  uran  mica  from  Autun,  Limoges, 
Bodenmais ;  and  the  green  uranite,  or  chalcolite,  chiefly 
from  Cornwall  and  Saxony :  both  of  them  phosphates  of 
oxide  of  uranium,  but  distinct  by  containing,  the  former  a 
small  portion  of  phosphate  of  lime,  and  the  latter  an 
equivalent  portion  of  phosphate  of  copper. — This  Case 
also  contains  the  nitrates  and  part  of  the  sulphates.  Ni¬ 
trate  of  potassa,  native  nitre  or  saltpetre,  found  as  elflo- 
rescence,  mixed  with  other  nitrates,  and  as  crystalline  crusts; 


120  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [lONO 

from  Pulo  di  Molfetta  in  Apulia^  from  near  Burgos  in 
Bpain^  &c. — -Nitrate  of  soda, — Sulphate  of  soda,  or  glanber 
salt, —  Thenardite^  a  hydrous  sulphate  of  soda,  found  in 
crystalline  crusts,  at  the  bottom  of  the  briny  waters  at 
the  Salines  d'Espartines,  five  miles  from  Madrid ;--glau-^ 
berite,  a  mineral  composed  of  the  anhydrous  sulphates  of 
soda  and  of  lime,  from  the  salt  mines  of  Villarubia  and 
Aranjuez  in  Spain,  embedded  in  salt  and  clay.^ — Among 
the  specimens  of  sulphate  of  strontia^  or  celestme,  the 
more  remarkable  are,  the  sptodid  groups  of  limpid  pris¬ 
matic  crystals  from  La  Catolica  in  Sicily,  accompanied  by 
sulphur ;  those  from  the  vicinity  of  Bristol,  from  St.  Beat 
in  the  Dep.  des  Landes ;  those  from  Falkenstein  in  Tyrol  ,* 
from  the  salt  mines  of  Aranjuez ;  the  acicular  variety  in 
the  hollows  of  compact  sulphate  of  strontia  from  Mont¬ 
martre  ;  in  the  fissures  of  flint  and  in  chalk,  from  Meudon ; 
the  radiated  and  fibrous  celestine  from  Pennsylvania,  &c. 

Case  56.  The  whole  of  this  Case  is  occupied  by  the 
sulphates  of  baryta^  {barytes  or  heavy -spar,)  among  which 
may  be  specified  the  splendid  groups  of  straight -lamellar 
crystallised  heavy-spar,  especially  those  from  Schemiiitz  in 
Hungary,  and  Clausthal  in  the  Hartz,  Traverseila  in  Pied¬ 
mont,  &:c, ;  the  curved-lamellar  varieties ;  the  columnar, 
resembling  carbonate  of  lead ;  the  radiated,  to  which  be¬ 
longs  the  Bolognese  spar,  from  Monte  Paterno,  near 
Bologna,  from  Bavaria,  &c. ;  the  beautiful  variety  called 
ketten-spath,  or  chain-spar,  from  the  Hartz  |  the  fibrous 
and  the  granular  varieties  ,*  the  compact,  called  barytic  or 
ponderous  marble,  &:c. ;  fetid  barytes  or  hepatite,  an  inti*^ 
mate  mixture  of  sulphate  of  baryta  with  bituminous 
matter  ;  earthy  barytes  :  also  the  wolnyne  from  Muzsay 
in  Hungary  is  a  variety  of  sulphate  of  baryta. 

Case  57  contains  the  sulphates  of  lime,  the  principal 
varieties  of  which  are,-“-the  selenite  or  sparry  gypsum,  in 
detached  crystals  and  splendid  groups,  from  Bex  in  Swiss- 
erland,  Montmartre  near  Paris,  Oxford,  &c.  ,*  from  St. 
Jago  di  Compostela,  stained  by  red  iron  ochre]  the  fibrous 
gypsum  with  silky  lustre,  from  Derbyshire,  Swisserland, 
Slontserrat  ]  the  granular  gypsum  or  alabaster ;  the  com¬ 
pact  variety,  to  which  belongs  the  stalagmitical  gypsum 
from  Guadaloupe  ;  the  scaly  gypsum  (chaux  siilfatee  nivi- 
forme  of  Haiiy)  from  Montmartre ;  common  earthy  gyp¬ 
sum,  Slc, — Anhydrous  sulphate  of  lime,  also  called  anhy- 


GALLERY.] 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


121 


drite,  cuhe-spar  and  muriacite,  crystalline,  fibrous,  granular 
and  compact ;  to  the  last  of  which  belong  some  of  the 
Italian  varieties  known  by  the  name  of  bardiglio  and  bar- 
diglione,  as  also  the  singular  fibrous-compact  variety  fami¬ 
liarly  called  tripe-stone  (pierre  des  trippes),  from  the  salt 
mines  of  Wieliczka. 

Case  58.  Sulphates  continued: — sulphate  of  magnesia, 
generally  occurring  in  crystalline  fibres  :  the  fine  variety 
from  Caiatayud  in  Arragon ;  also  the  haar-salz  (capillary 
salt)  of  Idria  belongs  to  this  species,  and  the  stalactic  co¬ 
balt-vitriol,  as  it  is  called,  from  Herrengrund  in  Hungary, 
which  is  only  sulphate  of  Magnesia,  coloured  red  by  oxide  of 
cobalt. — Poly^alite,  a  chemical  compound  of  several  sul¬ 
phates,  formerly  mistaken  for  anhydrous  sulphate  of  lime  : 
compact  and  fibrous,  from  the  salt  formation  of  Berchtes- 
gaden  in  Bavaria,  and  Ischel  in  Austria. — Sulphate  of 
zinc,  white  or  zmc  vitrioL — Sulphate  of  iron,  or  green 
vitriol,  (a  salt  mostly  produced  by  the  decomposition  of 
iron  pyrites,)  in  beautiful  large  rhombohedral  crystals,  from 
Bodenmais  in  Bavaria,  and  massive,  and  in  stalactic- 
fibrous  forms,  such  as  the  specimens  from  the  Rammels- 
berg,  in  the  Hartz,  where  it  also  occurs  in  the  form  of 
yellow  scales,  known  by  the  name  of  misy  ;  and  as  concre¬ 
tions  of  a  red  colour,  called  vitriol-roth  or  botryogene :  the 
plumose  vitriol  (federsalz),  and  a  botryoidal-reniform  sub¬ 
stance  called  bergbutter,  are  nothing  but  casual  mixtures  of 
sulphate  of  iron  and  hydrous  sulphate  of  alumina. — Sul¬ 
phate  of  cobalt. — Sulphate  of  copper  or  blue  vitriol:  — 
the  finest  sky-blue  specimens  here  deposited,  together  with 
the  stalactic,  fibrous  and  crystallized  varieties,  (the  large 
group  of  crystals  is  artificially  prepared,)  are  from  Herren¬ 
grund  in  Hungary.  There  are  also  two  or  three  sub-sul¬ 
phates  of  copper  placed  in  this  Case,  which,  however,  stand 
in  need  of  more  accurate  chemical  examination. — Sulphate 
of  lead,  or  lead  vitriol,  of  which  we  have  a  suite  of 
specimens  with  brilliant  and  well  defined  crystals  from 
Baden weiler  in  Suabia,  from  the  Parys  mine  in  Anglesea, 
&c. ;  the  sulphato-carbonate,  and  sulphato-tricarhonate  of 
lead,  from  Leadhills,  &c.  The  rest  of  this  Case  is  occupied 
by  sulphates  of  alumina : — common  alum,  crystallized, 
fibrous,  &c.,  from  various  places  ;  and  the  hydrous  sub- 
sulphate  of  alumina,  called  aluminite,  or  web  sterile,  from 
Sussex  and  from  Halle  in  the  territory  of  Magdeburg, 

G 


122 


NATUKAL  HISTORY. 


[[long 


which  was  by  some  mistaken  for  pure  alumina^  and  by 
others  for  hydrate  of  alumina  with  mechanically  admixed 
sulphate  of  lime :  it  must  not  be  confounded  with  another 
substance  also  called  aluminite  or  alum-stone  (alunite  of 
some  mineralogists^)  from  Tolfa^  &c.^  which  is  a  basic  sul¬ 
phate  of  alumina  and  potassa. 

Case  59  contains  the  fluorides,  of  which  by  far  the  most 
important  species  is  the  fluoride  of  calcium^  generally 
colled  fluate  of  lime  and  fluor  spar  :  among  its  numerous 
varieties  may  be  particularized^  the  rose-coloured  crystals 
from  Chamouni ;  the  phosphorescent  massive  fluor  spar, 
called  chlorophane,  from  Siberia ;  the  varieties  called  forti- 
flcation  fluor ;  earthy  and  compact  fluor,  &c.,  chiefly  from 
Derbyshire  and  Saxony. — Fluoride  of  calcium,  yttrium  and 
cerium ; — yttrocerite ;  and  some  related  minerals  from 
Finbo  and  Brodbo  near  Fahlun  in  Sweden.  Fluoride  of 
sodium  and  aluminum,  called  cryolite,  found  in  West 
Greenland  :  pure  and  mixed  with  brown  iron  stone, 
galena,  &c. 

Case  60  contains  the  chlorides. — Chloride  of  sodium 
{muriate  of  soda),  or  7'ock  salt:  the  most  interesting  speci¬ 
mens  here  deposited  of  this  important  mineral  substance, 
are  the  crystallized  varieties,  the  massive  and  fibrous 
coloured  varieties,  the  red  chiefly  from  Hallein  in  Tyrol, 
the  blue  and  violet  from  Ischel  in  Upper  Austria ;  the 
stalactical  rock  salt  from  Mexico,  &c. — Chloride  of  am¬ 
monium  or  sal  ammoniac,  from  Vesuvius,  Saint  Etienne  en 
Forez,  &c. —  Chlorides  of  lead :  to  these  belong,  the  co- 
tunnite  from  Vesuvius  ,*  the  basic  muriate  of  lead  from 
Mendip;  and  the  murio-carhonate  of  lead  from  Derby-  ' 
shire,  of  which  most  rare  substance  a  considerable  suite  is 
deposited  in  this  glass  Case. — Chloride  of  copjjer  or  ataca- 
mite,  in  crystallized  splendid  groups,  chiefly  from  Remo- 
linos,  Solidad  and  Veta  negra  della  pampa  larga,  in  Chili  ; 
what  was  originally  termed  Peruvian  green  sand,  or  ataca- 
mite  (being  obtained  from  the  desert  of  Atacama  between 
Chili  and  Peru)  is  now  known  to  be  artificially  produced 
by  pounding  the  crystallized  and  laminar  varieties  for  the 
purpose  of  using  the  sand  (arenilla)  in  lieu  of  blotting 
paper. —  Chloride  (or  muriate)  of  silver,  called  also  horn- 
silver  and  corneous  silver  :  amorphous,  botryoidal,  in 
laminae,  and  crystallized  in  minute  cubes  and  octahedrons, 


123 


GALLERY.]  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

from  Veta  Negra  in  Chili,  the  Saxon  Erzgebirge, 

— Chloride  or  muriate  of  mercury ,  with  native  quicksilver 
from  Moschel  Landsberg,  Almaden,  &c. 

Cases  61  and  62  contain  a  small  collection  of  organico- 
chemical,  or  such  mineralized  substances  as  are  composed 
after  the  manner  of  organic  bodies,  from  which  they  derive 
their  origin.  They  are  divided  into  salts,  resins,  bitumen, 
and  coal.  To  the  salts  belong — the  7nellate  of  alumina ^ 
also  called  mellite  or  honey-stone,  found  in  the  beds  of 
brown  coal  at  Artern  in  Thuringia ;  and  the  oxalate  of 
iron,  formerly  known  by  the  name  of  resinous  iron,  but  to 
which  that  of  humholdtite  is  now  generally  applied. — To 
the  resins  may  be  referred — the  amber,  of  the  varieties  of 
which  a  considerable  suite  is  deposited  in  Case  61,  many 
of  them  enclosing  insects,  &c. ;  to  which,  for  the  sake  of 
comparison,  are  added,  specimens  of  recent  copal,  likewise 
containing  insects ;  fossil  copal  or  High  gate  resin  ;  retinite 
or  retin-asphalt,  found  at  Bovey  j  together  with  some  other 
undetermined  resinous  substances.  To  the  bitumina  be¬ 
long  the  mineral  pitch  of  various  degrees  of  consistence, 
from  the  fluid  naphtha  and  mineral  oil  or  petroleum,  to  the 
solid  asphalt  diuAjet  ot  pitch  coal;  the  elaterite  or  elastic 
bitumen  of  Derbyshire,  (a  suite  of  specimens  exhibiting  all 
degrees  of  solidity^  from  that  of  honey  to  that  of  a  com¬ 
pact  ligneous  substance ;  with  which  is  also  placed  the 
dapeche,  an  inflammable  fossil  substance  found  by  Hum¬ 
boldt  in  South  America,  having  several  properties  of  the 
common  caoutchouc  or  Indian  rubber  ;) — the  hatchettine,  a 
bituminous  substance  from  Merthyr  Tydvil  in  South 
Wales. — Coal:  blach  coal,  and  brown  coal — of  these  a  few 
specimens  only  are  placed  in  glass  Case  62,  their  different 
varieties  being  rather  objects  for  a  geological  collection. 

The  arrangement  of  the  secondary  fossils  in  this  Gallery 
is  proceeded  with  as  expeditiously  as  circumstances  will 
admit.  Several  upright  glazed  Cases  are  fitted  up  for  the 
Class  Reptilia,  comprising  osseous  remains  of  the  Batra- 
chian,  the  Chelonian,  the  Emydosaurian,  and  the  Enalio- 
saurian  Orders.  The  objects  already  deposited  belong 
chiefly  to  the  two  last  mentioned  natural  orders,  the  first  of 
which  is  divided  into  the  families  of  the  Crocodiles  and  the 
Iguanas.  Among  the  specimens  under  arrangement  the 
following  may  be  specified  :—a  species  of  gavial  (now 

G  2 


124  NATURAL  HISTORY.  [^LONG 

considered  a  distinct  genus^  bearing  the  name  of  j®olodon) 
from  the  lias  at  Monheim  in  Franconia,  being  the  unique 
specimen  described  and  figured  by  Soemmerring  in  the 
Memoirs  of  the  Academy  of  Munich,  under  the  name  of 
Crocodilus  priscus  portion  of  the  head,  with  the 
snout,  &c.,  of  a  gavial  (Teleosaurus  Chapmanni)  from 
Whitby,  which,  though  correctly  determined  by  its  dis¬ 
coverer,  Capt.  W.  Chapman  and  also  by  Wooller  (Phil. 
Trans,  for  1758),  was  subsequently  mistaken  for  a  species 
of  Ichthyosaurus ; — a  head  of  Crocodilus  Toliapicus, 
mentioned  by  Cuvier  as  Crocodile  de  Sheppy  ; — the  head 
and  other  parts  of  the  Geosaurus  (the  Lacerta  gigantea 
of  Soemmerring)  found  together  with  the  preceding,  and 
first  figured  and  described  by  the  last  mentioned  naturalist 
in  the  Transactions  of  the  Academy  of  Munich ; — the  lower 
jaw  and  other  parts  of  the  cranium,  vertebrae,  &c.,  of  the 
huge  reptile  (Mososaurus  Sancti  Petri)  from  the  St.  Peter's 
Mountain  near  Maestricht,  presented,  in  1784,  by  the 
celebrated  Peter  Camper,  and  figured  by  Cuvier ; — a  por¬ 
tion  of  a  new  species,  from  Lyme  Regis,  of  the  remarkable 
genus  of  flying  reptiles,  the  Pterodactylus  of  Cuvier, 
described  and  figured  by  Buckland  in  the  Transactions  of 
the  Geological  Society,  under  the  name  of  P.  macronyx  ; 
together  with  a  coloured  cast  of  the  unique  P.  longirostris 
of  Cuvier  from  Solenhofen,  the  quarry  of  which  place  has 
also  furnished  the  small  lamina  of  lias  on  which  may  be 
observed  the  impression  (with  some  of  the  osseous  substance 
remaining)  of  the  last  two  articulations  of  the  toe  of  a  flying 
animal,  considered  by  Spix  as  related  to  the  Vampire,  but 
which  is  more  probably  a  large  and  distinct  species  of  pte- 
rodactyle. 

The  order  of  Enaltosauri  is  confined  to  the  genera 
Ichthyosaurus  and  Plesiosaurus,  among  the  exhibited  spe¬ 
cimens  of  which  are — a  very  perfect  head  (formerly  in 
the  museum  of  Mr.  Bullock)  of  a  pretty  large  specimen 
of  the  Ichthyosaurus  commu?iis  ; — a  full  length  specimen 
of  the  same  (in  a  separate  glass  Case) :  the  restored  parts 
distinguished  by  a  colour  ditferent  from  that  of  the  genuine 
portion  of  the  skeleton  ; — part  of  the  head  of  another  of 
still  larger  dimensions,  cut  transversely  to  show  the  internal 
structure  of  the  jaws ; — the  carpal  bones  of  one  of  the  ex¬ 
tremities  of  a  most  gigantic  species  (Ichthyosaurus  im^ 


C?ALLERY.]  NATURAL  HISTORY.  125 

manis)  :  all  from  the  lias  of  Lyme  Hegis ; — a  new  small 
species  (Ichthyosaurus  latifrons),  in  which  the  spiracle 
on  the  top  of  the  head^  between  the  eyes,  claims  particular 
attention  :  this  specimen  was  found  at  Balderton  in  the 
county  of  Nottingham,  twelve  feet  under  the  surface,  about 
three  miles  and  a  half  south  of  Newark-upon-Trent,  near 
the  drain  dividing  the  counties  of  Lincoln  and  Notting¬ 
ham  :  presented  by  Dr.  Bland. — From  nearly  the  same 
locality  is  the  specimen  here  deposited  of  a  species  of  pie- 
siosaure,  an  account  and  figure  of  which  have  been  given 
in  the  Philosophical  Transactions  for  1719,  by  Mr.  Stukely, 
who  took  it  for  a  crocodile.  A  very  perfect  specimen, 
with  head  exhibiting  the  teeth,  of  the  long-necked  plesio- 
saure  (Plesiosaurus  dolichodeirus  of  Conybeare)  from 
Lyme  Regis ;  and  another,  apparently  specifically  distinct, 
plesiosaure  (as  likewise  a  cast  of  the  same,  with  restora¬ 
tions)  from  Street  in  Somersetshire. 

As  illustrative  of  the  natural  order  of  Chelonidje,  we 
have  some  interesting  specimens,  chiefly  from  the  isle  of 
Sheppey,  and  the  coast  of  Essex. 

The  only  fossil  species  of  the  Batrachian  Reptiles  in  this 
collection  is  the  gigantic  Salamander,  the  subject  of  worthy 
ScheuchzeFs  dissertation.  Homo  diluvii  testis  et  theoscopos, 
Tiguri,  172(). 

The  two  upright  Glass  Cases  of  the  western  wall  of  the 
centre  compartment  contain  osseous  remains  (both  original 
and  in  plaster  casts)  of  the  orders  Edentata  and  Pachy- 
dermata.  To  the  former  of  these  the  Megatherium  (M. 
Cuverii)  is  generally  referred,  of  which  the  casts  here  depo¬ 
sited,  though  constituting  only  a  small  portion  of  the  whole 
skeleton,  are  sufficient  to  convey  an  idea  of  the  consider¬ 
able  dimensions  of  this  animal. — Among  the  specimens  of 
the  last  mentioned  natural  order,  may  be  specified  the 
casts,  chiefly  of  the  lower  jaw,  of  two  species  of  that  ex¬ 
traordinary  genus  the  Dbinotherium,  lately  discovered 
in  Bavaria,  some  of  the  teeth  of  which  were  known  to 
Cuvier,  who  supposed  them  to  belong  to  gigantic  tapirs ; 
— ^jaws,  tusks,  molar  teeth,  and  other  osseous  parts  of  the 
elephant  (EuEPHAspriwe^cwm^  of  Blumenbach),  especially 
those  of  the  Siberian  variety,  which  is  the  Mammouth  of 
early  writers :  a  name  erroneously  transferred  to  the  gi¬ 
gantic  Mastodon  (Mastodon  ohioticus).  There  are  va- 


120 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


[long 


rious  species  of  this  latter  genus,  the  osseous  remains  of 
which  are  now  under  arrangement,  together  with  those  of 
several  species  of  Rhinoceros,  Anoplotherium,  Palseothe- 
rium.  Tapir,  &c. 

In  a  distinct  Case  at  the  same  side  of  this  compartment 
is  deposited  the  fossil  human  skeleton  embedded  in  lime¬ 
stone,  brought  from  Guadaloupe  by  Admiral  the  Hon.  Sir 
Alexander  Cochrane,  and  presented  to  the  British  Museum 
by  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  the  Admiralty, 

The  upright  glass  Cases  on  each  side  of  the  northern 
entrance  into  this  Gallery  contain  a  collection  of  Fossil 
Vegetable  Remains,  consisting  chiefly  of  Coal  plants  (with 
coloured  casts  in  plaster  of  Paris  for  the  sake  of  exhibiting 
their  forms  more  distinctly) ;  a  suite  of  impressions  of  parts 
of  vegetables  in  bituminous  marl  state  from  Oeningen,  &c.| 
an  extensive  collection  of  certain  fossils  from  the  blue  clay 
of  the  cliffs  in  the  isle  of  Sheppey,  indiscriminately  deno¬ 
minated  fruits  and  seeds,  although  a  considerable  portion  of 
them  belongs  to  the  class  of  Zoophytes. 


In  the  upright  Glass  Cases  of  the  eastern  wall  of  the 
centre  compartment  is  deposited  a  collection  of  minerals 
from  the  Hartz  mountains,  presented  by  his  late  Majesty 
King  George  IV. 

The  sculptured  tortoise  in  the  centre  of  the  Gallery, 
placed  on  a  round  table  inlaid  with  various  antique  mar¬ 
bles  and  other  mineral  substances,  is  wrought  out  of  ne¬ 
phrite  or  jade.  It  was  found  on  the  banks  of  the  Jumna, 
near  the  city  of  Allahabad,  in  Hindostan,  brought  to  Eng¬ 
land  by  Lieutenant-General  Kyd,  and  presented  to  the 
Museum  by  Thomas  Wilkinson,  Esq. 


GALLERY.] 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


127 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST 

OF  THE 

MINERALS  IN  THE  LONG  GALLERY, 

WITH  REFERENCES  TO  THE  TABLE  CASES. 


Abrazite,  29 
Acanticone,  35 
Achm|te,  34 
Acid,  arsenious,  53 
— —  boracic,  41 

- molybdic,  40 

—  silicic,  20,  24 

- sulphuric,  55 

Actinote,  33 
Adularia,  29 
jEschynite,  39 
Agalmatolite,  32 
Agates,  23 
Agate-jasper,  24 
Alabaster,  46, 57 
Alalite,  34 
Albine,  27 
Albite,  30 
Allanite,  37 
Allochroite,  36 
Allophane,  26 
Alum,  58 
Alumina,  19 

- fluoride,  59 

- mellate,  61 

- phosphate,  55 

- silicate,  26 

- sulphate,  58 

Aluminite,  58  * 

Alum  stone,  58 
Amalgam,  native,  3 
Amazon  stone,  29 
Amber,  61 
Amblygonite,  55 
Amethyst,  20 

- oriental,  19 

Amianth,  34 
Ammonium 
chloride,  60 
Amphibole,  33 
Amphigene,  30 
Analcime,  27 
Anatase,  39 
Andalusite,  31 


Anhydrite,  57 
Anorthite,  30 
Anthophyllite,  33 
Anthracite,  4 
Anthraconite,  48 
Antiraoniates,  40 
Antimony,  grey,  10 

- native,  3 

- ochre,  40 

- oxysulphuret,40 

- plumose,  10 

- red,  33 

- sulphuret,  10 

- white,  40 

Apatite,  54 
Aphrite,  45 
Apophyllile,  27 
Arendalite,  35 
Arfvedsonite,  33 
Arragonite,  42 
Arsenic,  native,  4 

- oxide,  53 

- sulphurets,  11 

Arsenic  bloom,  53 
Arsenious  acid,  53 
Arseniurets,  4 
As  best,  34 
Asparagus-stone,  54 
Asphalt,  62 
Atacamite,  60 
Avanturino-quartz,22 

- feldspar,  29 

Augite,  34 
Automolite,  19 
Axinite,  38 
Azurite,  37,54 
Babingtonite,  34 
Baikalite,  34 
Baryta,  carbonate,  41 
— — sulphate,  56 
Barytes,  56 
Barytocaicite,  41 
Baudisserite,  49 
Bergmannite,  31 


Berthierite,  11 
Beryl,  37 
Beudantite,  13 
Bildstein,  32 
Bismuth 

- carbonate,  50 

- glance,  9 

- native,  1 

- oxide,  17 

Bismuth  blende,  26 
Bitumen,  62 
Black  lead,  4 
Blende,  5 
Blood  stone,  23 
Blue  spar,  55 
Bog-iron  ore,  16 
Bolognese  spar,  56 
Boracic  acid,  41 
Boracite,  41 
Borax,  41 
Botryolite,  41 
Bournonite,  11 
Breunerite,  49 
Brewsterite,  28 
Bronzite,  34 
Brookite,  39 
Brown  coal,  62 
Brown  spar,  50,  51 
Brucite,  39 
Bucholzite,  26 
Bucklandite, 
Buntkupfer,  7 
Bustamite,  34 
Calaite,  55 
Calamine,  50 

- electric,  26 

Calcareous  spar, 43-45 
Calcedony,  22,  23 
Calcium,  fluoride,  59 
Carnelian,  23 
Cat’s  eye,  22 
Celestine,  55 
Cererite,  26 
Cerine,  37 


128 


NATURAL  HISTORY, 


[^LONG 


Cerite,  26 

Cerium,  carbonate,  5< 

- fluoride,  59 

- silicate,  26 

Ceylonite,  19 
Chabasite,  27 
Chalcolite,  55 
Chalcosiderite,  54 
Chalk,  48 
Chiastolite,  48 
Childrenite,  55 
Chlorides,  60 
Chlorite,  32 
Chloropal,  26 
Chlorophaeite,  26 
Chondrodite,  39 
Chrome-garnet,  36 
Chromium,  oxide,  41 
Chrysoberyl,  37 
Chrysolite,  25 
Chrysoprase,  23 
Cinnabar,  9 
Cinnamon  stone,  35 
Clay-iron  stone,  16 
Cleavelandite,  30 
Coal,  62 

Cobalt,  arseniate,  53 

-  grey, 4 

- oxides,  17 

- sulphate,  58 

- sulphuret,  5 

- vitriol,  58 

- white,  4 

Cobalt-bloom,  53 
Cobalt-crust,  53  , 
Cobalt-glance,  12 
Coccolite,  34 
Colophonite,  36 
Columbite,  40 
Gomptonite,  28 
Conite,  49 

Copper,  arseniates,53 

- bismuth,  9 

- blue,  51 

- carbonate, 51, 52 

- chloride,  60 

- native,  1 

- oxides,  17 

- phosphate,  54 

-  red, 17 

— —  seleniuret,  4 


Copper,  silicate,  26 

) - sulphate,  58 

- sulphurets,  7 

- variegated,  7 

- yellow,  7 

Copper-azure,  51 
Copper-black,  17 
Copper-emerald,  26 
Copper-glance,  7 
Copper-mica,  53 
Copper-nickel,  4 
Copper-pyrites,  7 
Coral-ore,  9 
Corundum,  19 
Cotunnite,  60 
Couzeranite,  29 
Crichtonite,  39 
Cross-stone,  29 
Crucite,  14 
Cryolite,  59 
Cube-ore,  53 
Cube-spar,  57 
Cubicite,  27 
Cummingtonite,  35 
Cymophane,  37 
Cyprine,  35 
Bapeche,  61 
Datolite,  41 
Diallagite,  34 
Diamond,  4 
Diamond  spar,  19 
Diaspore,  19 
Dichroite,  36 
Diopside,  34 
Dioptase,  26 
Dipyre,  31 
Disthene,  26 
Dolomite,  49 
Egerane,  35 
Elaterite,  61 
Elaeolite,  31 
Electrum,  3 
Emerald,  37 
Emery,  19 
Endellion,  11 
F  pi  dote,  35 
Essonite,  35 
Eucairite,  4 
Euclase,  37 
Eudialyte,  38 
Fahl-ore,  12 


Fahl  unite,  32 
Feather-ore,  10 
Feldspar,  29 
Fettstein,  31 
Fibrolite,  19 
Fiorite,  21 
Fire-marble,  47 
Fire  opal,  24 
Flint,  22 
Fluorides,  59  « 
Fluor  spar,  59 
Franklinite,  13 
Frugardite,  35 
Fulgurite,  21 
Gadolinite,  37 
Gahnite,  19 
Galena,  8 
Garnet,  36 
Gehlenite,  36 
Gems,  oriental,  19 
Gibsite,  19 
Gillingite,  26 
Gismondine,  29 
Glance  cobalt,  12 
Glauberite,  55 
Glauber  salt,  55 
Gmelinite,  28 
Goethite,  16 
Gold,  native,  3 
Grammatite,  33 
Granatite,  37 
Graphite,  4 
Grey  Copper,  12 
Gross ular,  36 
Guano,  61 
Gurhovian,49 
Gypsum,  57 
Haarsalz,  58 
Haidenite,  27 
Halloysite,  26 
Harmotome,  29 
Hatchettine,  61 
Hausmannite,  13 
Haiiyne,  37 
Haytorite,  21 
Heavy  spar,  56 
Heliotrope,  23 
Helvine,  37 
Hematite,  red,  14 

- brown,  16 

Hepatic  ore,  9 


GALLERY.] 

Hepatite,  56 
Hessonite,  35 
Heulandite,  28 
Hisingerite,  26 
Honey-stone,  61 
Hornblende,  33 
Hornsilver,  60 
Hornstone,  22 
Humboldtite,  41, 61 
Hyacinth,  26 
Hyalite,  21 
Hyalosiderite,  25 
Hydrargillite,  55 
Hydrolite,  28 
Hypersthene,  34 
Ic8.-spar,  30 
Ichthyophthalmite,1^7 
Idocrase,  35 
Ilmenite,  39 
Ilvait,  34 
Indianite,  19 
lolite,  36 
Iridium,  3 
Iron,  arseniate,  53 

- carbonate,  50 

- chromate,  41 

— -  meteoric,  1 

- native,  1 

- oxides,  14,  15 

- phosphate,  54 

- silicate,  26 

- sulphate,  58 

- sulphurets,  16 

- titanale,  39 

- tungstate,  40 

Iron-flint,  21 
Iron-glance,  14 
Iron-mica,  14 
Iron-ore,  pisiform,  16 
Iron-pyrites,  6 
Iron-sand,  15 
Iron-spar,  50 
Iron-stone,  brovrn,  16 

- green,  54 

- magnetic,  15 

- micaceous,  14 

- red, 14 

- sparry,  50 

Iron  vitriol,  58 
Iserine,39 
Ittnerite,  31 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


129 


Jade,  Chinese,  28 
Jamesonite,  11 
Jasper,  24 
Jasp-opal,  24 
Johannite,  58 
Karpholite,  36 
Kakoxene,  55 
KefFekilite,  25 
Klaprothite,  55 
Kohlenblende,  4 
Konigine,  58 
Koiipholite,  28 
Krokalite,  27 
Krokydalite,  34 


Lime,  fluate,  59 

- - nitrate,  55 

- phosphate,  54 

- sulphate,  57 

- tungstate,  40 

Limestone,coinpact,47 
Limestone,  granular, 
46 

- fibrous,  46 

- fetid,  48 

- ;  magnesian,  49 

- stalactic,  46 

- tufaceous,  48 

Lithomarge,  25 


Kiipferschaum,  50,  53  Liver-ore,  9 
Kyanite,26  Liver-pyrites,  6 


Labrador  spar,  29 
Lapis  lazuli,  37 
Lasionite,  55 
Latrobite,  31 
Laumontite,  28 
Lazuli te,  37,  55 
Lead,  aluminate,  19 

- - arseniate,  53 

- brown,  54 

- carbonate,  51 

- chromate,  41 

- green,  54 

- molybdate,  40 

- murio  carbo¬ 
nate,  60 
— —  native,  2 

- oxides,  17 


Lomonite,  28 
Lumachella  marble, 47 
Lydian-stone,  21 
Maclurite,  39 
Madreporite,  48 
Magnesia,  aluminate, 
19 

- carbonate,  49 

- silicate,  26 

- sulphate,  58 

Magnesite,  49 
Malachite,  52 
Malacolite,  34 
Manganese,  carbo¬ 
nate,  50 

- oxides,  13 

- - phosphate,  54 

- silicate,  26 

- sulphuret,  5 

Marie,  49 


phosphate,  54 

—  red,  41 

—  sulphate,  58  _ , 

—  snlphato-car-  Marmolite,  25 

bonate,  58  Mascle,  37 

—  sulphuret,  8 

—  tungstate,  40 

—  vanadiate,  41 
yellow,  40 


Lead  vitriol,  58 
Lentil-ore,  53 
Lenzinite,  26 
Lepidolite,  32 
Leucite,  30 
Levine,  28 
Lievrit,  34 
Lime,  arseniate,  53 


Meerschaum,  25 
Mei’onite,  31 
Melanite,  36 
Meiilite,  36 
Mellile,  61 
Menacanite,  39 
Menilite,  24 
Mercury,  native,  t 

- chloride,  60 

- muriate,  60 

- sulphuret,  9 

Mesotype,  27 


carbonate, 42^48  Meteorites,  2 
G  3 


130 


NATURAL  HISTORY. 


Miargyrite,  11 
Mica,  32 
Miemite,  49 
Minium,  native,  17 
Mispickel,  12 
Misy,  58 
Molybdates,  40 
Molybdena  snl- 
phnret,  12 

Molybdena-ochre,  40 
Molybdic  acid,  40 
Moonstone,  29 
Moroxite,  54 
Mountain  blue,  51 
Mountain  cork,  34 
Mountain  wood,  34 
Muriacite,  57 
Mussite,  34 
Nagyag-ore,  3 
Naker-feldspar,  29 
Naphtha,  62 
Natrolite,  27 
Needle-ore,  9 
Needle-stone,  27 
Nepheline,  31 
Nickel,  arseniate,53 

- green,  53 

- - sulphuret,  6 

Nitre,  native,  55 
Nosine,  37 
Nutallite,  31 
Obsidian,  31 
Octahedrite,  39 
Oligist-iron,  14 
Oligoclase,  30 
Olive-malachite,  54 
Olive-ore,  53 
Olivine,  25 
Opal,  24 
Orpiment,  11 
Orthite,  37 
Osm-iridium,3 
Palladium,  3 
Pargasite,  33 
Paulite,  34 
Pea  iron  ore,  16 
Pea  stone,  48 
Pearl  sinter,  21 
Pearl  spar,  60,  51 
Pearl  stone,  31 
Pelioma,  36 


.  [long  gallery. 


Pericline,  30 
Peridot,  25 
Petalite,  30 
Pharmacolite,  53 
Pharmacosiderite, 
Phenacite,  37 
Philipsite,  29 
Phosphorite,  54 
Phosphyttrite,  54 
Picrolite,  25 
Pimeiite,  23 
Finite,  32 
Pistacite,  35 
Pitch  ore,  17 
Plasma,  23 
Platinum,  3 
Pleonaste,  19 
Plomb-gomme,  19 
Polybasite,  11 
Polyhalite,  58 
Poiymignite,  39 
Polysphserite,  54 
Poonahlite,  27 
Porcelain  jasper,  24 
Potassa,  nitrate,  55 
Prase,  22 
Prehnite,  28 
Prunnerite,  25 
Pseudomalachite,  54 
Pycnite,  39 
Pyrgome,  34 
Pyrites,  magnetic,  6 
Pyrochlore,  39 
Pyrodmalite,  38 
Pyromorphite,  54 
Pyrope,  36 
Pyrophyllite,  32 
Pyrophysalite,39 
Pyrorthite,  37 
Pyroxene,  34 
Quartz,  21,  22 
Quicksilver,  native,  3 
Realgar,  11 
Retinasphalt,  61 
Rhomb-spar,  49 
Riband  jasper,  24 
Rock  crystal,  20 
Rock  salt,  60 
Rock  wood,  34 
Romanzowite,  36 
Roschgewachs,  11 


Rubellite,  38 
Ruby,  19 
Ruby-copper,  17 
Ruby-silver,  11 
1  Rutile,  39 
Sal  ammoniac,  60 
Salite,  34 
Salt,  common,  60 
Saltpetre,  55 
Sammeterz,  58 
Sanidine,  30 
Sapphire,  19 
Sassoline,  41 
Satin-spar,  46 
Saussurite,  31 
Scapolite,  31 
Schaalenblende,  5 
Scheelite,  40 
Scherbenkobalt,  4 
Schiller-spar,  34 
Schriftertz,  3 
Scolicite,  27 
Selenite,  57 
Seleniurets,  4 
Selenium  sulphur,  4 
Serpentine,  25 
Shelklimestone,  47 
Shorl,  38 
Siberite,  38 
Siderite,  21 
Sideroschizolite,  26 
Silica,  20 — 24 
Sillimanite,  26 
Silver,  antimomal,S 

■ - auriferous,  3 

- chloride,  60 

- muriate,  60 

- native,  2 

-  red, 11 

- -  stibiuret,  3 

- sulphuret,  10 

Silver-glance,  10 
Sinter,  siliceous,  21 
Skorodite,  53 
Slate  spar,  45 
Slickenside,  8 
Smaragdite,  31 
Soda,  carbonate,  41 

- muriate,  60 

- nitrate,  55 

- sulphate,  55 


THE  KOYAL  LIBRARY 


131 


Sodalite,  S8 
Sodium  chloride,  60 
Somervillite,  35 
Sordavalite,  36 
Sphaerolite,  31 
Sphasrosiderite,  50 
Sphene,  39 
Spinel,  19 
^pinellane,  37 
Spodumen,  30 
Stanrolite,  37 
Steatite,  25 
Steinheilite,  36 
Stilbite,  28 
Stink  stone,  48 
Stones,  meteoric,  2 
Strontia, carbonate, 41 

- sulphate,  55 

Strontianite,  41 
Sulphur,  native,  5 
Sulphurets,  5- — 13 
Sulphuric  acid,  55 
Sun  opal,  24 
Sun-stone,  29 
Surturbrand,  62 
Talc,  32 
Tantalite,  40 
Tellurets,  3 
Tellurium,  3 
Tennantite,  7 
Tesselite,  27 
Tetradymite,  3 
Thallite,  35 
Tharandite,  49 
Thenardite,  55 


Thomsonite,  27 
Thulite,26 
Tile-ore,  17 
Tin,  oxide,  18 

- sulphuret,  9 

- stone,  18 

Tincal,  41 
Tin  pyrites,  9 
Tinder-ore,  40 
Titan-shorl,  39 
Titanite,  39 
Topaz,  39 
Tourmaline,  38 
Trauben-ertz,  54 
Tremolite,  33 
Triphane,30 
Tiipliyline,  54 
Triplite,  54 
Trona,  41 

Tufa,  calcareous,  48 
Tungsten,  40 
Turquois,  55 
Uranite,  55 
Uran  mica,  55 
Uranium,  oxide,  17 

-  phosphate,  55 

- sulphate,  58 

Vauquelinite,  41 
Vesuvian,  35 
Velvet  ore,  58 
Vermilion,  native,  9 
Vivianite,  54 
Vitriol,  blue,  58 
-  green,  58 


Vitriol,  white,  58 
Wad,  13 
Wavellite,  55 
Websterite,  58 
Weiss  qrtz,  12 
Wernerite,  31 
Willemite,  26 
Withamite,  35 
Witherite,  41 
W  olfram,  40 
Wollastonite,  25 
Wolnyne,  56 
Wood-opal,  24 
Wood-stone,  22 
Wood-tin,  18 
Wootz-ore,  14 
Yenite,  34 
Y’di-stone,  28 
Yttria,  phosphate,  54 
Yttrium  fluoride,  59 
Yttrocerite,  59 
Yttrotantalite,  40 
Zeagonite,  29 
Zeolites,  27,  28 
Zinc,  blende,  5 

- carbonate,  51 

Zinc,  ore,  red,  17 

- silicate,  26 

- sulphate,  58 

Zinc  vitriol,  58 
Zinkenite,  il 
Zircon,  26 
Zoisite,  35 
Zunder-ertz,  40 
C.  Konig. 


THE  ROYAL  LIBRARY. 

In  this  spacious  and  splendid  Room  is  deposited  the 
Library  formed  by  his  Majesty,  King  George  the 
Third  ;  which  embraces  the  most  extensive  and  im¬ 
portant  Collection  of  Books  ever  brought  together  by 
any  Sovereign  of  the  British  Empire,  or  indeed  of  any 
other  country  :  and  this,  not  confined  to  publications 
connected  with  some  particular  class  of  literature,  but 
embracing  every  species  of  knowledge.  The  volumes 


132 


THE  ROYAL  LIBRARY. 


moreover  are,  in  general,  in  the  best  possible  condition^ 
and  in  very  frequent  instances,  of  the  most  superb 
description,  being  vellum  or  large  paper  copies ;  the 
whole  forming  a  monument  worthy  the  judgment,  the 
taste,  and  the  liberal  mind  of  the  Royal  Founder,  and 
also  of  the  unparalleled  munificence  of  his  late  Majesty, 
King  George  the  Fourth,  who  by  the  following 
Letter,  addressed  to  the  late  Lord  Liverpool,  presented 
this  Library  to  the  British  Nation. 

Pavilion,  Brighton,  Jan.  15,  1823. 

DEAR  LORD  LIVERPOOL, 

The  King,  my  late  revered  and  excellent  Father,  hav¬ 
ing  formed,  during  a  long  series  of  years,  a  most  valuable 
and  extensive  Library,  I  have  resolved  to  present  this 
Collection  to  the  British  Nation. 

Whilst  I  have  the  satisfaction  by  this  means  of  ad¬ 
vancing  the  literature  of  my  Country,  I  also  feel  that  I 
am  paying  a  just  tribute  to  the  memory  of  a  Parent, 
whose  life  was  adorned  with  every  public  and  private 
virtue. 

I  desire  to  add,  that  I  have  great  pleasure,  my  Lord, 
in  making  this  communication  through  you. 

Believe  me, 

With  great  regard. 

Your  sincere  Friend, 

G.  R. 

The  Earl  op  Liverpool,  K.  G.,  &c.,  &c.,  &c. 

The  Books  are  systematically  arranged  in  304  Presses, 
according  to  subjects,  as  correctly  as  could  be  accom¬ 
plished  in  placing  them  according  to  their  sizes  upon 
their  appropriate  shelves. 

On  the  right  side  of  the  Room  as  you  enter  through 
the  Library  of  Manuscripts,  are  deposited  the  whole  of 
the  extensive  range  of  works  relating  to  the  Class  His¬ 
tory,  beginning  with  Geography  and  Universal  History, 
Voyages  and  Travels ;  then  follow  Ancient  History,  and 
Ecclesiastical  History.  The  History  of  particular  Coun¬ 
tries  succeeds  in  the  following  order : — The  United 
Kingdoms  of  England  and  Ireland,  France,  Spain,  Por¬ 
tugal,  Italy,  Germany. 


THE  ROYAL  LIBRARY. 


133 


The  series  of  Historians  is  here  interrupted,  partly  by 
an  assemblage  of  various  editions  of  the  Greek  and  Ro¬ 
man  Classics,  printed  by  the  Alduses,  the  Stephenses, 
the  Elzevirs,  and  other  more  eminent  typographers,  and 
principally  by  a  very  costly  collection  of  specimens  of  the 
productions  of  the  Press  during  its  earliest  history,  most 
of  which,  on  account  of  their  curiosity  and  Iheir  magnifi¬ 
cence,  excite  universal  admiration,  and  deserve  special  at¬ 
tention.  The  collection  of  Caxtons  is  singularly  extensive. 
Passing  by  nine  Presses  in  the  centre  of  this  side  of  the 
Room  thus  occupied,  the  series  of  Historians  is  resumed, 
and  embraces  the  writers  on  the  history  of  Holland,  the 
Netherlands,  the  Northern  nations,  and  of  the  kingdoms 
of,  and  tribes  of  people  inhabiting,  Asia,  Africa,  and 
America.  Works  on  Antiquities,  Manners,  Customs, 
Monuments,  Numismatics,  and  Inscriptions,  come  next 
in  order,  and  are  succeeded  by  much  that  is  valuable 
and  important  in  Heraldic,  Biographical,  and  Literary 
History.  A  numerous  collection  of  the  Transactions 
of  the  most  distinguished  Scientific  and  Literary  So¬ 
cieties  occupies  the  remaining  Presses  of  this  side  of  the 
Room. 

On  the  left  side  of  this  Room  entering  it  as  before 
mentioned,  is  arranged,  in  the  first  instance,  a  well  se¬ 
lected  collection  of  Theological  Works,  commencing 
with  the  Holy  Scriptures,  in  the  extensive  series  of 
which  are  to  be  found  most  of  the  more  rare  and  va¬ 
luable  editions  of  the  Old  and  New  Testament  in  their 
original  tongues,  and  in  the  numerous  versions  of  the 
same.  The  most  approved  Commentators  on  the  Sa¬ 
cred  Writings  come  next  in  order,  and  these  are  fol¬ 
lowed  by  a  variety  of  Liturgical  Works,  the  Proceedings 
of  Councils,  the  best  editions  of  the  Fathers,  and  very 
many  of  the  standard  Works  of  the  most  eminent  Di¬ 
vines,  whether  Catholic  or  Protestant.  The  Works  on 
Jurisprudence  follow  next  in  order,  and  embrace  a 
curious  and  useful  assemblage  of  Books  on  Feudal  and 
Civil  Law,  and  a  very  extensive  assortment  on  British 
Law.  This  class,  is  succeeded  by  an  extensive  range  of 
Books  on  Intellectual,  Moral,  Political,  Natural  and 
Mathematical  Philosophy.  The  Presses  between  and  be¬ 
hind  the  granite  columns  are  occupied  for  the  most  part  by 


134 


THE  ROYAL  LIBRARY. 


various  useful  and  costly  editions  of  the  ancient  Classic 
Writers.  The  systematic  order  is  then  again  resumed, 
and  Works  on  the  Fine  Arts,  Trades,  Sports  and  Pas¬ 
times,  occupy  nearly  the  whole  remaining  Presses  in  this 
central  portion  of  the  Room.  In  the  class  Literature, 
which  immediately  succeeds,  will  be  seen  some  of  the 
best  Works  on  Philology  and  Criticism,  and  a  very 
numerous  collection  of  Grammars  and  Dictionaries  of 
most  of  the  various  languages  in  the  world.  Works  on 
the  theory  and  practice  of  Eloquence  follow ;  and 
Poetry,  in  its  various  kinds,  ancient  and  modern,  suc¬ 
ceeds.  The  Productions  of  miscellaneous  Writers,  and 
the  best  editions  of  their  collected  Works,  terminate  this 
class.  In  the  last  three  Presses  of  this  side  of  the  Room, 
are  deposited  the  few  Manuscript  Volumes  which  be¬ 
longed  to  the  Royal  Founder  of  this  truly  valuable 
Library.  In  the  Presses  on  the  left  of  the  door,  at  the 
end  of  this  Room,  are  deposited  Cases,  enclosing  a 
great  variety  of  single  Plays,  being  for  the  most  part  the 
productions  of  some  of  the  earliest  Italian,  French, 
and  English  Dramatic  Writers.  The  Tracts  which 
follow,  also  enclosed  in  Cases,  form  a  numerous  series, 
and  are  highly  interesting,  as  connecting,  in  some  in¬ 
stances,  the  chain  of  historical  events,  and  in  others, 
elucidating  particular  facts  and  subjects  of  every  de¬ 
scription. 

The  Books  deposited  in  the  Galleries  follow,  according 
to  subjects,  nearly  in  the  same  systematic  order  as  those 
arranged  in  the  Presses  below. 

The  Tables  on  the  Floor  of  the  Room  are  occupied  by 
a  most  curious,  splendid,  and  useful  collection  of  Geo¬ 
graphy.  In  the  124  Cases  entitled  General  Atlas,  is 
contained,  topographically  arranged,  Maps  of  every  part 
of  the  Globe,  and  numerous  plans  of  Towns,  Buildings, 
Gardens,  &c.,  &c. 


H.  H.  Baber. 


ROOM  I.] 


TERRACOTTAS. 


135 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES* 

FIRST  ROOM. 

TERRACOTTAS. 

Over  the  door  which  fronts  the  entrance  into  this 
room,  is  a  bust  of  Charles  Towneley,  Esq.,  to  whose  pro¬ 
found  knowledge  of  ancient  Sculpture,  and  zeal  in  the 
acquisition  of  the  finest  specimens  of  it,  the  nation  is 
indebted  for  the  formation  of  a  considerable  part  of  the 
splendid  collection  of  Terracottas  and  Marbles  con¬ 
tained  in  this  Gallery,  The  bust  was  presented  by  his 
uncle,  John  Towneley,  Esq.  It  is  executed  in  marble  by 
Mr.  Nollekens. 

No.  1.  A  female  statue,  probably  one  of  the  Muses, 
PL  III. 

No.  2.  An  Amphora. 

No.  3.  A  terminal  head  of  the  bearded  Bacchus. 
PL  XXXVII.  f.  75. 

No.  4.  A  bas-relief,  representing  a  combat  between 
two  Amazons  and  two  Griffins.  PL  iv.  f.  4. 

No.  5.  Ditto,  representing  the  head  of  a  Triton,  on 
each  side  of  which  is  a  Cupid  riding  on  a  dolphin. 
PL  IV.  f.  5. 

No.  6.  Ditto,  representing  a  group  of  Silenus  and 
Cupid,  before  whom  is  a  female  Bacchante  dancing,  and 
playing  on  the  tambourin.  PL  v. 

No.  7.  Ditto,  representing  an  engagement  be¬ 
tween  one  of  the  Arimaspi  and  a  Griffin ;  on  the  left 
of  the  combatants  is  the  bust  of  an  athletic  figure,  armed 
with  a  battle-axe.  PL  vi.  f.  7- 

No.  8.  Ditto,  intended  by  the  artist  as  a  companion 
to  No.  7,  and  to  be  joined  to  it  in  the  manner  in  which 
it  is  here  seen.  The  subject  in  both  pieces  is  precisely 
the  same:  the  bust,  however,  in  this  piece  is  placed  on 

*  All  the  articles  in  the  following  catalogue  of  antiquities,  unless  where 
it  is  otherwise  specified,  belonged  to  the  collection  of  the  late  Chartes 
Towneley,  Esq.  More  ample  descriptions,  with  Plates,  of  the  antiquities 
contained  in  the  British  Museum,  are  in  the  course  of  publication ;  and 
references  to  the  six  parts  already  published  are  affixed  to  those  articles 
which  have  been  therein  engraved. 


136 


GALLERY  OE  ANTIQUITIES.  [^ROOM  I. 

the  right  of  the  combatants,  and  is  armed  with  a  sword 
and  shield.  PI.  vi.  f.  8. 

No.  9.  Repetition  of  No.  6.  PL  v. 

No.  10.  A  bas-relief,  representing  a  head  of  Me» 
dusa,  on  each  side  of  which  is  an  eagle  in  the  act  of  seiz¬ 
ing  with  its  talons,  one  of  the  snakes  entwined  in  the 
locks  of  her  hair.  PI.  vii.  f.  10. 

No,  11.  Ditto,  representing  a  couple  of  chimaeras 
lapping  water  out  of  vessels  held  to  them  by  two  youths 
who  are  attired  in  Phrygian  dresses,  and  are  each  kneel¬ 
ing  on  one  knee.  PI.  vii.  f.  11. 

No.  12.  Ditto,  representing  a  female,  who  seems  to  be 
overwhelmed  with  affliction.  She  is  seated,  and  is  rest¬ 
ing  her  head  upon  her  right  arm,  w^hile  her  attendants, 
from  the  concern  visible  in  their  countenances,  appear  to 
participate  in  her  sorrow.  This  bas-relief  probably  re¬ 
presents  Penelope  dejected  at  the  departure  of  Ulysses. 
PI.  VIII.  f.  12. 

No.  13.  Ditto,  imperfect,  representing  a  fragment 
of  Medusa’s  head,  on  one  side  of  which  is  a  figure  of 
Minerva.  PI.  viii.  f.  13. 

No.  14.  Ditto,  representing  the  bearded  Bacchus, 
and  a  female  attendant  on  Bacchus,  each  of  them  hold¬ 
ing  a  thyrsus.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  Hans  Sloane. 
PI.  IX.  f.  14. 

No.  15.  Ditto,  imperfect,  representing  a  head  of 
Minerva,  and  a  head  of  Jupiter.  PI.  ix.  f.  15. 

No.  16.  Ditto,  representing  Minerva  assisting  the 
Argonauts  to  build  the  famous  ship  Argo.  ^t^PL  x. 

No.  17.  Ditto,  imperfect,  representing  Venus  on  the 
ocean,  riding  upon  a  sea-horse.  PL  xi.  f.  17. 

No.  18.  Ditto,  representing  Victory  pouring  out 
a  libation  to  Apollo  Musagetes.  From  the  collection  of 
Sir  Hans  Sloane*  PL  xi.  f.  18. 

No.  19.  Ditto,  representing  a  candelabrum  lighted 
for  a  sacrifice.  On  each  side  stands  a  priestess,  who 
with  one  hand  supports  the  sacred  fillets  which  decorate 
the  candelabrum,  and  with  the  other  hand  raises  a  small 
portion  of  her  robe,  like  the  figure  of  Hope  on  coins  of 
the  Roman  Emperors.  PL  xii.  f.  19. 

No.  20.  Ditto,  representing  Machaon,  after  he  has 


TERRACOTTAS. 


137 


ROOM  I.] 

been  wounded.  He  is  supposed  to  be  sitting  in  the  tent 
of  Nestor,  who  is  administering  a  potion  to  him,  as  de¬ 
scribed  in  the  Xlth  book  of  the  Iliad.  The  females  in 
attendance  are  slaves.  PL  xii.  f.  20. 

No.  21.  A  bas-relief,  representing  Bacchus  and  a  Faun ; 
the  former  holds  a  thyrsus  in  his  left  hand,  the  latter 
carries  a  torch  in  his  right  hand,  and  an  amphora  on 
his  left  shoulder.  PI.  xiii. 

No.  22.  Ditto,  representing  two  Fauns  kneeling,  one 
of  them  playing  upon  the  tambourin,  the  other  accom¬ 
panying  him  with  small  musical  instruments  called  crotala. 
Between  them  is  Ampelus,  the  lower  part  of  whose  figure 
terminates  in  branches  of  the  vine.  PI.  xiv.  f.  22. 

No.  23.  Ditto,  representing  two  of  the  Seasons, 
Spring  and  Summer.  PI.  xiv.  f.  23. 

No.  24^.  Ditto,  representing  Victory  sacrificing  a  bull 
before  a  lighted  candelabrum,  which  is  used  at  an  altar. 
PI.  XV.  f.  24. 

No.  25.  Ditto,  imperfect,  representing  Perseus  cut¬ 
ting  off  the  head  of  Medusa.  PI.  xv.  f.  25. 

No.  26.  Ditto,  representing  Victory  sacrificing  a  bull 
before  a  small  altar,  which  is  placed  upon  a  tripod  table. 
PI.  XVI.  f.  26. 

No.  27.  Ditto,  imperfect,  representing  a  female  Bac¬ 
chante  offering  a  basket  of  figs  to  the  goddess  Pudicitia. 
From  the  collection  of  Sir  Hans  Sloane.  PL  xvi.  f.  27. 

No.  28.  Ditto,  representing  two  Fauns  gather¬ 
ing  grapes  into  baskets.  PL  xvii.  f.  28. 

No.  29.  Ri|petition  of  No.  21.  PL  xiii. 

No.  30.  A nbas-relief,  representing  Bacchus  leaning 
on  the  shoulders  of  a  Faun.  At  his  feet  is  a  panther 
holding  up  his  mouth  to  receive  the  wine  which  is 
poured  from  the  vase  held  in  the  right  hand  of  Bac¬ 
chus.  Before  this  group  is  a  female  attendant  on 
Bacchus,  holding  a  thyrsus  in  her  hand.  PI.  xvii. 
f.  30. 

No.  31.  Ditto,  representing  two  Fauns  leaning  over 
a  large  open  vessel  of  wine,  as  if  observing  the  reflec¬ 
tion  of  their  faces  on  the  surface  of  the  liquor.  PL 
XVIII.  f.  31. 

No.  32.  Ditto,  imperfect,  representing  a  trophy,  be- 


138 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [rOOM  I. 

fore  which  stands  a  captive  attended  by  a  guard,  and 
secured  by  a  chain  fastened  round  his  right  wrist.  PL 
XVIII.  f.  32. 

No.  33.  A  bas-relief,  representing  two  Fauns  gathering 
grapes  into  baskets.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  Hans 
Shane,  PI.  xxxiv.  f.  69. 

No.  34.  Ditto,  representing  Paris  carrying  off  Helen, 
in  a  car  drawn  by  four  horses.  PI.  xix.  f.  34. 

No.  35.  Ditto,  representing  Egyptian  hieroglyphics. 
PI.  XIX.  f.  35. 

No.  36.  Ditto,  representing  two  persons  navigating 
the  Nile  in  a  boat.  In  the  fore-ground  are  a  hippopo¬ 
tamus,  two  crocodiles,  some  birds,  and  several  plants  of 
the  Nymph^a  lotus.  In  the  distance  are  buildings,  on 
the  roofs  of  w^hich  are  seen  three  Ibises.  The  whole  of 
this  scenery  is  viewed  through  two  arches  supported  by 
columns.  PI.  xx.  f.  36. 

No.  37.  Ditto,  imperfect,  representing  a  vase  with 
two  handles,  on  one  side  of  which  is  a  panther  leaping 
up,  a  thyrsus,  and  the  letter  A.  PI.  xx.  f.  37. 

No.  38.  A  statue  of  the  muse  Urania  ;  both  the  hands 
are  wanting ;  but  from  the  position  of  the  arms,  it  is  pro¬ 
bable  that  the  figure  held  a  radius  in  the  right  hand,  and 
a  celestial  globe  in  the  left  hand.  It  is  three  feet  ten 
inches  high,  and  is  one  of  the  largest  statues  that  have 
been  found  of  terracotta.  PI.  xxr. 

No.  39.  An  Amphora.  From  the  collection  of  Sir 
Hans  Shane. 

No.  40.  A  statue  of  a  muse  resting  l||r  left  arm  upon 
a  pile  of  writing  tablets  which  are  placed  upon  a  square 
column.  The  right  arm  is  raised  towards  the  neck. 
The  figure,  in  its  present  state,  is  three  feet  four  inches 
high  :  the  head  is  lost.  PI.  xxii. 

No.  41.  An  Amphora.  From  the  collection  of  Sir 
Hans  Shane. 

No.  42.  A  bas-relief,  representing  a  short  naked 
human  figure,  with  a  beard ;  he  holds  in  each  hand  the 
stem  of  a  plant.  On  each  side  of  this  figure  is  seated  a 
quadruped,  whose  head  is  that  of  an  elderly  man,  and 
whose  tail  terminates  in  a  flower.  PI.  xxiii.  f.  42. 

No.  43.  Ditto,  representing  Cupids  supporting  fes¬ 
toons  of  fruit.  PI.  XXIII.  f.  43. 


ROOM  I.]  TERRACOTTAS.  139 

No.  44.  A  bas-relief,  representing  a  Faun  and  a  Bac¬ 
chante  dancing,  and  holding  between  them  the  infant  Bac¬ 
chus  in  a  basket  used  for  winnowing  corn.  PL  xxiy.  f.  44. 

No.  45.  Ditto,  representing  the  head  of  Pan,  on  each 
side  of  which  is  the  head  of  a  Satyr ;  one  of  the  Satyrs 
is  crowned  with  branches  of  the  pine^,  and  the  other  with 
branches  of  ivy.  PL  xxiv.  f.  45. 

No.  46.  Repetition  of  No.  45. 

No.  47.  A  bas-relief,  representing  the  Indian  Bac¬ 
chus  received  as  a  guest  by  Icarus.  PL  xxv. 

No.  48.  Ditto,  representing  two  Fauns  riding  on 
panthers.  The  hinder  part  of  the  panthers  terminate 
in  vine  leaves.  Between  the  panthers  is  a  vase  with 
two  handles.  PL  xxvi.  f.  48. 

No.  49.  Ditto,  representing  a  bull  and  a  lion  running 
in  contrary  directions.  The  hind  legs  of  both  animals 
are  enveloped  in  foliage.  PL  xxvi.  f.  49. 

No.  50.  Ditto,  representing  a  lighted  candelabrum, 
which  is  composed  entirely  of  a  plant.  The  flames  issue 
from^  the  flower,  which  grows  upon  a  long  stem.  On 
each  side  stands  a  priestess,  with  one  hand  holding  up  a 
small  portion  of  her  robe  (see  Nos.  19  and  54),  and  with 
the  other  hand  holding  one  of  the  branches  of  the  plant. 
PL  XXVII.  f.  50. 

No.  51.  Ditto,  representing  tw^o  of  the  Seasons, 
Autumn  and  Winter.  PL  xxvii.  f.  51. 

No.  52.  Ditto,  imperfect,  representing  the  goddess 
Salus,  feeding  a  serpent  out  of  a  patera.  The  serpent 
is  twined  rour||j|  the  trunk  of  a  tree,  from  a  branch  of 
which  are  suspended  two  cast  off  skins  of  the  serpent. 
PL  xxviii.  f.  52. 

No.  53.  Ditto,  representing  a  warrior  consulting  the 
oracle  of  Apollo.  PL  xxviii.  f.  53. 

No.  54.  Ditto,  representing  a  lighted  candelabrum, 
on  each  side  of  which  stands  a  priestess  carrying  a  pa¬ 
tera  on  her  head,  and  holding  up  a  small  portion  of  her 
robe  with  one  hand.  (See  Nos.  19  and  50.)  PL  xxrx. 

No.  55.  Ditto,  representing  Theseus  slaying  a  Cen¬ 
taur.  PL  xxx.  f.  55. 

No.  56.  Repetition  of  No.  18. 

No.  57.  Repetition  of  No.  23. 


140 


GALLERY  OF  ANTJQUITIES.  j^ROOM  I. 

No.  58.  Repetition  of  No.  50. 

No.  59.  A  bas-relief,  representing  two  Fauns  tread¬ 
ing  out  the  juice  of  grapes  in  a  wine-press.  On  one 
side  is  a  Faun  playing  upon  the  double  pipe ;  and  on 
the  other  side  another  Faun,  somewhat  aged  in  his 
appearance,  loaded  with  a  heavy  basket  of  grapes. 
PI.  XXX.  f.  59. 

No.  60.  Ditto,  representing  a  chariot-race.  PI.  xxxi. 
f.  60. 

No.  61 .  Repetition  of  No.  6. 

No.  62.  A  bas-relief,  representing  a  mask  of  Bac¬ 
chus,  between  those  of  a  young  and  an  old  Faun.  PL 
XXXI.  f.  62. 

No.  63.  Repetition  of  No.  62. 

No.  64.  Repetition  of  No.  6. 

No.  65.  A  bas-relief,  representing  two  captives  in  a 
car  drawn  by  two  horses.  The  captives  have  chains 
fastened  round  their  necks  and  round  their  ancles,  and 
the  ends  of  the  chains  are  held  by  guards  walking  on 
each  side  of  the  car.  PI.  xxxii.  f.  65. 

No.  66.  Ditto,  representing  a  head  of  Jupiter 
Ammon,  which  rests  on  a  flower.  The  ends  of  the  fillets 
with  which  the  head  of  Jupiter  is  crowned  are  held  on 
each  side  by  a  Faun,  who  is  furnished  with  wings,  and 
whose  figure  terminates  below  in  foliage,  which  curls  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  give  the  figure  the  appearance  of 
a  Triton.  PI.  xxxii.  f.  66. 

No.  67.  Ditto,  representing  two  Fauns  gathering 
grapes  into  baskets.  PL  xxxiii.  f.  67.  0 

No.  68.  Ditto,  representing  a  figure  of  Victory 
standing  upon  a  plant,  and  supporting  the  branches 
of  it  with  her  hands.  PL  xxxiii.  f.  68. 

No.  69.  Repetition  of  No.  33. 

No.  70.  A  bas-relief,  representing  Victory  sacrificing 
a  bull  before  a  tripod  altar,  PL  xxxiv.  f.  70. 

No.  71.  Ditto,  imperfect,  representing  Theseus 
riding  at  full  speed,  and  cutting  off  the  head  of  an 
Amazon,  whom  he  has  caught  by  the  hair  of  her  head. 
PL  XXXV.  f.  71. 

No.  72.  Ditto,  representing  Venus  carried  through 
the  air  upon  a  swan.  PL  xxxv.  f.  72. 

No.  73.  Ditto,  representing  Cupid  pressing  Psyche, 


141 


ROOM  II.]  GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES. 

in  the  form  of  a  butterfly,  to  his  breast.  PL  xxxvi. 
f.  73. 

No.  74.  A  bas-relief,  presenting  Cupid  flying  with 
a  palm-branch  in  one  hand  and  a  wreath  in  the  other.  PI. 
XXXVI.  f.  74. 

No.  75.  A  terminal  head  of  the  bearded  Bacchus. 
PI.  XXXVII.  f.  75. 

No.  76.  A  female  statue,  probably  of  Thalia,  the 
pastoral  Muse.  PI.  xxxviii. 

No.  77.  An  Amphora.  From  the  collection  of  Sir 
Hans  Sloane. 

No.  78.  A  female  statue,  the  character  unknown. 
The  head  and  lower  arms  are  modern.  PI.  xxxix. 

No.  79.  A  statue  of  Juno,  crowned  with  an  indented 
diadem.  Part  of  the  arms  is  wanting.  PI.  xL. 

Nos.  80 — 83.  Amphorae  of  various  forms. 

SECOND  ROOM. 

GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES. 

No.  1.  A  colossal  head  of  Minerva.  Pt.  1.  PI.  i. 

No.  2.  A  funeral  urn,  ornamented  with  equestrian 
and  pedestrian  combatants.  Pt.  1.  PL  ii. 

No.  3.  One  of  the  feet  or  supports  of  an  ancient 
tripod  table.  Pt.  1.  PL  iii. 

No.  4.  A  statue  of  a  canephora,  anciently  made  use  of 
as  a  column.  It  was  one  of  the  Caryatides  which  sup¬ 
ported  the  portico  of  a  small  temple  dedicated  to  Bacchus. 
Pt.  1.  PL  IV. 

No.  5.  A  candelabrum.  Pt.  1.  PL  v. 

No.  6.  The  triangular  base  of  a  candelabrum,  on  the 
sides  of  which  three  Genii  hold  each  a  part  of  the  armour 
of  Mars ;  namely,  his  helmet,  his  shield,  and  his  sword. 
Pt.  1.  PL  VI. 

No.  7.  A  vase  three  feet  high,  with  upright  massive 
handles  ;  it  is  of  an  oval  form,  and  is  ornamented  all 
round  with  Bacchanalian  figures.  Pt.  1.  PL  vii. 

No.  8.  A  statue  of  Venus,  naked  to  the  waist,  and 
covered  with  drapery  thence  downwards.  It  was  found 
in  the  Maritime  Baths  of  Claudius,  at  Ostia.  Pt.  1. 
PL  viii. 

No.  9.  A  vase  two  feet  eight  inches  high,  of  an  oval 


142 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [[rOOM  III. 


form,  with  two  upright  double  handles,  which  spring 
from  the  necks  of  swans.  The  body  of  the  vase  in  front 
is  enriched  with  a  group  of  Bacchanalians.  Pt.  1.  PI.  ix. 

No.  10.  A  fountain  ornamented  with  ivy  and  olive 
branches.  The  water  was  conveyed  through  a  perfora¬ 
tion  in  the  back  part  of  this  monument  to  a  serpent’s 
head,  in  which  a  leaden  pipe  was  introduced,  part  of 
which  still  remains  in  the  mouth.  Pt.  1.  PI.  x. 

No.  11.  A  colossal  head  of  Hercules,  dug  up  at  the 
foot  of  Mount  Vesuvius,  where  it  had  been  buried  by  the 
lava  of  that  volcano.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William 
Hamilton,  Pt.  1.  PI.  xi. 


No.  12.  A  colossal  head  of  Hercules,  in  a  very  ancient 
style  of  Greek  sculpture.  Pt.  1.  PI.  xii. 

No.  13.  A  fragment  of  one  of  the  three  supports  of  a 
tripod  basin,  composed  of  the  head  and  neck  of  a  lion.  On 
the  forehead  are  the  horns  of  a  goat.  Pt.  1.  PI.  xiii. 

No.  14.  The  capital  or  upper  division  of  a  votive 


cippus.  Pt.  1.  PI.  XIV. 

No.  15.  The  key-stone  of  a  triumphal  arch,  orna¬ 
mented  with  a  figure  of  Victory  elaborately  hollowed  out 
between  the  two  volutes.  This  fragment  is  inserted  in  a 
modern  pedestal.  Pt.  1.  PI.  xv. 

No.  16.  A  colossal  head  of  Minerva,  a  specimen  of 
early  Greek  work.  Pt.  1.  PI.  xvi. 


THIRD  ROOM. 

GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES. 

No.  1.  A  bas-relief,  representing  an  old  Faun  strug¬ 
gling  with  a  nymph.  Pt.  2.  PI.  i. 

No.  2.  Ditto,  representing  a  candelabrum.  Pt.  2. 
PI.  n. 

No.  3.  Ditto,  representing  a  funeral  column,  near 
which  is  a  statue  of  the  god  of  Lampsacus.  Pt.  2.  PI.  iii. 

No.  4.  Ditto,  representing  Bacchus  received  as  a 
guest  by  Icarus.  Pt.  2.  PI.  iv. 

No.  5.  Ditto,  representing  warriors  consulting  the 
oracle  of  Apollo.  Pt.  2.  PI.  v. 

No.  6.  Ditto,  in  the  flat  early  style  of  Grecian  sculp¬ 
ture.  It  represents  Castor  managing  a  horse.  Pt.  2. 
PI.  vi,^ 


143 


KOOM  III.]  GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES. 

No.  7-  A  bas-relief,  representing  Hercules  securing 
the  Maenalian  stag,  which,  at  the  command  of  Eurystheus, 
he  had  pursued  a  whole  year  in  the  forest  of  Arcadia. 
Pt.  2.  PI.  VI I. 

No.  8.  Blank, 

No.  9.  A  bas-relief,  divided  into  three  compartments. 
In  the  upper  division,  the  infant  Bacchus  is  represented 
riding  on  a  goat ;  in  the  middle,  a  Triton,  in  attendance 
on  Venus,  is  seizing  a  marine  bull  by  the  horns;  and  in 
the  lower  division  is  a  company  of  hunters  returning  home 
with  their  spoil.  Pt.  2.  Pi.  ix. 

No.  10.  Ditto,  representing  a  festoon  of  vine  branches 
suspended  from  the  skulls  of  bulls.  In  the  centre,  above 
the  festoon,  is  a  mask  of  a  Faun.  It  has  served  as  a 
decoration  in  the  inside  of  a  circular  building.  Pt.  2. 
PI.  X. 

No.  11.  Ditto,  representing  the  Dioscuri  on  horse¬ 
back.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton, 
Pt.  2.  PI.  XI. 

No.  12.  Ditto,  representing  a  Bacchanalian  group, 
consisting  of  three  figures  ;  the  first  a  Bacchante  playing 
on  the  tambourin  ;  the  second,  a  Faun  playing  on  the 
double  pipe ;  and  the  third,  an  intoxicated  Faun  holding 
a  thyrsus.  Pt.  2.  PI.  xii. 

No.  13.  Ditto,  representing  Victory  offering  a  liba¬ 
tion  to  Apollo  Musagetes.  From  the  collection  of  Sir 
William  Hamilton,  Pt.  2.  PI.  xiii. 

No.  14.  Ditto,  which  has  served  as  an  ornament  on 
the  outside  of  a  circular  building.  It  consists  of  a  couple 
of  branches  issuing  from  one  stem,  and  curling  in  oppo¬ 
site  directions.  Pt.  2.  PI.  xiv. 

No.  15.  Ditto,  representing  the  Centaur  Nessus  car¬ 
rying  Deianira  in  his  arms.  Pt.  2.  PI.  xv. 

No.  16.  Ditto,  representing  a  cow  suckling  her  calf, 
and  drinking  out  of  a  circular  vessel.  Pt.  2.  PI.  xvi. 

No.  17-  Two  terminal  heads,  joined  back  to  back  ; 
one  of  the  bearded  Bacchus,  the  other  of  Libera.  Pt. 
2.  PI.  XVII. 

No.  18.  A  statue  of  the  Goddess  of  Fortune.  Pt.  2. 

PI.  XVIII. 

No.  19.  A  terminal  head  of  the  bearded  Bacchus,  of 
very  early  Greek  work.  Pt.  2.  PI.  xix. 


144 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [rOOM  III. 

No.  20.  A  head  of  Hippocrates.  Pt.  2.  PI.  xx. 

No.  21.  A  terminal  head  of  Mercury.  Purchased^ 
in  1812,  at  the  sale  of  Antiquities  belonging  to  William 
Chinnery,  Esq,  Pt.  2.  PL  xxi. 

No.  22.  A  statue  of  Venus.  Pt.  2.  PI.  xxii. 

No.  23.  A  bas-relief,  representing  the  apotheosis,  or 
deification,  of  Homer.  The  Father  of  Poetry  is  seated 
on  a  throne  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Parnassus,  the  re¬ 
sidence  of  the  Muses ;  before  the  poet  is  a  group  of 
figures  offering  up  sacrifices  to  him.  Above  are  Apollo 
and  the  Nine  Muses ;  and  on  the  summit  of  the  moun¬ 
tain  is  Jupiter,  who  appears  to  be  giving  his  sanction  to 
the  divine  honours  which  are  paid  to  Homer.  This 
highly  interesting  bas-relief  was  found  about  the  middle 
of  the  17th  century,  at  Frattochi,  the  ancient  Bovillae,  in 
the  Appian  road,  ten  miles  from  Rome.  It  was  for 
many  years  in  the  Colonna  Palace,  at  Rome,  and  was 
purchased  for  the  British  Museum  in  the  year  1819. 

Nos.  21*.  22*.  Two  feet  covered  with  sandals.  They 
have  belonged  to  the  same  statue,  and  are  in  beautiful 
preservation. 

No.  23*.  A  bas-relief,  representing  a  comic  and  a  tra¬ 
gic  mask. 

No.  24*.  Ditto,  representing  four  Bacchic  masks. 
Purchased  in  181 8. 

No.  25*.  A  tragic  mask. 

No.  24.  A  statue  of  a  Faun.  Pt.  2,  PI.  xxiv. 

No.  25.  A  terminal  head  of  Homer,  represented  in 
an  advanced  age,  with  a  sublime  and  dignified  character. 
Pt.  2.  PI.  XXV. 

No.  26.  A  bust  of  Sophocles.  Pt.  2.  PL  xxvi. 

No.  27.  A  terminal  head  of  the  bearded  Bacchus. 
Pt.  2.  PL  XXVII. 

No.  28.  A  statue  of  a  nymph  of  Diana  resting  her¬ 
self  after  the  fatigues  of  the  chase.  Pt.  2.  PL  xxviii. 

No.  29.  An  entire  terminus  of  the  bearded  Bacchus, 
six  feet  high.  Pt.  2.  PL  xxix. 

No.  30.  A  terminal  head  of  the  bearded  Bacchus. 
Pt.  2.  PL  XXX. 

No.  31.  A  statue  of  a  youth  holding  with  both  hands 
a  part  of  an  arm  which  he  is  biting.  This  statue  be¬ 
longed  to  a  group,  originally  composed  of  two  boys  who 


ROOM  III.]  GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES.  145 

had  quarrelled  at  the  game  of  Tali,  as  appears  by  one  of 
those  bones  called  remaining  in  the  hand  of  the  figure 
which  i»dost.  Pt.  2.  PL  xxxi. 

No.  32.  A  terminal  head  of  Pericles,  helmeted,  and 
inscribed  with  his  name.  Pt.  2.  PL  xxxii. 

No.  33.  A  statue  of  a  Faun;  the  trunk  of  the  tree 
which  supports  the  figure  is  inscribed  with  the  name  of 
the  artist.  Pt.  2.  PL  xxxiii. 

No.  34.  A  terminal  head  of  Epicurus.  Pt.  2.  PL 
Xxxiv. 

No.  35.  A  terminal  statue  of  Pan  playing  upon  a 
pipe.  Pt.  2.  PL  XXXV. 

No.  36.  A  Greek  inscription  upon  a  circular  shield, 
containing  the  names  of  the  Ephebi  of  Athens  under 
Alcamenes,  when  he  held  the  office  of  Cosmetes.  Pt.  2. 
PL  XXXVI. 

No.  37.  A  terminal  statue,  supposed  to  be  that  of 
Venus  Architis.  Pt.  2.  PL  xxxvii. 

No.  38.  A  circular  votive  patera ;  having  on  one 
side,  within  a  wreath  of  ivy,  an  eagle  standing  upon  a 
slaughtered  hare;  on  the  other  side,  Cupid  sacrificing  to 
the  god  of  Lampsacus.  Pt.  2.  PL  xxxviii. 

No.  39.  An  unknown  bronze  head,  supposed  to  be 
that  of  Pindar.  Presented^  in  1760,  by  the  Earl  of 
Exeter,  Pt.  2.  PL  xxxix. 

No.  40.  A  circular  votive  patera,  with  a  head  of  Pan 
in  very  high  relief,  on  one  side;  and  on  the  other,  in 
low  relief,  a  profile  bead  of  Silenus,  in  front  of  a  blazing 
altar,  and  a  branch  of  ivy  between  them.  Pt.  2.  PL  xl. 

No.  40^.  A  torso  of  Hercules. 

No.  41.  A  Greek  sepulchral  monument.  The  bas- 
relief  in  front  represents  a  trophy,  on  one  side  of  which 
stands  a  warrior,  and  on  the  other  a  female  figure  feed¬ 
ing  a  serpent  that  is  twined  round  the  trunk  of  a  tree  on 
which  the  trophy  is  erected.  On  the  right  of  these 
figures  is  the  fore-part  of  a  horse.  An  inscription  on 
the  top  of  this  monument  contains  a  list  of  names,  pro¬ 
bably  of  those  who  fell  in  some  engagement.  Brought 
to  England  by  Mr.  Topham,  in  1725,  and  presented  to  the 
British  Museum,  in  1780,  by  the  Right  Hon.  Sir  Joseph 
Banks,  and  the  Hon.  A,  C.  Fraser.  Pt.  2.  PL  xli. 

No.  42.  A  terminal  head  of  Periander.  Pt.  2*  PL  xlii. 

H 


146 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [ROOM  IV.,  V. 

No.  43.  A  repetition  of  No.  33.  Pt.  2.  PL  xljii. 

No.  44.  An  unknown  terminal  head,  probably  of  a 
Greek  poet.  Pt.  2.  PI.  xliv. 

No.  45.  A  statue  of  Actseon  attacked  by  his  dogs. 
Pt.  2.  PL  XLV. 

No.  46.  A  terminal  head  of  the  young  Hercules ;  it 
is  crowned  with  the  leaves  of  the  poplar.  Pt.  2.  PL 

XL  VI. 

FOURTH  ROOM. 

GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES. 

No.  1.  A  bust  of  Trajan,  with  the  breast  naked.  Pt. 

3.  PL  I. 

No.  2.  A  statue  of  Apollo,  of  very  early  Greek 
work.  Purchased^  in  1818,  at  the  sale  of  the  Comte  de 
Choiseul-  Gouffiers  Antiquities, 

No.  3.  A  head  of  Apollo,  of  very  early  Greek  work, 
Pt.  3.  PL  IV. 

No.  4.  A  head,  supposed  to  be  that  of  Arminius. 
Pt.  3.  PL  VI. 

No.  5.  A  statue  of  Thalia,  found  at  Ostia,  in  the 
maritime  baths  of  the  Emperor  Claudius.  Pt.  3.  PL  v. 

No.  6.  A  colossal  head  of  Marcus  Aurelius,  repre¬ 
sented  in  the  character  of  one  of  the  Fratres  Arvales. 
Pt.  3.  PL  IX. 

No.  7.  A  colossal  bust  of  Lucius  Verus,  covered 
with  the  imperial  paludamentum.  Pt.  3.  PL  x. 

No.  8.  A  group  of  Bacchus  and  Ampelus.  Pt.  3. 
PL  XT. 

No.  9.  A  head  of  the  young  Hercules.  Pt.  3.  PL 

XII. 

No.  10.  A  head,  supposed  to  be  that  of  Dione.  Pt. 

3.  PL  XIII. 

No.  11.  A  statue  of  Diana.  Pt.  3.  PL  xiv. 

No.  12.  A  bust  of  Hadrian,  with  the  breast  naked. 
Pt.  3.  PL  XV. 

FIFTH  ROOM.  [ 

ROMAN  SEPULCHRAL  ANTIQUITIES.  j; 

The  objects  in  this  room  are  figured,  and  more  par-  (i 
ticularly  described,  in  ‘‘  The  Description  of  the  Ancient  I: 
Marbles  in  the  British  Museum.”  Pt.  5.  I 


ROOM  V.3  ROMAN  SEPULCHRAL  ANTIQUITIES.  147 

No.  1.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  a  bas-relief  in  front; 
it  appears  never  to  have  been  used,  as  it  is  solid,  and 
without  any  inscription.  Presented^  in  1817,  hy  W,  A. 
MackinnoU)  Esq. 

No.  %  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to  Atime- 
tus.  Presented^  in  1817,  hy  W.  A.  Mackinnon.,  Esq. 

No.  3.  A  funeral  inscription  to  M.  Naevius  Proculus. 
Presented,  in  1757,  by  Thomas  Hollis,  Esq. 

No.  4.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to  Ver- 
nasia  Cyclas. 

No.  5.  Ditto,  with  an  inscription  to  L.  Lepidius 
Epaphras.  Presented,  in  1817,  by  W.  A.  MacMnnon,  Esq. 

No.  6.  Two  earthen  ollae,  placed  in  the  manner  of 
those  which  contained  the  ashes  of  the  slaves  and  in¬ 
ferior  order  of  the  Roman  people.  The  monumental  in¬ 
scription,  in  front  of  them,  records  the  names  of  Annio- 
lena  Maxima  and  Servilia  Irene. 

No.  7.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to  Pom- 
peius  Justinianus. 

No.  8.  Ditto,  with  an  inscription  to  T.  Titulenus 
Isauricus. 

No.  9.  Blank. 

No.  10.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to  FI. 
^lius  Victor. 

No.  11.  Ditto,  with  an  inscription  to  Silia  Attica. 

No.  12.  A  sepulchral  vase,  found  in  a  tomb  near 
Naples. 

No.  13.  A  sarcophagus,  on  the  front  of  which  is  re¬ 
presented  the  lamentation  of  a  family  over  a  female 
corpse. 

Under  No.  13.  Front  of  a  sepulchral  urn,  inscribed 
to  Cornelia  Servanda  and  Cornelia  Onesime. 

No.  14.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to 
Serullia  Zosimenes. 

No.  15.  Ditto,  with  an  inscription  to  P.  Licinius 
Successus. 

No.  16.  Blank. 

No.  17.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to  Cos- 
sutia  Prima. 

No.  18.  Ditto,  with  an  inscription  to  Ti.  Claudius 
Lupercus.  Presented^  in  1817,  by  fV.  A.  Mackinnon,  Esq. 

H  2 


148 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [^ROOM  V. 

No.  19.  Two  earthen  ollae,  similar  to  those  described 
at  No.  6.  The  monumental  inscription,  placed  in  front 
of  them,  records  the  names  of  P.  Stenius  Rufus  and 
Plosurnia  Salvilla. 

No.  20.  A  funeral  inscription  to  Eutychia.  Pre- 
sentedy  in  1757,  hy  Thomas  Hollis,  Esq* 

No.  21.  An  Etruscan  cinerary  urn  in  baked  clay. 
The  bas-relief  in  front  represents  the  hero  Echetles 
fighting  with  a  ploughshare  for  the  Greeks  at  the  battle 
of  Marathon.  Upon  the  cover  is  a  recumbent  female 
figure. 

No.  22.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to 
Claudia  Fortunata.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  Hans 
Sloane* 

No.  23.  A  funeral  inscription  to  Lucretia.  Presented, 
in  1757,  by  Thomas  Hollis,  Esq* 

No.  24.  An  Etruscan  cinerary  urn  in  baked  clay. 
The  story  of  Echetles  is  represented  in  front  (see  No. 
21),  and  on  the  cover  is  a  recumbent  female  figure. 
The  figures  on  this  monument  were  originally  painted. 
On  the  upper  part  of  the  urn  is  an  Etruscan  inscription 
in  red  letters.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamil¬ 
ton* 

No.  25.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to  T. 
Sex.  Agatha. 

No.  26.  A  sepulchral  vase,  in  alabaster,  with  an  in¬ 
scription  to  Flavia  Valentina. 

No.  27*  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to 
Junia  Pieris. 

No.  28.  An  earthen  olla,  similar  to  those  described 
at  No.  6.  The  monumental  inscription  placed  in  front 
of  it  records  the  name  of  Opilia  Faustilla. 

No.  29.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to 
Ccelia  Asteris.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Ha¬ 
milton* 

No.  30.  Ditto,  with  an  inscription  to  P.  Octanius 
Secundus. 

No.  30^'.  A  sepulchral  vase,  in  yellow  alabaster. 

No.  31.  A  fragment  of  a  testamentary  inscription, 
cut  from  a  sepulchral  cippus. 

No.  32.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to 


BOOM  V.]  ROMAN  SEPULCHRAL  ANTIQUITIES.  149 

Pompeius  Locusto,  Attilia  Clodia,  and  Pompeius.  From 
the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton, 

No.  S3.  Ditto,  with  an  inscription  to  C.  Magius  Pal. 
Heraclides. 

No.  34.  An  Etruscan  cinerary  urn  in  baked  clay. 
The  bas-relief  in  front  represents  the  single  combat  be¬ 
tween  the  two  brothers,  Eteocles  and  Polynices.  The 
two  female  figures,  who  are  standing  near  the  combat¬ 
ants,  are  Furies.  An  Etruscan  inscription  is  painted  in 
red  letters  on  the  upper  part  of  this  urn  ;  on  the  cover  is 
a  recumbent  female  figure.  From  the  collection  of  Sir 
William  Hamilton, 

No.  35.  A  sarcophagus,  on  the  front  of  which  various 
figures  of  Cupid  and  Psyche  are  represented. 

No.  36.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to  D. 
Albiccus  Licinus. 

No.  37.  Ditto,  with  an  inscription  to  Flavia  Eunya. 

No.  37^.  A  sepulchral  vase,  in  yellow  alabaster. 

No.  38.  A  monumental  inscription  to  Dasumia  So- 
teris. 

No.  39.  A  sepulchral  vase,  in  alabaster.  From  the 
collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton, 

No.  40.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to 
Isochryses. 

No.  41.  An  earthen  olla,  similar  td  those  described 
at  No.  6.  The  monumental  inscription,  placed  in  front 
of  it,  records  the  name  of  Apuleia  Tychen. 

No.  42.  A  funeral  inscription  to  Flavia  Provincia. 

No.  43.  A  sepulchral  urn,  with  an  inscription  to 
Pilia  Philtata.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Ha~ 
milt  on. 

No.  44.  A  funeral  inscription  to  Isidorus.  Presented^ 
in  1757,  hy  Thomas  Hollis^  Esq, 

No.  45.  A  mosaic  pavement,  discovered  in  digging 
the  foundation  for  the  new  buildings  at  the  Bank  of 
England.  Presented^  in  1806,  by  the  Directors  of  the 
Bank, 

In  a  temporary  Building,  opposite  the  Fifth 
Room,  is  placed  the  large  and  valuable  collection  of 
casts,  chiefly  architectural,  which  belonged  to  the  late 


150  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [[rOOM  VI. 

Sir  Thomas  Lawrence.  They  were  bequeathed  by  him,  |l 
on  payment  of  a  sum  much  inferior  to  their  real  value,  ji 
to  the  Royal  Academy,  by  whom  they  were  presented  to  | 
the  British  Museum.  i 

On  the  left  hand,  next  the  floor,  are  five  plaster  casts 
of  the  very  remarkable  sculptured  Metopes  discovered 
at  Selinus  in  Sicily  by  Mr.  Harris  and  Mr.  Angell,  in 
the  year  1823.  Presented  to  the  Museum  hy  Samuel 
Angell^  Esq> 

The  fragments  of  mosaic  pavement  were  found  at 
Withington  in  Gloucestershire.  They  ‘were  presented^ 
in  1811,  by  Henry  Brooke,  Esq, 

SIXTH  ROOM. 

GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES. 

No.  1.  A  medallion,  representing  in  profile  the  bust  of 
an  unknown  Greek  philosopher. 

No.  2.  Part  of  the  front  of  a  sarcophagus,  repre¬ 
senting  Achilles  among  the  daughters  of  Lycomedes. 

No.  3.  A  bas-relief,  cut  from  the  end  of  a  sarco¬ 
phagus  ;  it  represents  two  Fauns  punishing  a  Satyr. 

No.  4.  Part  of  the  front  of  a  large  sarcophagus,  re¬ 
presenting  a  marriage. 

No.  5.  The  front  of  a  sarcophagus,  representing  the 
Nine  Muses  wdth  their  respective  attributes. 

No.  6.  A  bas-relief,  cut  from  the  end  of  the  same 
sarcophagus  as  No.  3.  It  represents  two  Cupids  and  a 
Faun  carrying  an  intoxicated  Satyr. 

No.  7.  Part  of  a  sarcophagus,  representing  a  carpen- 
tum,  or  funeral  car,  drawn  by  four  horses. 

No.  8.  A  medallion,  representing  in  profile  the  bust 
of  an  unknowm  Greek  philosopher.  It  is  similar  to  No.  1, 
but  of  a  later  time  and  inferior  sculpture. 

No.  9.  The  front  of  a  sarcophagus,  representing  cap¬ 
tive  Amazons  with  their  shields  and  battle-axes. 

No.  10.  A  fragment  of  a  sarcophagus,  representing 
Bacchus  with  a  thyrsus  in  his  left  hand,  and  with  his 
right  arm  thrown  over  the  shoulders  of  a  Faun. 

No.  11.  A  fragment  of  a  magnificent  sarcophagus, 
representing  an  elderly  man,  with  a  manuscript  roll  in 


151 


BOOM  VI.]  GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES. 

!  his  hand,  which  he  is  reading.  Before  him  stands  a  Muse 
holding  a  mask. 

No.  12.  The  front  of  a  sarcophagus,  representing  a 
Bacchanalian  procession. 

No.  13.  Heads  of  Paris  and  Helen,  in  alto-relievo. 

No.  14.  The  front  of  a  sarcophagus,  representing 
Genii  supporting  various  pieces  of  armour.  On  a  shield, 

I  in  the  centre,  is  an  inscription  to  Sallustius  lasius. 

No.  15.  A  head  of  Jupiter. 

No.  16.  A  terminal  statue  of  a  youth  represented  with 
the  attributes  of  Mercury. 

No.  17.  A  votive  altar,  sacred  to  Apollo. 

No.  18.  A  head  of  Apollo  Musagetes,  resembling,  in 
the  disposition  of  the  hair,  and  in  the  character  of  the 
face,  the  head  of  a  Muse. 

No.  19.  An  altar  of  Roman  work,  ornamented  with 
Egyptian  figures. 

Upon  it,  a  votive  statue  of  Diana  Triformis,  with  a 
dedicatory  inscription  round  the  plinth. 

No.  20.  A  torso  of  a  small  statue  of  Venus. 

No.  21.  A  swan,  in  red  marble. 

No.  22.  A  small  statue  of  Cupid  bending  his  bow. 

No.  23.  A  funeral  monument  of  Xanthippus,  who  is 
represented  sitting  in  a  chair,  and  holding  a  human  foot 
in  his  right  hand. 

No.  24.  An  altar,  on  which  various  Egyptian  figures 
are  represented.  It  is  of  Roman  work. 

Upon  it,  a  statue  of  a  satyr. 

No.  25.  A  head  of  an  Amazon,  in  the  early  style  of 
Greek  sculpture. 

No.  26.  A  figure  of  Victory  sacrificing  a  bull. 

No.  27.  A  bust  of  Hadrian  with  the  imperial  palu- 
damentum. 

No.  28.  A  bas-relief,  representing  a  female  Bac¬ 
chante  clothed  in  thin  floating  drapery,  through  which 
the  beautiful  forms  of  her  body  are  perfectly  apparent. 
With  one  hand,  which  is  held  somewhat  above  her  head, 
she  holds  a  knife,  and  at  the  same  time  secures  a  portion 
of  her  robe  with  is  blown  behind  her;  with  the  other 
hand,  which  is  held  downwards,  she  carries  the  hind 
quarters  of  a  kid.  This  piece  of  sculpture  was  originally 


152  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [[rOOM  TI. 

one  of  the  ornamental  figures  on  the  triangular  base  of  a 
candelabrum. 

Upon  it  a  head  of  a  child. 

No,  29.  A  bust  of  Severus  with  the  imperial  palu*> 
damentum. 

No.  30.  A  sarcophagus,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  the 
portrait  of  an  elderly  man,  placed  in  the  inside  of  a  shield, 
which  is  supported  by  two  Genii, 

Upon  it,  three  tiles,  in  terracotta,  brought  from  Athens. 
The  fronts  are  ornamented  with  a  border  of  the  honey- 
suckle  pattern,  and  in  the  centre  of  each  is  a  head  of  a 
lion,  for  carrying  off  the  water.  Purchased  in  1815. 

Underneath,  a  colossal  foot  of  Apollo.  Presented^  in 
1784,  by  Sir  William  Hamilton, 

No.  31.  A  figure  of  Victory  sacrificing  a  bull. 

No.  32.  A  head  of  Faustina,  the  wife  of  Marcus 
Aurelius. 

No.  33.  A  sepulchral  cippus,  with  an  inscription  to 
Viria  Primitiva. 

Upon  it,  a  triangular  base  of  a  small  candelabrum. 

No.  34.  A  bronze  statue  of  a  Roman  Emperor, 
probably  of  Nero  when  he  was  young.  The  figure  is 
represented  in  armour,  which  is  most  beautifully  inlaid. 
It  was  found  near  Barking-Hall,  in  Suffolk,  on  the  estate 
of  the  Earl  of  Ashburnham.  Presented^  in  1813,  by  the 
Pari  of  Ashburnham, 

No.  35.  An  Eagle. 

No.  36.  A  statue  of  Diana  Lucifera,  of  which  the 
head  and  arms  are  lost.  It  was  found  at  Woodchester, 
in  the  county  of  Gloucester.  Presented^  in  1811,  by 
Samuel  Lysons^  Esq, 

No.  37»  A  Greek  sepulchral  monument,  with  a  bas- 
relief,  and  an  inscription  to  Isias,  who  was  a  native  of 
Laodicea,  and  daughter  of  Metrodorus.  Brought  from 
Smyrna.  Presented,  in  1772,  by  Matiheuo  Duane,  Esq,, 
and  Thomas  Tyrijohitt,  Esq, 

No.  38.  A  triangular  base  of  a  candelabrum,  the  side^ 
of  which  are  ornamented  with  the  attributes  of  Apollo  ; 
namely,  a  griffin,  a  raven,  and  a  tripod. 

No.  39.  A  head  of  Plautilla. 

No.  40.  A  statue  of  Libera,  holding  a  thyrsus  over 


163 


ROOM  VI. 3  GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES. 

her  right  shoulder,  and  a  bunch  of  grapes  in  her  left  hand; 
"at  her  feet  is  a  panther. 

No.  41.  A  head  of  Atys. 

No.  42.  A  head  of  an  unknown  female,  the  hair 
elegantly  bound  with  broad  fillets. 

No.  43.  A  statue  of  Ceres,  crowned  in  the  manner  of 
Isis. 

No.  44.  A  head  of  Nero. 

No.  45.  A  sepulchral  cippus,  without  an  inscription. 
On  the  front,  beneath  a  festoon  which  is  composed  of 
fruits  and  foliage,  and  is  suspended  from  the  skulls  of 
bulls,  are  two  birds  perched  on  the  edge  of  a  vase,  out 
of  which  they  are  drinking. 

Upon  it,  a  votive  statue  of  a  fisherman,  who  is  carrying 
a  round  leathern  bucket  suspended  from  his  left  arm. 
The  head  is  covered  with  a  mariner’s  bonnet,  and  a 
dolphin  serves  as  a  support  to  the  figure. 

No.  46.  A  small  scenic  figure,  sitting  on  a  square 
plinth.  The  face  is  covered  with  a  comic  mask. 

No.  47*  A  head  of  one  of  the  Homeric  heroes.  It  is 
highly  animated,  and  is  looking  upwards,  apparently  in 
great  agitation.  Pt.  2.  PI.  xxiii. 

No.  48.  A  small  statue  of  Jupiter  sitting.  He  is  re¬ 
presented  in  his  twofold  capacity,  as  king  of  the  upper 
and  lower  regions. 

No.  49.  A  Greek  funeral  monument  of  Dernocles, 
the  son  of  Dernocles,  with  a  bas-relief  and  an  inscription 
in  eight  elegiac  verses.  It  was  brought  from  Smyrna. 
Presented^  in  1772,  hy  Mattheuo  Duane,  Esq.,  and 
Thomas  Tyrvohitt,  Esq. 

No.  50.  A  votive  altar  sacred  to  Bacchus.  On  the 
front,  Silenus  is  represented  riding  on  a  panther. 

Upon  it,  a  votive  statue  of  a  fisherman,  holding  a 
basket  of  fish  in  his  left  hand. 

No.  51.  A  bust  of  Caracalla;  the  head  only  is  antique. 

No.  52.  A  group  of  two  dogs,  one  of  which  is  biting 
the  ear  of  the  other  in  play. 

No.  53.  An  unknown  bust,  dressed  in  the  Roman  toga. 

No,  54.  A  bas-relief,  representing  Priam  in  the  act 
of  supplicating  Achilles  to  deliver  to  him  the  body  of  his 
son  Hector. 

H  3 


154 


GALLERY  OP  ANTIQUITIES.  [^ROOM  VI. 

Upon  it,  a  head  of  a  female  child.  The  hair  is  divided 
into  plaits,  which  are  twisted  into  a  knot  on  the  back  part 
of  the  head.  Some  of  the  red  paint,  with  which  the  hair 
was  originally  coloured,  is  still  visible. 

No.  55.  "A  bust  of  Gordianus  Africanus  the  elder, 
dressed  in  the  Roman  toga. 

No.  56.  A  sphinx,  which  anciently  formed  part  of  the 
base  of  a  superb  candelabrum. 

No.  57.  The  front  of  the  cover  of  a  magnificent  sar¬ 
cophagus.  It  represents  a  group  of  cattle,  on  one  side 
of  which  is  an  old  Faun,  and  on  the  other  a  young  Faun, 
both  recumbent. 

Upon  it,  two  tiles  in  terracotta,  brought  from  Athens; 
the  fronts  are  painted.  Purchased  in  1815. 

Underneath, 

A  fragment  of  a  colossal  toe. 

A  fragment  of  a  colossal  foot. 

A  votive  foot,  with  a  sandal.  Round  the  foot  a  serpent 
is  twined,  with  its  head  resting  on  the  summit,  which  ter¬ 
minates  a  little  above  the  ancle. 

An  earthen  vase,  which  has  two  handles  at  the  neck 
and  terminates  in  a  point  at  the  bottom,  like  an  amphora. 
It  was  found  in  the  baths  of  Titus,  with  above  seventy 
others  of  the  same  sort ;  all  of  them  contained  the  fine 
African  sand  with  which,  when  mixed  with  oil,  the 
Athletae  rubbed  their  bodies  before  they  exercised. 

A  votive  foot  covered  with  a  sandal,  and  having  a  ser¬ 
pent  twined  round  it  as  in  the  one  before  described. 

A  colossal  hand. 

A  mask  of  Bacchus. 

No.  58.  A  head  of  Sabina. 

No.  59.  A  sepulchral  cippus,  with  an  inscription  to 
M.  Coelius  Superstes. 

Upon  it,  an  Egyptian  tumbler,  practising  his  art  on 
the  back  of  a  tame  crocodile.. 

No.  60.  A  small  statue  of  a  muse,  sitting  on  a  rock, 
holding  a  lyre  in  her  left  hand  ;  the  plinth  is  inscribed 
EYMOTZIA. 

No.  61.  An  unknown  bust  of  a  middle-aged  man. 
The  hair  of  the  head  and  beard  is  short  and  bushy ;  the 
left  shoulder  is  covered  with  part  of  the  chlamys ;  the 
right  shoulder  and  breast  are  uncovered.  On  the  plinth 


ROOM  VII.]  BRITISH  ANTIQUITIES.  155 

is  an  inscription,  signifying  that  L.  ^milius  Fortunatus 
dedicates  the  bust  to  his  friend. 

No.  62.  A  small  statue  of  Hercules,  sitting  on  a  rock, 
with  the  apples  of  the  Hesperides  in  his  left  hand. 

No.  63.  A  Greek  sepulchral  monument,  with  a  bas- 
relief,  and  an  inscription  to  Exacestes,  and  Metra  his  wife. 

No.  64.  The  front  of  a  votive  altar,  with  an  inscrip¬ 
tion  for  the  safe  return  of  Septimius  Severus  and  his 
family  from  some  expedition.  The  parts  in  the  inscrip¬ 
tion  which  are  erased  contained  the  name  of  Geta,  which, 
by  a  severe  edict  of  Caracalla,  was  ordered  to  be  erased 
from  every  inscription  throughout  the  Roman  empire. 

Upon  it,  a  small  statue  of  a  Muse,  sitting  on  a  rock  and 
playing  on  a  lyre. 

No.  65.  A  head  of  Domitia. 

No.  66.  A  statue  three  feet  ten  inches  high,  ending 
from  the  waist  downwards  in  a  terminus.  In  the  right 
hand  is  a  bunch  of  grapes,  at  which  a  bird,  held  under 
the  left  arm,  is  pecking. 

No.  67.  A  votive  altar,  with  a  dedicatory  inscription 
to  Bona  Dea  Annianensis. 

No.  68.  A  head  of  Jupiter  Serapis.  The  paint  with 
which  the  face  was  originally  coloured  is  still  discernible. 

SEVENTH  ROOM. 

BRITISH  ANTIQUITIES. 

A  Stone  sarcophagus.  In  it  were  two  glass  vessels, 
each  containing  burnt  bones,  and  much  liquid  ;  between 
them,  two  pair  of  shoes  of  purple  leather,  embroidered 
with  gold.  Near  the  sarcophagus  were  found  the  remains 
of  a  wooden  box,  with  the  brass  clamps  and  round  headed 
brass  nails,  by  which  it  had  been  held  together,  and  with 
them  two  bottles  of  red  pottery  and  two  pans  of  the  same, 
on  which  were  some  ashes,  and  two  small  rib  bones. 
At  some  little  distance  was  found  the  large  globular 
earthen  vessel.  It  contained  some  burnt  bones,  and 
the  remains  of  a  small  glass  bottle.  It  is  capable  of 
containing  about  six  gallons.  These  were  all  found  at 
Southfleet,  in  1801,  within  the  site  of  an  old  building 
about  fifty  feet  square,  and  were  presented  to  the  British 
Museum  by  the  Rev*  George  Rashleighy  1836. 


156  (GALLERY  OF  AKTIQUltlES.  ^ROOM  VIl. 

A  small  Roman  altar,  with  a  bas-relief,  in  front,  of 
Ceres  holding  a  cornucopiae  and  pouring  incense  from 
a  patera  upon  an  altar. 

A  small  Roman  altar,  with  a  bas-relief  in  front,  of 
Mars  or  a  Roman  general,  holding  a  spear  and  shield. 

A  small  Roman  altar,  similarly  decorated  with  the 
preceding.  These  three  were  found  at  Kingstanley,  in 
Gloucestershire,  and  presented  hy  the  Rev,  Peter  Hawker, 

A  pig  of  lead,  with  the  name  of  the  Emperor  Domitian 
inscribed  upon  it.  It  weighs  154  pounds.  It  was  dis¬ 
covered,  in  the  year  1731,  underground,  on  Hayshaw 
Moor,  in  the  manor  of  Dacre,  in  the  West  Riding  of 
Yorkshire.  Bequeathed  by  Sir  John  Ingilhy,  Bart.,  and 
presented  by  his  Executors  in  1772. 

A  pig  of  lead,  inscribed  with  the  name  of  L.  Aruconius 
Verecundus.  It  weighs  81  pounds.  It  was  found  near 
Matlock  Bank,  in  Derbyshire.  Presented,  in  1797?  by 
Adam  Wolley,  Esq,,  and  Peter  Nightingale,  Esq, 

A  pig  of  lead,  with  the  name  of  the  Emperor  Hadrian 
inscribed  upon  it.  It  weighs  191  pounds.  It  was  found 
in  the  year  1796,  or  1797,  in  a  farm  called  Snailbeacb, 
in  the  parish  of  Westbury,  10  miles  sw.  of  Salop.  Pre¬ 
sented,  in  1798,  by  John  Lloyd,  Esq, 

A  pig  of  lead,  also  inscribed  with  the  name  of  the 
Emperor  Hadrian.  Its  weight  is  125  pounds.  It  was 
found  in  Cromford  Moor,  in  Derbyshire,  Presented,  in 
1797,  by  Adam  Wolley,  Esq,,  and  Peter  Nightingale, 
Esq, 

A  Roman  altar,  erected  by  some  freedmen  and  slaves, 
upon  the  restoration  of  their  master  to  health.  On  one 
side  are  the  rod  and  snake  of  iEsculapius,  and  sacrificial 
instruments.  On  the  other,  are  the  cornucopise  and 
rudder,  with  a  patera,  simpulum,  &c.  Found  near  the  Wa¬ 
tergate,  Chester,  1779.  Presented  by  Sir  Ph,  de  Malpas 
Grey  Egertofi,  Bart, 

A  large  stone  vessel,  in  form  of  half  an  octagon,  on 
each  of  four  sides  is  sculptured  a  bust  in  high  relief,  viz. 
Venus  holding  a  mirror,  Jupiter,  Mercury  with  a  cadu^ 
ceus,  and  Mars  with  a  spear.  It  was  first  noticed  by 
Horsley  lying  neglected  in  the  mill  at  Chesterford, 
Essex.”  It  was  afterwards  procured  by  Dr.  Foote 
Gower,  from  a  blacksmith,  who  had  used  it  as  a  cistern 


ROOM  VIII.]]  EGYPTIAN  ANTIQUITIES.  157 

for  cooling  his  irons.  In  1780,  Thomas  Brand  Hollis  re¬ 
ceived  it  from  the  Doctor’s  widow,  and  presented  it  1803. 

An  altar,  with  a  Greek  inscription,  dedicated  by  Dio- 
dora,  a  high  priestess,  to  the  Tyrian  Hercules.  One 
side  is  decorated  with  a  bull’s  head  and  sacrificing-knife, 
the  other  with  a  crown.  It  was  found  at  Corbridge,  in 
Northumberland,  and  presented  by  His  Grace  the  Duke 
of  Northumberland,  1774. 

A  bas-relief,  representing  a  Roman  standard  of  the 
second  legion,  between  a  Pegasus  and  Capricorn;  un¬ 
derneath  is  LEG.  II.  AVG. 

A  colossal  head,  marble. 

A  small  Roman  altar,  with  a  bas-relief  in  front  of  Mars, 
as  a  Roman  general,  holding  a  spear  and  shield, 

A  small  Roman  altar,  similar  to  the  preceding. 

A  pig  of  lead. 

EIGHTH  ROOM. 

EGYPTIAN  ANTIQUITIES. 

No.  1.  The  coffin  of  an  Egyptian  mummy,  sent  to 
England  by  Edward  Wortley  Montagu,  Esq.,  and  pre¬ 
sented  to  the  Museum,  in  1766,  by  His  Majesty  King 
George  III.  In  the  left  hand  corner  of  this  case  is  a 
conical  vessel  of  baked  clay,  containing  an  embalmed 
Ibis ;  on  the  other  side  is  the  lid  of  another  mummy 
case. 

No.  2.  Two  Egyptian  mummies.  That  on  the  left 
hand,  which  has  been  elaborately  and  beautifully  or¬ 
namented  with  coloured  glass  beads,  some  of  which  still 
remain, was  taken  out  of  the  coffin  above  mentioned. 
That  on  the  right  hand,  the  face  of  which  is  gilt,  and 
the  other  parts  of  the  body  ornamented  with  paintings, 
was  taken  out  of  the  coffin  which  wiW  be  described  in 
the  next  number. 

In  the  lower  part  of  this  Case  is  a  small  Egyptian 
coffin  of  an  oblong  square  form ;  it  contains  the  mummy 
of  a  child.  The  lid  and  sides  of  this  coffin  are  covered 
with  paintings.  In  this  case  are  also  deposited  three 
cat  mummies ;  some  fragments  of  stone  and  of  pottery, 
with  Greek  and  Egyptian  inscriptions;  and  a  mummy 
Ibis.  From  Mr.  Saifs  Collection^ 


158  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [rOOM  VIII. 

No.  3.  The  coffin  of  an  Egyptian  mummy,  found  in 
one  of  the  catacombs  at  Sakkara,  about  four  leagues 
from  Cairo,  and  sent  to  England,  in  the  year  1722,  by 
CoL  William  Lethieullier^  Doho  bequeathed  it  to  the  Mu¬ 
seum  by  his  Will,  dated  July  23,  1755-  On  the  left  are 
two  small  coffins,  each  containing  the  mummy  of  an 
infant.  A  basket  found  in  a  tomb  by  Sir  Frederick 
Henniker;  it  contains  Egyptian  bread  or  biscuit.  In 
this  Case  are  also  several  fragments  of  pottery  with 
Greek  and  Egyptian  inscriptions,  /rom  Mr,  Salt's  collec-^ 
tion  ;  and  a  fragment  from  the  Tomb  of  the  Kings  at 
Gournou,  presented  by  Major  T,  P,  Thompson,  65th 
regiment. 

No.  4.  A  collection  of  vases,  usually  known  by  the 
name  of  Canopuses.  The  lids  are  severally  ornamented 
with  a  head  of  Isis,  Osiris,  a  hawk,  a  jackal,  and  a 
baboon. 

No.  5.  A  collection  of  Egyptian  idols,  in  bronze: 
among  them  are  three  sistrums. 

No.  6.  A  collection  of  Egyptian  idols  in  wood  ; — 
Egyptian  idols  of  Roman  work,  apparently  of  the  time 
of  Hadrian; — idols  and  amulets  of  the  Basilidians,  who 
spread  their  mysterious  doctrines,  and  practised  their 
magical  arts,  in  Egypt,  from  the  time  of  Hadrian  to  the 
fifth  century;  Egyptian  scarabaei,  or  beetles,  found  in 
mummies; — small  idols  in  basalt. 

No.  7*  A  collection  of  Egyptian  idols  in  porcelain. 

No.  8.  Various  fragments  of  small  statues  in  basalt, 
marble,  and  alabaster.  Among  them  are  a  few  perfect 
figures,  namely,  two  of  Harpocrates,  one  of  a  baboon, 
and  another  of  an  Apis. 

No.  9.  A  bas-relief  and  some  large  idols  in  wood ;  a 
bronze  figure  of  Osiris. 

No.  10.  A  collection  of  vases,  &c.,  similar  to  those 
in  No.  4. 

No.  II.  A  frame  containing  an  Egyptian  painting, 
taken  from  the  breast  of  a  mummy. 

No.  12.  A  frame  containing  the  bones  of  an  embalmed 
Ibis.  Presented  by  the  late  Sir  Joseph  Banks, 

No.  13.  A  manuscript,  taken  from  a  mummy;  it  is 
written  on  papyrus,  in  the  enchorial  characters  of  Egypt. 
Presented,  in  1805,  by  Wm,  Hamilton,  Esq, 


BOOM  IX.]  PORTLAND  VASE^  ETC.  15i 

No.  14.  Fragments  of  a  manuscript  on  papyrus.  Pre- 
sented^  in  1805,  %  JVm,  Hamilton^  Esq, 

No.  15.  A  painted  mummy  case.  From  Mr,  Saifs 
collection, 

NINTH  OR  ANTE-ROOM,  (upstairs.) 

No.  1.  In  the  centre  of  this  room,  at  the  head  of  the 
stairs,  is  placed  the  celebrated  Barberini  Vase,  which 
was  for  more  than  two  centuries  the  principal  ornament 
of  the  Barberini  Palace.  This  vase  was  purchased  of 
Sir  William  Hamilton  considerably  more  than  thirty 
years  ago,  by  the  Duchess  of  Portland,  since  which 
period  it  has  been  generally  known  by  the  name  of  the 
Portland  Vase.  It  was  found  about  the  middle  of  the 
sixteenth  century,  two  miles  and  a  half  from  Rome,  in 
the  road  leading  from  Frascati.  At  the  time  of  its  dis¬ 
covery,  the  vase  was  inclosed  in  a  marble  sarcophagus, 
within  a  sepulchral  chamber  under  the  Mount  called 
Mount  del  Grano,  The  material  of  which  the  vase  is 
formed  is  glass :  the  figures,  which  are  executed  in  relief, 
are  of  a  beautiful  opake  white,  and  the  ground  is  in  per¬ 
fect  harmony  with  the  figures,  and  of  a  dark  transparent 
blue.  The  subject  of  these  figures  is  extremely  obscure, 
and  has  not  hitherto  received  a  satisfactory  elucidation ; 
but  the  design  and  the  sculpture  are  both  truly  admira¬ 
ble.  This  superb  specimen  of  Greek  art  was  deposited 
in  the  British  Museum,  in  1810,  by  his  Grace  the  Duke 
of  Portland. 

No.  2.  An  ancient  painting  in  fresco,  representing 
deer;  it  was  found  in  a  subterraneous  chamber  at  Scro- 
fano,  about  sixteen  miles  from  Rome.  From  the  collect 
tion  of  Sir  William  Hamilton, 

No.  3.  A  bas-relief,  in  stucco,  representing  a  winged 
boy,  or  genius,  carrying  a  pedum  across  his  right 
shoulder.  From  the  collectioji  of  Sir  William  Hamilton. 

No.  4.  An  ancient  painting  in  fresco,  representing  a 
female  figure  holding  a  patera,  on  which  a  vase  is  placed. 
Presented^  in  1771,  by  the  Earl  of  Exeter. 

No.  5.  An  ancient  painting  in  fresco,  representing  two 
females  seated,  in  the  Arabesque  style,  on  the  curling 
^  branches  of  a  plant ;  one  of  them  is  holding  a  vase,  the 


160 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [rOOM  X. 

Other  a  tambourin.  Between  these  figures  is  a  bas-relief, 
in  stucco,  representing  a  human  head  surrounded  with 
ivy,  and  underneath  are  two  birds  drinking  out  of  a  well. 
Presented,  in  1757?  hy  Thomas  Hollis,  Esq. 

No.  6.  Decorations  of  Roman  armour,  found  in 
Britain. 

No.  7*  A  Persian  sextant. 

Case  A.  Antiquities  from  Persepolis,  Babylon,  and 
Nineveh.  Purchased  mth  Mr.  RicKs  collection  in  1825. 

Case  B.  An  ancient  lyre  and  two  flutes  found  in  a 
tomb  at  Athens.  Antiquities, hy  Sir  R.  Ker  Por¬ 
ter  in  Persepolis,  Babylon,  S^c. 

Shelves  C.  Antiquities  from  Nineveh.  From  Mr. 
RicEs  collection. 

Shelves  D.  Antiquities  from  Babylon.  From  Mr. 
Rich* s  collection. 

TENTH  ROOM. 

COLLECTION  OF  SIR  WILLIAM  HAMILTON,  ETC. 

Cases  1,  2,  3,  4.  Penates  or  household  gods,  in 
bronze.  In  the  lower  part  of  these  Cases,  are  contained 
some  large  bronze  vessels,  one  of  which,  in  the  form  of 
a  round  deep  patera,  is  remarkable  for  the  beauty  of  its 
handles,  which  are  raised  above  the  edge :  they  repre¬ 
sent  two  serpents  holding  an  egg  in  their  mouths  ;  un¬ 
derneath  the  serpents  is  the  aegis  of  Minerva. 

Case  5.  A  raven,  the  size  of  life,  and  seven  large 
candelabra,  in  bronze.  The  raven  was  presented,  in 
1777,  by  Lord  Seqforth.  It  is  of  the  finest  workman¬ 
ship,  and  has  probably  accompanied  a  statue  of  Apollo. 

Case  6.  Specimens  of  ancient  glass.  The  principal 
articles  are  eight  cinerary  urns.  One  of  them  has  the 
leaden  covering  in  which  it  was  preserved ;  and  another 
contains  the  burnt  bones,  and  the  asbestos  cloth  which 
prevented  the  ashes  of  the  body  from  mixing  with  those 
of  the  funeral  pile.  These  articles  are  accompanied  by 
a  great  number  of  lachrymatories,  and  various  other 
vessels  and  fragments  of  vessels,  of  different  forms  and 
colours ;  the  whole  of  which  afford  ample  proof  of  the 
ingenuity  of  the  ancients,  and  of  the  great  knowledge 
they  possessed  in  the  art  of  manufacturing  glass,  and  of 
imparting  to  it  whatever  colour  or  form  they  chose. 


161 


ROOM  X.]  BRONZES^  TASES^  GEMS^  ETC. 

Case  7»  Necklaces,  ear-rings,  armillae,  and  various 
Other  trinkets  in  gold,  several  of  which  are  enriched 
with  precious  stones.  Among  the  antiquities  of  gold  in 
this  Case  area  bulla  and  a  large  patera;  the  latter  is 
embossed  with  bulls,  and  was  found  at  Gergenti  in  Sicily. 
This  case  contains  also  a  large  collection  of  scarabsei, 
and  engraved  gems.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William 
Hamilton,  Charles  Tovonley,  Esq>,  and  the  Rev.  C.  M. 
Cracherode. 

Case  11.  Gems  from  the  collections  of  Charles  Town-^ 
ley.  Esq.,  R.  P.  Knight,  Esq.,  and  the  Rev.  C.  M. 
Cracherode*  A  piece  of  small  mosaic  work,  and  a  few 
specimens  of  ancient  art  executed  in  silver^  are  likewise 
among  the  articles  included  in  this  Case. 

Case  15.  Fragments  in  terracotta.  They  consist 
chiefly  of  small  heads,  some  of  which  are  well  executed, 
and  some  are  valuable  as  exhibiting  specimens  of  the 
Roman  head-dresses. 

Case  16.  Small  flgures,  and  miscellaneous  articles  in 
terracotta. 

.  Case  17.  Hindu,  Chinese,  and  Japanese  idols. 

Case  26.  Ditto. 

Case  27.  Small  figures,  and  miscellaneous  articles  in 
terracotta. 

Cases  28,  32,  36.  Fragments  of  friezes  in  terra¬ 
cotta. 

Case  37.  Specimens  of  ancient  armour  in  bronze, 
consisting  of  helmets,  breast-plates,  standards,  swords, 
belts,  heads  of  spears,  points  of  arrows,  &c.  In  the 
middle  division  of  this  Case  is  the  JRoman  helmet  which 
was  found  at  Ribchester  in  Lancashire. 

Case  38.  A  tripod,  a  lectisternium,  a  pair  of  steel¬ 
yards,  and  two  very  large  candelabra,  in  bronze.  The 
first  two  articles  were  presented  by  Sir  William  Hamil¬ 
ton,  namely,  the  tripod,  in  1774,  and  the  lectisternium  in 
1784. 

Cases  39,  40,  41,  42.  Miscellaneous  antiquities  in 
bronze,  comprising  scales,  knives,  paterae,  and  simpula ; 
mirrors,  lamps,  bells,  and  mortars ;  measures  and  wine- 
strainers;  large  vessels  for  culinary  and  other  purposes; 
several  small  candelabra,  and  other  articles. 


162  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [rOOM  X. 

Cases  43,  44,  45.  A  large  collection  of  Roman  lamps 
in  terracotta. 

Cases  46,  47,  48.  Ditto. 

Cases  49,  50,  51.  A  large  collection  of  Roman  lamps 
in  terracotta. 

Case  52.  Dice  and  tali,  formed  of  various  substances. 

Case  53.  A  great  variety  of  tesserae  in  ivory,  bronze, 
crystal,  agate,  and  terracotta,  many  of  which  were 
tickets  of  admission  to  the  theatres.  In  this  Case  also 
is  a  considerable  number  of  styles  for  writing  on  wax 
tablets ;  pins  for  the  hair ;  bodkins,  and  needles  both  for 
sewing  and  netting. 

Case  54.  Architectural  mouldings  in  porphyry,  part 
of  a  frieze  in  rosso  antico,  handles  of  knives,  fragments 
of  lectisternia,  &c.,  &c. 

Case  55.  Stamps  for  sealing  casks. 

Case  56.  A  large  collection  of  Roman  w^eights. 

Case  57.  Votive  offerings  in  bronze. 

Case  58.  Mirrors  upon  which  are  engravings  princi¬ 
pally  in  outline. 

Case  59.  Specimens  of  ancient  painting,  from  Her¬ 
culaneum. 

Case  60.  Mirrors,  a  patera,  the  umbo  of  a  shield, 
and  part  of  the  scabbard  of  a  parazonium,  upon  all 
which  are  engravings  principally  in  outline. 

Cases  61,  62,  63.  Specimens  of  bas-reliefs  in  stucco, 
from  the  walls  of  Herculaneum. 

Case  64.  Celts. 

Case  65.  Various  instruments  used  by  the  ancients. 

Case  66.  Celts.  » 

Case  67.  A  marble  patera,  fourteen  inches  in  diame¬ 
ter,  found  in  the  ruins  of  Hadrian’s  Villa ;  in  this  Case 
are  also  contained  specimens  of  Roman  enamel,  and 
inlaid  work ;  and  likewise  some  figs  and  otlier  vegetable 
substances,  found  in  a  calcined  state  in  the  ruins  of  Her¬ 
culaneum. 

Case  68.  Armillae,  or  bracelets,  and  various  unknown 
ornaments,  in  bronze. 

Case  69.  A  large  patera  of  Oriental  jasper,  cups  of 
crystal,  agate,  &c. 

Case  70.  Hinges  and  nails. 


GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES. 


room  XI.] 


]63 


Case  71.  Fibulae,  or  brooches. 

Case  72.  Buckles  used  by  the  ancients  for  different 


purposes. 

Case  73.  Handles  and  other  parts  of  vases. 

Case  74.  Ditto. 

Case  75.  Specimens  of  locks  and  keys. 

Case  76.  Spears,  knives,  and  various  instruments,  in 
iron. 

Case  77.  Bits,  spurs,  and  ornaments  for  harness  ; 
fragments  of  chains,  &c. 

Case  78.  Some  articles  in  bronze,  the  uses  to  which 
many  of  them  were  applied  are  unknown. 


ELEVENTH  ROOM. 

No.  1.  A  Fragment  of  a  sepulchral  monument. 

A  fragment  of  a  mask  of  Bacchus. 

A  sepulchral  monument  to  Abeita,  who  is  represented 
seated,  with  a  dog  behind  her  in  a  fawning  attitude. 

No.  2.  Blank, 

No.  3.  A  man  conducting  a  bull ;  from  a  sepulchral 
monument. 

A  portion  of  a  capital  of  a  pilaster. 

Youthful  genii  contending  in  a  chariot  race  within  the 
circus. 

Fragment  of  a  sepulchral  monument  to  Eporia. 

No.  4.  A  bas-relief,  representing,  probably,  Jupiter 
and  Ceres  standing,  each  holding  a  cornucopia.  Pre- 
sented  by  the  Right  Hon,  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Bart, 

No.  5.  A  sepulchral  monument  to  Cassiodorus,  in¬ 
scribed  with  six  elegiac  verses  in  Greek. 

The  front  of  a  sarcophagus,  with  a  Greek  inscription 
to  M.  Sempronius  Neicocrates. 

A  sepulchral  monument,  representing  the  deceased 
seated  at  a  funeral  banquet  (coena  feralis) ;  a  veiled 
female  seated  near  his  feet. 

No.  6.  Blank, 

No.  7.  A  small  sepulchral  monument,  representing  a 
veiled  female  seated. 

A  fragment  of  another,  representing  part  of  a  female 
procession  apparently  approaching  some  deity. 

A  bas-relief,  representing  two  men  pouring  wine  into 


164 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES. 


[[room  XI. 


a  large  vessel,  and  two  others  attending  on  a  cauldron 
placed  upon  a  fire. 

A  sepulchral  monument,  representing  a  man  fishing, 
inscribed  to  Agathemetros. 

Part  of  a  sepulchral  monument,  representing  a  funeral 
banquet. 

No.  8.  A  sepulchral  monument;  a  husband,  wife,  and 
child,  preparing  to  sacrifice  to  Serapis,  reclining  at  a 
funeral  banquet. 

A  sepulchral  monument ;  a  family  of  seven  persons 
preparing  to  sacrifice  a  pig  to  two  Deities,  seated  at  a 
funeral  banquet. 

A  bas-relief,  representing  a  horse  held  by  a  slave ;  cut 
from  a  monument,  probably  of  one  of  the  Equites  singu- 
lares,  who  fought  at  the  emperor’s  left  hand. 

No.  9.  A  bas-relief,  representing  the  arms  of  the 
Dacians  and  Sarmatians. 

No.  10.  A  sepulchral  monument,  representing  the 
Dioscuri  standing,  with  an  altar  between  them,  in  a 
distyle  temple. 

A  fragment  of  a  frieze,  representing  two  Cupids  run¬ 
ning  a  race  in  cars  drawn  by  dogs ;  they  appear  to  have 
just  started  from  the  carceres  of  a  circus. 

Part  of  a  sepulchral  monument,  very  much  defaced; 
it  appears  to  represent  a  man  holding  a  bunch  of  grapes, 
with  a  cock  at  his  feet.  Presented  hy  Dr.  Jarvis. 

No.  11.  A  bas-relief,  representing  a  Faun  playing  on 
the  double  pipe. 

A  bas-relief,  representing  eleven  infant  genii  under 
the  character  of  a  bacchanalian  procession. 

A  bust  of  a  sleeping  child,  in  alto-relievo. 

No.  12.  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  representing 
three  legs ;  they  have  belonged  to  two  figures  in  power¬ 
ful  action,  one  of  which  appears  to  have  been  aiming  a 
blow  at  the  other,  who  is  falling.  Bequeathed,  in  1812, 
hy  the  late  Charles  Lambert,  Esq. 

No.  13.  A  sepulchral  monument ;  a  boy  sacrificing 
to  Mercury,  standing  near  an  altar  inscribed  deo  mer- 

CVRIO. 

A  fragment,  representing  Pan  playing  upon  a  lyre, 
with  a  Faun  playing  upon  a  reed. 

A  fragment  of  a  bacchanalian  group. 


JIOOM  XI.]  GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES.  J65 

No.  14.  Mithraic  group.  Brought  from  Rome^  in 
1815,  by  Charles  Standish,  Esq.,  from  xvkom  it  xjoas  yur^ 
chased  by  the  Trustees  in  1826. 

At  the  back  of  the  pedestal,  a  bas-relief,  representing 
two  persons,  one  abandoning  his  arms,  the  other  sacri¬ 
ficing  at  an  altar;  beneath,  an  inscription  recording  the 
death  of  a  warrior. 

A  bas-relief  of  Mercury,  seated  upon  a  heap  of  stones. 

A  sepulchral  monument,  with  a  Greek  inscription, 
and  a  bas-relief  of  a  skeleton. 

No.  15.  A  sepulchral  cippus,  without  any  inscrip¬ 
tion.  It  is  richly  ornamented  on  the  four  sides  with 
festoons  of  fruit. 

Upon  it  is  a  Greek  sepulchral  urn,  solid,  and  with  a 
bas-relief  in  front ;  it  is  inscribed  with  the  names  of 
Pytharatus  and  Herophilus.  Fro^n  the  collection  of  Sir 
Hans  Sloane, 

No.  16.  A  statue  of  an  intoxicated  Faun. 

No.  17.  A  votive  altar,  dedicated  to  Silvanus. 

Upon  it  is  a  trophy  found  on  the  plains  of  Marathon. 
Presented,  in  1802,  by  John  Walker,  Esq. 

No.  18.  A  statue  of  a  Faun.  Purchased  in  1826. 

No.  19.  A  statue  of  a  Discobolus,  who  is  repre¬ 
sented  at  that  precise  moment  of  time  which  imme¬ 
diately  precedes  the  delivery  of  the  discus.  It  is  an 
ancient  copy  in  marble,  from  the  celebrated  bronze 
statue  executed  by  Myro. 

No.  20.  A  sepulchral  cippus,  the  inscription  upon 
which  a[)pears  to  have  been  erased. 

Upon  it  is  a  circular  altar.  Formerly  belonging  to  Col. 
Rooke,  and  'presented,  in  1825,  by  A.  E.  Impey,  Esq. 

On  this  is  placed  a  fragment  of  a  youthful  statue. 

No,  21.  A  statue  of  Mercury,  sleeping  upon^a  rock. 

No.  22.  A  Grecian  altar.  Presented,  in  1775,  by  Sir 
William  Hamilton. 

Upon  it  is  a  statue  of  Bacchus,  represented  as  a  boy 
about  five  years  old.  The  head  is  crowmed  with  a 
wreath  of  ivy,  and  the  body  is  partly  covered  with  the 
skin  of  a  goat. 

No.  23.  A  statue  of  Cupid  bending  his  bow.  Pur- 
chased,  in  1812,  at  the  sale  of  the  late  Right  Hon.  Ed¬ 
mund  Burke's  Marbles. 


]66  gallery  of  antiquities.  [[room  XI. 

No.  24.  A  bronze  statue  of  Hercules,  carrying  away 
the  apples  from  the  garden  of  the  Hesperides.  Pt.  3. 
PI.  II. 

Beneath,  is  one  of  the  feet,  or  supports,  of  an  ancient 
tripod  table.  Pt.  3.  PI.  iii. 

No.  25.  A  large  sepulchral  cippus,  with  an  inscrip¬ 
tion  to  M.  Clodius  Herma,  Annius  Felix,  and  Tyran- 
nus. 

Upon  it  is  a  circular  sepulchral  vessel  of  stone,  in¬ 
scribed  with  the  name  of  Phaenariste,  the  wife  of  Philo- 
phanus. 

No.  26.  A  Greek  inscription,  being  a  decree  of  the 
people  of  Athens  and  of  the  Pireeeus,  in  honour  of  Cal- 
lidamas.  Presented^  in  1785,  by  the  Dilettanti  Society, 

No.  27«  Blank, 

No.  28.  A  shelf,  containing 

An  unknown  bust,  the  head  perfectly  bald. 

An  unknown  bust  of  a  female. 

A  bust  of  Diogenes  the  Cynic.  All  bequeathed  by  the 
late  R.  P,  Knight,  Esq, 

Underneath,  a  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  bearing  a 
figure  of  a  youthful  Hercules. 

No.  29.  A  chair,  after  the  model  of  an  invalid’s 
chair  ;  found  in  the  Antonine  Baths. 

>No.  30.  A  cinerary  urn  of  marble ;  on  the  cover  is  a 
recumbent  female  figure.  On  the  front  is  a  bas* relief, 
representing  a  female  dragged  by  the  hair  from  her 
chariot  by  a  warrior  armed  with  a  drawn  sword. 

No.  31.  An  alto-relievo,  representing  five  of  the 
labours  of  Hercules.  Presented  by  the  Executors  of  the 
late  W,  S,  Brereton, 

No.  32.  A  cinerary  urn  of  marble  ;  on  the  cover  is 
a  recumbent  female  figure;  on  the  front  is  a  bas-relief, 
representing  a  boar  hunt;  at  each  end  is  a  vase. 

No.  33.  A  sepulchral  cippus,  with  an  inscription  to 
T.  Claudius  Epictetus. 

No.  34.  A  shelf,  containing 

A  bust  of  Hercules. 

A  bust,  supposed  to  have  been  intended  for  Achilles. 

A  bust  of  a  Faun.  All  bequeathed  by  the  late  R,  P, 
Knight,  Esq, 

Underneath,  a  sepulchral  monument  to  Sotnikes,  who 


KOOM  XI.]  GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES.  167 

is  represented  standing  enveloped  in  his  pallium,  with 
his  hand  to  his  cheek. 

No.  35.  A  Greek  sepulchral  monument,  with  a  bas- 
relief,  and  an  inscription  to  Mousis,  who  was  a  native 
of  Miletus,  and  daughter  of  Argaeus.  Presented^  in 
1785,  by  the  Dilettanti  Society. 

No.  36.  Blank. 

No.  37.  A  fragment  of  a  group  in  alto-relievo ;  a 
man  is  seated  on  a  chair,  with  a  female  standing  near 
him.  It  is  so  broken  and  mutilated  that  the  subject 
cannot  be  ascertained. 

No.  38.  A  head  of  Demosthenes.  Purchased  in  1818. 

No.  39.  An  unknown  head.  Purchased  in  1818. 

No.  40.  A  monumental  inscription,  cut  from  the 
front  of  a  sepulchral  cippus,  to  the  memory  of  Claudia 
Tychen. 

Upon  it,  a  square  altar,  dedicated  by  Aur.  Thimoteus 
to  Diana ;  the  three  other  sides  are  decorated  with  rude 
sculptures. 

Upon  this  a  circular  vase,  or  capital  of  a  sepulchral 
cippus,  decorated  with  foliage  and  the  symbolical  ser¬ 
pent. 

No.  41.  A  Greek  funereal  monument,  with  a  bas- 
relief  and  an  inscription.  It  is  to  the  memory  of  a 
person  named  Alexander,  a  native  of  Bithynia.  This 
marble,  brouf^ht  from  Smyrna,  was  presented  to  the  Mu¬ 
seum,  in  1772,  by  Matthew  Duane,  Esq.,  and  Thomas 
Tyrwhitt,  Esq. 

No.  42.  A  terminal  statue  of  a  Faun. 

No.  43.  A  shelf,  containing 

An  unknown  bust  of  a  boy. 

A  bust  of  iUlius  Caesar. 

An  unknown  bust.  All  bequeathed  by  the  late  R.  P. 
Knight,  Esq. 

Underneath,  a  sun-dial.  Purchased  in  1821, 

No.  44.  Blank. 

No.  45.  A  Mithraic  group. 

No.  46.  Greek  funereal  monument  of  Lenaeus,  son  of 
Artemidorus. 

No.  47.  The  front  of  a  tomb,  from  Delos.  Formerly 
belonging  to  Col.  Eooke,  and  presented,  in  1825,  by  A. 
E.  Impey,  Esq. 


168 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [[rOOM  XII. 

No.  48.  Sepulchral  monument  to  Hermodorus,  son 
of  Aristomenes. 

No.  49.  A  recumbent  female,  resting  her  left  arm 
upon  an  urn:  her  head  encircled  by  a  diadem. 

No.  50.  Blank, 

No.  51.  A  shelf,  containing 

A  head  of  Tiberius. 

A  bust,  inscribed  to  the  memory  of  Cl.  Olympias,  by 
Epithymetus,  her  freed-man. 

A  head  of  Augustus.  All  purchased^  in  1812,  at  the 
sale  of  the  late  Right  Hon,  Edmund  Barkers  Marbles, 

A  Greek  inscription,  originally  placed  under  a  statue 
of  Jupiter  Urius,  which  stood  within  a  temple  erected 
to  that  deity  at  the  mouth  of  the  Pontus.  Presented^  in 
1809,  by  Miss  Mead. 

Underneath,  a  bas-relief,  representing  the  goddess 
Luna  surrounded  by  the  signs  of  the  zodiac.  Presented^ 
in  1818,  by  Col,  de  Bosset, 

No.  52.  A  very  ancient  Greek  inscription,  known  by 
the  title  of  the  ‘‘  Marmor  Atheniense."'  It  relates  to  a 
survey  of  some  temple  at  Athens,  supposed  to  be  the 
Erechtheium.  Brought  to  England  by  Dr,  Chandler^ 
and  presented  to  the  British  Museum ^  in  1785,  by  the 
Dilettanti  Society. 

No,  53.  Blank. 

No.  54.  A  large  sepulchral  cippus,  with  an  inscrip¬ 
tion  to  Agria  Agatha. 

Upon  it  is  a  small  domestic  fountain,  used  for  sacred 
purposes.  It  is  decorated  with  four  flights  of  steps,  and 
four  figures  of  Satyrs  and  Fauns  in  bas-relief. 

No.  55.  A  bronze  statue  of  Apollo.  Ft.  3.  PI.  vii. 

Beneath  is  one  of  the  feet,  or  supports,  of  an  ancient 
tripod  table,  executed  in  porphyry.  It  represents  the 
head  and  leg  of  a  panther.  Pt.  3.  PI.  viii. 


TWELFTPI  ROOM. 

GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES. 

No.  1.  A  head  of  Juno,  crowned  with  a  broad  in¬ 
dented  diadem ;  placed  upon 


IIOOM  XII.]  GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURES.  169 

An  upright  narrow  piece  of  marble,  ornamented  with 
branches  of  the  olive  and  the  vine. 

No.  2.  A  shelf,  containing 

An  unknown  female  head;  the  sockets  of  the  eyes 
are  hollow,  and  have  been  originally  filled  with  coloured 
stones,  or  some  other  material. 

A  head  of  Diana, 

An  unknown  female  head,  with  a  broad  fillet  across 
the  forehead. 

Underneath,  an  epitaph  on  a  dog.  From  the  collec¬ 
tion  of  Sir  Hans  Sloane,  Upon  this  is  placed 

Cupid  sleeping  upon  a  lion's  skin. 

No.  3.  An  unknown  head. 

No.  4.  A  head  of  Apollo. 

No.  5.  A  head  of  a  lion,  being  a  fragment  of  a  large 
sarcophagus. 

Underneath,  an  oblong  square  basin  of  granite,  similar 
to  such  as  were  used  in  the  temples,  to  contain  the 
water  necessary  for  the  purification  of  those  who  sought 
admittance  to  the  sacrifices. 

No.  6.  A  mask  cut  from  the  cover  of  a  large  sarco¬ 
phagus.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton^ 

No.  7.  A  terminal  head  of  Libera. 

No.  8.  A  Case  containing  the  following  objects  : — 

Small  terminal  heads  of  Bacchus  and  Libera,  joined 
back  to  back. 

A  small  terminal  head  of  Libera.  From  the  collection 
of  Sir  William  Hamilton- 

Ditto,  in  yellow  marble. 

Ditto,  in  red  marble. 

A  small  terminal  head  of  Libera,  in  reddish  yellow 
marble,  with  a  necklace  composed  of  ivy  leaves. 

A  small  terminal  head  of  Libera,  in  white  marble,  with 
the  breast  covered  with  drapery.  From  the.  collection  qf 
Sir  William  Hamilton. 

A  terminal  head  of  the  bearded  Bacchus.  From  the 
collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton. 

A  small  female  head,  the  hair  of  which  is  formed  of  a 
distinct  piece  of  marble,  and  is  fitted  to  the  head  in  the 
manner  of  a  wig. 

A  small  head  of  a  young  man,  covered  with  a  helmet^ 


170  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [rOOM  XII. 

which  is  ornamented  with  the  horns  of  a  ram.  From 
the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton. 

A  small  mask  of  Silenus.  From  the  collection  of  Sir 
William  Hamilton^ 

A  small  cylindrical  piece  of  marble,  which  appears  to 
have  been  part  of  the  stem  of  a  candelabrum.  It  is  or¬ 
namented  with  four  griffins  and  two  candelabra, 

A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  representing  the  head 
of  an  elderly  man.  It  has  the  beard  on  the  chin  and 
upper  lip,  and  the  hair  of  the  head  is  short  and  curly. 
From  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton. 

A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  representing  a  head  of  An- 
tinous.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton. 

A  votive  barrel,  sacred  to  Bacchus. 

A  small  terminal  head  of  the  bearded  Bacchus,  in 
yellow  marble.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  Hans  Shane. 

A  votive  horn,  in  marble,  two  feet  long. 

On  No.  8  : — ‘A  head  of  a  female  Bacchante. 

A  votive  torso  of  an  athleta,  in  terracotta,  the  size  of 
life.  Presented  by  W.  G,  Coesvelt,  Esq.,  1834. 

A  head  of  a  laughing  Faun. 

No.  9.  A  head  of  Adonis,  covered  with  the  pyrami¬ 
dal  hood.  The  lower  part  of  the  face  and  neck  is  co¬ 
vered  with  drapery. 

No.  10.  A  shelf  containing 

A  head  of  Jupiter  Serapis  in  green  basalt. 

An  eagle,  in  marble. 

A  head  of  Jupiter  Serapis.  From  the  collection  of  Sir 
William  Hamilton. 

Underneath,  a  piece  of  Mosaic  pavement,  found  at 
Woodchester,  in  the  county  of  Gloucester.  Presented, 
in  1808,  by  Samuel  Lysons,  Esq. 

No.  11.  A  shelf  containing 

A  small  bust  of  Antoninus  Pius ;  the  head  only  is  an¬ 
tique. 

A  small  figure  of  a  recumbent  Satyr. 

A  bust  of  a  child,  with  the  breast  naked. 

No.  12.  A  bust  of  an  unknown  female,  represented  in 
the  character  of  Isis.  It  is  gracefully  terminated  by  the 
flower  of  the  nymphaea  lotus,  on  which  it  appears  to  rest. 

No.  13,  A  Case  containing  the  following  articles  : — 


HOOM  XII.]  GREEK  AND  ROMAN  SCULPTURESo  I?! 

A  fragment  of  a  small  head  of  Hercules,  covered  with 
the  skin  of  a  lion.  Presentedy  in  1757,  by  Thomas 
Hollisy  Esq^ 

A  funeral  mask  which  was  used  to  cover  the  face  of  a 
female  corpse.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Ha¬ 
milton^ 

A  small  head  of  Hercules.  Presented,  in  1757,  by 
Thomas  Hollis^,  Esq. 

A  small  unknown  bust,  with  a  military  garment.  The 
head  is  of  yellow  marble.  Presented,  in  1757,  by  Tho¬ 
mas  Hollis,  Esq. 

A  small  head  of  Hercules,  very  much  injured  by  the 
decomposition  of  the  marble.  From  the  collection  of  Sir 
William  Hamilton. 

The  capital  of  a  small  column  of  the  Ionic  order. 
From  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton. 

A  small  unknown  head.  From  the  collection  of  Sir 
William  Hamilton,  t 

A  small  head  of  Vulcan,  covered  with  a  cap.  From 
the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton. 

A  votive  mask  of  a  bearded  Faun.  Presented,  in  1765, 
by  Thomas  Hollis,  Esq. 

A  small  unknown  female  head,  the  hair  of  which  is 
tied  in  a  knot  behind.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  Wil¬ 
liam  Hamilton. 

A  small  head  of  Juno.  Presented,  in  1757,  by  Thomas 
Hollis,  Esq. 

A  group  representing  Venus  and  two  Cupids. 

One  of  the  handles  of  a  vase.  From  the  collection  of 
Sir  William  Hamilton. 

A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  representing  part  of  a  fe¬ 
male  figure.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton. 

A  bas-relief,  representing  a  mask  of  a  Faun. 

A  left  foot  covered  with  a  sandal. 

The  right  foot  of  a  child. 

A  hand  of  a  female,  holding  a  lock  of  hair.  This 
fragment  probably  belonged  to  a  statue  of  Venus,  who 
was  represented  in  the  act  of  wringing  the  water  from 
her  hair.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton. 

The  right  hand  of  a  female  holding  a  pipe. 

A  lion's  foot,  which  probably  has  formed  part  of  a 
tripod  table. 

I  2 


172 


GALLERY  OP  ANTIQUITIES.  [ROOM  Xll. 


The  left  hand  and  part  of  the  arm  of  a  female,  pro¬ 
bably  Psyche,  holding  a  butterfly. 

A  lion’s  foot,  which  probably  has  formed  part  of  a 
tripod  table.  . 

The  left  hand  of  a  female  stretched  out  upon  a  frag¬ 
ment  of  something  unknown. 

The  right  hand  of  a  youth,  holding,  apparently,  a 
fragment  of  a  bow.  This  is  probably  part  of  a  statue 
of  Cupid  bending  his  bow. 

The  right  hand  of  a  child  holding  the  head  of  a  ram. 

A  left  foot,  covered  apparently  with  linen,  round  which 
bandages  are  fastened. 

A  large  votive  patera,  with  a  bas-relief  on  each  side, 
one  representing  Silenus,  and  the  other  a  Satyr.  From 
the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton* 

A  small  fragment  of  a  figure  holding  a  bird. 

The  left  hand  of  a  child  holding  a  fragment. 

A  torso  of  a  male  figure,  the  armsiof  which  appear  to 
have  been  raised  above  the  head. 

A  small  mutilated  figure.  The  right  breast  is  naked  ; 
the  other  parts  are  entirely  covered  with  drapery.  It 
has  a  necklace,  from  which  a  scarabseus  is  suspended. 

A  head  of  an  eagle,  which  appears  to  have  served  as 
the  hilt  of  a  sword.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William 
Hamilton* 

A  votive  patera,  with  a  bas-relief  on  each  side,  one 
representing  a  mask  of  the  bearded  Bacchus,  and  the 
other  a  panther.  From  the  collection  of  Sir  William 
Hamilton* 

A  fragment  of  a  serpent. 

A  torso  of  a  faun.  Presented,  in  1833,  by  the  Rev, 
Henry  Crowe. 

On  No.  13  i—A  head  of  a  Muse,  crowned  with  a 
wreath  of  laurel. 

A  draped  portion  of  a  female  statue ;  the  upper  part 
has  been  naked,  and  sculptured  from  a  separate  block 
of  marble. 

A  head  of  one  of  the  Dioscuri. 

No.  14.  A  head  of  Apollo. 

No.  15.  A  head  of  Cybele. 

No.  16.  A  head  of  a  lion,  which  was  a  part  of  the 
same  sarcophagus  from  which  No.  5  was  taken. 


GRAND  CENTRAL  SALOON. 


173 


Underneath,  a  cistern  of  green  basalt,  originally  used 
as  a  bath.  On  the  sides  are  carved  two  rings  in  imi¬ 
tation  of  handles,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a  leaf  of 
ivy. 

No.  17.  A  head  of  Minerva. 

No.  18.  A  colossal  head  of  Antinous  in  the  character 
of  Bacchus  ;  it  is  crowned  with  a  wreath  of  ivy. 

No.  19.  A  shelf  containing 

A  head,  apparently  of  a  trumpeter. 

A  head  of  Diana,  the  hair  of  which  is  drawn  up  from 
the  sides,  and  tied  in  a  knot  at  the  top  of  the  head. 
From  the  collection  of  Sir  William  Hamilton. 

A  head  of  a  goat. 

Underneath,  a  small  domestic  fountain,  of  a  square 
form,  which  was  used  for  sacred  purposes. 

No.  20.  A  bust  of  Minerva  ;  the  head  only  is  antique. 
The  helmet  and  the  bust,  which  are  of  bronze,  are,  with 
some  variations,  copied  from  an  ancient  bust  of  Minerva 
which  was  formerly  in  the  Vatican,  but  is  now  at  Paris. 
Placed  upon 

An  upright  narrow  piece  of  marble,  ornamented  with 
branches  of  the  olive  and  the  pine. 

GRAND  CENTRAL  SALOON. 

Against  the  square  columns  on  the  west  side  are 
placed 

A  statue  of  Venus,  preparing  for  the  bath  ;  of  white 
marble.  Presented  by  His  Majesty  King  William 
IV. 

A  statue  of  the  Emperor  Pladrian,  in  a  military  dress  ; 
the  breast-plate  is  in  high  preservation,  and  richly  orna¬ 
mented.  Purchased  in  1821. 

Against  the  pilaster  on  the  north  side  is  a  bust  of  Ju¬ 
piter.  Presented  by  J.  T.  Barber  Beaumont y  1836. 

A  mutilated  statue  of  a  draped  female. 

A  mutilated  draped  statue  of  a  youth. 

In  the  first  recess, 

Casts  of  sculptures  and  inscriptions  from  Persepolis, 
&c.  Presented  by  the  Rt.  Hon,  Mountstuart  Elphinstone. 

Persepolitan  sculptures  and  inscriptions  ;  those  num- 
bered  84,  85,  86,  87,  88,  presented  by  the  Rt.  Hon.  Sir 


174  GAI.LERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [^PHIGALIAH 

Gore  Ou&eley ;  89,  90,  91,  92,  93,  hy  the  Earl  of  Aber¬ 
deen^  in  1818. 

In  the  centre  recess, 

Casts  from  Persepolitan  sculptures.  Presented  by  the 
Rt,  Hon.  Mount  Stuart  Elphinstone* 

In  the  third  recess, 

Casts  of  Persepolitan  sculptures.  Presented  by  the 
Right  Hon.  Mounstuart  Elphinstone. 

Arabic  inscriptions.  The  three  marked  F  presented  by 
Col.  Franklin.  Of  these,  the  small  one  was  placed  over 
the  door  of  Firuz  Shah's  Minaret  at  Gour ;  the  large 
one  upon  the  same  shelf  was  in  front  of  the  Golden 
Mosque  at  Purrooab  ;  and  the  one  upon  the  ground  was 
upon  the  mosque  of  Mohajen  Tola,  at  Gour. 

PHIGALIAN  SALOON. 

Nos.  1 — 23.  Bas-reliefs,  representing  the  battle  of  the 
Centaurs  and  Lapithae,  and  the  combat  between  the 
Greeks  and  Amazons;  they  were  found  in  the  ruins 
of  the  temple  of  Apollo  Epicurius  {or  the  deliverer)  built 
on  Mount  Cotylion,  at  a  little  distance  from  the  ancient 
city  of  Phigalia  in  Arcadia.  These  bas-reliefs  composed 
the  frieze  in  the  interior  of  the  Celia.  The  battle  of  the 
Centaurs  and  Lapithae  is  sculptured  on  eleven  slabs  of 
marble  (1 — 11).  That  of  the  Greeks  and  Amazons  oc¬ 
cupies  twelve  (12 — 23).  The  direction  of  the  slabs  be¬ 
longing  to  the  former  subject  was  from  right  to  left ;  that 
of  the  latter  from  left  to  right. - 

A  circumstance  which  adds  very  much  to  the  interest 
of  these  marbles  is  our  knowledge  of  the  precise  time 
when  they  were  executed ;  for  Pausanias,  in  his  descrip¬ 
tion  of  this  temple,  informs  us  that  it  was  built  by  Ictinus, 
an  architect  contemporary  with  Pericles,  and  who  built 
the  Parthenon  at  Athens.  These  marbles  are  all  en¬ 
graved  and  more  fully  described  in  the  fourth  part  of 
the  description  of  the  Museum  Marbles. 

No.  24.  A  fragment  of  a  Doric  capital  of  one  of  the 
columns  of  the  peristyle.  From  the  same  temple. 

No.  25.  A  fragment  of  an  Ionic  capital  of  one  of  the 
columns  of  the  cella.  From  the  same  temple. 

Nos.  26,  27*  Two  fragments  of  the  tiles  which  sur- 


GREEK  SCULPTURES. 


SilLOON.] 


175 


mounted  the  pediments,  and  formed  the  superior  mould¬ 
ing.  From  the  same  temple. 

Nos.  28 — 38.  Fragments  of  the  Metopes,  found  in  the 
porticos  of  the  pronaos  and  posticus,  which  were  en¬ 
riched  with  triglyphs.  From  the  same  temple. 

No.  39.  A  small  tile,  which  was  used  for  the  purpose 
of  covering  the  joints  of  the  greater  tiles ;  the  ornament 
in  front  surmounted  the  cornice.  From  the  same  temple. 

No.  40.  Another  tile  used  for  the  same  purpose,  but 
on  the  point  of  the  ridge.  From  the  same  temple. 

No.  41.  A  cast  in  plaster,  from  one  of  the  ends  of 
the  celebrated  sarcophagus  in  the  cathedral  church  at 
Agrigentum,  which  represents  the  story  of  Phaedra  and 
Hippolytus.  Phaedra  is  here  represented  surrounded 
by  her  female  domestics,  and  plunged  into  grief  at  the 
refusal  of  Hippolytus,  which  has  just  been  communi¬ 
cated  to  her.  The  attendants  are  endeavouring,  in 
various  ways,  to  console  their  mistress,  and  some  of 
them  attempt  to  alleviate  her  distress  by  the  sounds  of 
their  instruments. 

The  large  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  numbered  166, 
belongs  to  the  Elgin  collection :  it  represents  Hercules 
preparing  to  strike  Diomed,  king  of  Thrace,  whom  he 
has  already  knocked  down,  and  is  holding  by  the  hair 
of  his  head. 

A  torso  of  Venus,  of  very  fine  sculpture,  purchased  in 
1821,  and  an  imperfect  statue  of  Hymen,  purchased  in 
1831,  with  a  few  more  articles,  are  not  yet  numbered, 
the  arrangements  of  the  room  not  being  completed. 


ELGIN  SALOON^. 

Many  of  the  sculptures  in  this  room  having  been 
described  by  various  authors,  and  referred  to  by  the 
numbers  with  which  they  were  marked  in  their  former 
situation,  those  numbers  have  been  retained  :  but  to  faci¬ 
litate  a  reference  from  the  Synopsis  to  the  marbles,  a 
fresh  set  of  numbers,  adapted  to  their  present  disposition, 
has  been  added,  which  will  easily  be  distinguished  from 

*  All  the  articles  in  this  room,  except  a  few  which  are  particularly  spe¬ 
cified,  belonged  to  the  Earl  of  Elgin. 


17^  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [eLGIH 

the  former  by  being  painted  in  red*  The  general  order 
observed  in  affixing  these  numbers  to  the  several  objects 
is  as  follows  : — 

1.  The  metopes  of  the  Parthenon. 

2.  The  frieze  of  the  Parthenon,  commencing  on  the 
left  hand  of  the  visitor  as  he  enters  the  room. 

S.  Such  of  the  sculptures  placed  along  the  middle 
of  the  room,  as  belonged  to  the  eastern  and  west¬ 
ern  pediments  of  the  Parthenon. 

4.  The  remaining  articles  placed  along  the  middle 
of  the  room. 

5.  The  casts  and  bas-reliefs  above  the  frieze  on  the 
eastern  side  of  the  room  (those  nearest  the  en¬ 
trance  being  taken  last  in  order). 

6.  All  the  objects  below  the  frieze,  taken  in  their 
order  of  position,  and  commencing,  as  before,  on 
the  left  of  the  entrance. 

The  original  numbers  are  subjoined  to  the  descriptions. 
Those  which  have  the  letter  A  prefixed  refer  to  such  ar¬ 
ticles  as  were  originally  placed  in  the  room  then  denomi¬ 
nated  the  fourteenth. 

Nos.  ] — 16.  Sixteen  of  the  metopes  belonging  to  the 
Parthenon,  (of  which  No,  9  is  a  cast  in  plaster,  from 
the  original  in  the  Royal  Museum  at  Paris,)  which,  alter¬ 
nately  with  the  triglyphs,  ornamented  the  frieze  of  the 
entablature  surmounting  the  colonnade :  they  represent  the 
battle  between  the  Centaurs  and  Lapithee,  or  rather  between 
the  Centaurs  and  Athenians,  who  under  Theseus  joined  the 
Lapithae  (a  people  of  Thessaly)  in  this  contest.  In  some  of 
these  sculptures  the  Centaurs  are  victorious,  in  others  the 
Athenians  have  the  advantage,  while  in  others,  again,  the 
victory  seems  doubtful  with  respect  to  either  of  the  com¬ 
batants.  These  magnificent  specimens  of  ancient  art  are 
executed  with  great  spirit  in  alto-relievo  ;  they  were  seen 
at  a  height  of  nearly  forty-four  feet  from  the  ground. 
(11,  2,  8,  12,  15,  6,  4,  5,  13,  7,  1.  3,  14,  10.) 

The  sculptures  from  17  to  90  (inclusive)  compose  the 
exterior  frieze  of  the  cella  of  the  Parthenon,  which  em¬ 
bellished  the  upper  part  of  the  walls  within  the  colonnade 
at  the  height  of  the  frieze  of  the  pronaos,  and  which  was 
continued  in  an  uninterrupted  series  of  sculpture  entirely 


SALOON.]  GREEK  SCULPTURES.  177 

round  the  temple.  It  is  in  very  low  relief.  The  subject 
represents  the  sacred  procession  which  took  place  at  the 
great  Panatheneea^  a  festival  which  was  celebrated  every 
fifth  year,  at  Athens,  in  honour  of  Minerva,  the  patroness 
of  the  city.  The  bas-reliefs  which  compose  this  frieze  are 
arranged,  as  nearly  as  can  be  ascertained,  in  the  order  in 
which  they  were  originally  placed  in  the  Parthenon ;  se¬ 
veral  alterations  having  been  made  on  their  removal  to  their 
present  situation,  in  consequence  of  a  more  careful  examina¬ 
tion  and  minute  comparison  of  them  with  drawings  made 
before  their  removal  from  the  temple.  Those  on  the  prin¬ 
cipal  front  of  the  temple,  namely  the  east,  commence  on 
the  left  hand  of  the  visitor  as  he  enters  the  room,  then 
follow  those  of  the  north,  and  lastly  those  of  the  west 
and  south. 

Nos.  17 — 24.  That  portion  of  the  above-mentioned 
frieze  which  occupied  the  east  end  of  the  temple.  On  two 
of  the  slabs  which  compose  this  part  of  the  frieze  are 
represented  divinities  and  deified  heroes,  seated ;  namely, 
Castor  and  Pollux,  Ceres  and  Triptolemus,  Jupiter  and 
Juno,  and  ^sculapius  and  Hygeia.  There  was  originally 
a  third  slab,  which  represented  four  other  divinities,  also 
seated,  but  it  has  disappeared  for  many  years.  On  the 
right  and  left  of  these  sacred  characters,  are  trains  of 
females  with  their  faces  directed  to  the  gods,  to  whom  they 
are  carrying  gifts  :  we  see  also  directors  or  regulators  of  the 
procession,  among  whom  are  the  officers  whose  duty  it  was 
to  receive  the  presents  that  were  offered.  These  females 
appear  to  have  headed  the  procession,  and  to  have  been 
followed  by  the  victims,  charioteers,  horsemen,  &c.,  both 
on  the  north  and  south  sides  of  the  temple,  which  toge- 
gether  formed  a  procession  up  to  the  same  point  in  two 
separate  columns.  Nos.  20  and  23  are  casts  in  plaster, 
presented  by  F.  Chantrey,  Esq.  The  original  of  the  latter 
is  in  the  Royal  Museum  at  Paris.  The  upper  parts  of  two 
of  the  figures  in  No.  21,  the  legs  and  right  arm  of  the 
youthful  figure  in  No.  22,  and  the  two  figures  placed  under 
the  latter  number,  are  also  of  plaster,  from  moulds  made 
before  the  destruction  of  these  figures,  which  took  place 
before  the  marbles  came  into  the  possession  of  Lord  Elgin. 
(16,  17,  18,  18%  19,  20,  A  100,  21.) 

Nos,  25 — 46.  A  portion  of  the  same  frieze,  taken  from 

I  3 


J78  gallery  of  AHTiaUITIEB-,  [^ELGIN’ 

the  north  side  of  the  temple.  No.  25  is  a  fragment  of  a 
much  larger  slab ;  it  represents  two  of  the  Metwci,  or 
strangers^  who  settled  at  Athens^  and  were  allowed  to  take 
part  in  the  procession.  They  carry  on  their  shoulders  a 
kind  of  tray  filled  with  cakes  and  other  articles.  The  re¬ 
mainder  of  this  part  of  the  frieze  represents  charioteers 
and  horsemen.  Among  the  latter  are  seven  slabs,  (Nos.  37 
—•43,)  which,  whether  we  consider  the  elegance  of  the 
compositions,  or  the  spirit  with  which  the  figures  of  the 
men  and  horses  are  executed,  present  us  with  the  highest 
effort  of  the  art  of  sculpture  in  the  class  of  low  relief. 
No.  46  having  been  placed  at  the  south-west  corner  of  the 
temple,  the  figure  sculptured  at  the  end  of  it  belongs  to  that 
part  of  the  procession  which  decorated  the  west  end  of  the 
cella.  It  is  repeated  in  plaster,  that  the  whole  of  the 
western  frieze  may  be  seen  by  the  spectator  at  one  view. 
(22,  24,  23,  34,  98,  177  ^  35,  35  ^  37.  178%  36,  35 
38,  25,  26,  27.  28,  29.  30,  31,  38  %  32,  33.) 

No.  47.  A  single  slab  of  the  frieze  from  the  west  end  of 
the  temple.  It  represents  two  horsemen,  one  of  whom 
is  riding  before  the  other,  and  seems  to  be  in  the  act.  of 
urging  his  companion  to  quicken  his  pace.  The  direction 
of  these  figures  is  the  same  as  that  on  the  north  side, 
namely,  from  right  to  left.  (39.) 

There  is  a  peculiarity  in  the  frieze  of  the  west  end, 
which  distinguishes  it  from  that  on  the  north  and  south 
sides  of  the  temple.  The  subjects  represented  on  the 
slabs  of  those  two  sides  run  one  into  another,  that  is,  what 
was  left  imperfect  in  one  slab  is  completed  in  the  next ; 
whereas  in  the  west  end  the  subjects  are  nearly  complete 
on  each  piece  of  marble.  The  western  frieze  is  likewise 
distinguished  from  those  of  the  two  sides  of  the  temple,  by 
the  comparatively  few^  figures  introduced  into  it. 

Nos.  48 — 61.  Fourteen  plaster  casts,  composing  the 
remainder  of  the  frieze  at  the  west  end  of  the  temple. 
(A.  75—88.) 

Nos.  62 — 90.  That  portion  of  the  same^  frieze  which- 
enriched  the  south  side  of  the  temple.  It  represents  a 
procession  of  victims,  charioteers,  and  horsemen,  and  is 
very  similar,  in  its  general  character  and  appearance,  tO' 
the  frieze  on  th©  opposite  or  north  side.  With  respect  to 
■fe'  vktims,:  we-  do^  not  possess-  any  that  were  on  the  north 


SALOON.]  GREEK  SCULPTURES'.  179 

side  of  the  temple ;  but  that  they  formed  a  part  of  the 
procession  on  that  side,  as  well  as  on  the  south,  cannot  be 
doubted,  since  Stuart,  in  his  celebrated  work  on  Athens, 
has  engraved  a  fragment  of  one  of  them.  The  figure 
sculptured  at  the  end  of  No.  90,  (on  the  right  of  the  en¬ 
trance,)  belongs  to  the  eastern  portion  of  the  frieze.  No. 
62  was  presented  by  K.  C.  Cockerell,  Esq.  (40*,  41,  41^, 
38**,  46,  50,  47,  52,  40,  42,  49,  45,  48,  43,  44,  51, 
38*^*,  53,  54,  56,  55,  15*,  57,  59,  61,  60,  58,  96,  62.) 

The  sculptures  which  follow,  from  91  to  106,  are  from 
the  pediments  of  the  Parthenon.  Nos.  91  to  98  are  from 
the  eastern  pediment,  on  which  was  represented  the  birth 
of  Minerva.  Nos.  99  to  106  are  from  the  western  pedi¬ 
ment,  on  which  was  represented  the  contest  between 
Minerva  and  Neptune  for  the  honour  of  giving  name  to 
the  city  of  Athens.  These  sculptures  are  placed  in  the 
order  in  which  they  originally  stood  in  the  building. 

No.  91.  The  upper  part  of  the  figure  of  Hyperion 
rising  out  of  the  sea.  His  arms  are  stretched  forward,  in 
the  act  of  holding  the  reins  of  his  coursers.  This  figure, 
which  represents  the  approach  of  Day,  occupied  the  angle 
of  the  pediment  on  the  left  of  the  spectator.  (65.) 

No.  92.  The  heads  of  two  of  the  horses  belonging  to 
the  car  of  Hyperion.  They  are  just  emerging  from  the 
waves,  and  seem  impatient  to  run  their  course.  (66.) 

No.  93.  A  statue  of  Theseus,  the  Athenian  hero;  he 
is  represented  half  reclined  on  a  rock,  which  is  covered 
with  the  skin  of  a  lion.  Theseus,  it  is  well  known,  pro¬ 
fessedly  imitated  the  character  of  Hercules ;  and  it  is 
worthy  of  remark,  that  the  attitude  here  given  to  Theseus 
is  very  similar  to  that  of  Hercules  on  some  of  the  coins  of 
Crotona.  (71  •) 

No.  94.  A  group  of  two  goddesses,  probably  intended 
to  represent  Ceres  and  her  daughter  Proserpine ;  the 
latter  is  leaning  on  the  right  shoulder  of  her  mother. 
They  are  sitting  on  low  seats,  which  are  nearly  alike  in 
their  construction,  both  of  them  being  furnished  with 
cushions,  and  ornamented  with  mouldings  of  a  similar 

style.  (770 

No.  95.  A  statue  of  Iris  one  of  the  daughters  of 
Oceanus,  and  the  messenger  of  the  celestial  deities,  parti¬ 
cularly  of  Juno.  Iris  is  represented  in  quick  motion. 


180  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  ^ELGIN 

with  her  veil  inflated  and  fluttering  behind  her ;  and  she 
appears  evidently  in  haste  to  execute  the  mission  on  which 
she  is  sent^  that  of  communicating  to  the  distant  regions  of 
the  earth  the  important  intelligence  of  the  birth  of  Mi« 
nerva.  (74.) 

No.  96.  A  torso  of  Victory.  The  wings  of  this  figure 
were  probably  of  bronze :  the  holes  in  which  they  were 
fastened  to  the  marble  may  still  be  seen.  (72,  262.) 

No.  97*  A  group  of  the  three  Fates.  (67,  63.) 

No.  98.  The  head  of  one  of  the  horses  belonging  to  the 
chariot  of  Night,  which  was  represented  plunging  into  the 
ocean  on  the  right  angle  of  the  east  pediment,  that  is  to 
say,  the  right  angle  in  reference  to  the  spectator.  The 
car  of  Day  has  been  already  described,  (Nos.  91,  92,)  as  it 
was  represented  rising  out  of  the  w^aters  on  the  opposite 
angle  of  the  same  pediment.  (68.) 

No.  99.  A  recumbent  statue,  supposed  to  be  of  the 
river-god  Ilissus.  The  Ilissus  was  a  small  stream  that  ran 
along  the  south  side  of  the  plain  of  Athens.  This  figure, 
which,  with  the  exception  of  the  Theseus,  is  the  finest  in  the 
collection,  occupied  the  left  angle  of  the  west  pediment.  (70.) 

No.  100.  The  torso  of  a  male  figure,  supposed  to  be 
that  of  Cecrops,  the  founder  of  Athens.  (76.) 

No.  101.  The  upper  part  of  the  head  of  Minerva,  (See 
the  following  No.)  This  head  was  originally  covered  with 
a  bronze  helmet,  as  appears  from  the  holes  by  which  it 
was  fastened  to  the  marble :  and  the  sockets  of  the  eyes, 
which  were  originally  filled  with  metal  or  coloured  stones, 
are  now  hollow.  (118.) 

Np.  102.  A  fragment  of  the  statue  of  Minerva,  one  of 
the  principal  figures  in  the  west  pediment,  and  of  nearly 
the  same  proportions  as  the  torso  of  Neptune,  from  the  same 
pediment,  (No.  103.)  This  fragment  consists  of  a  portion 
only  of  the  chest  of  the  goddess,  which  is  covered,  as  usual, 
with  the  eegis.  The  angles  of  the  eegis  appear  to  have 
been  ornamented  with  bronze  serpents,  and  the  centre  of 
it  to  have  been  studded  with  the  head  of  Medusa,  of  the 
same  metal;  the  holes  in  which  these  ornaments  were 
fastened  to  the  marble  are  plainly  visible.  The  upper 
part  of  the  head  of  this  statue,  the  feet,  and  a  portion  of 
the  Erichthonian  serpent,  are  preserved  in  the  collection. 
See  Nos.  101,  256,  and  104.  (75.) 


SALOON.]  GHEEK  SCULPTURES.  181 

No.  103.  The  upper  part  of  the  torso  of  Neptune^,  one 
of  the  principal  figures  in  the  west  pediment.  (64.) 

No.  104.  See  No.  102.  (271.). 

No.  105.  The  torso  of  Victoria  xipteros,  or  Victory 
without  Wings^  who  was  represented  in  this  manner  by 
the  Athenians  to  intimate  that  they  held  her  gifts  in  per- 
petuity^  and  that  she  could  not  desert  them.  This  goddess 
was  represented  driving  the  car  of  Minerva^  on  the  west 
pediment ;  the  car  approached  Minerva,  as  if  to  receive  her 
into  it,  after  her  successful  contest  with  Neptune.  (69.) 

No.  106.  A  fragment  of  a  group  which  originally  con¬ 
sisted  of  Latona  with  her  two  children,  Apollo  and  Diana, 
This  group  was  placed  on  the  right  side  of  the  west  pedi¬ 
ment.  All  that  remains  in  the  fragment  before  us,  is  the 
lap  of  Latona,  with  a  small  portion  of  the  figure  of  the  in¬ 
fant  Apollo.  (73.) 

No.  107.  The  celebrated  Sigean  inscription,  first  pub¬ 
lished  by  Chishull,  in  his  Antiquitates  Asiaticse,*"  and 
afterwards  more  correctly  by  Chandler  in  his  Inscrip- 
tiones  Antiquse.’'  It  is  written  in  the  most  ancient  Greek 
characters,  and  in  the  Inislrophedon  manner,  that  is  to  say, 
the  lines  follow  each  other  in  the  same  direction  as  the  ox 
passes  from  one  furrow  to  another  in  ploughing.  The  pur¬ 
port  of  the  inscription  is  to  record  the  presentation  of  three 
vessels,  namely,  a  cup,  a  saucer  or  stand,  and  a  strainer, 
for  the  use  of  the  Prytaneum,  or  hall  of  justice,  of  the 
Sigeans.  The  name  of  the  donor  was  Phanodicus,  the  son 
of  Hermocrates,  and  a  native  of  Proconnesus.  (199.) 

No.  108.  A  piece  of  the  ceiling  of  the  temple  of  Erech- 
theus  at  Athens.  (299.) 

No.  109.  The  lower  part  of  a  female  statue  covered 
with  drapery.  (299^.) 

No.  110.  A  piece  of  the  shaft  of  an  Ionic  column,  be¬ 
longing  to  the  temple  of  Erechtheus  at  Athens.  (312.) 

No.  111.  A  colossal  statue  of  Bacchus,  from  the 
choragic  monument  of  Thrasyllus,  at  Athens.  It  is  a 
sitting  figure  covered  with  the  skin  of  a  lion,  and  with  a 
broad  belt  round  the  waist;  it  was  originally  placed  on 
the  summit  of  the  edifice,  at  a  height  rather  exceeding 
twenty-seven  feet.  (205.) 

No.  112.  The  capital,  and  a  piece  of  the  shaft  of  one  of 
the  Doric  columns  of  the  Parthenon.  (2070 


182 


GALLEKY  OF  ANTIQUITIES. 


[ELGIN 


No.  113.  A  female  statue  without  head  and  arms,  found 
in  the  temple  of  Themis  at  Rhamnus  in  Attica,  Presented, 
in  1820,  by  John  P.  Gandy  Peering,  Esq,  (307'^.) 

No.  114.  A  piece  of  the  shaft  of  a  column,  belonging  to 
the  temple  of  Erechtheus  at  Athens,  (304.) 

No.  115.  A  bronze  urn,  very  richly  wrought.  It  was 
found  inclosed  within  the  marble  vase  in  which  it  now 
stands,  in  a  tumulus  on  the  road  that  leads  from  Port 
Pireeus  to  the  Salaminian  ferry  and  Eleusis.  At  the  time 
of  its  discovery,  this  beautiful  urn  contained  a  quantity  of 
burnt  bones,  a  small  vase  of  alabaster,  and  a  wreath  of 
myrtle  in  gold.  (300.) 

No.  116.  A  large  marble  vase ;  it  is  of  an  oval  form, 
and  within  it  was  found  the  bronze  urn  described  in  the 
preceding  number.  (301.) 

No.  il7«  A  circular  votive  altar,  ornamented  with  the 
heads  of  bulls,  from  which  festoons  are  suspended.  The 
inscription,  in  Gi^eek,  near  the  bottom,  is  a  prayer  for  the 
prosperity  and  health  of  a  person  named  Casiniax.  (91.) 

No.  118.  A  piece  of  the  shaft  of  a  column,  belonging  to 
the  temple  of  Erechtheus  at  Athens.  (303.) 

No.  119,  An  imperfect  statue  of  a  youth;  it  is  of 
the  size  of  life,  and  of  the  most  exquisite  workman¬ 
ship,  (306.) 

No.  120.  Part  of  the  capital  of  an  Ionic  column.  (306^.) 

No.  121.  A  circular  altar,  brought  from  the  island  of 
Delos.  It  is  ornamented  with  the  heads  of  bulls,  from  which 
festoons  of  fruit  and  dowers  are  suspended.  (307- ) 

No.  122.  A  sepulchral  solid  urn,  having  three  figures  in 
bas-relief  on  the  front.  The  first  of  these  is  a  warrior  with 
a  helmet  and  a  shield,  who  is  joining  hands  with  an  elderly 
man  dressed  in  a  long  tunic ;  the  third  figure  is  a  female. 
The  inscription  underneath  these  figures  probably  contained 
the  names  of  the  parties,  but  is  too  mutilated  to  admit  of 
being  decyphered.  (167.) 

No.  12*3.  A  sepulchral  column,  inscribed  with  the  name 
of  Anaxicrates,  an  Athenian,  the  son  of  Dexiochus ;  beneath 
the  inscription  is  the  representation  of  a  sepulchral  urn, 
executed  in  very  low  relief.  (240.) 

No.  124.  Another  monumental  urn,  of  the  same  kind,^ 
inscribed  with  the  name  of  Phsedimus  of  Naucratis* 
(A.  51.) 


■gALOON.^  OREEK  SCULPTURES.  183’ 

No.  125.  The  capital  of  an  Ionic  column,  from  the  por» 
tico  of  the  Erechtheium,  at  Athens.  The  building  to  which 
this  singularly  beautiful  piece  of  architecture  belonged, 
was  a  double  temple  dedicated  to  Minerva  Polias  and  Pan- 
drosus.  (A.  47.) 

Nos.  126,  127‘  A  portion  of  the  shaft,  and  the  base,  of 
the  same  column.  (A.  48,  49.) 

No.  128.  An  architectural  statue ;  it  w^as  one  of  the 
Caryatides  which  supported  the  roof  under  which  the  olive 
tree  of  Minerva  was  sheltered  in  the  temple  of  Pandrosus 
at  Athens.  (A.  42.) 

No.  129.  A  piece  of  the  shaft  of  an  Ionic  column.  (A.  43.) 

No.  130.  A  capital  of  a  Doric  column,  from  the  Pro- 
pylsea,  at  Athens.  (206.) 

No.  131.  A  part  of  a  Doric  entablature,  from  the  Pro- 
pyleea  at  Athens.  (308.) 

No.  132.  A  solid  monumental  urn,  or  cenotaph,  with  a 
bas-relief  in  front,  not  inscribed.  (A.  50.) 

No.  133.  The  capital  of  an  Ionic  column  belonging  to  a 
temple  of  Diana  at  Daphne,  on  the  road  from  Athens  to 
Eleusis.  (A.  44.) 

No.  134.  Apiece  of  the  shaft  of  an  Ionic  column,  belong¬ 
ing  to  the  same  temple.  (A.  45.) 

No.  135.  The  base  of  an  Ionic  column,  likewise  belong¬ 
ing  to  the  same  temple.  (A.  46.) 

Nos.  136 — 149.  Casts  in  plaster  from  the  frieze  of  the 
pronaos  of  the  temple  of  Theseus.  The  subject  of  this 
frieze  is  a  battle  fought  in  the  presence  of  six  divinities, 
who  are  represented  sitting  in  the  midst  of  the  combatants. 
(A.  55—68.) 

Nos.  150 — 154.  Casts  in  plaster  from  the  frieze  of  the 
posticus  of  the  same  temple.  The  subject  of  these  sculp¬ 
tures  is  the  battle  of  the  Centaurs  and  Lapithse.  (A.  69 — ■ 
73.) 

Nos,  155 — 157*  Casts  in  plaster  of  three  of  the  metopes 
of  the  north  side  of  the  temple  of  Theseus  at  Athens.  The 
hrst  represents  Theseus  killing  Creon,  king  of  Thebes ;  the 
second,  Theseus  overcoming  Cercyon,  king  of  Eleusis,  in  a 
wrestling  match ;  and  the  third,  Theseus  killing  the 
Crommian  sow.  (A.  52 — 54.) 

Nos.  158,  159.  Two  bas-reliefs,  which  formed  part  of 
the  frieze  of  a  temple  of  the  Ionic  order  (near  the  Propyisea 


184  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  j^ELGIN 

at  Athens)^  and  dedicated  to  Aglauros.  The  subject  re¬ 
presented  on  them  is  a  combat  between  the  Greeks  and 
Persians.  (258,  257.) 

Nos.  160,  161.  Two  bas-reiiefs,  from  the  same  temple; 
the  combatants  appear  to  be  all  Greeks.  (259,  260.) 

No.  162.  Fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription,  very  im¬ 
perfect.  (182.) 

No.  163.  Ditto.  (183.) 

No.  164.  A  bas-relief,  representing  a  narrow  upright 
vase  with  one  handle ;  the  form  of  this  vase  very  much 
resembles  that  of  the  solid  urns,  so  often  used  by  the 
Greeks  as  sepulchral  monuments.  (276.) 

No.  165.  A  Greek  inscription  from  Athens,  signifying 
that  certain  gifts,  which  are  specified,  had  been  consecrated 
to  some  goddess,  probably  Venus,  by  a  female  who  held 
the  office  of  lighter  of  the  lamps,  and  interpreter  of  dreams, 
in  the  temple  of  the  goddess.  The  name  of  this  female, 
which  was  no  doubt  inserted  at  the  beginning  of  the  in¬ 
scription,  is  now  lost.  (88.) 

No.  166.  An  agonistic  inscription,  in  Greek,  consisting 
of  the  names  of  those  who  had  conquered  in  the  foot  race 
of  the  stadium,  and  double  stadium ;  in  wrestling ;  in 
boxing;  in  tine  pancratium  ;  2Lnd.  pentathlum,  (93.) 

No.  167*  A  fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription:  it  con¬ 
sists  of  twenty  lines  of  very  ancient  characters,  and  seems 
to  be  a  part  of  a  treaty.  (286.) 

No.  168.  A  Greek  inscription,  imperfect,  and  very  much 
defaced.  It  seems  to  be  an  inventory  of  valuable  articles 
contained  in  some  temple.  (277*) 

No.  169.  A  fleuron,  from  the  temple  of  Ceres  at  Eleu- 
sis,  (173.) 

No.  170.  A  capital  of  a  pilaster.  (174.) 

No.  171*  A  fragment  of  a  very  ancient  Greek  inscrip¬ 
tion  from  the  Acropolis  :  it  contains  an  account  of  certain 
expenses  defrayed  by  those  to  whom  the  care  of  the  public 
games  was  confided.  The  name  of  the  Archon,  under 
whom  the  stone  was  engraved,  is  effaced.  (159.) 

No.  172.  A  fragment  of  a  decree;  the  beginning  is 
wanting,  and  what  remains  is  much  mutilated.  At  the 
conclusion  of  the  decree  it  is  ordained  that  the  people  of 
Hierapytna  in  Crete  shall  affix  to  it  the  public  seal.  (157.) 

No.  173.  A  Greek  inscription,  written  in  two  columns  ; 


SALOON.] 


GREEK  SCULPTURES. 


185 


it  contains  a  list  of  names  arranged  in  the  order  of  the 
tribes  to  which  they  respectively  belonged.  (92.) 

No.  174.  A  votive  Greek  inscription^  dedicated  by 
some  sailors,  as  a  mark  of  their  gratitude,  to  Apollo  of 
Tarsus.  (223.) 

No.  175.  A  sepulchral  column,  of  large  dimensions;  it 
is  inscribed  with  the  name  of  Aristides,  who  was  the  son 
of  Lysimachus,  and  a  native  of  Estisea.  (305^.) 

No.  176*  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  representing  a 
figure  standing  upright  in  a  dignified  attitude ;  it  is  pro¬ 
bably  intended  for  Bacchus.  (107.) 

No.  177*  A  piece  of  a  frieze,  or  architectural  ornament 
from  the  tomb  of  Agamemnon  at  M  ycenae.  The  sculpture 
is  exceedingly  ancient,  and  consists  of  two  kinds  of  scroll¬ 
work,  one  of  which  represents  the  curling  of  the  waves, 
and  the  other  a  series  of  paterae  which  are  perfectly  fiat 
and  plain.  The  stone  is  of  a  brilliant  green  colour.  (220.) 

No.  178.  A  fragment  of  a  colossal  female  statue,  from 
one  of  the  pediments  of  the  Parthenon  ;  it  has  belonged  to 
a  sitting  figure,  of  which  the  only  remaining  part  is  the 
left  thigh,  covered  with  drapery.  (156.) 

No.  179.  A  circular  altar,  from  the  island  of  Delos;  it 
is  ornamented  with  the  heads  of  bulls  and  festoons  in  very 
bold  relief.  (106.) 

No.  180.  A  piece  of  frieze  or  architectural  ornament, 
from  the  same  place  as  No.  177-  It  consists  of  three  rows 
of  scroll-work,  all  of  which  are  similar  representations  of 
the  revolving  of  the  waves.  The  colour  of  the  stone  is 
bright  red.  (221.) 

No.  181.  A  sepulchral  column  with  an  inscription  to 
the  memory  of  Theodotus,  who  was  the  son  of  Diodorus, 
and  a  native  of  Antioch.  (225.) 

No.  182.  A  sepulchral  solid  urn,  with  a  bas-relief  re¬ 
presenting  three  figures,  one  of  which  is  seated.  The 
inscription  presents  us  with  the  following  names :  Archa- 
goras,  Pythyllis,  and  Polystratus.  (274.) 

No.  183.  A  sepulchral  column  inscribed  with  the  name 
of  Socrates,  son  of  Socrates,  and  a  native  of  Ancyra,  a  city 
of  Galatia.  (164.) 

No.  184.  A  sepulchral  column  of  Menestratus,  the  son 
of  Thoracides,  and  a  native  of  Corinth.  (168.) 

No.  185.  A  Greek  inscription,  imperfect,  containing  an 


186  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [eLGIN 

account  of  the  treasures  of  some  temple,  probably  those  of 
the  Parthenon.  The  characters  which  we  see  on  this 
marble  are  of  a  much  more  modern  form  than  in  the  in¬ 
scription  of  the  same  kind.  No.  379.  (216.) 

No.  186.  A  sun-dial,  with  four  different  dials  repre¬ 
sented  on  as  many  faces.  The  inscription  imports  that 
it  is  the  work  of  Pheedrus,  the  son  of  Zoilus,  a  native  of 
Paeania.  From  the  form  of  the  letters  of  this  inscription, 
the  sun-dial  cannot  have  been  made  much  earlier  than 
the  time  of  the  Emperor  Severus.  It  was  found  at  Athens. 
(285.) 

No.  187*  A  fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription  :  it  is  a 
decree  of  the  people  of  Athens  in  honour  of  Hosacharas, 
a  Macedonian.  This  decree  was  passed  in  the  Archon- 
ship  of  Nicodorus,  in  the  3d  year  of  the  116th  Olym¬ 
piad.  (280.) 

No.  188.  A  solid  urn,  or  cenotaph,  in  the  front  of 
which  two  figures,  a  man  and  a  woman,  are  represented 
joining  hands.  The  former  is  standing,  the  latter  is 
seated.  The  names  of  both  were  probably  inscribed  upon 
the  urn,  but  that  of  the  woman  only  is  preserved,  Ada, 
(110.) 

No.  189.  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  representing  a 
procession  of  three  figures,  the  last  of  which  carries  a  large 
basket  on  his  head :  they  are  accompanied  by  two  children. 
(284.) 

No.  190.  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  representing  two  of 
the  goddesses,  Latona  and  Diana,  in  procession.  Similar 
bas-reliefs,  in  a  more  perfect  state,  are  preserved  in  the  Al- 
bani  collection.  The  temple  which  is  here  introduced,  is 
probably  that  of  Apollo,  which  stood  in  the  street  at  Athens, 
called  The  Tripods.’"  (103.) 

No.  191.  A  fragment  of  the  upper  part  of  a  sepulchral 
stMe.  (95.) 

No.  192.  A  solid  funeral  urn,  of  large  dimensions. 
It  has  a  bas-relief  in  front,  representing  two  figures 
joining  hands  ;  these  figures  consist  of  a  female  who  is 
seated,  and  a  man  who  is  standing  before  her.  The 
Greek  inscription  gives  us  the  names  of  both  persons : 
one  is  Pamphilus,  the  son  of  Mixiades,  and  a  native  of 
jEgilia ;  and  the  other  is  Archippe,  the  daughter  of  ]\Iixi- 
ades.  (237«) 


SALOON.]  GBEEK  SGULPTUBES.  187 

No.  193.  A  bas-relief,  representing  a  Bacchanalian 
group?  found  among  the  ruins  of  the  theatre  of  Bacchus? 
on  the  south-west  of  the  Acropolis.  It  consists  of  four 
figures,  each  carrying  a  thyrsus  j  one  of  these  is  Bacchus, 
dressed  in  the  Indian  costume,  who  with  his  right  hand  is 
holding  out  a  double-handled  vase?  into  which  a  female 
Bacchante  is  pouring  wine  from  a  monota?  or  vase  with  one 
handle.  On  each  side  of  these  figures  is  an  elderly  Faun, 
in  a  dancing  attitude?  one  of  whom  is  glancing  his  eye  at 
the  contents  of  a  large  vessel  of  wine  placed  on  the  ground. 
(235.) 

No.  194.  The  upper  part  of  the  head  of  an  Egyptian 
idol,  in  granite ;  the  head  is  that  of  a  lion?  and  is  remark¬ 
able  for  being  ornamented  with  a  crown  of  serpents?  simi¬ 
lar  to  that  which  is  spoken  of  in  the  Rosetta  inscrip¬ 
tion.  (105.) 

No.  195.  A  very  large  funeral  urn,  solid?  and  without 
any  inscription.  It  has  three  figures  in  bas-relief ;  the 
first  of  these  is  clothed  in  a  tunic  and  is  seated ;  the  se¬ 
cond  is  a  warrior  standing  up  and  joining  hands  with  th^ 
former  ?*  and  the  third  is  a  boy  carrying  a  large  circular 
shield.  (228.) 

No.  196.  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief?  representing  a 
female  figure  seated  in  a  chair?  with  a  child  standing 
by  her  side  ;  the  upper  part  of  the  woman  is  wanting- 
This  fragment  is  probably  part  of  a  sepulchral  monu¬ 
ment.  (162.) 

No.  197*  A  bas-relief?  imperfect?  representing  a  cha¬ 
rioteer  driving  four  horses  at  full  speed  ;  a  figure  of  Vic¬ 
tory  is  flying  towards  him  with  a  crown.  (236). 

No.  198.  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief?  representing  part 
of  the  body  and  legs  of  a  boy.  (109.) 

No.  199.  A  cinerary  urn?  ornamented  in  front  with 
four  standing  figures  ;  two  of  these?  in  the  centre?  are  join¬ 
ing  hands,  the  other  two  are  in  a  pensive  attitude.  The 
names  of  all  the  figures  were  originally  inscribed  on  the  urn  ; 
the  first  name  is  not  legible ;  the  others  are  Philia?  Metro- 
dora?  and  Meles.  (148.) 

No.  200.  A  small  female  figure?  covered  with  drapery  ; 
it  is  without  a  head.  (90.) 

No.  201.  A  sepulchral  column  of  Thalia?  the  daughter 
of  Callistratus?  of  Aexonc..  (149.) 


188  GALLERY  OP  ANTIQUITIES.  [eLGIN 

No.  202.  A  votive  Greek  inscription^  dedicated  bj 
Gorgias,  the  Gymnasiarch.  (224.) 

No.  203.  A  decree  of  the  people  of  Tenos,  in  honour 
of  Ammonius,  their  benefactor :  this  decree  is  directed  to 
be  engraved  on  marble,  and  affixed  in  the  temple  of  Nep¬ 
tune  and  Amphitrite.  Strabo  and  Tacitus  mention  a  cele¬ 
brated  temple  that  was  dedicated  to  Neptune  in  this 
island,  and  it  is  highly  probable  that  the  same  temple  was 
dedicated  to  Amphitrite,  as  well  as  to  Neptune.  Nep¬ 
tune  and  his  symbols  frequently  occur  on  the  coins  of 
Tenos.  (231.) 

No.  204.  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  on  which  are  re¬ 
presented  part  of  the  skin  of  an  animal  and  the  branch  of 
a  tree.  (158.) 

No.  205.  Fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription,  very  imper¬ 
fect.  (178.) 

No.  206.  A  fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription,  engraved 
in  very  ancient  characters.  It  seems  to  be  a  treaty  be¬ 
tween  the  Athenians  and  the  people  of  Rhegium,  a  town 
of  the  Bruttii,  in  Italy.  (282.) 

No.  207.  A  small  statue  of  a  boy,  imperfect ;  he  is  in 
the  attitude  of  looking  up.  (293.) 

No.  208.  A  sepulchral  column  of  Mysta :  the  Greek 
inscription  informs  us  that  she  was  a  native  of  Miletus, 
daughter  of  Dionysius,  and  wife  of  Rhaton,  who  was  a 
native  of  Thria,  a  town  belonging  to  the  tribe  of  (Eneis. 
(111.) 

Nos.  209 — 218.  Ten  objects  of  small  dimensions  :  they 
represent  (with  two  exceptions)  various  parts  of  the  human 
body,  and  have  been  offered  up  as  vows  to  J upiter  Hyp- 
sistos,  praying  for  the  cure  of  diseases  in  those  parts,  or 
in  gratitude  for  cures  already  received.  The  part  of  the 
body  which  had  received  a  cure  has  been  broken  off  from 
No.  212  ,*  but  the  inscription  implies,  that  Syntrophus 
presents  it  as  a  mark  of  his  gratitude  to  Jupiter  Hypsistos. 
No.  213  is  a  prayer  in  behalf  of  Euphrosynus.  (247^  245, 
249,  252,  241,  251,  248,  246,  253,  250.) 

Nos.  219,  220.  Two  pieces  of  the  architrave  belonging 
to  the  temple  of  Erechtheus  at  Athens.  (291,  85.) 

No.  221 .  A  fragment  of  a  boy,  holding  a  bird  under 
his  arm,  and  feeding  it.  (81.) 

No.  222,  A  sepulchral  column,  inscribed  with  the 


SALOON.]  GREEK  SCULPTURES.  189 

name  of  Botryclius^  son  of  Euphanus^  and  a  native  of 
Heraclea.  (278.) 

No.  223.  A  Greek  inscription^  imperfect^  engraved  in 
very  small  characters :  it  is  an  enumeration  of  the  sacred 
dresses  which  belonged  to  some  temple.  (283.) 

No.  224,  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief^  representing  the 
fore-legs  and  part  of  the  body  of  a  bull,  (160.) 

No.  225.  Fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription  ;  very  im¬ 
perfect.  (180.) 

No.  226.  A  fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription  ;  it  is  the 
latter  part  of  a  decree  in  honour  of  a  person  who  had  de¬ 
served  well  of  some  particular  city.  It  is  directed,  as  in 
the  inscription  No.  203,  that  the  decree  shall  be  engraved 
on  marble,  and  placed  in  the  temple  of  Neptune  and  Am- 
phitrite.  (230.) 

No.  227.  A  small  figure  of  Telesphorus,  completely  en¬ 
veloped  in  a  cloak ;  it  wants  the  head.  (7^)« 

No.  228.  A  sepulchral  column,  with  an  inscription  to 
the  memory  of  Biottus,  who  was  the  son  of  Philoxenus, 
and  a  native  of  Diradium.  (275.) 

No.  229.  A  sepulchral  stMe,  with  a  bas-relief,  representing 
a  man  clothed  in  a  tunic.  The  inscription  over  this 
figure  records  the  name  of  Erasippus,  who  was  the  son  of 
Callinicus,  and  a  native  of  GEum  in  Attica.  (212.) 

No.  230.  A  solid  sepulchral  urn,  with  a  bas-relief,  re¬ 
presenting  five  figures,  executed  in  a  singularly  rude  style. 
The  first  of  these  figures  is  a  boy  carrying  a  large  circular 
shield,  the  second  is  a  warrior  joining  hands  with  a  third 
person,  who  is  seated  before  him  :  the  group  is  completed 
by  the  introduction  of  a  child,  and  of  a  female  whose  atti¬ 
tude  evinces  a  dejected  state  of  mind.  Over  the  warrior 
is  the  name  of  Sosippus,  in  Greek  letters.  (239.) 

No.  231.  The  capital  of  an  Ionic  column,  from  the 
temple  of  Diana,  at  Daphne.  (80). 

No.  232.  The  upper  part  of  the  shaft  of  a  small  Ionic 
column.  (310.) 

No.  233.  The  capital  of  a  Corinthian  column.  (308^.) 

No.  234.  A  fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription  ;  it  is  too 
imperfect  to  admit  of  a  full  explanation/  but  it  seems  to 
have  been  in  honour  of  a  person  who  had  distinguished 
himself  on  some  occasion  by  great  humanity.  (170.) 

No.  235.  A  fragment  of  a  decree  made  by  a  Society 


190 


e^ALLERY  OP  ANTIQUITIES.  [ELGIN 

'which  is  distinguished  by  a  number  of  epithets^,  among 
which  are  two  derived  from  the  names  of  Hadrian  and 
Antoninus.  The  Society  appears  to  have  been  formed  of 
musicians^  and  the  decree  to  have  been  passed  in  honour  of 
Bacchus  and  the  Emperor  Antoninus  Pius.  A  patera  is 
represented  on  the  upper  part  of  this  marble.  (161.) 

No.  236.  A  sepulchral  inscription^  in  six  elegiac 
verses,  to  a  young  man  of  the  name  of  Plutarchus,  who 
died  in  Ausonia,  at  a  distance  from  his  native  country. 
(242.) 

No.  237.  A  Greek  inscription,  imperfect.  (287-) 

No.  238.  An  amphora.  (215.) 

No.  239.  An  unknown  female  head,  the  hair  of  which 
is  concealed  within  a  close  head-dress.  (122.) 

No,  240.  Afragment  of  an  unknown  female  head.  (255.) 

No,  241.  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  representing  an 
unknown  female  head  :  from  the  style  of  the  hair,  which 
is  curiously  plaited,  we  may  fix  the  sculpture  to  about  the 
time  of  Antoninus  Pius.  (123.) 

No.  242.  A  head  of  the  bearded  Hercules.  (120.) 

No.  243.  A  head  of  the  bearded  Hercules,  similar  to 
the  last,  but  of  larger  dimensions,  (117*) 

No.  244.  A  large  head.  (266.) 

No.  245.  A  female  torso,  covered  with  drapery.  (296.) 

No.  246.  A  large  head.  (263.) 

No.  247»  An  unknown  bearded  head,  very  much  muti¬ 
lated  :  it  is  larger  than  life,  and  is  crowned  with  a  very 
thick  cord-shaped  diadem.  (119.) 

No.  248,  The  head  of  a  middle-aged  man,  with  a  conical 
bonnet ;  it  appears  to  have  had  very  little  beard,  and  is 
most  probably  the  head  of  a  mariner,  (116.) 

No.  249.  A  fragment  of  a  head,  crowned  with  vine 
leaves :  it  appears  to  have  been  executed  at  a  declining 
period  of  the  arts.  (121.) 

No.  250.  An  unknowai  female  head,  the  hair  of  which 
is  confined  within  a  close  elegantly  formed  cap.  The  same 
style  of  head-dress  is  observable  on  some  of  the  silver  coins 
of  Corinth.  (114,) 

No.  251.  The  head  of  a  laughing  figure,  executed  in  the 
early  hard  style  of  Greek  sculpture,  (1 15.) 

No.  252 — 255.  Four  pieces  of  the  frie5:e  from  the 

temple  of  Erechtheus  at  Athens ;  they  are  enriched  with 


SALOON.]  GREEK  SCULPTURES.  191 

flowers  and  other  ornaments^,  which  are  designed  with  the 
most  perfect  taste^  and  are  chiselled  with  a  degree  of  sharp¬ 
ness  and  precision  truly  admirable.  (127 — 130.) 

No.  256.  The  base  on  which  a  statue  has  stood ;  the 
feet^  which  still  remain^  are  very  wide  apart^  and  shew  that 
the  figure  must  have  been  in  powerful  action ;  they  are 
presumed  to  be  the  feet  of  Minerva,  from  the  west  pedi¬ 
ment  of  the  Parthenon.  See  No.  102.  (201.) 

No.  257«  An  amphora.  (171-) 

No.  258.  The  upper  part  of  a  sepulchral  stele,  having 
the  inscription,  as  well  as  the  arabesque  ornament  on  the 
summit,  perfect.  The  inscription  is  to  the  memory  of 
Asclepiodorus  the  son  of  Thraso,  and  Epicydes  the  son  of 
Asclepiodorus ;  both  the  deceased  were  natives  of  Olyn- 
thus,  a  city  in  Macedonia.  (169.) 

No.  259.  The  upper  part  of  a  sepulchral  stele,  inscribed 
w'ith  the  name  of  Euphrosynus.  (155.) 

No.  260.  A  piece  of  Doric  entablature,  originally 
painted.  (154.) 

No.  261.  A  Greek  inscription,  imperfect  at  the  end, 
being  a  contract  respecting  the  letting  of  some  lands  and 
salt  pits  by  the  people  of  Piraeus.  Presented,  in  1785,  by 
the  Dilettanti  Society,  (289.) 

No.  262.  An  unknown  bust.  (100.) 

No.  263.  A  sepulchral  solid  urn,  ornamented  with 
reeds,  and  inscribed  with  the  name  of  Timophon,  the  son 
of  Timostratus,  and  a  native  of  Anagyrus,  whose  inhabit¬ 
ants  were  of  the  tribe  of  Erechtheis.  (163.) 

No.  264.  The  capital  of  an  Ionic  column  belonging  to 
a  temple  of  Diana,  at  Daphne,  in  the  road  to  Eleusis. 

,  (295.) 

I  No.  265.  A  piece  of  the  shaft  of  a  small  Ionic  column, 

I  the  lower  part  of  which  is  fluted  and  reeded.  (297*) 
i  No.  266.  A  sepulchral  stMe,  with  a  very  ancient  in- 
I  scription  ^to  the  memory  of  Aristophosa  and  others.  A  pe- 
i  culiarity  ^occurs  in  this  inscription,  namely,  that  the  letters 
I  VO  are  twice  used  for  viov,  (214.) 

No.  267.  A  Greek  inscription,  engraved  on  two  sides  of 
I  a  thick  slab  of  marble.  It  is  an  inventory  of  the  valuable 
:  articles  which  were  kept  in  the  Opisthodomos  of  the  Par¬ 
thenon  at  Athens.  (305.) 

No.  268.  A  fragment  of  the  capital  of  a  Corinthian 


192  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [eLGIN 

column :  it  is  ornamented  with  the  leaves  of  the  laurel  and 
acanthus.  (102.) 

No.  269.  Fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription,  very  imper¬ 
fect.  (193.) 

No.  270.  Ditto.  (190.) 

No.  271.  Ditto.  (1970 
No.  272.  Ditto.  (189.) 

No.  273.  Ditto.  (179.) 

No.  274.  A  sepulchral  Greek  inscription,  engraved  on  a 
piece  of  entablature.  It  consists  of  two  lines  in  prose,  and 
sixteen  in  pentameter  verse.  The  name  of  the  deceased 
was  Publius  Phyedrus,  a  native  of  Sunium,  son  of  Theo- 
philus  and  Cecropia,  and  grandson  of  Pistoteles.  The  in¬ 
scription  states  that  he  was  of  noble  family,  and  that  his 
death  was  followed  by  the  universal  regret  of  the  Athe¬ 
nians,  on  account  of  his  youth,  learning,  wisdom,  and  per¬ 
sonal  accomplishments.  (153.) 

No.  275.  A  fragment  of  a  cinerary  urn,  on  which 
are  represented  four  figures  in  bas-relief.  The  two  central 
figures  consist  of  a  young  man  and  woman  who  are  joining 
hands,  and  whose  names  are  inscribed  above  in  Greek  cha¬ 
racters,  Demostrata  and  Callistus.  Two  other  figures  are 
standing  by  the  side  of  these,  in  a  pensive  attitude.  (104.) 

No.  276.  A  Greek  inscription,  engraved  on  two  sides 
of  a  large  piece  of  marble.  It  is  an  inventory  of  the 
sacred  treasures  belonging  to  the  Parthenon.  (298.) 

No.  277*  Fragment  of  a  figure.  (147.) 

No.  278.  A  bas-relief,  representing  Hygeia  feeding  a 
serpent  out  of  a  patera.  She  is  seated  on  a  throne  which 
is  covered  with  a  cushion,  and  her  feet  are  placed  upon  a 
footstool.  She  wears  a  high  ornament,  or  tutulus,  on  her 
head,  and  she  has  a  fan,  in  the  shape  of  an  ivy  leaf,  in  her 
left  hand.  (238.) 

No.  279.  A  bas-relief,  imperfect,  representing  a  god¬ 
dess  seated  on  a  chair  or  throne,  behind  whom  are  seven 
figures,  four  of  which  are  children  ;  one  of  the  latter  is  lead¬ 
ing  a  ram  to  an  altar,  the  rest  are  in  the  attitude  of  devo¬ 
tion.  (94.) 

No.  280.  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  representing  a 
female  sitting.  (279.) 

No.  281.  Fragment  of  a  figure.  (146.) 

No.  282.  A  Greek  inscription,  engraved  on  two  sur- 


SALOON.]  ©REEK  SCULPTURES.  193 

faces  of  a  tablet  of  marble.  It  is  an  inventory  of  articles 
of  gold  and  silver  belonging  to  the  Parthenon,  and  which 
the  quaestors  of  the  temple  acknowledge  that  they  have  re¬ 
ceived  from  their  predecessors,  (311.) 

No.  283.  The  upper  part  of  a  sepulchral  stele,  in¬ 
scribed  with  the  name  of  Eumachus,  who  was  the  son  of 
Eumachus,  and  of  the  city  of  Alopece.  Presented,  in 
1785,  hy  the  Dilettanti  Society,  (292^.) 

No.  284,  Fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription,  very  im¬ 
perfect.  (184.) 

No.  285,  A  fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription,  contain¬ 
ing  a  list  of  Athenians,  with  the  townships  to  which  they 
respectively  belonged.  We  read  the  names  of  no  less  than 
twelve  different  townships  in  this  small  fragment ;  namely, 
according  to  the  order  in  which  they  occur,  Sunium,  lonidiae, 
Alopece,  Pallene,  Halse,  Ericea,  Colonus,  Sphettus,  Ce- 
riadae,  Thoricus,  Hephaestia,  and  Bate.  (222.) 

No.  286.  The  upper  part  of  a  sepulchral  column,  with 
an  inscription  to  the  memory  of  a  person  named  Simon, 
who  was  the  son  of  Aristus,  and  a  native  of  Halae  in 
Attica.  (217.) 

No.  287*  Fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription,  very  im¬ 
perfect.  (185.) 

No.  288.  Ditto.  (187.) 

No.  289.  A  portion  of  the  cornice  from  the  portico  of 
the  Erechtheium  at  Athens.  (165.) 

No.  290.  The  upper  part  of  a  sepulchral  stMe,  orna¬ 
mented  with  leaves  and  flowers ;  the  inscription  is  to  the 
memory  of  Chabrias.  (226.) 

No.  291.  A  Greek  inscription,  engraved  on  three  sides 
of  a  piece  of  marble.  The  characters  are  extremely  an¬ 
cient  ;  but  unfortunately  the  marble  has  been  very  much 
mutilated,  and  the  letters  defaced.  (309.) 

No.  292.  An  amphora,  (211.) 

No.  293.  A  bas-relief,  representing  a  votive  figure  of 
Cybele,  seated  in  a  kind  of  small  temple.  (970 

No.  294.  Fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription,  very  imper¬ 
fect.  (192.) 

No.  295.  A  fragment  of  a  sepulchral  stele  from  which 
the  bas-relief  has  been  almost  entirely  broken  away ;  the 
inscription  is  to  the  memory  of  Hieroclea,  the  daughter  of 
Leucius.  (218.) 


194  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [eLGIN 

No.  296.  Fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription^  very  im¬ 
perfect.  (188.) 

No.  297*  A  small  tile^  in  terracotta,  which  has  been 
used  to  cover  the  joints  of  the  larger  tiles.  The  front  is 
enriched  with  a  fleuron,  and  is  also  inscribed  with  the 
name  of  the  maker,  Athenseus.  (113.) 

No.  298.  A  votive  monument  with  two  Greek  verses, 
signifying  that  Horarius  had  dedicated  some  lamps,  which 
he  won  in  the  games,  to  Mercury  and  Hercules.  The  bas- 
relief  above,  which  probably  represented  the  two  deities 
here  mentioned,  is  almost  entirely  broken  away ;  only  the 
feet  of  one  figure  remain.  (219.) 

No.  299.  Fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription,  very  im¬ 
perfect.  (198.) 

No.  300.  A  small  bas-relief,  imperfect,  representing 
Cybele  seated.  Presented,  in  1820,  hy  John  P,  Gandy 
JDeering,  Esq.  (103*.) 

Nos.  301 — 309.  Fragments  of  figures,  many  of  which 
have  belonged  to  the  metopes  of  the  Parthenon.  (131 — 134, 
136—140.) 

Nos.  310 — 315.  Fragments  of  colossal  statues,  some  of 
which  have  probably  belonged  to  figures  which  stood  in  the 
pediments  of  the  Parthenon.  (261,  264,  267^  270,  272, 
27P.) 

No.  316.  A  small  statue  of  a  Muse,  without  a  head ;  it 
was  probably  intended  to  represent  Polyhymnia.  (208.) 

No.  317-  A  sepulchral  column,  inscribed  with  the 
name  of  Callimachus,  who  was  a  native  of  the  city  of 
Aexone,  and  the  son  of  Callistratus.  (209.) 

No.  318.  A  base  of  a  column  brought  from  the  plains 
of  Troy.  (210.) 

No.  319.  Fragment  of  a  figure.  (143.) 

No.  320.  Fragment  of  No.  327.  (141.) 

No.  321.  The  chest  of  a  female  figure,  covered  with 
drapery  ;  it  has  probably  belonged  to  one  of  the  metopes 
of  the  Parthenon.  (70.) 

No.  322.  Fragment  of  No.  327.  (142.) 

No.  323.  A  fragment  of  a  metope  of  the  Parthenon  ; 
it  is  the  torso  of  one  of  the  Lapithse.  (294.) 

No.  324.  An  oblong  shallow  vessel  for  containing  holy 
water.  The  front  is  ornamented  with  a  bas-relief  repre¬ 
senting  five  figures,  one  of  which,  probably  J uno,  is  seated 


SALOON.] 


GREEK  SCULPTURES. 


195 


on  a  throne :  of  the  remaining  figures^  three  females  are 
imploring  the  benediction  of  the  goddess  in  behalf  of  their 
children^  whom  they  are  carrying  in  their  arms^  and  a 
fourth  is  bringing  oblations.  From  Cape  Sigeum^  near 
the  plain  of  Troy.  (99.) 

No.  325.  A  colossal  head,  much  mutilated ;  it  was 
found  in  the  temple  of  Nemesis,  at  Fhamnus,  in  Attica, 
and  is  supposed  to  be  the  head  of  Nemesis.  Presented,  in 
1820,  hy  John  P,  Gandy  Deering,  Esq.  (273.) 

No.  326.  The  feet  of  a  male  statue,  on  the  plinth.  Pre¬ 
sented,  in  1820,  hy  John  P,  Gandy  Deerhig,  Esq,  (107^'.) 

No.  327.  A  torso  of  a  male  figure,  probably  that  of 
-^culapius.  (202,  135,  151.) 

No.  328.  A  sepulchral  column  to  the  memory  of  Callis, 
who  was  the  daughter  of  Strato,  and  a  native  of  the  city 
of  Gargettus.  (203.) 

No.  329.  A  base  of  a  column,  brought  from  the  plains 
of  Troy.  (204.) 

No.  330.  A  fragment  of  a  square  altar,  which  has  pro¬ 
bably  been  dedicated  to  Bacchus.  The  ornaments  on  two 
of  the  sides  only  have  been  preserved ;  these  represent 
female  Bacchantes  in  dancing  attitudes.  One  of  the  figures 
holds  a  shawl  or  veil  in  her  hands,  the  other  brandishes  a 
thyrsus.  (112.) 

No.  331.  A  fragment  of  a  sepulchral  stele;  the  in¬ 
scription  is  very  imperfect,  but  records  the  name  of  Mu- 
sonia.  The  summit  is  ornamented  with  the  figure  of  a 
butterfly  on  some  fruit.  (150.) 

No.  332.  A  fragment  of  a  statue  of  Hygeia.  (125.) 

No.  333.  A  small  fragment  of  a  very  ancient  Greek 
inscription,  written  in  the  hiistrophedon  manner.  Pre- 
sented,  in  1785,  hy  the  Dilettanti  Society,  (81*.) 

No.  334.  An  imperfect  Greek  inscription,  engraved  on 
three  sides  of  a  piece  of  marble,  in  very  ancient  letters. 
Presented,  in  1785,  by  the  Dilettanti  Society,  (87.) 

No.  335.  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  with  part  of  an 
inscription.  (126.) 

No.  336.  A  bas-relief,  imperfect,  inscribed  with  the 
names  of  Aristodice,  Aristarchus,  and  Athenais,  natives  of 
Sestus.  Presented,  in  1785,  hy  the  Dilettanti  Society, 
(236*.) 

No.  337.  Part  of  the  stem  of  a  candelabrum  ornamented 

K  2 


196  j  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [ELGIN 

with  four  female  figures^  one  of  which  is  playing  on  the 
lyre^  and  the  others^,  with  joined  hands,  are  leading  the 
dance.  (124.) 

Nos.  338^5  339.  Fragments  of  colossal  statues.  (265^, 
269.) 

No.  340.  A  part  of  a  colossal  foot,  probably  belonging 
to  a  figure  in  one  of  the  pediments  of  the  Parthenon.  (244.) 

No.  341.  The  left  knee  of  a  colossal  statue  of  very 
fine  work  :  it  has  probably  belonged  to  a  figure  in  one  of 
the  pediments  of  the  Parthenon.  (256.) 

No.  342.  Fragment  of  a  statue.  (268.) 

No.  343.  Ditto.  (144.) 

No.  344.  An  amphora.  (176.) 

No.  345.  A  funeral  inscription  to  the  memory  of  Po- 
lyllus ;  it  consists  of  one  line  in  prose,  and  two  in  verse. 
The  line  in  prose  gives  us  only  the  name  and  titles  of 
Polyllus,  and  the  verses  intimate  that  Polystratus  had 
erected  a  statue  to  the  deceased,  and  had  placed  it  under 
the  protection  of  Minerva  ,*  the  marble  on  which  this  in¬ 
scription  is  cut  formed  a  part  of  the  base  on  which  the 
statue  stood.  (292.) 

No.  346.  A  Greek  inscription,  relating  to  the  Eryth- 
raeans  :  the  characters  are  very  ancient.  (288.) 

No.  347*  A  fragment  of  a  decree  of  the  Athenians,  en¬ 
graved  on  a  very  large  piece  of  marble.  So  much  has 
been  broken  away  from  this  inscription,  that  the  precise 
object  of  it  is  not  easily  collected  :  it  is  ordained,  however, 
that  the  decree  shall  be  fixed  up  in  the  Acropolis.  (281.) 

No.  348.  A  very  ancient  Greek  inscription,  which  has 
served  as  an  epitaph  on  the  tomb  of  the  Athenian  war¬ 
riors  killed  at  Potidsea.  This  inscription,  which  originally 
consisted  of  twelve  elegiac  verses,  has  suflfered  from  the  in¬ 
juries  of  time.  (290.) 

No.  349.  Fragment  of  a  figure.  (145.) 

No.  350.  Fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription,  very  im¬ 
perfect.  (195.) 

No.  351.  A  sepulchral  stMe,  with  an  ornament  of 
flowers  on  the  summit.  It  is  inscribed  with  the  names  of 
Hippocrates  and  Baucis.  (175.) 

Nos.  352 — 360.  Casts  in  plaster  of  the  frieze  of  the 
Choragic  Monument  of  Lysicrates,  commonly  called  the 
Lanthorn  of  Demosthenes.  The  subject  of  this  frieze  is 


GKEEK  SCULPTURES. 


SALOON.] 


197 


the  story  of  Bacchus  and  the  Tyrrhenian  pirates.  (A.  89^ 
97,  96,  95,  94,  93,  92,  91,  90.) 

No.  361.  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  representing  an 
elderly  man  before  one  of  the  gods,  probably  Bacchus, 
who  appears  to  hold  a  vase  in  his  right  hand.  (84.) 

No.  362.  A  fragment  of  a  decree  of  the  people  of 
Tenos,  in  honour  of  some  benefactor,  whose  name  is  not 
preserved  on  the  marble.  (232.) 

No.  363.  A  fragment  of  a  public  act  relating  to  the 
people  of  Athens  and  Myrina.  (234.) 

No.  364.  A  fragment  of  a  public  act  of  the  Athenians ; 
it  consists  of  twenty-one  imperfect  lines,  and  seems  to  re¬ 
late  to  the  repair  of  the  pavements  and  roads  in  the  neigh¬ 
bourhood  of  Athens.  (233.) 

No.  365.  An  architectural  fragment,  which  has  formed 
one  of  the  ornaments  of  a  roof.  (243.) 

No.  366.  A  sepulchral  Greek  inscription  in  ten  verses, 
of  M^hich  the  first  two  and  the  last  two  are  in  the  elegiac 
measure,  and  the  rest  are  hexameters.  The  inscription  is 
in  memory  of  a  young  lady  of  extraordinary  beauty,  named 
Tryphera,  who  died  at  the  early  age  of  25  years.  (152.) 

No.  367-  An  architectural  fragment,  similar  to  No, 
365.  (254.) 

No.  368.  A  Greek  inscription  relating  to  Oropus. 
Presented)  in  1820,  by  John  P.  Gandy  Deering,  Esq, 
(106*.) 

Nos.  369,  370.  Fragments  of  Greek  inscriptions,  very 
imperfect.  (191,  196.) 

No.  371.  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  representing 
Minerva  placing  a  crown  upon  a  person’s  head.  (89.) 

No.  372.  A  sepulchral  stele  with  a  Greek  inscription, 
consisting  of  four  lines  and  a  half,  part  of  which  is  written 
in  prose  and  part  in  verse.  The  inscription  informs  us 
that  the  monument  was  erected  by  a  mother  to  the  memory 
of  her  two  sons,  Diitrephes  and  Pericles,  the  former  of 
whom  was  a  soldier  of  Parium ;  and  also  to  the  memory  of 
her  daughter,  whose  name  was  Agnes,  and  that  of  her 
brother,  Demophoon,  who  was  a  soldier  of  Parium.  (172-) 

No.  373.  A  sepulchral  stele.  The  bas-relief  in  front, 
the  lower  part  of  which  is  broken  away,  represents  two 
females  joining  hands,  one  of  whom  is  seated  and  veiled, 
the  other  standing.  Between  these  appears  an  old  man. 


198  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [[eLGIN 

clothed  in  a  tunic^  and  standing  in  a  pensive  attitude. 
(229.) 

No.  374.  A  votive  Greek  inscription  of  Antisthenes, 
the  priest  of  Pandion  :  he  was  the  son  of  Antiphates^  and 
belonged  to  the  tribe  of  Pandionis.  (86.) 

No.  375.  A  bas-relief,  representing  a  young  man 
standing  between  two  goddesses,  Vesta  and  Minerva,  who 
are  crowning  him.  (82,) 

No.  376.  A  bas-relief,  representing  two  divinities, 
namely,  Jupiter  seated  on  a  throne,  and  Juno  standing 
before  him  ;  the  latter  is  removing  the  veil  from  her  face, 
as  if  to  address  the  king  of  the  gods.  (227-) 

No.  377*  A  Greek  inscription,  imperfect,  but  of  which 
hfty-hve  lines  remain.  It  is  written  in  the  Boeotian 
^olic  dialect,  and  is  a  treaty  between  the  cities  of  Orcho- 
menus  in  Boeotia  and  Elateea  in  Phocis,  respecting  some 
payments  due  from  the  Orchomenians  to  the  Elateeans. 
These  payments  were  for  the  rent  of  certain  pastures 
which  the  people  of  Elataea  had  let  out  to  the  Orchome¬ 
nians.  The  treaty  confirms  the  payment  of  the  stipulated 
sums,  and  renews  the  treaty  of  pasturage  for  four  years. 

No.  378.  A  Greek  inscription,  engraved  on  two  sides 
of  a  tablet  of  marble.  It  is  a  decree  of  the  council  of  the 
Boeotians,  ordaining  the  election  of  three  extraordinary 
magistrates,  who,  in  concert  with  the  ordinary  magistrates, 
were  to  take  charge  of  the  re-casting  of  some  articles  of 
gold  and  silver,  belonging  to  the  temple  of  Amphiaraus,  and 
which  had  been  injured  by  the  effects  of  time.  (302.) 

No.  379.  A  Greek  inscription,  imperfect,  engraved  in 
very  ancient  characters ;  it  seems  to  be  an  inventory  of 
some  treasures,  probably  those  contained  in  the  Parthenon, 
and  which  the  Quaestors  acknowledge  to  have  received 
from  their  predecessors  in  the  same  office.  The  inscrip¬ 
tion  not  only  fills  one  side  of  the  marble,  but  also  the 
right  edge.  (200.) 

No.  380.  A  fragment  of  a  bas-relief,  representing  three 
figures  sacrificing  before  an  altar.  (101.) 

No.  381.  A  Greek  inscription  in  the  Doric  dialect ;  it 
is  a  dedication  to  Bacchus,  by  Alexas  the  son  of  Nicon, 
and  Cephisodorus  the  son  of  Aglaophaedas,  who  had  both 
been  victorious  in  the  choruses  of  men.  (83.) 


SALOON.]  EGYPTIAN  ANTIQUITIES.  199 

No.  382.  Fragment  of  a  Greek  inscription^  very  im¬ 
perfect.  (186.) 

No.  383.  A  bas-relief,  imperfect ;  it  represents  three 
goddesses^  one  of  whom  is  seated  on  a  throne.  (108.) 

No.  384.  A  sepulchral  stele^  in  which  an  equestrian 
figure^  with  an  attendant  on  foot;,  is  represented  in  bas- 
relief.  Above  the  figures  is  an  inscription,  consisting  of 
three  verses,  of  which  the  second  is  a  pentameter,  and  the 
two  others  hexameters  ;  they  record  the  name  of  the  de¬ 
ceased,  Aristocles,  who  was  the  son  of  Menon,  and  a  native 
of  Piraeus.  (213.) 

Nos.  385,  386.  Fragments  of  Greek  inscriptions,  very 
imperfect.  (194,  181.) 

EGYPTIAN  SALOON^. 

No.  1.  A  lion  couchant,  of  red  granite;  the  mane 
inscribed  in  front  with  a  name  not  yet  decyphered  ;  the 
base  is  also  inscribed  with  hieroglyphics,  in  which  appears 
the  name  of  Amenoph  3  (Memnon).  Presented  by  Lord 
Prudhoe^  1835. 

No.  2.  f  An  Egyptian  obelisk,  of  black  basalt,  found 
at  Cairo. 

No.  3.  A  sarcophagus  of  white  stone,  in  form  of  a 
mummy  case,  with  five  rows  of  hieroglyphics  down  the 
front ;  the  face  has  been  gilt.  From  Mr,  Sams"  collec¬ 
tion, 

A  sarcophagus  of  green  basalt,  in  form  of  a  mummy, 
decorated  with  the  four  deities  of  the  Amenti,  and  three 
rows  of  hieroglyphics  down  the  front.  On  the  feet,  two 
jackals. 

No.  4.  Colossal  head  of  browmish  breccia.  From 
Mr,  Salt"s  collection. 

No.  5.  A  group  of  black  basalt,  representing  King 

*  The  articles  contained  in  this  Room,  to  which  this  mark  (f)  is  pre¬ 
fixed  in  this  catalogue,  were  collected  by  the  French  in  different  parts  of 
Egypt,  and  came  into  the  possession  of  the  English  army  in  consequence 
of  the  capitulation  of  Alexandria,  in  the  month  of  September,  1801.  They 
were  brought  to  England  in  February,  1802,  under  the  care  of  Generj  1 
Turner,  and  were  sent,  by  order  of  His  Majesty,  King  George  tht 
Third,  to  the  British  Museum. 


200 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [^EGYPTIAN 

Horus,  of  the  18th  dynasty,  standing  under  the  pro¬ 
tection  of  the  Deity  Ammon  Ra  the  generator. 

No.  6.  Colossal  head  of  brownish  breccia.  From  Mr^ 
Saifs  collection. 

No.  7.  t  A  colossal  ram^s  head,  which  has  formted 
part  of  a  sphinx. 

No.  8.  A  statue  of  a  priest  of  the  royal  family  of 
Shishak,  standing  at  an  altar  decorated  with  plants  and 
birds. 

No.  9.  f  A  colossal  fist  of  very  considerable  magni¬ 
tude,  found  in  the  ruins  of  Memphis, 

No.  10.  f  A  large  Egyptian  sarcophagus,  of  breccia, 
brought  from  the  mosque  of  Saint  Athanasius,  at  Alex¬ 
andria.  It  is  covered  with  hieroglyphics  both  within  and 
without. 

No.  11.  Figure  of  a  hawk-headed  sphinx,  found  by 
Belzoni,  in  the  Temple  of  Ipsambul.  From  Mr.  Saifs 
collection. 

No.  12.  An  Egyptian  monument  of  granite,  found  in 
the  palace  at  Carnak,  decorated  with  six  figures  in  high 
relief,  holding  each  other’s  hands,  viz.,  a  male  and  fe- 
male  on  each  side,  and  a  female  at  each  end.  From  Mr. 
Saifs  collection. 

No.  13.  Similar  to  No.  11,  but  part  of  the  head  has 
been  broken  off ;  found  at  the  same  place.  From  Mr. 
Saifs  collection. 

No.  14.  Lower  part  of  a  statue,  similar  to  No.  21,  of 
Araenoph  III.  (Memnon). 

No.  15.  A  colossal  head  in  red  granite,  from  Carnak, 
found  by  Belzoni,  in  1818.  From  Mr.  Saifs  collection. 

No.  16.  Lower  part  of  a  statue  of  Bubastes,  bearing 
the  name  of  Amenoph  III.  (Memnon). 

No.  17«  The  sacred  boat,  bearing  a  group,  of  which 
a  fragment  only  remains,  of  a  vulture  overshadowing  the 
statue  of  a  female.  It  is  inscribed  in  several  places  with 
the  names  of  the  mother  of  Amenoph  III.  (Memnon). 

No.  18.  A  colossal  arm,  in  red  granite,  belonging  to 
the  same  statue  as  the  head  No.  15.  From  Mr.  Saifs 
collection. 

No.  19.  The  head  and  upper  part  of  a  statue  of 
Rameses  the  Great,  brought  from  the  ruins  of  the  Mem- 
nonium,  a  building  dedicated  to  Memnon,  at  Thebes.^ 


SALOON.]  EGYPTIAN  ANTIQUITIES.  201 

This  fragment  is  composed  of  one  piece  of  granite  of 
two  colours,  and  the  face,  which  is  in  remarkably  fine 
preservation,  is  executed  in  a  very  admirable  manner. 
Presented^  in  1817^  hy  Henry  SaU,  Esq,,  and  the  late 
Louis  Burckhardt,  Esq, 

No.  20.  Part  of  the  frieze  of  an  Egyptian  temple.  It 
is  covered  with  hieroglyphics  on  both  sides,  containing 
the  name  of  Psammetichus  II.  The  upper  part  of  this 
frieze  consists,  on  one  side,  of  a  row  of  serpents,  on  the 
other,  of  a  row  of  birds.  Presented,  in  1766,  by  His 
Majesty  King  George  III. 

No.  21.  A  colossal  statue  of  Amenoph  III.  (Memnon) 
sitting,  of  black  breccia.  His  hands  are  extended  flat 
upon  the  thighs :  the  front  and  back  of  the  throne  are 
decorated  with  hieroglyphics.  Found,  in  1818,  in  an 
excavation  in  the  Temple  of  Memnon.  Fro^n  Mr,  Salt’s 
collection. 

No.  22.  Part  of  the  frieze  of  an  Egyptian  temple.  It 
is  covered  with  hieroglyphics  on  both  sides,  containing 
the  name  of  Nectanebo,  the  last  of  the  Pharaohs.  The 
upper  part  of  the  front  of  this  frieze  consisted  of  a  row 
of  birds,  the  legs  of  which  are  all  that  now, remain. 
Presented,  in  1766,  hy  His  Majesty  King  George 
THE  Third. 

No.  23.  f  A  large  Egyptian  sarcophagus,  of  black 
granite,  covered  with  hieroglyphics  inside  and  outside. 
This  sarcophagus,  which  was  brought  from  Grand  Cairo, 
was  used  by  the  Turks  as  a  cistern,  which  they  called 
“  The  Lovers’  Fountain.” 

No.  24.  f  The  Rosetta  stone,  containing  three  in¬ 
scriptions  of  the  same  import,  namely,  one  in  hierogly¬ 
phics,  another  in  the  ancient  vernacular  language  of 
Egypt,  and  another  in  the  Greek  language.  These  in¬ 
scriptions  record  the  services  which  Ptolemy  the  Fifth 
had  rendered  his  country,  and  were  engraved  by  order 
of  the  High  Priests,  when  they  were  assembled  at 
Memphis,  for  the  purpose  of  investing  him  with  the 
royal  prerogative.  This  stone  was  found  near  Rosetta. 

No.  25.  f  An  Egyptian  figure,  the  size  of  life,  kneel¬ 
ing  on  a  square  plinth,  round  which  is  a  border  of  hiero¬ 
glyphics  :  the  head  and  arms  of  the  figure  are  wanting. 

No.  26.  A  seated  figure  of  Ousiree  Menephtha, 

K  3 


202 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [^EGYPTIAN 

bearing  on  his  knees  the  figure  of  a  ram's  head  ;  in  a  hard 
white  stone.  Hieroglyphics  on  the  shoulders  of  the 
figurCj  on  the  sides  of  the  seat,  and  round  the  pedestal. 
On  his  feet  are  sandals.  From  Mr,  Saifs  collection. 

No.  27*  A  mutilated  figure  of  Rameses  II.  (Sesostris) 
kneeling,  and  supporting  with  both  hands  an  altar,  de¬ 
dicated  to  the  deity  Thore,  on  which  a  scarabieus  is 
placed.  Presented^  in  1805,  by  Earl  Spencer. 

No.  28.  A  circular  vessel  of  sand-stone;  one  handle 
is  decorated  with  the  head  of  Isis,  the  other  handle  and 
the  edge  are  inscribed  with  hieroglyphics. 

No.  29.  A  group  of  a  male  and  female  seated,  of 
soft  stone  painted.  The  front  of  the  statues  and  sides 
of  the  chair  are  inscribed  with  hieroglyphics. 

No.  SO.  A  colossal  head,  in  white  hard  stone.  From 
Mr.  Saifs  collection. 

No*  SI.  A  group  of  two  figures  seated  with  a  smaller 
one  between  them,  in  hard  sand-stone :  found  in  a  tomb, 
and  probably  represents  the  man,  his  wife  and  child,  who 
were  buried  therein.  The  sides  of  the  seat,  the  ground 
about  their  feet,  and  a  stripe  down  the  front  of  their 
lower  garments  are  decorated  with  hieroglyphics,  with 
tlie  name  of  Amenoph  II.  The  heads  and  upper  parts 
of  the  bodies  of  the  figures  have  been  covered  with  a 
thick  coat  of  paint,  part  of  which  still  remains.  From 
Mr.  Saifs  collection. 

No.  S2.  Sarcophagus  of  grey  stone,  with  its  cover; 
of  the  Queen  of  Araasis,  king  of  the  26th  dynasty.  The 
entire  sarcophagus,  inside  and  outside,  is  covered  with 
sculptures  and  hieroglyphics.  It  was  discovered  at  the 
bottom  of  an  excavation  130  feet  deep,  behind  the  palace 
of  Sesostris,  near  Tiiebes. 

No.  33.  f  An  Egyptian  obelisk,  of  black  basalt,  found 
at  Cairo. 

No.  34.  A  lion  couchant,  of  red  granite;  the  mane 
inscribed  with  hieroglyphics,  as  is  also  the  pedestal, 
which  bears  the  name  of  Amenoph  III.  (Memnon).  On 
the  left  fore-paw  is  another  royal  name  not  yet  ascer¬ 
tained,  and  apparently  of  different  work.  Presented  by 
Lord  -Prudhoe^  1835. 

No.  35.  A  painted  statue,  found  in  a  sepulchre  near 
the  Pyramids.  Presented^  in  1817?  by  Captain  Caviglia. 


SALOON.]  EGYPTIAN  ANTIQUITIES.  203 

No.  36.  The  lower  part  of  an  Egyptian  figure  kneel¬ 
ing  on  a  square  plinth,  round  which  is  a  border  of  hiero¬ 
glyphics,  containing  the  name  of  Rameses  the  Great. 
Presented^  in  1812,  by  His  Royal  Highness  the  Duke  of 
York. 

No.  37.  A  large  statue  of  Bubastes  sitting  in  a  kind 
of  chair,  and  resting  the  arms  upon  the  thighs.  In  the 
left  hand  is  the  emblem  of  life ;  the  disk  which  was  once 
upon  the  head  has  been  broken  off.  It  is  inscribed  with 
the  name  of  Amenoph  III.  (Memnon). 

No.  38,  A  statue  of  a  baboon,  the  pedestal  inscribed 
with  the  name  of  Amenoph  III.  (Memnon). 

No.  39.  A  stone  sarcophagus,  discovered  in  a  tomb 
at  Thebes ;  the  paintings  with  which  it  is  ornamented 
have  been  restored.  Presented,  in  1820,  by  the  Earl  of 
Belmore, 

No.  40.  A  baboon,  of  sand-stone. 

No.  41.  A  statue  of  Bubastes  standing,  with  the  head 
of  a  lioness,  on  which  was  the  disk  of  the  moon  and 
erect  serpent’s  head ;  she  holds  the  lotus  before  her  in 
her  left  hand,  the  emblem  of  life  in  her  right/  From 
Mr.  Saifs  collection. 

No.  42.  A  small  Egyptian  figure  kneeling  upon  a 
square  plinth,  and  supporting  with  his  hands  a  kind  of 
altar,  in  front  of  which,  wuthin  a  sunk  tablet,  is  a  figure 
of  Neith.  The  plinth  and  front  of  the  altar  are  covered 
with  hieroglyphics,  in  which  appears  the  royal  name  of 
Amasis.  Presented,  in  1771,  by  Matthevo  Huane,  Esq. 
It  is  placed  upon 

An  oblong  stone,  with  a  shallow  excavation  in  the 
centre.  The  top  and  sides  are  adorned  with  hierogly¬ 
phics.  It  was  perhaps  intended  for  a  pedestal.  From 
Mr.  Saifs  collection. 

No.  43.  A  much  mutilated  seated  statue  of  a  military 
chief,  of  black  basalt;  the  sides  of  the  seat  inscribed 
with  hieroglyphics. 

No.  44.  A  capital  of  an  Egyptian  column.  Pre~ 
sented,  in  1805,  by  Earl  Spencer. 

Upon  it,  t  a  small  mutilated  Egyptian  figure,  kneel¬ 
ing  on  a  broken  square  plinth,  the  front  and  back  in¬ 
scribed  with  hieroglyphics. 

No.  45.  Similar  to  No.  41,  but  the  disk  is  nearly  per¬ 
fect.  From  Mr.  Saifs  collection. 


204  GALLERY  OF  ANTiaUITIES'.  [EGYPTIAN 

No.  46.  A  figure,  the  size  of  life,  of  a  royal  scribe, 
seated  upon  the  ground,  and  resting  his  arms  upon  his 
knees  ;  the  left  arm  has  been  broken  off.  Ears  of  corn 
are  in  his  left  hand ;  round  his  neck  fs  suspended  a  tablet 
inscribed,  in  hieroglyphics,  with  the  name  and  titles  of 
Ilameses  (Sesostris).  In  front  a  tablet  inscribed  with 
hieroglyphics,  including  the  same  name  and  titles. 
Hieroglyphics  also  appear  upon  the  arm,  and  behind  this 
figure.  : 

No.  47-  A  mummy-shaped  sarcophagus,  of  white  ; 
stone.  , 

No.  48.  A  male  statue,  in  basalt,  seated  upon  a  pe¬ 
destal,  his  arms  crossed  upon  his  knees,  which  are  almost 
as  high  as  his  chin.  The  front  of  the  figure  and  pedestal 
are  covered  with  an  hieroglyphical  inscription.  From  Mr^ 
Saifs  collection. 

No.  49.  Similar  to  No.  41.  From  Mr.  Saifs  col¬ 
lection. 

No.  50.  Statue  of  a  prince,  in  calcareous  stone, 
swathed,  seated ;  covered  with  hieroglyphics,  among 
which  is  the  name  of  Thothmes  3,  and  the  obliterated 
cartouche  of  his  sister. 

No.  51.  A  kneeling  statue  of  a  royal  scribe,  of  white 
stone.  He  holds  a  shrine  containing  the  figures  of  Isis, 
Osiris,  and  Horus.  On  his  shoulders  and  lap  appears 
the  name  of  Rameses  (Sesostris). 

No.  52.  Statue  in  calcareous  stone,  of  a  person  kneel¬ 
ing  and  holding  before  him  a  tablet,  containing  a  formula 
of  prayer  to  lla. 

On  the  ground  behind  ; 

Fragment  of  an  Egyptian  figure  seated  upon  a  plinth, 
with  the  legs  turned  inward,  and  lying  one  upon  the  ’ 
other.  The  plinth  and  portions  of  the  dress  are  covered  ! 
with  hieroglyphics. 

A  portion  of  an  altar,  similar  to  that  represented  on 
No.  8. 

A  fragment  which  was  found  at  the  foot  of  Pompey's 
Pillar,  and  is  partly  covered  with  hieroglyphics,  whereon 
appears  the  name  of  Rameses, 

A  mutilated  fragment  of  a  statue. 

A  colossal  fist.  Presented)  in  1805,  %  Earl  Spencer. 

No.  53.  Similar  to  No.  41.  From  Mr.  Saifs  collection. 

54.  Bust  broken  from  a  seated  Bubastes. 

\ 


SALOON.]  EGYPTIAN  ANTIQUITIES.  205 

No.  55.  Bust  broken  from  a  statue  similar  to  No.  21. 
There  can  be  little  doubt  but  that  the  fragment,  No.  14, 
is  part  of  the  same  statue. 

No.  56.  Upper  half  of  a  standing  statue  of  Bubastes, 
similar  to  No.  41, 

No.  57-  A  seated  statue  of  Bubastes,  similar  to  No. 
37.  A  portion  of  the  disk  upon  the  head  has  been 
broken  off.  It  bears  the  name  of  Amenoph  IIL 
(Memnon). 

No.  58.  Bust  broken  from  a  seated  statue  of  Bu« 
bastes. 

No.  59.  f  A  fragment  of  a  porphyry  column. 

Upon  it  is  placed 

A  colossal  hawk.  Presented,  in  1805,  by  Mr,  T, 
Philipe. 

No.  60.  Seated  statue  of  Bubastes.  From  Belzonis 
collection.  Behind  it,  bust  broken  from  another  similar 
statue. 

No.  61.  A  statue,  in  red  granite,  of  Phthahmenoph. 
On  his  breast  is  inscribed  his  own  name  ;  on  his  shoulder, 
that  of  his  father,  Rameses  (Sesostris). 

In  front  of  the  pedestal  is  a  group  of  four  seated 
statues,  in  black  basalt,  two  male  and  two  female  ;  a 
stripe  of  hieroglyphics  decorates  the  front  of  each  dress. 
The  heads  have  ail  been  broken  off. 

No.  62.  A  seated  statue  of  Bubastes,  similar  to  No, 
37j  but  without  any  name  inscribed.  The  disk  upon  this 
figure  is  entire.  From  Mr,  Saifs  collection. 

No.  63.  Another  seated  statue  of  Bubastes,  but  of 
superior  workmanship,  and  with  the  name  of  Shishak  in¬ 
scribed  in  front  of  the  chair.  The  disk  is  sculptured  upon 
a  separate  stone.  From  Mr,  Saifs  collection. 

No.  64.  A  column  of  grey  granite  in  four  pieces  ; 
it  has  SIX  rows  of  shields  containing  names.  The  upper 
and  lower  rows  have  the  name  of  Ramerre,  the  four 
other  rows  consist  of  the  name  of  Phthahmenoph ;  but 
the  upper  of  these  is  interrupted  by  a  square  tablet, 
which  contains  the  name  of  Amenoph  III.  (Memnon). 
The  square  slab  at  the  top  has  the  names  of  Amenoph 
III.  and  Ramerre.  From  Mr.  Saifs  collection. 

Behind  No.  64.  Portion  of  a  hieroglyphic  inscription, 
in  five  fragments. 


206 


GALLERY  OP  ANTIQUITIES.  [EGYPTIAN 

No.  65.  Seated  statue  of  Bubastes.  From  Belzonis 
collection. 

No.  66.  f  A  fragment  of  a  large  sarcophagus,  similar 
in  its  structure  to  Nos.  10  and  23. 

Within  No.  66.  A  trough,  in  hard  breccia,  with  hie- 
roglyphics,  wherein  appears  the  royal  name  of  Rameses 
the  Great.  At  one  end  is  the  figure  of  an  old  man  seated. 
From  Mr.  Salt's  collection. 

No.  67.  A  fragment  of  the  platted  beard  of  the  Great 
Sphinx.  Presented^  in  1817,  hy  Captain  Caviglia. 

No.  68.  A  seated  figure  of  Bubastes,  similar  to  No. 
37.  It  is  inscribed  witii  the  name  of  Amenoph  III. 
(Memnon). 

No.  69.  Upper  half  of  an  erect  statue  of  Bubastes. 

Behind  No.  69,  is  a  fragment  of  a  statue  of  a  king 
seated,  in  grey  granite. 

No.  70.  A  seated  male  statue,  holding  in  front  of 
his  knees  a  small  standing  figure,  inscribed  with  the 
same  royal  name  (Amyrtisus)  as  the  Alexandrian  sar¬ 
cophagus. 

On  one  side  of  No.  70,  is  a  statue  of  a  person  seated, 
holding  in  his  left  hand  a  hoe,  or  pickaxe;  on  his  left 
knee  are  some  hieroglyphics,  sculptured  in  relief. 

On  the  other  side  of  No.  70,  is  a  statue  of  Pioeri, 
prince  of  ^Ethiopia,  holding  an  altar,  inscribed  with  hie- 
roglyphics,  and  having  on  it  a  ram’s  head.  The  back 
and  plinth  have  also  hieroglyphics,  among  which  appear 
the  name  of  Rameses  the  Great. 

No.  71.  Upper  half  of  an  erect  statue  of  Bubastes. 

Behind  No.  71,  is  a  fragment  of  two  seated  figures,  in 
red  granite.  The  back  of  the  chair  is  covered  with  hiero¬ 
glyphics. 

No.  72.  A  standing  figure  of  Bubastes,  similar  to 
No.  41. 

No.  73.  Bust  broken  from  a  statue  of  Bubastes. 

No.  74.  An  Egyptian  scarabaeus,  or  beetle,  brought 
from  Constantinople :  it  forms  a  part  of  the  Elgin  col¬ 
lection. 

No.  75.  Fragment  of  a  statue,  of  grey  granite,  in¬ 
scribed  with  the  royal  name  of  Horus  of  the  18th  dy¬ 
nasty. 

No.  76.  An  erect  figure  of  Bubastes,  similar  to  No.  41. 


SALOON.]  EGYPTIAN  ANTIQUITIES.  207 

No.  77»  Bust  broken  from  a  sitting  figure  of  Bu- 
bastes. 

No.  78.  The  cover  of  a  mummy-shaped  sarcophagus, 
of  granite,  covered  vidth  sculptures  and  hieroglyphics. 
The  entombed  person  appears  to  have  been  a  priest. 

Underneath  are 

Feet  broken  from  a  statue  of  Bubastes. 

Fragment  of  a  colossal  head,  of  granite. 

No.  79.  Bust  broken  from  a  sitting  statue  of  Bu¬ 
bastes. 

No.  80.  An  erect  statue  of  Bubastes,  similar  to 
No.  41. 

No.  81.  A  figure  of  a  priest  of  Ammon,  the  size 
of  life.  He  is  represented  sitting  on  the  ground,  and 
resting  his  arms  upon  his  knees.  An  ear  of  corn 
is  held  in  the  left  hand,  and  in  front  of  the  figure  is  the 
head  of  Isis,  (surmounted  by  a  shrine  ?)  which  has 
formed  the  top  of  a  sceptre. 

No.  82.  A  head  of  a  sphinx,  of  Roman  work.  From 
the  collection  of  Charles  Towneley^  Esq, 

No.  83.  A  fragment  of  a  kneeling  statue,  holding  a 
shrine  containing  a  figure  of  Osiris,  and  inscribed  with 
hieroglyphics,  wherein  appears  the  name  of  Pharaoh 
Hophrah. 

No.  84.  An  erect  statue  of  Bubastes,  similar  to 
No.  41. 

No.  85.  Bust  broken  from  a  seated  statue  of  Bu¬ 
bastes. 

No.  86.  t  An  Egyptian  sarcophagus,  in  black  basalt, 
slightly  resembling  in  its  form  the  human  figure.  It  has  a 
single  border  of  hieroglyphics  round  the  outside,  bearing 
the  royal  name  of  Amasis, 

On  No.  86  are  placed 

A  sepulchral  shrine,  the  front  covered  with  hierogly¬ 
phics. 

A  fragment  of  a  pyramid,  decorated  with  sculptures 
and  hieroglyphics. 

A  shrine  covered  with  sculptures  and  hieroglyphics, 
containing  a  figure  of  a  chieftain  holding  a  staff  or 
sceptre,  the  top  of  wdiich  consists  of  a  head  of  Isis  sur¬ 
mounted  by  a  plume. 

A  fragment  of  a  pyramid  bearing  the  name  of  Enantef 
Naa. 


208  GALLERY  OP  ANTIQUITIES.  [^EGYPTIAN 

A  fragment  of  a  shrine,  decorated  on  ail  sides  with 
hieroglyphics,  and  having  contained  in  front  at  least  four 
figures,  holding  each  other’s  hands. 

No.  87.  A  bust  broken  from  a  seated  figure  of  Bu- 
bastes. 

No.  88.  A  seated  statue  of  Bubastes,  similar  to  No. 
S7.  The  front  of  the  chair  is  inscribed  with  the  name  of 
Amenoph  III.  (Memnon). 

No.  89.  Fragment  of  legs  broken  from  an  erect  sta¬ 
tue  of  Bubastes  ;  the  pedestal  inscribed  with  the  name  of 
Amenoph  III,  (Memnon). 

No.  90.  A  bas-relief  of  an  Egyptian  priest,  a  close 
garment  enclosing  the  body  down  to  the  feet,  excepting 
the  right  shoulder  and  arm  ;  the  hands  are  crossed  in 
front  of  the  body;  the  head  has  been  broken  off.  This 
appears  to  have  formed  the  cover  of  a  sarcophagus. 
Presented  by  the  Lords  of  the  Admiralty, 

No.  91.  Fragment  of  legs,  similar  to  No.  89. 

No.  92.  A  statue  of  a  priest,  of  white  stone,  holding 
a  shrine  containing  the  figure  of  a  deity,  remarkable  for 
the  long  lock  of  hair  over  his  right  ear,  the  rest  of  the 
head  having  been  close  shaven. 

No.  93.  Bust  of  a  queen  from  a  colossal  statue  of 
white  stone.  In  front  is  an  altar  of  libation,  dedicated 
by  a  Pharaoh  to  Osiris. 

No,  94.  Lower  part  of  an  erect  statue  of  Bubastes. 

No.  95.  A  votive  column,  on  which  is  an  inscription 
in  Greek  to  the  great  God  Serapis  at  Canopus.  It  was 
brought  from  Aboukir.  Presented^  in  1807,  by  Dr,  Ban¬ 
croft^  Jun, 

No.  96.  Upper  part  of  a  statue  of  Rameses  the  Great, 
holding  a  tablet  with  offerings,  under  which  is  a  vase. 
Found  near  Abydos. 

In  front  is  a  tablet  of  calcareous  stone,  in  form  of  a 
propylon,  covered  with  sculptures  and  hieroglyphics,  and 
bearing  the  names  of  kings  Osirtesen  and  his  successor. 
No.  97»  Blank, 

No.  98.  Thirteen  sepulchral  vases,  surmounted  by 
heads  of  some  of  the  four  genii  of  Amenti  (or  the  lower 
regions).  Among  them  are  two  complete  sets  of  four 
each,  as  they  were  generally  placed  in  the  tombs.  All 
from  Thebes.  Presented  by  J,  Gardner  Wilkinson^  Esq.^ 
1834. 


209 


SALOON.]  EGYPTIAN  ANTIQUITIES* 

Nos.  99  to  115.  On  these  shelves  are  sepulchral  vases, 
tablets,  and  various  Egyptian  antiquities ;  chiejly  from 
Mr.  Saifs  collection. 

Upon  No.  115,  is  a  small  headless  figure  of  a  priest 
of  Ammon,  seated  on  the  ground,  and  resting  his  arras 
upon  his  knees.  An  ear  of  corn  is  held  in  the  left 
hand,  and  in  front  of  the  figure  is  the  head  of  Isis  on  the 
top  of  a  sceptre.  Presented,  in  1767,  by  the  Earl  of 
Bute. 

No.  116.  Seven  objects.  Presented^  in  1817,  by  Cap-- 
tain  Caviglia,  viz.: 

A  small  hawk  of  very  coarse  work,  found  in  front  of 
the  Great  Sphinx. 

A  Greek  inscription  erected  in  front  of  the  Great 
Sphinx,  by  Marcus  Aurelius  and  Lucius  Verus. 

A  small  lion,  found  in  a  temple  between  the  paws  of 
the  Great  Sphinx. 

A  tablet  of  hieroglyphics,  found  in  front  of  the  Great 
Sphinx. 

A  lion  very  rudely  sculptured  ;  it  is  supposed  to  have 
stood  on  one  of  the  walls  between  the  paws  of  the  Great 
Sphinx. 

The  impression  of  a  human  foot  carved  in  stone,  with 
the  letters  NEKO©  engraved  over  it.  Found  in  front  of 
the  Great  Sphinx. 

One  of  the  horns  of  an  altar  which  was  found  in  front 
of  the  Great  Sphinx. 

No:  117.  Sundry  fragments. 

No.  118.  On  this  shelf  are  the  following  objects: — 

An  Egyptian  bas-relief,  consisting  of  a  double  range 
of  figures.  The  upper  range  is  imperfect,  half  of  the 
figures  having  been  sculptured  upon  another  stone. 
The  lower  range  represents  some  priests  armed  with 
knives,  with  which  they  are  sacrificing  bulls.  It  was 
found  near  Sakkara,  four  leagues  from  Grand  Cairo. 
Presented,  in  1767,  by  the  Earl  of  Bute. 

A  small  Egyptian  figure,  with  a  beard,  a  short  apron, 
and  a  terrific  aspect.  He  is  standing  upright,  holding 
his  arms  downwards  a  little  apart  from  the  body.  The 
ornament  upon  the  head  is  peculiar  to  the  representation 
of  this  figure.  From  the  collection  of  Charles  Tomieley, 
Esq. 


210 


GALLERY  OP  ANTIQUITIES.  [[EGYPTIAN 

An  Egyptian  monument,  in  which  are  sunk  two  square 
tablets,  one  of  which  is  left  blank,  and  in  the  other  are 
represented  two  female  figures  standing  side  by  side. 
These  tablets  are  surrounded  by  hieroglyphics.  From  the 
collection  of  Sir  Hans  Shane. 

A  kneeling  figure,  holding  a  statue  of  a  baboon 
seated  on  a  pedestal  inscribed  with  the  name  of  Pha¬ 
raoh  Hophrah.  The  back  and  pedestal  of  the  figure 
are  inscribed  with  hieroglyphics,  and  the  same  (?)  name. 

A  kneeling  figure,  holding  in  front  a  head  of  Isis. 

A  figure  seated  on  the  ground,  resting  one  arm  upon 
the  knees,  the  right  raised  towards  the  mouth.  The 
head  of  Isis  on  a  sceptre  in  front;  hieroglyphics  upon 
the  sides. 

Three  tablets. 

Nos.  119  to  124.  Sepulchral  vases  and  tablets.  From 
Mr.  Sams'  collection. 

Under  the  shelves  round  the  room  are  various  tablets, 
&c.,  affixed  to  the  walls ;  among  them  the  following  arti¬ 
cles  are  worthy  of  notice. 

No.  135.  A  large  square  tablet,  of  breccia,  covered 
with  hieroglyphics.  It  appears  to  have  been  used  as 
a  mill-stone  for  grinding  corn.  Presented^  in  1805,  by 
Earl  Spencer. 

No.  140.  A  large  head,  broken  from  a  mummy-shaped 
sarcophagus. 

No.  145.  A  fragment  covered  with  hieroglyphics. 
Presented j  in  1805,  by  Earl  Spencer. 

Nos.  169—171 ;  173—177;  179—181  are  fresco  paint¬ 
ings,  chiefly  illustrative  of  the  domestic  habits  of  the 
Egyptians.  No.  175,  presented  by  Sir  H.  Ellis. 

Under  No.  168.  A  head,  of  white  stone. 

Under  No.  169.  A  torso,  of  marble  ;  the  back  of  the 
chair  inscribed  with  hieroglyphics. 

Under  No.  171.  Fragment  of  a  statue,  holding  a  staff 
or  sceptre,  ornamented  at  the  top  with  a  head  of  Isis. 

Under  No.  173.  The  upper  half  of  a  seated  statue, 
of  white  stone.  Froyn  Mr.  Sams'  collectioji. 

Under  No.  174.  Bust  broken  from  a  statue  of  grey 
granite. 

Under  No.  175.  Mutilated  male  statue  of  Thothmes 
III.,  of  black  basalt.  From  Mr.  Sams'  collection. 


EOOM.]  GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  211 

Under  No.  176.  Fragment  of  a  bas-relief  of  a  group, 
probably  a  king  seeking  tlie  protection  of  his  favourite 
divinity:  resembling  No.  5. 

Under  No.  177.  Fragment  of  a  statue,  holding  a 
tablet  decorated  with  sculptures  and  hieroglyphics, 
wherein  appears  the  name  of  Amenoph  III.  (Memnon). 

Under  No.  179.  A  Sphinx,  represented,  according  to 
the  custom  of  the  Egyptians,  without  wings.  Found 
in  the  excavation  made  in  front  of  the  Great  Sphinx. 
Presented,  in  1817?  hy  Captain  Caviglia, 

Under  No.  180.  Head  of  a  fish  or  serpent,  in  white 
stone. 

Under  No.  181.  A  Sphinx  represented  without  wings, 
like  the  one  described  above.  Presented,  in  1767?  hy 
the  Earl  of  Bute, 

EGYPTIAN  ROOM. 

UP  STAIRS. 

The  following  short  statement  is  merely  intended  to 
give  a  general  idea  of  the  contents  of  the  Egyptian 
Room  ;  the  arrangements  of  which  are  only  in  progress. 
When  this  operation  is  completed,  a  more  detailed  ac¬ 
count  will  be  inserted  in  the  Synopsis. 

Case.  Div. 

A.  1,  Large  figures  of  Egyptian  deities,  of  wood,  stone, 

&c. 

2,  Small  do.,  chiefly  bronze. 

S.  Small  do.,  chiefly  porcelain. 

4.  Large  do.,  wood  and  stone. 

B.  1.  Large  figures  of  Egyptian  deities,  wood,  stone, 

&c. 

2.  Small  do.,  chiefly  bronze. 

3.  Small  do.,  chiefly  porcelain. 

4.  Large  do.,  various  substances. 

C.  1.  Large  figures  of  Egyptian  deities,  wood. 

2.  Do. 

3.  Small  do.,  chiefly  porcelain. 

4.  Large  do.,  wood. 

D.  Coffin  of  Penammon,  prophet  priest  of  Ammon  ;  the 

outer  coffin  is  over  cases  A.  and  B. 


212 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [^EGYPTIAN 


Case.  Div. 

Painted  wooden  stand. 

Bronze  stand  for  offerings. 

E.  1.  Large  figures  of  jackals,  wood. 

2.  3.  Large  figures  of  deities,  wood. 

F.  1.  Large  figures  of  jackals,  wood. 

2.  Small  do.  of  quadrupeds,  bronze,  wood,  &c. 

3.  Do.,  do.,  chiefly  porcelain. 

4.  Large  cows’  heads. 

G.  1.  Large  figures  of  sacred  birds,  wood. 

2.  Small  do.  of  birds,  serpents,  &c.,  bronze,  &c. 

3.  Small  do.,  chiefly  porcelain. 

4.  Hippopotamus’  head,  wood ;  vulture’s  claws, 
bronze. 

H.  All  the  shelves  in  this  case  contain  statues  or 

fragments  of  statues  of  various  dimensions,  wood, 
stone,  bronze,  &c. 

I.  K.  L.  1.  Chairs,  seats,  stools,  head  rests,  wood,  &c. 

2.  Model  of  a  house,  table,  vase  stand,  wig, 
portions  of  buildings,  &c.,  wood,  bronze,  &c. 

3.  Large  vases,  alabaster,  earthenware,  &c, 

M.  1.  Basket  with  the  garment  it  contained,  another 

which  held  shoes,  an  apron,  a  leather  head¬ 
dress. 

2.  Vases  and  cases  used  to  hold  colouring  matter  for 

the  eyes. 

3.  Mirrors,  vases,  combs,  hair  pins,  &c. 

4.  Sandals  and  shoes,  leather,  palm  leaves,  papy¬ 

rus,  &c. 

N.  Vases,  alabaster,  porcelain,  glass,  &c. 

O.  Vases,  chiefly  with  handles,  earthenware,  porcelain, 

alabaster,  marble,  &c. 

P.  Vases,  lamps,  &c.,  various  materials. 

Q.  Inner  coffin  of  Harsontiotf,  Theban  prophet  priest 

of  Ammon.  The  outer  coffin,  which  is  black,  stands 
in  the  ante-room.  The  body  with  its  linen  cover 
is  in  case  R  R. 

Figure  of  Osiris,  and  linen  hypocephalus  belonging 
to  the  same. 

R.  Stands,  bowls,  cups,  spoons,  &c.,  earthenware,  ala¬ 

baster,  marble,  &c. 

S.  Large  vases  of  a  late  period. 


KOOM.] 


GALLERY  OP  ANTIQUITIES. 


213 


Cas€.  Div. 

T.  1.  Bronze  vases. 

2.  Fruit,  grain,  cakes ;  two  ducks  upon  a  stand 

made  of  cane  and  papyrus,  being  a  prepared 
feast  found  in  a  tomb  at  Thebes. 

3.  Mattocks,  yoke  and  strap,  steps  and  rope  of  a 

ladder. 

4.  Fragments  from  the  walls  of  tombs. 

U.  1.  Fragments  of  painting  from  the  tombs. 

2.  Bows,  arrows,  bird  weapons,  battle  axe,  daggers, 

scabbard,  knives,  flint  and  bronze  arrow  heads, 
wood,  bronze,  &c. 

3.  Staves,  sceptre,  fan  handles,  boat  mast,  paddles, 

See.,  wood,  &c. 

V.  Coffin  of  Otaineb. 

Prepared  boards  with  hieroglyphic  inscriptions  and 
drawing  of  Thothmes  III. 

W.  1 .  Inscriptions. 

2.  Implements  of  writing  and  painting,  colours,  &c., 

various  materials. 

3.  Implements  of  writing  and  painting,  ink-stand, 

wax  tablets,  knives,  &c.,  various  materials. 

4.  Inscriptions. 

X.  1.  Baskets  and  fragments  of  baskets  of  palm  leaves. 

2.  Boxes,  wood  and  ivory. 

3.  Spoons,  smaller  boxes,  &c.,  wood. 

4.  Unbaked  bricks  stamped  with  hieroglyphical  in¬ 

scriptions,  plasterers’  tools,  wood,  &c. 

Y.  1.  Baskets  and  tools,  palm  leaves,  wood,  &c. 

2.  Tools  for  a  carpenter  and  mason,  found  in  the 

above  baskets,  models  of  tools,  &c. 

3.  Miscellaneous  fragments. 

4.  Unbaked  bricks  stamped  with  hieroglyphical  in¬ 

scriptions. 

Z.  I.  Baskets,  palm  leaves. 

2.  Musical  instruments,  bronze,  wood,  &c. 

3.  Dolls,  children’s  playthings.  Sec. 

4.  Implements  of  spinning,  specimens  of  cloth,  &c. 
A  A.  B  B.  C  C.  Mummies  and  coffins. 

D  D.  Animal  mummies ;  cynocephali,  dogs,  cats,  cattle, 
and  sheep. 

E  E.  Animal  mummies  ;  ibis,  hawks,  fish,  serpents,  cro- 


214 


GALLERY  OF  ANTIQUITIES.  [EGYPTIAN  ROOM. 


'  Case.  Div. 

codiles,  &c.  On  the  top  of  this  case  is  the  rpum- 
my  of  a  large  crocodile. 

F  F.  1.  Boxes  to  hold  sepulchral  figures,  wood, 

2.  3.  4.  Sepulchral  figures,  wood,  stone,  porcelain, 

&c. 

G  G.  Sepulchral  figures  of  Osiris  ;  the  plinths  generally 
used  to  contain  embalmed  substances,  wood. 

H  H.  Coffin  of  Irioui,  son  of  Selsol. 

II.  1.2.  Sepulchral  figures  of  Osiris,  as  in  case  G  G. 

3.  Similar  figures  of  Osiris  to  hold  papyri. 

K  K.  1.  Boxes  used  for  sepulchral  purposes,  wood. 

2.  Models  of  sepulchral  vases,  wood,  &c. 

3.  4.  Covers  from  sepulchral  vase,  stone,  &c. 

L  L.  1 .  Models  of  sepulchral  boats,  wood. 

2.  Sepulchral  tablets,  stone,  wood,  &c* 

3.  Sepulchral  cones,  brick. 

4.  Fragments  of  coffins,  &c. 

M  M.  Blank. 

N  N.  Coffin  and  mummy  of  Tatshbapem,  daughter  of 
Petkhons,  porter  of  the  temple  of  Ammon. 
The  centre  coffin  of  this  mummy  is  over  the  cases 
KK.  andLL. 

O  O.  Coffin  and  mummy  of  Kotbti,  female  attached  to 
the  worship  of  Ammon.  The  hair  was  found 
folded  up  under  the  head  of  the  deceased. 

PP.  Blank. 

Q  Q.  Coffin  and  mummy  of  Har,  incense  bearer  of  the 
temple  of  Chnouph. 

R  R.  Mummy  of  Harsontiotf,  Theban  prophet  priest  of 
Ammon,  holding  various  sacerdotal  offices.  See 
account  of  Case  Q. 

Coffin  containing  mummy  of  Pi-rot-har-noubsh,  in¬ 
cense  bearer  of  the  temple  of  Khons. 

S  S.  Blank. 

T  T.  Blank. 

U  U.  Coffin  and  mummy  of  Penammon,  incense  bearer 
of  the  temple  of  Ammon. 

V  V.  Coffin  containing  the  mummy  of  Khonsaou-onkh, 
sacerdotal  functionary.  On  the  upper  shelf  is 
the  linen  covering  of  the  mummy  of  a  girl. 

WW.  Blank. 


MEDAL  ROOM, 


215 


Case.  Div. 

X  X.  Coffin  and  mummy  of  Onkhape,  a  sacred  bard.  On 
the  upper  shelf  is  a  Graeco-Egyptian  mummy, 
remarkable  for  the  portrait  of  the  deceased, 
painted  upon  cedar. 

Y  Y.  Coffin  of  Tphout,  daughter  of  Heraclius  Soter  and 
Sarapout.  On  the  upper  shelf  is  a  mummy  of 
the  Roman  era. 

Z  Z.  Blank. 

J.  Coffin  of  Cleopatra.  The  upper  part  of  this  case 
contains  scarabaei,  amulets,  &c.,  not  yet  ar¬ 
ranged. 

J  J.  Coffin  of  Soter,  archon  of  Thebes,  son  of  Corne¬ 
lius  Pollius  and  Sarapout.  The  upper  part  of  this 
case  contains  necklaces,  &c.,  not  yet  arranged. 

ETRUSCAN  ROOM. 

In  this  Room  is  a  large  collection  of  Greek  and  Etrus¬ 
can  Vases,  which  are  at  present  in  course  of  arrange¬ 
ment. 


MEDAL  ROOM. 

At  the  farther  end  of  the  Tenth  Room  is  the  Medal 
Room,  where  are  deposited  a  large  collection  of  Coins  and 
Medals,  the  basis  of  which  was  formed  by  the  cabinets  of 
Sir  Hans  Sloane  and  Sir  Robert  Cotton,  and  which  has 
been  from  time  to  time  enlarged  by  many  valuable  pur¬ 
chases  and  donations,  but  principally  by  the  munificent 
donation  of  His  late  Majesty,  King  George  IV.,  and 
by  the  bequests  of  the  Rev.  C.  M.  Cracherode,  and  R.  P. 
Knight,  Esq.  It  is  comprehended  under  the  three  fol¬ 
lowing  heads ; 

1 .  Ancient  Coins. 

2.  Modern  Coins. 

3.  Medals. 

The  first  of  these  heads  consists  of  Greek  and  Roman 
coins. 

The  Greek  coins  are  arranged  in  geographical  order, 
and  include  all  those  struck  with  Greek  characters,  in 
Greece,  or  elsewhere,  by  kings,  states,  or  cities,  which 


216 


PKINT  ROOM* 


were  independent  of  the  Romans.  With  this  class  are 
placed  likewise  the  coins  of  free  states  and  cities,  which 
made  use  of  either  the  Etruscan,  Roman,  Punic,  Spanish, 
or  other  characters. 

The  Roman  coins  are  placed,  as  far  as  it  can  be  ascertain-  > 
ed,  in  chronological  order.  Thej^  consist  of  the  As  and  its  % 
divisions ;  Family  or  Consular  coins  j  Imperial  coins  struck  * 
in  Rome ;  Imperial  coins  struck  in  Egypt  ;  Imperial  coins 
struck  with  Greek  characters,  in  different  states  and  cities 
subject  to  the  Romans ;  Imperial  coins  struck  in  the  Roman 
colonies ;  Imperial  coins  struck  with  Punic  characters ; 
and  Contorniates.  : 

The  second  head,  comprising  modern  coins,  consists  of  j 
Anglo-Saxon,  English,  Anglo-Gallic,  Scotch,  and  Irish  J 
coins,  and  likewise  the  coins  of  foreign  nations.  This  i 
class  is  arranged  according  to  the  respective  countries  to 
which  the  coins  belong,  those  of  each  country  being  kept 
separate. 

The  third  head,  which  comprises  a  class  considerably 
more  modern  than  either  of  those  which  precede  it,  con¬ 
sists  of  medals  struck  in  our  own  country,  and  of  those 
which  have  been  struck  abroad.  These  are  arranged  in 
the  same  manner  as  the  modern  coins. 

Edw.  Hawkins. 


PRINT  ROOM.  I 

This  Room,  which  is  at  the  south  end  of  the  east  wing, 
(adjoining  the  room  in  which  is  the  collection  of  British  j 
Birds,)  contains  an  extensive  and  valuable  collection  of ' 
prints  and  drawings,  an  important  part  of  which  was  be-  ^ 
queathed  by  the  Rev.  C.  M.  Cracherode,  and  Richard  ; 
Payne  Knight,  Esq. 

The  contents  of  the  Medal  and  Print  Rooms  can  be ; 
seen  only  by  very  few  persons  at  a  time,  and  by  particular  1 
permission.  H.  Ellis.  1 


G.  Woodfall,  Printer,  Angel  Court,  Skinner  Street,  London. 


PRICES  OF  CASTS 

FROM 

ANCIENT  MARBLES,  BRONZES,  ETC., 

IN 

THE  BRITISH  MUSEUM. 


PEDIMENTS,  ETC.,  OF  THE  PARTHENON. 


Nos. 

65.  Hyperion  .  .  . 

£ 

.  2 

s. 

10 

Right  Arm  of  Hyperion  [separate] 

.  0 

15 

66.  Heads  of  Horses  of  Hyperion  . 

.  4 

10 

71.  Theseus  ..... 

.  9 

0 

77.  Ceres  and  Proserpine  , 

.  60 

0 

74.  Iris  ...  ... 

.  18 

0 

72.  Torso  of  Victory  .  .  .  . 

.  4 

10 

67.  One  of  the  Fates  .... 

.  22 

0 

63.  The  two  other  Fates 

.  50 

0 

68.  Horse’s  Head  .... 

.  1 

5 

70.  Ilissus  ...... 

.  8 

0 

76.  Torso  of  Cecrops  .... 

.  3 

5 

118.  Fragment  of  the  Head  of  Minerva 

.  0 

7 

76.  Fragment  of  the  Body  of  Minerva 

.  2 

0 

64.  Torso  of  Neptune  .... 

.  3 

10 

271.  Fragment  of  Serpent 

.  0 

3 

69.  Torso  of  Victory  without  wings 

.  4 

0 

73.  Fragment  of  Latona 

.  6 

0 

143.  Torso  of  a  Youth  .  .  .  . 

.  0 

7 

79.  Torso  of  a  Female  Figure 

.  0 

7 

294.  Torso  of  a  Youth,  probably  part  of  a  Metope 

.  0 

7 

156.  Fragment  of  a  Female  Figure  . 

.  1 

10 

207,  Capital  of  a  Column  [one  quarter] 

.  2 

5 

rf. 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 


PRICES  OF  CASTS 


METOPES  OF  THE  PARTHENON. 


Nos.  £  s. 

11.  Metope  .  .  . . 6  0 

2.  .  . . 6  0 

8.  -  .  . 6  0 

12.  . . 4  0 

16.  -  .  . . 5  0 

6.  . . 5  10 

4.  -  ........  5  6 

6.  . . 6  0 

13.  . . 6  10 

7.  -  ........  6  0 

1.  . . 6  0 

3.  . . 6  0 

9.  . . 6  0 

14.  -  ........  6  0 

10.  .  . . 55 

FRIEZE  OF  THE  PARTHENON. 

16.  In  three  pieces  .  .  .  .  .  .  .60 

17.  In  three  pieces . 6  0 

1 8.  In  three  pieces . 6  0 

18^.  [Cast  from  plaster]  . . 0  18 

19.  Single  slab . 2  0 

19*.  [Cast  from  plaster]  . . 0  18 

20.  Single  slab  . . 2  0 

21.  - — . 4  10 

22.  . . 10 

24. - -  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .20 

23. . . 2  0 

34.  . . . . 2  0 

98. . . 0  6 

77*. . .07 

35.  . . 2  0 

36*. . . . 0  18 

37.  - ^ . . 2  0 

178* -  .  ,  .  .  .  .  .  .  0  7 

36.  . . ..20 

35**. . . .20 

38,  - -  .  „  .  .  .  .  ,  .20 


d, 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

6 

0 

0 

0 

6 

0 

0 

0 


PRICES  OF  CASTS, 


Nos.  £  5. 

25.  Single  slab . .20 

26.  - - -  .  .  •  •  •  •  .  .20 

27. . . 2  0 

28.  — — -  ,  ,  .  .  .  •  •  .20 

29. . . . 2  0 

SO. . . 2  0 

31.  ’  — "  '  - -  .  .  •  •  •  •  •  .20 

38*. . . .  .20 

32. . . 2  0 

33.. . . 2  0 

33.  Return  .  .  .  .  .  .  •  .  0  18 

39.  Single  slab  .  .  .  .  •  •  •  .20 

A  83.  [Cast  from  plaster] . 2  0 

A  85.  — - -  "■  •  •  •  •  •  .20 

A  86.  — . *  -  .  .  •  •  •  .20 

A  87. . 2  0 

A  88. - — . . 0  18 

40*.  Single  slab  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .11 

41.  . .  ..  —  .  ,  ,  ,  •  •  •  .20 

41#.  . 0  3 

38##. . 2  0 

46.  ~  *  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  •  .20 

50.  '■ '  •  .  •  .  .  .  .  .  .20 

47.  . . 2  0 

52.  . 2  0 

40.  . 2  0 

42.  . . .  .20 

49. . . ..20 

45,  - -  .  ,  .  ,  ,  .  .  ,20 

48.  '  '  ■  ■  •  •  .  *  .  •  .  .20 

43.  *■  '  .  .  .  •  .  .  .  .20 

44»  JT  M  .  .  .  .  ,  ,  .  .20 

51.  "  '  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .20 

38***. . . .  .  1  10 

53.  *  .  •  •  .  .  .  .  .20 

54.  •  .  .  .  .  •  .  .20 

56.  • — .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .20 

55.  . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  •  .20 

15*.  . 1  10 

57.  '  .  »  .  *  .  .  »  .20 


d. 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

I  0 

I  0 


PRICES  OF  CASTS. 

Nos. 

59.  Single  slab . . 

61.  - — . 

60.  - — . 

58.  . . . . 

96.  - — - — - . 

62. - -  .  .  •  ... 

62.  Return . 

TOWNLEY  COLLECTION. 

Stnall  Venus . 

Actseon . 

BRONZES,  ETC. 

Apollo . 

Mercury . 

Jupiter  ...... 

Cellini  Cup  ...... 

Terra  Cotta  Vase  ..... 


£  s.  d, 
2  0  0 
2  0  0 
2  0  0 
2  0  0 
0  7  6 
2  0  0 
0  18  0 


2  0  0 
5  0  0 


110 
0  5  0 
0  6  0 
10  0 
0  5  0 


Applications  for  any  of  the  above-mentioned  Casts  are  to  be  made  in 
writing  to  the  Secretary,  from  whom  information  may  be  obtained  as  to 
the  terms  upon  which  Casts  of  any  other  objects  in  the  Museum  Collec¬ 
tions  will  be  supplied. 


Woodfall,  Printer,  Angel  Court,  Skinner  Street,  London, 


’■■‘w 


wMm 

i#f;  'f  ® 


ra 


\  jS*'"  '^' 


%P^m 


M-tja:^. 

likw'^fS  N.'** 


msm 


f4^m